1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment ========================================================
3 @comment %**start of header
4 @setfilename autoconf.info
9 @setcontentsaftertitlepage
13 @c @ovar(ARG, DEFAULT)
14 @c -------------------
15 @c The ARG is an optional argument. To be used for macro arguments in
16 @c their documentation (@defmac).
18 @r{[}@var{\varname\}@r{]}
21 @c @dvar(ARG, DEFAULT)
22 @c -------------------
23 @c The ARG is an optional argument, defaulting to DEFAULT. To be used
24 @c for macro arguments in their documentation (@defmac).
25 @macro dvar{varname, default}
26 @r{[}@var{\varname\} = @samp{\default\}@r{]}
29 @c Handling the indexes with Texinfo yields several different problems.
31 @c Because we want to drop out the AC_ part of the macro names in the
32 @c printed manual, but not in the other outputs, we need a layer above
33 @c the usual @acindex{} etc. That's why we first define indexes such as
34 @c acx meant to become the macro @acindex. First of all, using ``ac_''
35 @c does not work with makeinfo, and using ``ac1'' doesn't work with TeX.
36 @c So use something more regular ``acx''. Then you finish with a printed
37 @c index saying ``index is not existent''. Of course: you ought to use
38 @c two letters :( So you use capitals.
40 @c Second, when defining a macro in the TeX world, following spaces are
41 @c eaten. But then, since we embed @acxindex commands that use the end
42 @c of line as an end marker, the whole things wrecks itself. So make
43 @c sure you do *force* an additional end of line, add a ``@c''.
45 @c Finally, you might want to get rid of TeX expansion, using --expand
46 @c with texi2dvi. But then you wake up an old problem: we use macros
47 @c in @defmac etc. where TeX does perform the expansion, but not makeinfo.
49 @c Define an environment variable index.
51 @c Define an output variable index.
53 @c Define a CPP variable index.
55 @c Define an Autoconf macro index that @defmac doesn't write to.
57 @c Define an Autotest macro index that @defmac doesn't write to.
59 @c Define an M4sugar macro index that @defmac doesn't write to.
61 @c Define an index for *foreign* programs: `mv' etc. Used for the
62 @c portability sections and so on.
67 @c Shall we factor AC_ out of the Autoconf macro index etc.?
74 @c Registering an AC_\MACRO\.
81 @ifclear shortindexflag
89 @c Registering an AH_\MACRO\.
97 @c Registering an AS_\MACRO\.
104 @ifclear shortindexflag
105 @macro asindex{macro}
112 @c Registering an AT_\MACRO\.
113 @ifset shortindexflag
114 @macro atindex{macro}
119 @ifclear shortindexflag
120 @macro atindex{macro}
127 @c Registering an AU_\MACRO\.
128 @macro auindex{macro}
135 @c Indexing a header.
136 @macro hdrindex{macro}
137 @prindex @file{\macro\}
143 @c Registering an m4_\MACRO\.
144 @ifset shortindexflag
145 @macro msindex{macro}
150 @ifclear shortindexflag
151 @macro msindex{macro}
157 @c Define an index for functions: `alloca' etc. Used for the
158 @c portability sections and so on. We can't use `fn' (aka `fnindex),
159 @c since `@defmac' goes into it => we'd get all the macros too.
161 @c FIXME: Aaarg! It seems there are too many indices for TeX :(
163 @c ! No room for a new @write .
164 @c l.112 @defcodeindex fu
166 @c so don't define yet another one :( Just put some tags before each
167 @c @prindex which is actually a @funindex.
172 @c @c Put the programs and functions into their own index.
173 @c @syncodeindex fu pr
175 @comment %**end of header
176 @comment ========================================================
180 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Autoconf
181 (version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}),
182 a package for creating scripts to configure source code packages using
183 templates and an M4 macro package.
185 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000,
186 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
189 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
190 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
191 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
192 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
193 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
194 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
195 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
197 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy and
198 modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software. Copies
199 published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
200 @acronym{GNU} development.''
206 @dircategory Software development
208 * Autoconf: (autoconf). Create source code configuration scripts.
211 @dircategory Individual utilities
213 * autoscan: (autoconf)autoscan Invocation.
214 Semi-automatic @file{configure.ac} writing
215 * ifnames: (autoconf)ifnames Invocation. Listing conditionals in source.
216 * autoconf-invocation: (autoconf)autoconf Invocation.
217 How to create configuration scripts
218 * autoreconf: (autoconf)autoreconf Invocation.
219 Remaking multiple @command{configure} scripts
220 * autoheader: (autoconf)autoheader Invocation.
221 How to create configuration templates
222 * autom4te: (autoconf)autom4te Invocation.
223 The Autoconf executables backbone
224 * configure: (autoconf)configure Invocation. Configuring a package.
225 * autoupdate: (autoconf)autoupdate Invocation.
226 Automatic update of @file{configure.ac}
227 * config.status: (autoconf)config.status Invocation. Recreating configurations.
228 * testsuite: (autoconf)testsuite Invocation. Running an Autotest test suite.
233 @subtitle Creating Automatic Configuration Scripts
234 @subtitle for version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
235 @author David MacKenzie
237 @author Akim Demaille
239 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
252 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
255 * Introduction:: Autoconf's purpose, strengths, and weaknesses
256 * The GNU Build System:: A set of tools for portable software packages
257 * Making configure Scripts:: How to organize and produce Autoconf scripts
258 * Setup:: Initialization and output
259 * Existing Tests:: Macros that check for particular features
260 * Writing Tests:: How to write new feature checks
261 * Results:: What to do with results from feature checks
262 * Programming in M4:: Layers on top of which Autoconf is written
263 * Writing Autoconf Macros:: Adding new macros to Autoconf
264 * Portable Shell:: Shell script portability pitfalls
265 * Portable Make:: Makefile portability pitfalls
266 * Portable C and C++:: C and C++ portability pitfalls
267 * Manual Configuration:: Selecting features that can't be guessed
268 * Site Configuration:: Local defaults for @command{configure}
269 * Running configure Scripts:: How to use the Autoconf output
270 * config.status Invocation:: Recreating a configuration
271 * Obsolete Constructs:: Kept for backward compatibility
272 * Using Autotest:: Creating portable test suites
273 * FAQ:: Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
274 * History:: History of Autoconf
275 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
276 * Indices:: Indices of symbols, concepts, etc.
279 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
281 The @acronym{GNU} Build System
283 * Automake:: Escaping makefile hell
284 * Gnulib:: The @acronym{GNU} portability library
285 * Libtool:: Building libraries portably
286 * Pointers:: More info on the @acronym{GNU} build system
288 Making @command{configure} Scripts
290 * Writing Autoconf Input:: What to put in an Autoconf input file
291 * autoscan Invocation:: Semi-automatic @file{configure.ac} writing
292 * ifnames Invocation:: Listing the conditionals in source code
293 * autoconf Invocation:: How to create configuration scripts
294 * autoreconf Invocation:: Remaking multiple @command{configure} scripts
296 Writing @file{configure.ac}
298 * Shell Script Compiler:: Autoconf as solution of a problem
299 * Autoconf Language:: Programming in Autoconf
300 * Autoconf Input Layout:: Standard organization of @file{configure.ac}
302 Initialization and Output Files
304 * Initializing configure:: Option processing etc.
305 * Versioning:: Dealing with Autoconf versions
306 * Notices:: Copyright, version numbers in @command{configure}
307 * Input:: Where Autoconf should find files
308 * Output:: Outputting results from the configuration
309 * Configuration Actions:: Preparing the output based on results
310 * Configuration Files:: Creating output files
311 * Makefile Substitutions:: Using output variables in makefiles
312 * Configuration Headers:: Creating a configuration header file
313 * Configuration Commands:: Running arbitrary instantiation commands
314 * Configuration Links:: Links depending on the configuration
315 * Subdirectories:: Configuring independent packages together
316 * Default Prefix:: Changing the default installation prefix
318 Substitutions in Makefiles
320 * Preset Output Variables:: Output variables that are always set
321 * Installation Directory Variables:: Other preset output variables
322 * Changed Directory Variables:: Warnings about @file{datarootdir}
323 * Build Directories:: Supporting multiple concurrent compiles
324 * Automatic Remaking:: Makefile rules for configuring
326 Configuration Header Files
328 * Header Templates:: Input for the configuration headers
329 * autoheader Invocation:: How to create configuration templates
330 * Autoheader Macros:: How to specify CPP templates
334 * Common Behavior:: Macros' standard schemes
335 * Alternative Programs:: Selecting between alternative programs
336 * Files:: Checking for the existence of files
337 * Libraries:: Library archives that might be missing
338 * Library Functions:: C library functions that might be missing
339 * Header Files:: Header files that might be missing
340 * Declarations:: Declarations that may be missing
341 * Structures:: Structures or members that might be missing
342 * Types:: Types that might be missing
343 * Compilers and Preprocessors:: Checking for compiling programs
344 * System Services:: Operating system services
345 * Posix Variants:: Special kludges for specific Posix variants
346 * Erlang Libraries:: Checking for the existence of Erlang libraries
350 * Standard Symbols:: Symbols defined by the macros
351 * Default Includes:: Includes used by the generic macros
355 * Particular Programs:: Special handling to find certain programs
356 * Generic Programs:: How to find other programs
360 * Function Portability:: Pitfalls with usual functions
361 * Particular Functions:: Special handling to find certain functions
362 * Generic Functions:: How to find other functions
366 * Header Portability:: Collected knowledge on common headers
367 * Particular Headers:: Special handling to find certain headers
368 * Generic Headers:: How to find other headers
372 * Particular Declarations:: Macros to check for certain declarations
373 * Generic Declarations:: How to find other declarations
377 * Particular Structures:: Macros to check for certain structure members
378 * Generic Structures:: How to find other structure members
382 * Particular Types:: Special handling to find certain types
383 * Generic Types:: How to find other types
385 Compilers and Preprocessors
387 * Specific Compiler Characteristics:: Some portability issues
388 * Generic Compiler Characteristics:: Language independent tests and features
389 * C Compiler:: Checking its characteristics
390 * C++ Compiler:: Likewise
391 * Objective C Compiler:: Likewise
392 * Erlang Compiler and Interpreter:: Likewise
393 * Fortran Compiler:: Likewise
397 * Language Choice:: Selecting which language to use for testing
398 * Writing Test Programs:: Forging source files for compilers
399 * Running the Preprocessor:: Detecting preprocessor symbols
400 * Running the Compiler:: Detecting language or header features
401 * Running the Linker:: Detecting library features
402 * Runtime:: Testing for runtime features
403 * Systemology:: A zoology of operating systems
404 * Multiple Cases:: Tests for several possible values
406 Writing Test Programs
408 * Guidelines:: General rules for writing test programs
409 * Test Functions:: Avoiding pitfalls in test programs
410 * Generating Sources:: Source program boilerplate
414 * Defining Symbols:: Defining C preprocessor symbols
415 * Setting Output Variables:: Replacing variables in output files
416 * Special Chars in Variables:: Characters to beware of in variables
417 * Caching Results:: Speeding up subsequent @command{configure} runs
418 * Printing Messages:: Notifying @command{configure} users
422 * Cache Variable Names:: Shell variables used in caches
423 * Cache Files:: Files @command{configure} uses for caching
424 * Cache Checkpointing:: Loading and saving the cache file
428 * M4 Quotation:: Protecting macros from unwanted expansion
429 * Using autom4te:: The Autoconf executables backbone
430 * Programming in M4sugar:: Convenient pure M4 macros
431 * Programming in M4sh:: Common shell Constructs
432 * File Descriptor Macros:: File descriptor macros for input and output
436 * Active Characters:: Characters that change the behavior of M4
437 * One Macro Call:: Quotation and one macro call
438 * Quoting and Parameters:: M4 vs. shell parameters
439 * Quotation and Nested Macros:: Macros calling macros
440 * Changequote is Evil:: Worse than INTERCAL: M4 + changequote
441 * Quadrigraphs:: Another way to escape special characters
442 * Quotation Rule Of Thumb:: One parenthesis, one quote
444 Using @command{autom4te}
446 * autom4te Invocation:: A @acronym{GNU} M4 wrapper
447 * Customizing autom4te:: Customizing the Autoconf package
449 Programming in M4sugar
451 * Redefined M4 Macros:: M4 builtins changed in M4sugar
452 * Diagnostic Macros:: Diagnostic messages from M4sugar
453 * Diversion support:: Diversions in M4sugar
454 * Conditional constructs:: Conditions in M4
455 * Looping constructs:: Iteration in M4
456 * Evaluation Macros:: More quotation and evaluation control
457 * Text processing Macros:: String manipulation in M4
458 * Number processing Macros:: Arithmetic computation in M4
459 * Forbidden Patterns:: Catching unexpanded macros
461 Writing Autoconf Macros
463 * Macro Definitions:: Basic format of an Autoconf macro
464 * Macro Names:: What to call your new macros
465 * Reporting Messages:: Notifying @command{autoconf} users
466 * Dependencies Between Macros:: What to do when macros depend on other macros
467 * Obsoleting Macros:: Warning about old ways of doing things
468 * Coding Style:: Writing Autoconf macros @`a la Autoconf
470 Dependencies Between Macros
472 * Prerequisite Macros:: Ensuring required information
473 * Suggested Ordering:: Warning about possible ordering problems
474 * One-Shot Macros:: Ensuring a macro is called only once
476 Portable Shell Programming
478 * Shellology:: A zoology of shells
479 * Here-Documents:: Quirks and tricks
480 * File Descriptors:: FDs and redirections
481 * File System Conventions:: File names
482 * Shell Pattern Matching:: Pattern matching
483 * Shell Substitutions:: Variable and command expansions
484 * Assignments:: Varying side effects of assignments
485 * Parentheses:: Parentheses in shell scripts
486 * Slashes:: Slashes in shell scripts
487 * Special Shell Variables:: Variables you should not change
488 * Shell Functions:: What to look out for if you use them
489 * Limitations of Builtins:: Portable use of not so portable /bin/sh
490 * Limitations of Usual Tools:: Portable use of portable tools
492 Portable Make Programming
494 * $< in Ordinary Make Rules:: $< in ordinary rules
495 * Failure in Make Rules:: Failing portably in rules
496 * Special Chars in Names:: Special Characters in Macro Names
497 * Backslash-Newline-Newline:: Empty last lines in macro definitions
498 * Backslash-Newline Comments:: Spanning comments across line boundaries
499 * Long Lines in Makefiles:: Line length limitations
500 * Macros and Submakes:: @code{make macro=value} and submakes
501 * The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS:: @code{$(MAKEFLAGS)} portability issues
502 * The Make Macro SHELL:: @code{$(SHELL)} portability issues
503 * Comments in Make Rules:: Other problems with Make comments
504 * obj/ and Make:: Don't name a subdirectory @file{obj}
505 * make -k Status:: Exit status of @samp{make -k}
506 * VPATH and Make:: @code{VPATH} woes
507 * Single Suffix Rules:: Single suffix rules and separated dependencies
508 * Timestamps and Make:: Subsecond timestamp resolution
510 @code{VPATH} and Make
512 * VPATH and Double-colon:: Problems with @samp{::} on ancient hosts
513 * $< in Explicit Rules:: @code{$<} does not work in ordinary rules
514 * Automatic Rule Rewriting:: @code{VPATH} goes wild on Solaris
515 * Tru64 Directory Magic:: @command{mkdir} goes wild on Tru64
516 * Make Target Lookup:: More details about @code{VPATH} lookup
518 Portable C and C++ Programming
520 * Varieties of Unportability:: How to make your programs unportable
521 * Integer Overflow:: When integers get too large
522 * Preprocessor Arithmetic:: @code{#if} expression problems
523 * Null Pointers:: Properties of null pointers
524 * Buffer Overruns:: Subscript errors and the like
525 * Volatile Objects:: @code{volatile} and signals
526 * Floating Point Portability:: Portable floating-point arithmetic
527 * Exiting Portably:: Exiting and the exit status
531 * Specifying Names:: Specifying the system type
532 * Canonicalizing:: Getting the canonical system type
533 * Using System Type:: What to do with the system type
537 * Help Formatting:: Customizing @samp{configure --help}
538 * External Software:: Working with other optional software
539 * Package Options:: Selecting optional features
540 * Pretty Help Strings:: Formatting help string
541 * Option Checking:: Controlling checking of @command{configure} options
542 * Site Details:: Configuring site details
543 * Transforming Names:: Changing program names when installing
544 * Site Defaults:: Giving @command{configure} local defaults
546 Transforming Program Names When Installing
548 * Transformation Options:: @command{configure} options to transform names
549 * Transformation Examples:: Sample uses of transforming names
550 * Transformation Rules:: Makefile uses of transforming names
552 Running @command{configure} Scripts
554 * Basic Installation:: Instructions for typical cases
555 * Compilers and Options:: Selecting compilers and optimization
556 * Multiple Architectures:: Compiling for multiple architectures at once
557 * Installation Names:: Installing in different directories
558 * Optional Features:: Selecting optional features
559 * System Type:: Specifying the system type
560 * Sharing Defaults:: Setting site-wide defaults for @command{configure}
561 * Defining Variables:: Specifying the compiler etc.
562 * configure Invocation:: Changing how @command{configure} runs
566 * Obsolete config.status Use:: Obsolete convention for @command{config.status}
567 * acconfig Header:: Additional entries in @file{config.h.in}
568 * autoupdate Invocation:: Automatic update of @file{configure.ac}
569 * Obsolete Macros:: Backward compatibility macros
570 * Autoconf 1:: Tips for upgrading your files
571 * Autoconf 2.13:: Some fresher tips
573 Upgrading From Version 1
575 * Changed File Names:: Files you might rename
576 * Changed Makefiles:: New things to put in @file{Makefile.in}
577 * Changed Macros:: Macro calls you might replace
578 * Changed Results:: Changes in how to check test results
579 * Changed Macro Writing:: Better ways to write your own macros
581 Upgrading From Version 2.13
583 * Changed Quotation:: Broken code which used to work
584 * New Macros:: Interaction with foreign macros
585 * Hosts and Cross-Compilation:: Bugward compatibility kludges
586 * AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS:: LIBOBJS is a forbidden token
587 * AC_FOO_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_FOO:: A more generic scheme for testing sources
589 Generating Test Suites with Autotest
591 * Using an Autotest Test Suite:: Autotest and the user
592 * Writing Testsuites:: Autotest macros
593 * testsuite Invocation:: Running @command{testsuite} scripts
594 * Making testsuite Scripts:: Using autom4te to create @command{testsuite}
596 Using an Autotest Test Suite
598 * testsuite Scripts:: The concepts of Autotest
599 * Autotest Logs:: Their contents
601 Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
603 * Distributing:: Distributing @command{configure} scripts
604 * Why GNU M4:: Why not use the standard M4?
605 * Bootstrapping:: Autoconf and @acronym{GNU} M4 require each other?
606 * Why Not Imake:: Why @acronym{GNU} uses @command{configure} instead of Imake
607 * Defining Directories:: Passing @code{datadir} to program
608 * Autom4te Cache:: What is it? Can I remove it?
609 * Present But Cannot Be Compiled:: Compiler and Preprocessor Disagree
613 * Genesis:: Prehistory and naming of @command{configure}
614 * Exodus:: The plagues of M4 and Perl
615 * Leviticus:: The priestly code of portability arrives
616 * Numbers:: Growth and contributors
617 * Deuteronomy:: Approaching the promises of easy configuration
621 * Environment Variable Index:: Index of environment variables used
622 * Output Variable Index:: Index of variables set in output files
623 * Preprocessor Symbol Index:: Index of C preprocessor symbols defined
624 * Autoconf Macro Index:: Index of Autoconf macros
625 * M4 Macro Index:: Index of M4, M4sugar, and M4sh macros
626 * Autotest Macro Index:: Index of Autotest macros
627 * Program & Function Index:: Index of those with portability problems
628 * Concept Index:: General index
633 @c ============================================================= Introduction.
636 @chapter Introduction
640 A physicist, an engineer, and a computer scientist were discussing the
641 nature of God. ``Surely a Physicist,'' said the physicist, ``because
642 early in the Creation, God made Light; and you know, Maxwell's
643 equations, the dual nature of electromagnetic waves, the relativistic
644 consequences@dots{}'' ``An Engineer!,'' said the engineer, ``because
645 before making Light, God split the Chaos into Land and Water; it takes a
646 hell of an engineer to handle that big amount of mud, and orderly
647 separation of solids from liquids@dots{}'' The computer scientist
648 shouted: ``And the Chaos, where do you think it was coming from, hmm?''
652 @c (via Franc,ois Pinard)
654 Autoconf is a tool for producing shell scripts that automatically
655 configure software source code packages to adapt to many kinds of
656 Posix-like systems. The configuration scripts produced by Autoconf
657 are independent of Autoconf when they are run, so their users do not
658 need to have Autoconf.
660 The configuration scripts produced by Autoconf require no manual user
661 intervention when run; they do not normally even need an argument
662 specifying the system type. Instead, they individually test for the
663 presence of each feature that the software package they are for might need.
664 (Before each check, they print a one-line message stating what they are
665 checking for, so the user doesn't get too bored while waiting for the
666 script to finish.) As a result, they deal well with systems that are
667 hybrids or customized from the more common Posix variants. There is
668 no need to maintain files that list the features supported by each
669 release of each variant of Posix.
671 For each software package that Autoconf is used with, it creates a
672 configuration script from a template file that lists the system features
673 that the package needs or can use. After the shell code to recognize
674 and respond to a system feature has been written, Autoconf allows it to
675 be shared by many software packages that can use (or need) that feature.
676 If it later turns out that the shell code needs adjustment for some
677 reason, it needs to be changed in only one place; all of the
678 configuration scripts can be regenerated automatically to take advantage
681 The Metaconfig package is similar in purpose to Autoconf, but the
682 scripts it produces require manual user intervention, which is quite
683 inconvenient when configuring large source trees. Unlike Metaconfig
684 scripts, Autoconf scripts can support cross-compiling, if some care is
685 taken in writing them.
687 Autoconf does not solve all problems related to making portable
688 software packages---for a more complete solution, it should be used in
689 concert with other @acronym{GNU} build tools like Automake and
690 Libtool. These other tools take on jobs like the creation of a
691 portable, recursive makefile with all of the standard targets,
692 linking of shared libraries, and so on. @xref{The GNU Build System},
693 for more information.
695 Autoconf imposes some restrictions on the names of macros used with
696 @code{#if} in C programs (@pxref{Preprocessor Symbol Index}).
698 Autoconf requires @acronym{GNU} M4 version 1.4.5 or later in order to
699 generate the scripts. It uses features that some versions of M4,
700 including @acronym{GNU} M4 1.3, do not have. Autoconf works better
701 with @acronym{GNU} M4 version 1.4.8 or later, though this is not
704 @xref{Autoconf 1}, for information about upgrading from version 1.
705 @xref{History}, for the story of Autoconf's development. @xref{FAQ},
706 for answers to some common questions about Autoconf.
708 See the @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf/,
709 Autoconf web page} for up-to-date information, details on the mailing
710 lists, pointers to a list of known bugs, etc.
712 Mail suggestions to @email{autoconf@@gnu.org, the Autoconf mailing
713 list}. Past suggestions are
714 @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/autoconf/, archived}.
716 Mail bug reports to @email{bug-autoconf@@gnu.org, the
717 Autoconf Bugs mailing list}. Past bug reports are
718 @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-autoconf/, archived}.
720 If possible, first check that your bug is
721 not already solved in current development versions, and that it has not
722 been reported yet. Be sure to include all the needed information and a
723 short @file{configure.ac} that demonstrates the problem.
725 Autoconf's development tree is accessible via @command{git}; see the
726 @uref{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/autoconf/, Autoconf
727 Summary} for details, or view
728 @uref{http://git.sv.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=autoconf.git, the actual
729 repository}. Anonymous @acronym{CVS} access is also available, see
730 @file{README} for more details. Patches relative to the
731 current @command{git} version can be sent for review to the
732 @email{autoconf-patches@@gnu.org, Autoconf Patches mailing list}.
733 Discussions on past patches are
734 @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/@/archive/@/html/@/autoconf-patches/,
735 archived}, and all commits are archived in the read-only
736 @email{autoconf-commit@@gnu.org, Autoconf Commit mailing list}, which is
737 also @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/@/archive/@/html/@/autoconf-commit/,
740 Because of its mission, the Autoconf package itself
741 includes only a set of often-used
742 macros that have already demonstrated their usefulness. Nevertheless,
743 if you wish to share your macros, or find existing ones, see the
744 @uref{http://autoconf-archive.cryp.to/, Autoconf Macro
745 Archive}, which is kindly run by @email{simons@@cryp.to,
749 @c ================================================= The GNU Build System
751 @node The GNU Build System
752 @chapter The @acronym{GNU} Build System
753 @cindex @acronym{GNU} build system
755 Autoconf solves an important problem---reliable discovery of
756 system-specific build and runtime information---but this is only one
757 piece of the puzzle for the development of portable software. To this
758 end, the @acronym{GNU} project has developed a suite of integrated
759 utilities to finish the job Autoconf started: the @acronym{GNU} build
760 system, whose most important components are Autoconf, Automake, and
761 Libtool. In this chapter, we introduce you to those tools, point you
762 to sources of more information, and try to convince you to use the
763 entire @acronym{GNU} build system for your software.
766 * Automake:: Escaping makefile hell
767 * Gnulib:: The @acronym{GNU} portability library
768 * Libtool:: Building libraries portably
769 * Pointers:: More info on the @acronym{GNU} build system
775 The ubiquity of @command{make} means that a makefile is almost the
776 only viable way to distribute automatic build rules for software, but
777 one quickly runs into its numerous limitations. Its lack of
778 support for automatic dependency tracking, recursive builds in
779 subdirectories, reliable timestamps (e.g., for network file systems), and
780 so on, mean that developers must painfully (and often incorrectly)
781 reinvent the wheel for each project. Portability is non-trivial, thanks
782 to the quirks of @command{make} on many systems. On top of all this is the
783 manual labor required to implement the many standard targets that users
784 have come to expect (@code{make install}, @code{make distclean},
785 @code{make uninstall}, etc.). Since you are, of course, using Autoconf,
786 you also have to insert repetitive code in your @code{Makefile.in} to
787 recognize @code{@@CC@@}, @code{@@CFLAGS@@}, and other substitutions
788 provided by @command{configure}. Into this mess steps @dfn{Automake}.
791 Automake allows you to specify your build needs in a @code{Makefile.am}
792 file with a vastly simpler and more powerful syntax than that of a plain
793 makefile, and then generates a portable @code{Makefile.in} for
794 use with Autoconf. For example, the @code{Makefile.am} to build and
795 install a simple ``Hello world'' program might look like:
799 hello_SOURCES = hello.c
803 The resulting @code{Makefile.in} (~400 lines) automatically supports all
804 the standard targets, the substitutions provided by Autoconf, automatic
805 dependency tracking, @code{VPATH} building, and so on. @command{make}
806 builds the @code{hello} program, and @code{make install} installs it
807 in @file{/usr/local/bin} (or whatever prefix was given to
808 @command{configure}, if not @file{/usr/local}).
810 The benefits of Automake increase for larger packages (especially ones
811 with subdirectories), but even for small programs the added convenience
812 and portability can be substantial. And that's not all@enddots{}
817 @acronym{GNU} software has a well-deserved reputation for running on
818 many different types of systems. While our primary goal is to write
819 software for the @acronym{GNU} system, many users and developers have
820 been introduced to us through the systems that they were already using.
823 Gnulib is a central location for common @acronym{GNU} code, intended to
824 be shared among free software packages. Its components are typically
825 shared at the source level, rather than being a library that gets built,
826 installed, and linked against. The idea is to copy files from Gnulib
827 into your own source tree. There is no distribution tarball; developers
828 should just grab source modules from the repository. The source files
829 are available online, under various licenses, mostly @acronym{GNU}
830 @acronym{GPL} or @acronym{GNU} @acronym{LGPL}.
832 Gnulib modules typically contain C source code along with Autoconf
833 macros used to configure the source code. For example, the Gnulib
834 @code{stdbool} module implements a @file{stdbool.h} header that nearly
835 conforms to C99, even on old-fashioned hosts that lack @file{stdbool.h}.
836 This module contains a source file for the replacement header, along
837 with an Autoconf macro that arranges to use the replacement header on
838 old-fashioned systems.
843 Often, one wants to build not only programs, but libraries, so that
844 other programs can benefit from the fruits of your labor. Ideally, one
845 would like to produce @emph{shared} (dynamically linked) libraries,
846 which can be used by multiple programs without duplication on disk or in
847 memory and can be updated independently of the linked programs.
848 Producing shared libraries portably, however, is the stuff of
849 nightmares---each system has its own incompatible tools, compiler flags,
850 and magic incantations. Fortunately, @acronym{GNU} provides a solution:
854 Libtool handles all the requirements of building shared libraries for
855 you, and at this time seems to be the @emph{only} way to do so with any
856 portability. It also handles many other headaches, such as: the
857 interaction of Make rules with the variable suffixes of
858 shared libraries, linking reliably with shared libraries before they are
859 installed by the superuser, and supplying a consistent versioning system
860 (so that different versions of a library can be installed or upgraded
861 without breaking binary compatibility). Although Libtool, like
862 Autoconf, can be used without Automake, it is most simply utilized in
863 conjunction with Automake---there, Libtool is used automatically
864 whenever shared libraries are needed, and you need not know its syntax.
869 Developers who are used to the simplicity of @command{make} for small
870 projects on a single system might be daunted at the prospect of
871 learning to use Automake and Autoconf. As your software is
872 distributed to more and more users, however, you otherwise
873 quickly find yourself putting lots of effort into reinventing the
874 services that the @acronym{GNU} build tools provide, and making the
875 same mistakes that they once made and overcame. (Besides, since
876 you're already learning Autoconf, Automake is a piece of cake.)
878 There are a number of places that you can go to for more information on
879 the @acronym{GNU} build tools.
886 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/autoconf/, Autoconf},
887 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/automake/, Automake},
888 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/gnulib/, Gnulib}, and
889 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/libtool/, Libtool}.
891 @item Automake Manual
893 @xref{Top, , Automake, automake, @acronym{GNU} Automake}, for more
894 information on Automake.
898 The book @cite{@acronym{GNU} Autoconf, Automake and
899 Libtool}@footnote{@cite{@acronym{GNU} Autoconf, Automake and Libtool},
900 by G. V. Vaughan, B. Elliston, T. Tromey, and I. L. Taylor. SAMS (originally
901 New Riders), 2000, ISBN 1578701902.} describes the complete @acronym{GNU}
902 build environment. You can also find
903 @uref{http://sources.redhat.com/@/autobook/, the entire book on-line}.
907 @c ================================================= Making configure Scripts.
909 @node Making configure Scripts
910 @chapter Making @command{configure} Scripts
911 @cindex @file{aclocal.m4}
912 @cindex @command{configure}
914 The configuration scripts that Autoconf produces are by convention
915 called @command{configure}. When run, @command{configure} creates several
916 files, replacing configuration parameters in them with appropriate
917 values. The files that @command{configure} creates are:
921 one or more @file{Makefile} files, usually one in each subdirectory of the
922 package (@pxref{Makefile Substitutions});
925 optionally, a C header file, the name of which is configurable,
926 containing @code{#define} directives (@pxref{Configuration Headers});
929 a shell script called @file{config.status} that, when run, recreates
930 the files listed above (@pxref{config.status Invocation});
933 an optional shell script normally called @file{config.cache}
934 (created when using @samp{configure --config-cache}) that
935 saves the results of running many of the tests (@pxref{Cache Files});
938 a file called @file{config.log} containing any messages produced by
939 compilers, to help debugging if @command{configure} makes a mistake.
942 @cindex @file{configure.in}
943 @cindex @file{configure.ac}
944 To create a @command{configure} script with Autoconf, you need to write an
945 Autoconf input file @file{configure.ac} (or @file{configure.in}) and run
946 @command{autoconf} on it. If you write your own feature tests to
947 supplement those that come with Autoconf, you might also write files
948 called @file{aclocal.m4} and @file{acsite.m4}. If you use a C header
949 file to contain @code{#define} directives, you might also run
950 @command{autoheader}, and you can distribute the generated file
951 @file{config.h.in} with the package.
953 Here is a diagram showing how the files that can be used in
954 configuration are produced. Programs that are executed are suffixed by
955 @samp{*}. Optional files are enclosed in square brackets (@samp{[]}).
956 @command{autoconf} and @command{autoheader} also read the installed Autoconf
957 macro files (by reading @file{autoconf.m4}).
960 Files used in preparing a software package for distribution:
962 your source files --> [autoscan*] --> [configure.scan] --> configure.ac
966 | .------> autoconf* -----> configure
968 | `-----> [autoheader*] --> [config.h.in]
972 Makefile.in -------------------------------> Makefile.in
976 Files used in configuring a software package:
979 .-------------> [config.cache]
980 configure* ------------+-------------> config.log
982 [config.h.in] -. v .-> [config.h] -.
983 +--> config.status* -+ +--> make*
984 Makefile.in ---' `-> Makefile ---'
989 * Writing Autoconf Input:: What to put in an Autoconf input file
990 * autoscan Invocation:: Semi-automatic @file{configure.ac} writing
991 * ifnames Invocation:: Listing the conditionals in source code
992 * autoconf Invocation:: How to create configuration scripts
993 * autoreconf Invocation:: Remaking multiple @command{configure} scripts
996 @node Writing Autoconf Input
997 @section Writing @file{configure.ac}
999 To produce a @command{configure} script for a software package, create a
1000 file called @file{configure.ac} that contains invocations of the
1001 Autoconf macros that test the system features your package needs or can
1002 use. Autoconf macros already exist to check for many features; see
1003 @ref{Existing Tests}, for their descriptions. For most other features,
1004 you can use Autoconf template macros to produce custom checks; see
1005 @ref{Writing Tests}, for information about them. For especially tricky
1006 or specialized features, @file{configure.ac} might need to contain some
1007 hand-crafted shell commands; see @ref{Portable Shell}. The
1008 @command{autoscan} program can give you a good start in writing
1009 @file{configure.ac} (@pxref{autoscan Invocation}, for more information).
1011 Previous versions of Autoconf promoted the name @file{configure.in},
1012 which is somewhat ambiguous (the tool needed to process this file is not
1013 described by its extension), and introduces a slight confusion with
1014 @file{config.h.in} and so on (for which @samp{.in} means ``to be
1015 processed by @command{configure}''). Using @file{configure.ac} is now
1019 * Shell Script Compiler:: Autoconf as solution of a problem
1020 * Autoconf Language:: Programming in Autoconf
1021 * Autoconf Input Layout:: Standard organization of @file{configure.ac}
1024 @node Shell Script Compiler
1025 @subsection A Shell Script Compiler
1027 Just as for any other computer language, in order to properly program
1028 @file{configure.ac} in Autoconf you must understand @emph{what} problem
1029 the language tries to address and @emph{how} it does so.
1031 The problem Autoconf addresses is that the world is a mess. After all,
1032 you are using Autoconf in order to have your package compile easily on
1033 all sorts of different systems, some of them being extremely hostile.
1034 Autoconf itself bears the price for these differences: @command{configure}
1035 must run on all those systems, and thus @command{configure} must limit itself
1036 to their lowest common denominator of features.
1038 Naturally, you might then think of shell scripts; who needs
1039 @command{autoconf}? A set of properly written shell functions is enough to
1040 make it easy to write @command{configure} scripts by hand. Sigh!
1041 Unfortunately, shell functions do not belong to the least common
1042 denominator; therefore, where you would like to define a function and
1043 use it ten times, you would instead need to copy its body ten times.
1044 Even in 2007, where shells without any function support are far and
1045 few between, there are pitfalls to avoid when making use of them.
1047 So, what is really needed is some kind of compiler, @command{autoconf},
1048 that takes an Autoconf program, @file{configure.ac}, and transforms it
1049 into a portable shell script, @command{configure}.
1051 How does @command{autoconf} perform this task?
1053 There are two obvious possibilities: creating a brand new language or
1054 extending an existing one. The former option is attractive: all
1055 sorts of optimizations could easily be implemented in the compiler and
1056 many rigorous checks could be performed on the Autoconf program
1057 (e.g., rejecting any non-portable construct). Alternatively, you can
1058 extend an existing language, such as the @code{sh} (Bourne shell)
1061 Autoconf does the latter: it is a layer on top of @code{sh}. It was
1062 therefore most convenient to implement @command{autoconf} as a macro
1063 expander: a program that repeatedly performs @dfn{macro expansions} on
1064 text input, replacing macro calls with macro bodies and producing a pure
1065 @code{sh} script in the end. Instead of implementing a dedicated
1066 Autoconf macro expander, it is natural to use an existing
1067 general-purpose macro language, such as M4, and implement the extensions
1068 as a set of M4 macros.
1071 @node Autoconf Language
1072 @subsection The Autoconf Language
1075 The Autoconf language differs from many other computer
1076 languages because it treats actual code the same as plain text. Whereas
1077 in C, for instance, data and instructions have different syntactic
1078 status, in Autoconf their status is rigorously the same. Therefore, we
1079 need a means to distinguish literal strings from text to be expanded:
1082 When calling macros that take arguments, there must not be any white
1083 space between the macro name and the open parenthesis. Arguments should
1084 be enclosed within the M4 quote characters @samp{[} and @samp{]}, and be
1085 separated by commas. Any leading blanks or newlines in arguments are ignored,
1086 unless they are quoted. You should always quote an argument that
1087 might contain a macro name, comma, parenthesis, or a leading blank or
1088 newline. This rule applies recursively for every macro
1089 call, including macros called from other macros.
1094 AC_CHECK_HEADER([stdio.h],
1095 [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STDIO_H], [1],
1096 [Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.])],
1097 [AC_MSG_ERROR([Sorry, can't do anything for you])])
1101 is quoted properly. You may safely simplify its quotation to:
1104 AC_CHECK_HEADER([stdio.h],
1105 [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STDIO_H], 1,
1106 [Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.])],
1107 [AC_MSG_ERROR([Sorry, can't do anything for you])])
1111 because @samp{1} cannot contain a macro call. Here, the argument of
1112 @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} must be quoted; otherwise, its comma would be
1113 interpreted as an argument separator. Also, the second and third arguments
1114 of @samp{AC_CHECK_HEADER} must be quoted, since they contain
1115 macro calls. The three arguments @samp{HAVE_STDIO_H}, @samp{stdio.h},
1116 and @samp{Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.} do not need quoting, but
1117 if you unwisely defined a macro with a name like @samp{Define} or
1118 @samp{stdio} then they would need quoting. Cautious Autoconf users
1119 would keep the quotes, but many Autoconf users find such precautions
1120 annoying, and would rewrite the example as follows:
1123 AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdio.h,
1124 [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STDIO_H, 1,
1125 [Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.])],
1126 [AC_MSG_ERROR([Sorry, can't do anything for you])])
1130 This is safe, so long as you adopt good naming conventions and do not
1131 define macros with names like @samp{HAVE_STDIO_H}, @samp{stdio}, or
1132 @samp{h}. Though it is also safe here to omit the quotes around
1133 @samp{Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.} this is not recommended, as
1134 message strings are more likely to inadvertently contain commas.
1136 The following example is wrong and dangerous, as it is underquoted:
1139 AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdio.h,
1140 AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STDIO_H, 1,
1141 Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.),
1142 AC_MSG_ERROR([Sorry, can't do anything for you]))
1145 In other cases, you may have to use text that also resembles a macro
1146 call. You must quote that text even when it is not passed as a macro
1150 echo "Hard rock was here! --[AC_DC]"
1157 echo "Hard rock was here! --AC_DC"
1161 When you use the same text in a macro argument, you must therefore have
1162 an extra quotation level (since one is stripped away by the macro
1163 substitution). In general, then, it is a good idea to @emph{use double
1164 quoting for all literal string arguments}:
1167 AC_MSG_WARN([[AC_DC stinks --Iron Maiden]])
1170 You are now able to understand one of the constructs of Autoconf that
1171 has been continually misunderstood@dots{} The rule of thumb is that
1172 @emph{whenever you expect macro expansion, expect quote expansion};
1173 i.e., expect one level of quotes to be lost. For instance:
1176 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([char b[10];], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([you lose])])
1180 is incorrect: here, the first argument of @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} is
1181 @samp{char b[10];} and is expanded once, which results in
1182 @samp{char b10;}. (There was an idiom common in Autoconf's past to
1183 address this issue via the M4 @code{changequote} primitive, but do not
1184 use it!) Let's take a closer look: the author meant the first argument
1185 to be understood as a literal, and therefore it must be quoted twice:
1188 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([[char b[10];]], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([you lose])])
1192 Voil@`a, you actually produce @samp{char b[10];} this time!
1194 On the other hand, descriptions (e.g., the last parameter of
1195 @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AS_HELP_STRING}) are not literals---they
1196 are subject to line breaking, for example---and should not be double quoted.
1197 Even if these descriptions are short and are not actually broken, double
1198 quoting them yields weird results.
1200 Some macros take optional arguments, which this documentation represents
1201 as @ovar{arg} (not to be confused with the quote characters). You may
1202 just leave them empty, or use @samp{[]} to make the emptiness of the
1203 argument explicit, or you may simply omit the trailing commas. The
1204 three lines below are equivalent:
1207 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdio.h], [], [], [])
1208 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdio.h],,,)
1209 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdio.h])
1212 It is best to put each macro call on its own line in
1213 @file{configure.ac}. Most of the macros don't add extra newlines; they
1214 rely on the newline after the macro call to terminate the commands.
1215 This approach makes the generated @command{configure} script a little
1216 easier to read by not inserting lots of blank lines. It is generally
1217 safe to set shell variables on the same line as a macro call, because
1218 the shell allows assignments without intervening newlines.
1220 You can include comments in @file{configure.ac} files by starting them
1221 with the @samp{#}. For example, it is helpful to begin
1222 @file{configure.ac} files with a line like this:
1225 # Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
1228 @node Autoconf Input Layout
1229 @subsection Standard @file{configure.ac} Layout
1231 The order in which @file{configure.ac} calls the Autoconf macros is not
1232 important, with a few exceptions. Every @file{configure.ac} must
1233 contain a call to @code{AC_INIT} before the checks, and a call to
1234 @code{AC_OUTPUT} at the end (@pxref{Output}). Additionally, some macros
1235 rely on other macros having been called first, because they check
1236 previously set values of some variables to decide what to do. These
1237 macros are noted in the individual descriptions (@pxref{Existing
1238 Tests}), and they also warn you when @command{configure} is created if they
1239 are called out of order.
1241 To encourage consistency, here is a suggested order for calling the
1242 Autoconf macros. Generally speaking, the things near the end of this
1243 list are those that could depend on things earlier in it. For example,
1244 library functions could be affected by types and libraries.
1248 Autoconf requirements
1249 @code{AC_INIT(@var{package}, @var{version}, @var{bug-report-address})}
1250 information on the package
1252 checks for libraries
1253 checks for header files
1255 checks for structures
1256 checks for compiler characteristics
1257 checks for library functions
1258 checks for system services
1259 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES(@r{[}@var{file@dots{}}@r{]})}
1265 @node autoscan Invocation
1266 @section Using @command{autoscan} to Create @file{configure.ac}
1267 @cindex @command{autoscan}
1269 The @command{autoscan} program can help you create and/or maintain a
1270 @file{configure.ac} file for a software package. @command{autoscan}
1271 examines source files in the directory tree rooted at a directory given
1272 as a command line argument, or the current directory if none is given.
1273 It searches the source files for common portability problems and creates
1274 a file @file{configure.scan} which is a preliminary @file{configure.ac}
1275 for that package, and checks a possibly existing @file{configure.ac} for
1278 When using @command{autoscan} to create a @file{configure.ac}, you
1279 should manually examine @file{configure.scan} before renaming it to
1280 @file{configure.ac}; it probably needs some adjustments.
1281 Occasionally, @command{autoscan} outputs a macro in the wrong order
1282 relative to another macro, so that @command{autoconf} produces a warning;
1283 you need to move such macros manually. Also, if you want the package to
1284 use a configuration header file, you must add a call to
1285 @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} (@pxref{Configuration Headers}). You might
1286 also have to change or add some @code{#if} directives to your program in
1287 order to make it work with Autoconf (@pxref{ifnames Invocation}, for
1288 information about a program that can help with that job).
1290 When using @command{autoscan} to maintain a @file{configure.ac}, simply
1291 consider adding its suggestions. The file @file{autoscan.log}
1292 contains detailed information on why a macro is requested.
1294 @command{autoscan} uses several data files (installed along with Autoconf)
1295 to determine which macros to output when it finds particular symbols in
1296 a package's source files. These data files all have the same format:
1297 each line consists of a symbol, one or more blanks, and the Autoconf macro to
1298 output if that symbol is encountered. Lines starting with @samp{#} are
1301 @command{autoscan} accepts the following options:
1306 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1310 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1314 Print the names of the files it examines and the potentially interesting
1315 symbols it finds in them. This output can be voluminous.
1317 @item --include=@var{dir}
1319 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1321 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
1323 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1326 @node ifnames Invocation
1327 @section Using @command{ifnames} to List Conditionals
1328 @cindex @command{ifnames}
1330 @command{ifnames} can help you write @file{configure.ac} for a software
1331 package. It prints the identifiers that the package already uses in C
1332 preprocessor conditionals. If a package has already been set up to have
1333 some portability, @command{ifnames} can thus help you figure out what its
1334 @command{configure} needs to check for. It may help fill in some gaps in a
1335 @file{configure.ac} generated by @command{autoscan} (@pxref{autoscan
1338 @command{ifnames} scans all of the C source files named on the command line
1339 (or the standard input, if none are given) and writes to the standard
1340 output a sorted list of all the identifiers that appear in those files
1341 in @code{#if}, @code{#elif}, @code{#ifdef}, or @code{#ifndef}
1342 directives. It prints each identifier on a line, followed by a
1343 space-separated list of the files in which that identifier occurs.
1346 @command{ifnames} accepts the following options:
1351 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1355 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1358 @node autoconf Invocation
1359 @section Using @command{autoconf} to Create @command{configure}
1360 @cindex @command{autoconf}
1362 To create @command{configure} from @file{configure.ac}, run the
1363 @command{autoconf} program with no arguments. @command{autoconf} processes
1364 @file{configure.ac} with the M4 macro processor, using the
1365 Autoconf macros. If you give @command{autoconf} an argument, it reads that
1366 file instead of @file{configure.ac} and writes the configuration script
1367 to the standard output instead of to @command{configure}. If you give
1368 @command{autoconf} the argument @option{-}, it reads from the standard
1369 input instead of @file{configure.ac} and writes the configuration script
1370 to the standard output.
1372 The Autoconf macros are defined in several files. Some of the files are
1373 distributed with Autoconf; @command{autoconf} reads them first. Then it
1374 looks for the optional file @file{acsite.m4} in the directory that
1375 contains the distributed Autoconf macro files, and for the optional file
1376 @file{aclocal.m4} in the current directory. Those files can contain
1377 your site's or the package's own Autoconf macro definitions
1378 (@pxref{Writing Autoconf Macros}, for more information). If a macro is
1379 defined in more than one of the files that @command{autoconf} reads, the
1380 last definition it reads overrides the earlier ones.
1382 @command{autoconf} accepts the following options:
1387 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1391 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1395 Report processing steps.
1399 Don't remove the temporary files.
1403 Remake @file{configure} even if newer than its input files.
1405 @item --include=@var{dir}
1407 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1409 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
1411 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1413 @item --output=@var{file}
1414 @itemx -o @var{file}
1415 Save output (script or trace) to @var{file}. The file @option{-} stands
1416 for the standard output.
1418 @item --warnings=@var{category}
1419 @itemx -W @var{category}
1421 Report the warnings related to @var{category} (which can actually be a
1422 comma separated list). @xref{Reporting Messages}, macro
1423 @code{AC_DIAGNOSE}, for a comprehensive list of categories. Special
1428 report all the warnings
1434 treats warnings as errors
1436 @item no-@var{category}
1437 disable warnings falling into @var{category}
1440 Warnings about @samp{syntax} are enabled by default, and the environment
1441 variable @env{WARNINGS}, a comma separated list of categories, is
1442 honored as well. Passing @option{-W @var{category}} actually behaves as if
1443 you had passed @option{--warnings syntax,$WARNINGS,@var{category}}. If
1444 you want to disable the defaults and @env{WARNINGS}, but (for example)
1445 enable the warnings about obsolete constructs, you would use @option{-W
1449 @cindex Macro invocation stack
1450 Because @command{autoconf} uses @command{autom4te} behind the scenes, it
1451 displays a back trace for errors, but not for warnings; if you want
1452 them, just pass @option{-W error}. @xref{autom4te Invocation}, for some
1455 @item --trace=@var{macro}[:@var{format}]
1456 @itemx -t @var{macro}[:@var{format}]
1457 Do not create the @command{configure} script, but list the calls to
1458 @var{macro} according to the @var{format}. Multiple @option{--trace}
1459 arguments can be used to list several macros. Multiple @option{--trace}
1460 arguments for a single macro are not cumulative; instead, you should
1461 just make @var{format} as long as needed.
1463 The @var{format} is a regular string, with newlines if desired, and
1464 several special escape codes. It defaults to @samp{$f:$l:$n:$%}; see
1465 @ref{autom4te Invocation}, for details on the @var{format}.
1467 @item --initialization
1469 By default, @option{--trace} does not trace the initialization of the
1470 Autoconf macros (typically the @code{AC_DEFUN} definitions). This
1471 results in a noticeable speedup, but can be disabled by this option.
1475 It is often necessary to check the content of a @file{configure.ac}
1476 file, but parsing it yourself is extremely fragile and error-prone. It
1477 is suggested that you rely upon @option{--trace} to scan
1478 @file{configure.ac}. For instance, to find the list of variables that
1479 are substituted, use:
1483 $ @kbd{autoconf -t AC_SUBST}
1484 configure.ac:2:AC_SUBST:ECHO_C
1485 configure.ac:2:AC_SUBST:ECHO_N
1486 configure.ac:2:AC_SUBST:ECHO_T
1487 @i{More traces deleted}
1492 The example below highlights the difference between @samp{$@@},
1493 @samp{$*}, and @samp{$%}.
1497 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
1498 AC_DEFINE(This, is, [an
1500 $ @kbd{autoconf -t 'AC_DEFINE:@@: $@@}
1507 %: This:is:an [example]
1512 The @var{format} gives you a lot of freedom:
1516 $ @kbd{autoconf -t 'AC_SUBST:$$ac_subst@{"$1"@} = "$f:$l";'}
1517 $ac_subst@{"ECHO_C"@} = "configure.ac:2";
1518 $ac_subst@{"ECHO_N"@} = "configure.ac:2";
1519 $ac_subst@{"ECHO_T"@} = "configure.ac:2";
1520 @i{More traces deleted}
1525 A long @var{separator} can be used to improve the readability of complex
1526 structures, and to ease their parsing (for instance when no single
1527 character is suitable as a separator):
1531 $ @kbd{autoconf -t 'AM_MISSING_PROG:$@{|:::::|@}*'}
1532 ACLOCAL|:::::|aclocal|:::::|$missing_dir
1533 AUTOCONF|:::::|autoconf|:::::|$missing_dir
1534 AUTOMAKE|:::::|automake|:::::|$missing_dir
1535 @i{More traces deleted}
1539 @node autoreconf Invocation
1540 @section Using @command{autoreconf} to Update @command{configure} Scripts
1541 @cindex @command{autoreconf}
1543 Installing the various components of the @acronym{GNU} Build System can be
1544 tedious: running @command{autopoint} for Gettext, @command{automake} for
1545 @file{Makefile.in} etc.@: in each directory. It may be needed either
1546 because some tools such as @command{automake} have been updated on your
1547 system, or because some of the sources such as @file{configure.ac} have
1548 been updated, or finally, simply in order to install the @acronym{GNU} Build
1549 System in a fresh tree.
1551 @command{autoreconf} runs @command{autoconf}, @command{autoheader},
1552 @command{aclocal}, @command{automake}, @command{libtoolize}, and
1553 @command{autopoint} (when appropriate) repeatedly to update the
1554 @acronym{GNU} Build System in the specified directories and their
1555 subdirectories (@pxref{Subdirectories}). By default, it only remakes
1556 those files that are older than their sources.
1558 If you install a new version of some tool, you can make
1559 @command{autoreconf} remake @emph{all} of the files by giving it the
1560 @option{--force} option.
1562 @xref{Automatic Remaking}, for Make rules to automatically
1563 rebuild @command{configure} scripts when their source files change. That
1564 method handles the timestamps of configuration header templates
1565 properly, but does not pass @option{--autoconf-dir=@var{dir}} or
1566 @option{--localdir=@var{dir}}.
1569 @cindex @command{autopoint}
1570 Gettext supplies the @command{autopoint} command to add translation
1571 infrastructure to a source package. If you use @command{autopoint},
1572 your @file{configure.ac} should invoke both @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT} and
1573 @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(@var{gettext-version})}. @xref{autopoint
1574 Invocation, , Invoking the @code{autopoint} Program, gettext,
1575 @acronym{GNU} @code{gettext} utilities}, for further details.
1578 @command{autoreconf} accepts the following options:
1583 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1587 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1590 Print the name of each directory @command{autoreconf} examines and the
1591 commands it runs. If given two or more times, pass @option{--verbose}
1592 to subordinate tools that support it.
1596 Don't remove the temporary files.
1600 Remake even @file{configure} scripts and configuration headers that are
1601 newer than their input files (@file{configure.ac} and, if present,
1606 Install the missing auxiliary files in the package. By default, files
1607 are copied; this can be changed with @option{--symlink}.
1609 If deemed appropriate, this option triggers calls to
1610 @samp{automake --add-missing},
1611 @samp{libtoolize}, @samp{autopoint}, etc.
1613 @item --no-recursive
1614 Do not rebuild files in subdirectories to configure (see @ref{Subdirectories},
1615 macro @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS}).
1619 When used with @option{--install}, install symbolic links to the missing
1620 auxiliary files instead of copying them.
1624 When the directories were configured, update the configuration by
1625 running @samp{./config.status --recheck && ./config.status}, and then
1628 @item --include=@var{dir}
1630 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1631 Passed on to @command{autoconf} and @command{autoheader} internally.
1633 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
1635 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1636 Passed on to @command{autoconf} and @command{autoheader} internally.
1638 @item --warnings=@var{category}
1639 @itemx -W @var{category}
1641 Report the warnings related to @var{category} (which can actually be a
1642 comma separated list).
1646 related to cross compilation issues.
1649 report the uses of obsolete constructs.
1655 dubious syntactic constructs.
1658 report all the warnings
1664 treats warnings as errors
1666 @item no-@var{category}
1667 disable warnings falling into @var{category}
1670 Warnings about @samp{syntax} are enabled by default, and the environment
1671 variable @env{WARNINGS}, a comma separated list of categories, is
1672 honored as well. Passing @option{-W @var{category}} actually behaves as if
1673 you had passed @option{--warnings syntax,$WARNINGS,@var{category}}. If
1674 you want to disable the defaults and @env{WARNINGS}, but (for example)
1675 enable the warnings about obsolete constructs, you would use @option{-W
1679 If you want @command{autoreconf} to pass flags that are not listed here
1680 on to @command{aclocal}, set @code{ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS} in your @file{Makefile.am}.
1681 Due to a limitation in the Autoconf implementation these flags currently
1682 must be set on a single line in @file{Makefile.am}, without any
1685 @c ========================================= Initialization and Output Files.
1688 @chapter Initialization and Output Files
1690 Autoconf-generated @command{configure} scripts need some information about
1691 how to initialize, such as how to find the package's source files and
1692 about the output files to produce. The following sections describe the
1693 initialization and the creation of output files.
1696 * Initializing configure:: Option processing etc.
1697 * Versioning:: Dealing with Autoconf versions
1698 * Notices:: Copyright, version numbers in @command{configure}
1699 * Input:: Where Autoconf should find files
1700 * Output:: Outputting results from the configuration
1701 * Configuration Actions:: Preparing the output based on results
1702 * Configuration Files:: Creating output files
1703 * Makefile Substitutions:: Using output variables in makefiles
1704 * Configuration Headers:: Creating a configuration header file
1705 * Configuration Commands:: Running arbitrary instantiation commands
1706 * Configuration Links:: Links depending on the configuration
1707 * Subdirectories:: Configuring independent packages together
1708 * Default Prefix:: Changing the default installation prefix
1711 @node Initializing configure
1712 @section Initializing @command{configure}
1714 Every @command{configure} script must call @code{AC_INIT} before doing
1715 anything else. The only other required macro is @code{AC_OUTPUT}
1719 @defmac AC_INIT (@var{package}, @var{version}, @ovar{bug-report}, @
1722 Process any command-line arguments and perform various initializations
1725 Set the name of the @var{package} and its @var{version}. These are
1726 typically used in @option{--version} support, including that of
1727 @command{configure}. The optional argument @var{bug-report} should be
1728 the email to which users should send bug reports. The package
1729 @var{tarname} differs from @var{package}: the latter designates the full
1730 package name (e.g., @samp{GNU Autoconf}), while the former is meant for
1731 distribution tar ball names (e.g., @samp{autoconf}). It defaults to
1732 @var{package} with @samp{GNU } stripped, lower-cased, and all characters
1733 other than alphanumerics and underscores are changed to @samp{-}.
1735 It is preferable that the arguments of @code{AC_INIT} be static, i.e.,
1736 there should not be any shell computation, but they can be computed by
1739 The following M4 macros (e.g., @code{AC_PACKAGE_NAME}), output variables
1740 (e.g., @code{PACKAGE_NAME}), and preprocessor symbols (e.g.,
1741 @code{PACKAGE_NAME}), are defined by @code{AC_INIT}:
1744 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_NAME}, @code{PACKAGE_NAME}
1745 @acindex{PACKAGE_NAME}
1746 @ovindex PACKAGE_NAME
1747 @cvindex PACKAGE_NAME
1748 Exactly @var{package}.
1750 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME}, @code{PACKAGE_TARNAME}
1751 @acindex{PACKAGE_TARNAME}
1752 @ovindex PACKAGE_TARNAME
1753 @cvindex PACKAGE_TARNAME
1754 Exactly @var{tarname}.
1756 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_VERSION}, @code{PACKAGE_VERSION}
1757 @acindex{PACKAGE_VERSION}
1758 @ovindex PACKAGE_VERSION
1759 @cvindex PACKAGE_VERSION
1760 Exactly @var{version}.
1762 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_STRING}, @code{PACKAGE_STRING}
1763 @acindex{PACKAGE_STRING}
1764 @ovindex PACKAGE_STRING
1765 @cvindex PACKAGE_STRING
1766 Exactly @samp{@var{package} @var{version}}.
1768 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}, @code{PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}
1769 @acindex{PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}
1770 @ovindex PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
1771 @cvindex PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
1772 Exactly @var{bug-report}.
1776 If your @command{configure} script does its own option processing, it
1777 should inspect @samp{$@@} or @samp{$*} immediately after calling
1778 @code{AC_INIT}, because other Autoconf macros liberally use the
1779 @command{set} command to process strings, and this has the side effect
1780 of updating @samp{$@@} and @samp{$*}. However, we suggest that you use
1781 standard macros like @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} instead of attempting to
1782 implement your own option processing. @xref{Site Configuration}.
1785 @section Dealing with Autoconf versions
1786 @cindex Autoconf version
1787 @cindex version, Autoconf
1789 The following optional macros can be used to help choose the minimum
1790 version of Autoconf that can successfully compile a given
1791 @file{configure.ac}.
1793 @defmac AC_PREREQ (@var{version})
1796 Ensure that a recent enough version of Autoconf is being used. If the
1797 version of Autoconf being used to create @command{configure} is
1798 earlier than @var{version}, print an error message to the standard
1799 error output and exit with failure (exit status is 63). For example:
1802 AC_PREREQ([@value{VERSION}])
1805 This macro is the only macro that may be used before @code{AC_INIT}, but
1806 for consistency, you are invited not to do so.
1809 @defmac AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION
1810 @acindex{AUTOCONF_VERSION}
1811 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. It identifies the version
1812 of Autoconf that is currently parsing the input file, in a format
1813 suitable for @code{m4_version_compare} (@pxref{m4_version_compare}); in
1814 other words, for this release of Autoconf, its value is
1815 @samp{@value{VERSION}}. One potential use of this macro is for writing
1816 conditional fallbacks based on when a feature was added to Autoconf,
1817 rather than using @code{AC_PREREQ} to require the newer version of
1818 Autoconf. However, remember that the Autoconf philosophy favors feature
1819 checks over version checks.
1823 @section Notices in @command{configure}
1824 @cindex Notices in @command{configure}
1826 The following macros manage version numbers for @command{configure}
1827 scripts. Using them is optional.
1829 @defmac AC_COPYRIGHT (@var{copyright-notice})
1831 @cindex Copyright Notice
1832 State that, in addition to the Free Software Foundation's copyright on
1833 the Autoconf macros, parts of your @command{configure} are covered by the
1834 @var{copyright-notice}.
1836 The @var{copyright-notice} shows up in both the head of
1837 @command{configure} and in @samp{configure --version}.
1841 @defmac AC_REVISION (@var{revision-info})
1844 Copy revision stamp @var{revision-info} into the @command{configure}
1845 script, with any dollar signs or double-quotes removed. This macro lets
1846 you put a revision stamp from @file{configure.ac} into @command{configure}
1847 without @acronym{RCS} or @acronym{CVS} changing it when you check in
1848 @command{configure}. That way, you can determine easily which revision of
1849 @file{configure.ac} a particular @command{configure} corresponds to.
1851 For example, this line in @file{configure.ac}:
1853 @c The asis prevents RCS from changing the example in the manual.
1855 AC_REVISION([$@asis{Revision: 1.30 }$])
1859 produces this in @command{configure}:
1863 # From configure.ac Revision: 1.30
1869 @section Finding @command{configure} Input
1871 @anchor{AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR}
1872 @defmac AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR (@var{unique-file-in-source-dir})
1873 @acindex{CONFIG_SRCDIR}
1874 @var{unique-file-in-source-dir} is some file that is in the package's
1875 source directory; @command{configure} checks for this file's existence to
1876 make sure that the directory that it is told contains the source code in
1877 fact does. Occasionally people accidentally specify the wrong directory
1878 with @option{--srcdir}; this is a safety check. @xref{configure
1879 Invocation}, for more information.
1883 @c FIXME: Remove definitively once --install explained.
1885 @c Small packages may store all their macros in @code{aclocal.m4}. As the
1886 @c set of macros grows, or for maintenance reasons, a maintainer may prefer
1887 @c to split the macros in several files. In this case, Autoconf must be
1888 @c told which files to load, and in which order.
1890 @c @defmac AC_INCLUDE (@var{file}@dots{})
1891 @c @acindex{INCLUDE}
1892 @c @c FIXME: There is no longer shell globbing.
1893 @c Read the macro definitions that appear in the listed files. A list of
1894 @c space-separated file names or shell globbing patterns is expected. The
1895 @c files are read in the order they're listed.
1897 @c Because the order of definition of macros is important (only the last
1898 @c definition of a macro is used), beware that it is @code{AC_INIT} that
1899 @c loads @file{acsite.m4} and @file{aclocal.m4}. Note that
1900 @c @code{AC_INCLUDE}ing a file before @code{AC_INIT} or within
1901 @c @file{aclocal.m4} is different from doing so after @code{AC_INIT}: in
1902 @c the latter case, non-macro lines from included files may end up in the
1903 @c @file{configure} script, whereas in the former case, they'd be discarded
1904 @c just like any text that appear before @code{AC_INIT}.
1907 Packages that do manual configuration or use the @command{install} program
1908 might need to tell @command{configure} where to find some other shell
1909 scripts by calling @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR}, though the default places
1910 it looks are correct for most cases.
1912 @defmac AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR (@var{dir})
1913 @acindex{CONFIG_AUX_DIR}
1914 Use the auxiliary build tools (e.g., @file{install-sh},
1915 @file{config.sub}, @file{config.guess}, Cygnus @command{configure},
1916 Automake and Libtool scripts, etc.)@: that are in directory @var{dir}.
1917 These are auxiliary files used in configuration. @var{dir} can be
1918 either absolute or relative to @file{@var{srcdir}}. The default is
1919 @file{@var{srcdir}} or @file{@var{srcdir}/..} or
1920 @file{@var{srcdir}/../..}, whichever is the first that contains
1921 @file{install-sh}. The other files are not checked for, so that using
1922 @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL} does not automatically require distributing the
1923 other auxiliary files. It checks for @file{install.sh} also, but that
1924 name is obsolete because some @code{make} have a rule that creates
1925 @file{install} from it if there is no makefile.
1927 The auxiliary directory is commonly named @file{build-aux}.
1928 If you need portability to @acronym{DOS} variants, do not name the
1929 auxiliary directory @file{aux}. @xref{File System Conventions}.
1932 @defmac AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE (@var{file})
1933 @acindex{REQUIRE_AUX_FILE}
1934 Declares that @var{file} is expected in the directory defined above. In
1935 Autoconf proper, this macro does nothing: its sole purpose is to be
1936 traced by third-party tools to produce a list of expected auxiliary
1937 files. For instance it is called by macros like @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}
1938 (@pxref{Particular Programs}) or @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD}
1939 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}) to register the auxiliary files they need.
1942 Similarly, packages that use @command{aclocal} should declare where
1943 local macros can be found using @code{AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR}.
1945 @defmac AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR (@var{dir})
1946 @acindex{CONFIG_MACRO_DIR}
1947 Specify @var{dir} as the location of additional local Autoconf macros.
1948 This macro is intended for use by future versions of commands like
1949 @command{autoreconf} that trace macro calls. It should be called
1950 directly from @file{configure.ac} so that tools that install macros for
1951 @command{aclocal} can find the macros' declarations.
1956 @section Outputting Files
1957 @cindex Outputting files
1959 Every Autoconf script, e.g., @file{configure.ac}, should finish by
1960 calling @code{AC_OUTPUT}. That is the macro that generates and runs
1961 @file{config.status}, which in turn creates the makefiles and any
1962 other files resulting from configuration. This is the only required
1963 macro besides @code{AC_INIT} (@pxref{Input}).
1968 @cindex Instantiation
1969 Generate @file{config.status} and launch it. Call this macro once, at
1970 the end of @file{configure.ac}.
1972 @file{config.status} performs all the configuration actions: all the
1973 output files (see @ref{Configuration Files}, macro
1974 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES}), header files (see @ref{Configuration Headers},
1975 macro @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}), commands (see @ref{Configuration
1976 Commands}, macro @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}), links (see
1977 @ref{Configuration Links}, macro @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}), subdirectories
1978 to configure (see @ref{Subdirectories}, macro @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS})
1981 The location of your @code{AC_OUTPUT} invocation is the exact point
1982 where configuration actions are taken: any code afterwards is
1983 executed by @code{configure} once @command{config.status} was run. If
1984 you want to bind actions to @command{config.status} itself
1985 (independently of whether @command{configure} is being run), see
1986 @ref{Configuration Commands, , Running Arbitrary Configuration
1990 Historically, the usage of @code{AC_OUTPUT} was somewhat different.
1991 @xref{Obsolete Macros}, for a description of the arguments that
1992 @code{AC_OUTPUT} used to support.
1995 If you run @command{make} in subdirectories, you should run it using the
1996 @code{make} variable @code{MAKE}. Most versions of @command{make} set
1997 @code{MAKE} to the name of the @command{make} program plus any options it
1998 was given. (But many do not include in it the values of any variables
1999 set on the command line, so those are not passed on automatically.)
2000 Some old versions of @command{make} do not set this variable. The
2001 following macro allows you to use it even with those versions.
2003 @anchor{AC_PROG_MAKE_SET}
2004 @defmac AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
2005 @acindex{PROG_MAKE_SET}
2007 If the Make command, @code{$MAKE} if set or else @samp{make}, predefines
2008 @code{$(MAKE)}, define output variable @code{SET_MAKE} to be empty.
2009 Otherwise, define @code{SET_MAKE} to a macro definition that sets
2010 @code{$(MAKE)}, such as @samp{MAKE=make}. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for
2014 If you use this macro, place a line like this in each @file{Makefile.in}
2015 that runs @code{MAKE} on other directories:
2023 @node Configuration Actions
2024 @section Performing Configuration Actions
2025 @cindex Configuration actions
2027 @file{configure} is designed so that it appears to do everything itself,
2028 but there is actually a hidden slave: @file{config.status}.
2029 @file{configure} is in charge of examining your system, but it is
2030 @file{config.status} that actually takes the proper actions based on the
2031 results of @file{configure}. The most typical task of
2032 @file{config.status} is to @emph{instantiate} files.
2034 This section describes the common behavior of the four standard
2035 instantiating macros: @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES}, @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS},
2036 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} and @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}. They all
2037 have this prototype:
2039 @c FIXME: Can't use @ovar here, Texinfo 4.0 goes lunatic and emits something
2042 AC_CONFIG_FOOS(@var{tag}@dots{}, [@var{commands}], [@var{init-cmds}])
2046 where the arguments are:
2050 A blank-or-newline-separated list of tags, which are typically the names of
2051 the files to instantiate.
2053 You are encouraged to use literals as @var{tags}. In particular, you
2057 @dots{} && my_foos="$my_foos fooo"
2058 @dots{} && my_foos="$my_foos foooo"
2059 AC_CONFIG_FOOS([$my_foos])
2063 and use this instead:
2066 @dots{} && AC_CONFIG_FOOS([fooo])
2067 @dots{} && AC_CONFIG_FOOS([foooo])
2070 The macros @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} and @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} use
2071 special @var{tag} values: they may have the form @samp{@var{output}} or
2072 @samp{@var{output}:@var{inputs}}. The file @var{output} is instantiated
2073 from its templates, @var{inputs} (defaulting to @samp{@var{output}.in}).
2075 @samp{AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile:boiler/top.mk:boiler/bot.mk)]},
2076 for example, asks for
2077 the creation of the file @file{Makefile} that contains the expansion of the
2078 output variables in the concatenation of @file{boiler/top.mk} and
2079 @file{boiler/bot.mk}.
2081 The special value @samp{-} might be used to denote the standard output
2082 when used in @var{output}, or the standard input when used in the
2083 @var{inputs}. You most probably don't need to use this in
2084 @file{configure.ac}, but it is convenient when using the command line
2085 interface of @file{./config.status}, see @ref{config.status Invocation},
2088 The @var{inputs} may be absolute or relative file names. In the latter
2089 case they are first looked for in the build tree, and then in the source
2093 Shell commands output literally into @file{config.status}, and
2094 associated with a tag that the user can use to tell @file{config.status}
2095 which the commands to run. The commands are run each time a @var{tag}
2096 request is given to @file{config.status}, typically each time the file
2097 @file{@var{tag}} is created.
2099 The variables set during the execution of @command{configure} are
2100 @emph{not} available here: you first need to set them via the
2101 @var{init-cmds}. Nonetheless the following variables are precomputed:
2105 The name of the top source directory, assuming that the working
2106 directory is the top build directory. This
2107 is what the @command{configure} option @option{--srcdir} sets.
2110 The name of the top source directory, assuming that the working
2111 directory is the current build directory.
2114 @item ac_top_build_prefix
2115 The name of the top build directory, assuming that the working
2116 directory is the current build directory.
2117 It can be empty, or else ends with a slash, so that you may concatenate
2121 The name of the corresponding source directory, assuming that the
2122 working directory is the current build directory.
2126 The @dfn{current} directory refers to the directory (or
2127 pseudo-directory) containing the input part of @var{tags}. For
2131 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([deep/dir/out:in/in.in], [@dots{}], [@dots{}])
2135 with @option{--srcdir=../package} produces the following values:
2138 # Argument of --srcdir
2140 # Reversing deep/dir
2141 ac_top_build_prefix='../../'
2142 # Concatenation of $ac_top_build_prefix and srcdir
2143 ac_top_srcdir='../../../package'
2144 # Concatenation of $ac_top_srcdir and deep/dir
2145 ac_srcdir='../../../package/deep/dir'
2149 independently of @samp{in/in.in}.
2152 Shell commands output @emph{unquoted} near the beginning of
2153 @file{config.status}, and executed each time @file{config.status} runs
2154 (regardless of the tag). Because they are unquoted, for example,
2155 @samp{$var} is output as the value of @code{var}. @var{init-cmds}
2156 is typically used by @file{configure} to give @file{config.status} some
2157 variables it needs to run the @var{commands}.
2159 You should be extremely cautious in your variable names: all the
2160 @var{init-cmds} share the same name space and may overwrite each other
2161 in unpredictable ways. Sorry@enddots{}
2164 All these macros can be called multiple times, with different
2165 @var{tag} values, of course!
2168 @node Configuration Files
2169 @section Creating Configuration Files
2170 @cindex Creating configuration files
2171 @cindex Configuration file creation
2173 Be sure to read the previous section, @ref{Configuration Actions}.
2175 @anchor{AC_CONFIG_FILES}
2176 @defmac AC_CONFIG_FILES (@var{file}@dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
2177 @acindex{CONFIG_FILES}
2178 Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} create each @file{@var{file}} by copying an input
2179 file (by default @file{@var{file}.in}), substituting the output variable
2181 @c Before we used to have this feature, which was later rejected
2182 @c because it complicates the writing of makefiles:
2183 @c If the file would be unchanged, it is left untouched, to preserve
2185 This macro is one of the instantiating macros; see @ref{Configuration
2186 Actions}. @xref{Makefile Substitutions}, for more information on using
2187 output variables. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for more information
2188 on creating them. This macro creates the directory that the file is in
2189 if it doesn't exist. Usually, makefiles are created this way,
2190 but other files, such as @file{.gdbinit}, can be specified as well.
2192 Typical calls to @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} look like this:
2195 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile src/Makefile man/Makefile X/Imakefile])
2196 AC_CONFIG_FILES([autoconf], [chmod +x autoconf])
2199 You can override an input file name by appending to @var{file} a
2200 colon-separated list of input files. Examples:
2203 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile:boiler/top.mk:boiler/bot.mk]
2204 [lib/Makefile:boiler/lib.mk])
2208 Doing this allows you to keep your file names acceptable to
2209 @acronym{DOS} variants, or
2210 to prepend and/or append boilerplate to the file.
2215 @node Makefile Substitutions
2216 @section Substitutions in Makefiles
2217 @cindex Substitutions in makefiles
2218 @cindex Makefile substitutions
2220 Each subdirectory in a distribution that contains something to be
2221 compiled or installed should come with a file @file{Makefile.in}, from
2222 which @command{configure} creates a file @file{Makefile} in that directory.
2223 To create @file{Makefile}, @command{configure} performs a simple variable
2224 substitution, replacing occurrences of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in
2225 @file{Makefile.in} with the value that @command{configure} has determined
2226 for that variable. Variables that are substituted into output files in
2227 this way are called @dfn{output variables}. They are ordinary shell
2228 variables that are set in @command{configure}. To make @command{configure}
2229 substitute a particular variable into the output files, the macro
2230 @code{AC_SUBST} must be called with that variable name as an argument.
2231 Any occurrences of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} for other variables are
2232 left unchanged. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for more information
2233 on creating output variables with @code{AC_SUBST}.
2235 A software package that uses a @command{configure} script should be
2236 distributed with a file @file{Makefile.in}, but no makefile; that
2237 way, the user has to properly configure the package for the local system
2238 before compiling it.
2240 @xref{Makefile Conventions, , Makefile Conventions, standards, The
2241 @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards}, for more information on what to put in
2245 * Preset Output Variables:: Output variables that are always set
2246 * Installation Directory Variables:: Other preset output variables
2247 * Changed Directory Variables:: Warnings about @file{datarootdir}
2248 * Build Directories:: Supporting multiple concurrent compiles
2249 * Automatic Remaking:: Makefile rules for configuring
2252 @node Preset Output Variables
2253 @subsection Preset Output Variables
2254 @cindex Output variables
2256 Some output variables are preset by the Autoconf macros. Some of the
2257 Autoconf macros set additional output variables, which are mentioned in
2258 the descriptions for those macros. @xref{Output Variable Index}, for a
2259 complete list of output variables. @xref{Installation Directory
2260 Variables}, for the list of the preset ones related to installation
2261 directories. Below are listed the other preset ones. They all are
2262 precious variables (@pxref{Setting Output Variables},
2265 @c Just say no to ASCII sorting! We're humans, not computers.
2266 @c These variables are listed as they would be in a dictionary:
2273 Debugging and optimization options for the C compiler. If it is not set
2274 in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default value is set
2275 when you call @code{AC_PROG_CC} (or empty if you don't). @command{configure}
2276 uses this variable when compiling or linking programs to test for C features.
2278 If a compiler option affects only the behavior of the preprocessor
2279 (e.g., @option{-D @var{name}}), it should be put into @code{CPPFLAGS}
2280 instead. If it affects only the linker (e.g., @option{-L
2281 @var{directory}}), it should be put into @code{LDFLAGS} instead. If it
2282 affects only the compiler proper, @code{CFLAGS} is the natural home for
2283 it. If an option affects multiple phases of the compiler, though,
2284 matters get tricky. One approach to put such options directly into
2285 @code{CC}, e.g., @code{CC='gcc -m64'}. Another is to put them into both
2286 @code{CPPFLAGS} and @code{LDFLAGS}, but not into @code{CFLAGS}.
2290 @defvar configure_input
2291 @ovindex configure_input
2292 A comment saying that the file was generated automatically by
2293 @command{configure} and giving the name of the input file.
2294 @code{AC_OUTPUT} adds a comment line containing this variable to the top
2295 of every makefile it creates. For other files, you should
2296 reference this variable in a comment at the top of each input file. For
2297 example, an input shell script should begin like this:
2301 # @@configure_input@@
2305 The presence of that line also reminds people editing the file that it
2306 needs to be processed by @command{configure} in order to be used.
2311 Preprocessor options for the C, C++, and Objective C preprocessors and
2313 it is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default
2314 value is empty. @command{configure} uses this variable when preprocessing
2315 or compiling programs to test for C, C++, and Objective C features.
2317 This variable's contents should contain options like @option{-I},
2318 @option{-D}, and @option{-U} that affect only the behavior of the
2319 preprocessor. Please see the explanation of @code{CFLAGS} for what you
2320 can do if an option affects other phases of the compiler as well.
2322 Currently, @command{configure} always links as part of a single
2323 invocation of the compiler that also preprocesses and compiles, so it
2324 uses this variable also when linking programs. However, it is unwise to
2325 depend on this behavior because the @acronym{GNU} coding standards do
2326 not require it and many packages do not use @code{CPPFLAGS} when linking
2329 @xref{Special Chars in Variables}, for limitations that @code{CPPFLAGS}
2335 Debugging and optimization options for the C++ compiler. It acts like
2336 @code{CFLAGS}, but for C++ instead of C.
2341 @option{-D} options to pass to the C compiler. If @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}
2342 is called, @command{configure} replaces @samp{@@DEFS@@} with
2343 @option{-DHAVE_CONFIG_H} instead (@pxref{Configuration Headers}). This
2344 variable is not defined while @command{configure} is performing its tests,
2345 only when creating the output files. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for
2346 how to check the results of previous tests.
2355 How does one suppress the trailing newline from @command{echo} for
2356 question-answer message pairs? These variables provide a way:
2359 echo $ECHO_N "And the winner is... $ECHO_C"
2361 echo "$@{ECHO_T@}dead."
2365 Some old and uncommon @command{echo} implementations offer no means to
2366 achieve this, in which case @code{ECHO_T} is set to tab. You might not
2372 Debugging and optimization options for the Erlang compiler. If it is not set
2373 in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default value is empty.
2374 @command{configure} uses this variable when compiling
2375 programs to test for Erlang features.
2380 Debugging and optimization options for the Fortran compiler. If it
2381 is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default
2382 value is set when you call @code{AC_PROG_FC} (or empty if you don't).
2383 @command{configure} uses this variable when compiling or linking
2384 programs to test for Fortran features.
2389 Debugging and optimization options for the Fortran 77 compiler. If it
2390 is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default
2391 value is set when you call @code{AC_PROG_F77} (or empty if you don't).
2392 @command{configure} uses this variable when compiling or linking
2393 programs to test for Fortran 77 features.
2398 Options for the linker. If it is not set
2399 in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default value is empty.
2400 @command{configure} uses this variable when linking programs to test for
2401 C, C++, Objective C, and Fortran features.
2403 This variable's contents should contain options like @option{-s} and
2404 @option{-L} that affect only the behavior of the linker. Please see the
2405 explanation of @code{CFLAGS} for what you can do if an option also
2406 affects other phases of the compiler.
2408 Don't use this variable to pass library names
2409 (@option{-l}) to the linker; use @code{LIBS} instead.
2414 @option{-l} options to pass to the linker. The default value is empty,
2415 but some Autoconf macros may prepend extra libraries to this variable if
2416 those libraries are found and provide necessary functions, see
2417 @ref{Libraries}. @command{configure} uses this variable when linking
2418 programs to test for C, C++, and Fortran features.
2423 Debugging and optimization options for the Objective C compiler. It
2424 acts like @code{CFLAGS}, but for Objective C instead of C.
2429 Rigorously equal to @samp{.}. Added for symmetry only.
2432 @defvar abs_builddir
2433 @ovindex abs_builddir
2434 Absolute name of @code{builddir}.
2437 @defvar top_builddir
2438 @ovindex top_builddir
2439 The relative name of the top level of the current build tree. In the
2440 top-level directory, this is the same as @code{builddir}.
2443 @defvar top_build_prefix
2444 @ovindex top_build_prefix
2445 The relative name of the top level of the current build tree with final
2446 slash if nonemtpy. This is the same as @code{top_builddir}, except that
2447 it contains of zero of more runs of @code{../}, so it should not be
2448 appended with a slash for concatenation. This helps for @command{make}
2449 implementations that otherwise do not treat @file{./file} and @file{file}
2450 as equal in the toplevel build directory.
2453 @defvar abs_top_builddir
2454 @ovindex abs_top_builddir
2455 Absolute name of @code{top_builddir}.
2460 The name of the directory that contains the source code for
2466 Absolute name of @code{srcdir}.
2471 The name of the top-level source code directory for the
2472 package. In the top-level directory, this is the same as @code{srcdir}.
2475 @defvar abs_top_srcdir
2476 @ovindex abs_top_srcdir
2477 Absolute name of @code{top_srcdir}.
2480 @node Installation Directory Variables
2481 @subsection Installation Directory Variables
2482 @cindex Installation directories
2483 @cindex Directories, installation
2485 The following variables specify the directories for
2486 package installation, see @ref{Directory Variables, , Variables for
2487 Installation Directories, standards, The @acronym{GNU} Coding
2488 Standards}, for more information. Each variable corresponds to an
2489 argument of @command{configure}; trailing slashes are stripped so that
2490 expressions such as @samp{$@{prefix@}/lib} expand with only one slash
2491 between directory names. See the end of this section for
2492 details on when and how to use these variables.
2496 The directory for installing executables that users run.
2501 The directory for installing idiosyncratic read-only
2502 architecture-independent data.
2506 @ovindex datarootdir
2507 The root of the directory tree for read-only architecture-independent
2513 The directory for installing documentation files (other than Info and
2519 The directory for installing documentation files in DVI format.
2523 @ovindex exec_prefix
2524 The installation prefix for architecture-dependent files. By default
2525 it's the same as @var{prefix}. You should avoid installing anything
2526 directly to @var{exec_prefix}. However, the default value for
2527 directories containing architecture-dependent files should be relative
2528 to @var{exec_prefix}.
2533 The directory for installing HTML documentation.
2538 The directory for installing C header files.
2543 The directory for installing documentation in Info format.
2548 The directory for installing object code libraries.
2553 The directory for installing executables that other programs run.
2558 The directory for installing locale-dependent but
2559 architecture-independent data, such as message catalogs. This directory
2560 usually has a subdirectory per locale.
2563 @defvar localstatedir
2564 @ovindex localstatedir
2565 The directory for installing modifiable single-machine data.
2570 The top-level directory for installing documentation in man format.
2573 @defvar oldincludedir
2574 @ovindex oldincludedir
2575 The directory for installing C header files for non-@acronym{GCC} compilers.
2580 The directory for installing PDF documentation.
2585 The common installation prefix for all files. If @var{exec_prefix}
2586 is defined to a different value, @var{prefix} is used only for
2587 architecture-independent files.
2592 The directory for installing PostScript documentation.
2597 The directory for installing executables that system
2601 @defvar sharedstatedir
2602 @ovindex sharedstatedir
2603 The directory for installing modifiable architecture-independent data.
2608 The directory for installing read-only single-machine data.
2612 Most of these variables have values that rely on @code{prefix} or
2613 @code{exec_prefix}. It is deliberate that the directory output
2614 variables keep them unexpanded: typically @samp{@@datarootdir@@} is
2615 replaced by @samp{$@{prefix@}/share}, not @samp{/usr/local/share}, and
2616 @samp{@@datadir@@} is replaced by @samp{$@{datarootdir@}}.
2618 This behavior is mandated by the @acronym{GNU} coding standards, so that when
2623 she can still specify a different prefix from the one specified to
2624 @command{configure}, in which case, if needed, the package should hard
2625 code dependencies corresponding to the make-specified prefix.
2628 she can specify a different installation location, in which case the
2629 package @emph{must} still depend on the location which was compiled in
2630 (i.e., never recompile when @samp{make install} is run). This is an
2631 extremely important feature, as many people may decide to install all
2632 the files of a package grouped together, and then install links from
2633 the final locations to there.
2636 In order to support these features, it is essential that
2637 @code{datarootdir} remains being defined as @samp{$@{prefix@}/share} to
2638 depend upon the current value of @code{prefix}.
2640 A corollary is that you should not use these variables except in
2641 makefiles. For instance, instead of trying to evaluate @code{datadir}
2642 in @file{configure} and hard-coding it in makefiles using
2643 e.g., @samp{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([DATADIR], ["$datadir"], [Data directory.])},
2645 @option{-DDATADIR='$(datadir)'} to your makefile's definition of
2646 @code{CPPFLAGS} (@code{AM_CPPFLAGS} if you are also using Automake).
2648 Similarly, you should not rely on @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} to replace
2649 @code{datadir} and friends in your shell scripts and other files; instead,
2650 let @command{make} manage their replacement. For instance Autoconf
2651 ships templates of its shell scripts ending with @samp{.in}, and uses a
2652 makefile snippet similar to the following to build scripts like
2653 @command{autoheader} and @command{autom4te}:
2658 -e 's|@@datadir[@@]|$(pkgdatadir)|g' \
2659 -e 's|@@prefix[@@]|$(prefix)|g'
2663 autoheader autom4te: Makefile
2665 $(edit) '$(srcdir)/$@@.in' >$@@.tmp
2672 autoheader: $(srcdir)/autoheader.in
2673 autom4te: $(srcdir)/autom4te.in
2677 Some details are noteworthy:
2680 @item @samp{@@datadir[@@]}
2681 The brackets prevent @command{configure} from replacing
2682 @samp{@@datadir@@} in the Sed expression itself.
2683 Brackets are preferable to a backslash here, since
2684 Posix says @samp{\@@} is not portable.
2686 @item @samp{$(pkgdatadir)}
2687 Don't use @samp{@@pkgdatadir@@}! Use the matching makefile variable
2691 Don't use @samp{/} in the Sed expressions that replace file names since
2693 variables you use, such as @samp{$(pkgdatadir)}, contain @samp{/}.
2694 Use a shell metacharacter instead, such as @samp{|}.
2696 @item special characters
2697 File names, file name components, and the value of @code{VPATH} should
2698 not contain shell metacharacters or white
2699 space. @xref{Special Chars in Variables}.
2701 @item dependency on @file{Makefile}
2702 Since @code{edit} uses values that depend on the configuration specific
2703 values (@code{prefix}, etc.)@: and not only on @code{VERSION} and so forth,
2704 the output depends on @file{Makefile}, not @file{configure.ac}.
2707 The main rule is generic, and uses @samp{$@@} extensively to
2708 avoid the need for multiple copies of the rule.
2710 @item Separated dependencies and single suffix rules
2711 You can't use them! The above snippet cannot be (portably) rewritten
2715 autoconf autoheader: Makefile
2725 @xref{Single Suffix Rules}, for details.
2727 @item @samp{$(srcdir)}
2728 Be sure to specify the name of the source directory,
2729 otherwise the package won't support separated builds.
2732 For the more specific installation of Erlang libraries, the following variables
2735 @defvar ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
2736 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
2737 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR}
2738 The common parent directory of Erlang library installation directories.
2739 This variable is set by calling the @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR}
2740 macro in @file{configure.ac}.
2743 @defvar ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
2744 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
2745 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR}
2746 The installation directory for Erlang library @var{library}.
2747 This variable is set by calling the
2748 @samp{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR(@var{library}, @var{version}}
2749 macro in @file{configure.ac}.
2752 @xref{Erlang Libraries}, for details.
2755 @node Changed Directory Variables
2756 @subsection Changed Directory Variables
2757 @cindex @file{datarootdir}
2759 In Autoconf 2.60, the set of directory variables has changed, and the
2760 defaults of some variables have been adjusted
2761 (@pxref{Installation Directory Variables}) to changes in the
2762 @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards. Notably, @file{datadir}, @file{infodir}, and
2763 @file{mandir} are now expressed in terms of @file{datarootdir}. If you are
2764 upgrading from an earlier Autoconf version, you may need to adjust your files
2765 to ensure that the directory variables are substituted correctly
2766 (@pxref{Defining Directories}), and that a definition of @file{datarootdir} is
2767 in place. For example, in a @file{Makefile.in}, adding
2770 datarootdir = @@datarootdir@@
2774 is usually sufficient. If you use Automake to create @file{Makefile.in},
2775 it will add this for you.
2777 To help with the transition, Autoconf warns about files that seem to use
2778 @code{datarootdir} without defining it. In some cases, it then expands
2779 the value of @code{$datarootdir} in substitutions of the directory
2780 variables. The following example shows such a warning:
2783 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
2785 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile])
2787 $ @kbd{cat Makefile.in}
2789 datadir = @@datadir@@
2792 configure: creating ./config.status
2793 config.status: creating Makefile
2794 config.status: WARNING:
2795 Makefile.in seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting
2796 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
2798 datadir = $@{prefix@}/share
2801 Usually one can easily change the file to accommodate both older and newer
2805 $ @kbd{cat Makefile.in}
2807 datarootdir = @@datarootdir@@
2808 datadir = @@datadir@@
2810 configure: creating ./config.status
2811 config.status: creating Makefile
2812 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
2814 datarootdir = $@{prefix@}/share
2815 datadir = $@{datarootdir@}
2818 @acindex{DATAROOTDIR_CHECKED}
2819 In some cases, however, the checks may not be able to detect that a suitable
2820 initialization of @code{datarootdir} is in place, or they may fail to detect
2821 that such an initialization is necessary in the output file. If, after
2822 auditing your package, there are still spurious @file{configure} warnings about
2823 @code{datarootdir}, you may add the line
2826 AC_DEFUN([AC_DATAROOTDIR_CHECKED])
2830 to your @file{configure.ac} to disable the warnings. This is an exception
2831 to the usual rule that you should not define a macro whose name begins with
2832 @code{AC_} (@pxref{Macro Names}).
2836 @node Build Directories
2837 @subsection Build Directories
2838 @cindex Build directories
2839 @cindex Directories, build
2841 You can support compiling a software package for several architectures
2842 simultaneously from the same copy of the source code. The object files
2843 for each architecture are kept in their own directory.
2845 To support doing this, @command{make} uses the @code{VPATH} variable to
2846 find the files that are in the source directory. @acronym{GNU} Make
2847 can do this. Most other recent @command{make} programs can do this as
2848 well, though they may have difficulties and it is often simpler to
2849 recommend @acronym{GNU} @command{make} (@pxref{VPATH and Make}). Older
2850 @command{make} programs do not support @code{VPATH}; when using them, the
2851 source code must be in the same directory as the object files.
2853 To support @code{VPATH}, each @file{Makefile.in} should contain two
2854 lines that look like:
2861 Do not set @code{VPATH} to the value of another variable, for example
2862 @samp{VPATH = $(srcdir)}, because some versions of @command{make} do not do
2863 variable substitutions on the value of @code{VPATH}.
2865 @command{configure} substitutes the correct value for @code{srcdir} when
2866 it produces @file{Makefile}.
2868 Do not use the @code{make} variable @code{$<}, which expands to the
2869 file name of the file in the source directory (found with @code{VPATH}),
2870 except in implicit rules. (An implicit rule is one such as @samp{.c.o},
2871 which tells how to create a @file{.o} file from a @file{.c} file.) Some
2872 versions of @command{make} do not set @code{$<} in explicit rules; they
2873 expand it to an empty value.
2875 Instead, Make command lines should always refer to source
2876 files by prefixing them with @samp{$(srcdir)/}. For example:
2879 time.info: time.texinfo
2880 $(MAKEINFO) '$(srcdir)/time.texinfo'
2883 @node Automatic Remaking
2884 @subsection Automatic Remaking
2885 @cindex Automatic remaking
2886 @cindex Remaking automatically
2888 You can put rules like the following in the top-level @file{Makefile.in}
2889 for a package to automatically update the configuration information when
2890 you change the configuration files. This example includes all of the
2891 optional files, such as @file{aclocal.m4} and those related to
2892 configuration header files. Omit from the @file{Makefile.in} rules for
2893 any of these files that your package does not use.
2895 The @samp{$(srcdir)/} prefix is included because of limitations in the
2896 @code{VPATH} mechanism.
2898 The @file{stamp-} files are necessary because the timestamps of
2899 @file{config.h.in} and @file{config.h} are not changed if remaking
2900 them does not change their contents. This feature avoids unnecessary
2901 recompilation. You should include the file @file{stamp-h.in} your
2902 package's distribution, so that @command{make} considers
2903 @file{config.h.in} up to date. Don't use @command{touch}
2904 (@pxref{Limitations of Usual Tools}); instead, use @command{echo} (using
2905 @command{date} would cause needless differences, hence @acronym{CVS}
2910 $(srcdir)/configure: configure.ac aclocal.m4
2911 cd '$(srcdir)' && autoconf
2913 # autoheader might not change config.h.in, so touch a stamp file.
2914 $(srcdir)/config.h.in: stamp-h.in
2915 $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in: configure.ac aclocal.m4
2916 cd '$(srcdir)' && autoheader
2917 echo timestamp > '$(srcdir)/stamp-h.in'
2920 stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
2923 Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
2926 config.status: configure
2927 ./config.status --recheck
2932 (Be careful if you copy these lines directly into your makefile, as you
2933 need to convert the indented lines to start with the tab character.)
2935 In addition, you should use
2938 AC_CONFIG_FILES([stamp-h], [echo timestamp > stamp-h])
2942 so @file{config.status} ensures that @file{config.h} is considered up to
2943 date. @xref{Output}, for more information about @code{AC_OUTPUT}.
2945 @xref{config.status Invocation}, for more examples of handling
2946 configuration-related dependencies.
2948 @node Configuration Headers
2949 @section Configuration Header Files
2950 @cindex Configuration Header
2951 @cindex @file{config.h}
2953 When a package contains more than a few tests that define C preprocessor
2954 symbols, the command lines to pass @option{-D} options to the compiler
2955 can get quite long. This causes two problems. One is that the
2956 @command{make} output is hard to visually scan for errors. More
2957 seriously, the command lines can exceed the length limits of some
2958 operating systems. As an alternative to passing @option{-D} options to
2959 the compiler, @command{configure} scripts can create a C header file
2960 containing @samp{#define} directives. The @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}
2961 macro selects this kind of output. Though it can be called anywhere
2962 between @code{AC_INIT} and @code{AC_OUTPUT}, it is customary to call
2963 it right after @code{AC_INIT}.
2965 The package should @samp{#include} the configuration header file before
2966 any other header files, to prevent inconsistencies in declarations (for
2967 example, if it redefines @code{const}).
2969 To provide for VPATH builds, remember to pass the C compiler a @option{-I.}
2970 option (or @option{-I..}; whichever directory contains @file{config.h}).
2971 Even if you use @samp{#include "config.h"}, the preprocessor searches only
2972 the directory of the currently read file, i.e., the source directory, not
2973 the build directory.
2975 With the appropriate @option{-I} option, you can use
2976 @samp{#include <config.h>}. Actually, it's a good habit to use it,
2977 because in the rare case when the source directory contains another
2978 @file{config.h}, the build directory should be searched first.
2981 @defmac AC_CONFIG_HEADERS (@var{header} @dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
2982 @acindex{CONFIG_HEADERS}
2983 @cvindex HAVE_CONFIG_H
2984 This macro is one of the instantiating macros; see @ref{Configuration
2985 Actions}. Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} create the file(s) in the
2986 blank-or-newline-separated list @var{header} containing C preprocessor
2987 @code{#define} statements, and replace @samp{@@DEFS@@} in generated
2988 files with @option{-DHAVE_CONFIG_H} instead of the value of @code{DEFS}.
2989 The usual name for @var{header} is @file{config.h}.
2991 If @var{header} already exists and its contents are identical to what
2992 @code{AC_OUTPUT} would put in it, it is left alone. Doing this allows
2993 making some changes in the configuration without needlessly causing
2994 object files that depend on the header file to be recompiled.
2996 Usually the input file is named @file{@var{header}.in}; however, you can
2997 override the input file name by appending to @var{header} a
2998 colon-separated list of input files. For example, you might need to make
2999 the input file name acceptable to @acronym{DOS} variants:
3002 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h:config.hin])
3009 This macro is defined as the name of the first declared config header
3010 and undefined if no config headers have been declared up to this point.
3011 A third-party macro may, for example, require use of a config header
3012 without invoking AC_CONFIG_HEADERS twice, like this:
3015 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(
3016 [m4_ifndef([AH_HEADER], [AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])])])
3021 @xref{Configuration Actions}, for more details on @var{header}.
3024 * Header Templates:: Input for the configuration headers
3025 * autoheader Invocation:: How to create configuration templates
3026 * Autoheader Macros:: How to specify CPP templates
3029 @node Header Templates
3030 @subsection Configuration Header Templates
3031 @cindex Configuration Header Template
3032 @cindex Header templates
3033 @cindex @file{config.h.in}
3035 Your distribution should contain a template file that looks as you want
3036 the final header file to look, including comments, with @code{#undef}
3037 statements which are used as hooks. For example, suppose your
3038 @file{configure.ac} makes these calls:
3041 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([conf.h])
3042 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([unistd.h])
3046 Then you could have code like the following in @file{conf.h.in}. On
3047 systems that have @file{unistd.h}, @command{configure} defines
3048 @samp{HAVE_UNISTD_H} to 1. On other systems, the whole line is
3049 commented out (in case the system predefines that symbol).
3053 /* Define as 1 if you have unistd.h. */
3054 #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
3058 Pay attention that @samp{#undef} is in the first column, and there is
3059 nothing after @samp{HAVE_UNISTD_H}, not even white space. You can
3060 then decode the configuration header using the preprocessor directives:
3066 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
3067 # include <unistd.h>
3069 /* We are in trouble. */
3074 The use of old form templates, with @samp{#define} instead of
3075 @samp{#undef} is strongly discouraged. Similarly with old templates
3076 with comments on the same line as the @samp{#undef}. Anyway, putting
3077 comments in preprocessor macros has never been a good idea.
3079 Since it is a tedious task to keep a template header up to date, you may
3080 use @command{autoheader} to generate it, see @ref{autoheader Invocation}.
3083 @node autoheader Invocation
3084 @subsection Using @command{autoheader} to Create @file{config.h.in}
3085 @cindex @command{autoheader}
3087 The @command{autoheader} program can create a template file of C
3088 @samp{#define} statements for @command{configure} to use.
3089 It searches for the first invocation of @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} in
3090 @file{configure} sources to determine the name of the template.
3091 (If the first call of @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} specifies more than one
3092 input file name, @command{autoheader} uses the first one.)
3094 It is recommended that only one input file is used. If you want to append
3095 a boilerplate code, it is preferable to use
3096 @samp{AH_BOTTOM([#include <conf_post.h>])}.
3097 File @file{conf_post.h} is not processed during the configuration then,
3098 which make things clearer. Analogically, @code{AH_TOP} can be used to
3099 prepend a boilerplate code.
3101 In order to do its job, @command{autoheader} needs you to document all
3102 of the symbols that you might use. Typically this is done via an
3103 @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED} call whose first argument
3104 is a literal symbol and whose third argument describes the symbol
3105 (@pxref{Defining Symbols}). Alternatively, you can use
3106 @code{AH_TEMPLATE} (@pxref{Autoheader Macros}), or you can supply a
3107 suitable input file for a subsequent configuration header file.
3108 Symbols defined by Autoconf's builtin tests are already documented properly;
3109 you need to document only those that you
3112 You might wonder why @command{autoheader} is needed: after all, why
3113 would @command{configure} need to ``patch'' a @file{config.h.in} to
3114 produce a @file{config.h} instead of just creating @file{config.h} from
3115 scratch? Well, when everything rocks, the answer is just that we are
3116 wasting our time maintaining @command{autoheader}: generating
3117 @file{config.h} directly is all that is needed. When things go wrong,
3118 however, you'll be thankful for the existence of @command{autoheader}.
3120 The fact that the symbols are documented is important in order to
3121 @emph{check} that @file{config.h} makes sense. The fact that there is a
3122 well-defined list of symbols that should be defined (or not) is
3123 also important for people who are porting packages to environments where
3124 @command{configure} cannot be run: they just have to @emph{fill in the
3127 But let's come back to the point: the invocation of @command{autoheader}@dots{}
3129 If you give @command{autoheader} an argument, it uses that file instead
3130 of @file{configure.ac} and writes the header file to the standard output
3131 instead of to @file{config.h.in}. If you give @command{autoheader} an
3132 argument of @option{-}, it reads the standard input instead of
3133 @file{configure.ac} and writes the header file to the standard output.
3135 @command{autoheader} accepts the following options:
3140 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
3144 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
3148 Report processing steps.
3152 Don't remove the temporary files.
3156 Remake the template file even if newer than its input files.
3158 @item --include=@var{dir}
3160 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
3162 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
3164 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
3166 @item --warnings=@var{category}
3167 @itemx -W @var{category}
3169 Report the warnings related to @var{category} (which can actually be a
3170 comma separated list). Current categories include:
3174 report the uses of obsolete constructs
3177 report all the warnings
3183 treats warnings as errors
3185 @item no-@var{category}
3186 disable warnings falling into @var{category}
3193 @node Autoheader Macros
3194 @subsection Autoheader Macros
3195 @cindex Autoheader macros
3197 @command{autoheader} scans @file{configure.ac} and figures out which C
3198 preprocessor symbols it might define. It knows how to generate
3199 templates for symbols defined by @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS},
3200 @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS} etc., but if you @code{AC_DEFINE} any additional
3201 symbol, you must define a template for it. If there are missing
3202 templates, @command{autoheader} fails with an error message.
3204 The template for a @var{symbol} is created
3205 by @command{autoheader} from
3206 the @var{description} argument to an @code{AC_DEFINE};
3207 see @ref{Defining Symbols}.
3209 For special needs, you can use the following macros.
3212 @defmac AH_TEMPLATE (@var{key}, @var{description})
3214 Tell @command{autoheader} to generate a template for @var{key}. This macro
3215 generates standard templates just like @code{AC_DEFINE} when a
3216 @var{description} is given.
3221 AH_TEMPLATE([CRAY_STACKSEG_END],
3222 [Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67
3223 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems. This
3224 function is required for alloca.c support
3229 generates the following template, with the description properly
3233 /* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and
3234 Cray-YMP systems. This function is required for alloca.c
3235 support on those systems. */
3236 #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
3241 @defmac AH_VERBATIM (@var{key}, @var{template})
3243 Tell @command{autoheader} to include the @var{template} as-is in the header
3244 template file. This @var{template} is associated with the @var{key},
3245 which is used to sort all the different templates and guarantee their
3246 uniqueness. It should be a symbol that can be defined via @code{AC_DEFINE}.
3250 @defmac AH_TOP (@var{text})
3252 Include @var{text} at the top of the header template file.
3256 @defmac AH_BOTTOM (@var{text})
3258 Include @var{text} at the bottom of the header template file.
3262 Please note that @var{text} gets included ``verbatim'' to the template file,
3263 not to the resulting config header, so it can easily get mangled when the
3264 template is processed. There is rarely a need for something other than
3267 AH_BOTTOM([#include <custom.h>])
3272 @node Configuration Commands
3273 @section Running Arbitrary Configuration Commands
3274 @cindex Configuration commands
3275 @cindex Commands for configuration
3277 You can execute arbitrary commands before, during, and after
3278 @file{config.status} is run. The three following macros accumulate the
3279 commands to run when they are called multiple times.
3280 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} replaces the obsolete macro
3281 @code{AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS}; see @ref{Obsolete Macros}, for details.
3283 @anchor{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}
3284 @defmac AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS (@var{tag}@dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
3285 @acindex{CONFIG_COMMANDS}
3286 Specify additional shell commands to run at the end of
3287 @file{config.status}, and shell commands to initialize any variables
3288 from @command{configure}. Associate the commands with @var{tag}.
3289 Since typically the @var{cmds} create a file, @var{tag} should
3290 naturally be the name of that file. If needed, the directory hosting
3291 @var{tag} is created. This macro is one of the instantiating macros;
3292 see @ref{Configuration Actions}.
3294 Here is an unrealistic example:
3297 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([fubar],
3298 [echo this is extra $fubar, and so on.],
3302 Here is a better one:
3304 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([timestamp], [date >timestamp])
3308 The following two macros look similar, but in fact they are not of the same
3309 breed: they are executed directly by @file{configure}, so you cannot use
3310 @file{config.status} to rerun them.
3312 @c Yet it is good to leave them here. The user sees them together and
3313 @c decides which best fits their needs.
3315 @defmac AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE (@var{cmds})
3316 @acindex{CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE}
3317 Execute the @var{cmds} right before creating @file{config.status}.
3319 This macro presents the last opportunity to call @code{AC_SUBST},
3320 @code{AC_DEFINE}, or @code{AC_CONFIG_FOOS} macros.
3323 @defmac AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_POST (@var{cmds})
3324 @acindex{CONFIG_COMMANDS_POST}
3325 Execute the @var{cmds} right after creating @file{config.status}.
3331 @node Configuration Links
3332 @section Creating Configuration Links
3333 @cindex Configuration links
3334 @cindex Links for configuration
3336 You may find it convenient to create links whose destinations depend upon
3337 results of tests. One can use @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} but the
3338 creation of relative symbolic links can be delicate when the package is
3339 built in a directory different from the source directory.
3341 @anchor{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}
3342 @defmac AC_CONFIG_LINKS (@var{dest}:@var{source}@dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @
3344 @acindex{CONFIG_LINKS}
3346 Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} link each of the existing files @var{source} to
3347 the corresponding link name @var{dest}. Makes a symbolic link if
3348 possible, otherwise a hard link if possible, otherwise a copy. The
3349 @var{dest} and @var{source} names should be relative to the top level
3350 source or build directory. This macro is one of the instantiating
3351 macros; see @ref{Configuration Actions}.
3353 For example, this call:
3356 AC_CONFIG_LINKS([host.h:config/$machine.h
3357 object.h:config/$obj_format.h])
3361 creates in the current directory @file{host.h} as a link to
3362 @file{@var{srcdir}/config/$machine.h}, and @file{object.h} as a
3363 link to @file{@var{srcdir}/config/$obj_format.h}.
3365 The tempting value @samp{.} for @var{dest} is invalid: it makes it
3366 impossible for @samp{config.status} to guess the links to establish.
3370 ./config.status host.h object.h
3373 to create the links.
3378 @node Subdirectories
3379 @section Configuring Other Packages in Subdirectories
3380 @cindex Configure subdirectories
3381 @cindex Subdirectory configure
3383 In most situations, calling @code{AC_OUTPUT} is sufficient to produce
3384 makefiles in subdirectories. However, @command{configure} scripts
3385 that control more than one independent package can use
3386 @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS} to run @command{configure} scripts for other
3387 packages in subdirectories.
3389 @defmac AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS (@var{dir} @dots{})
3390 @acindex{CONFIG_SUBDIRS}
3392 Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} run @command{configure} in each subdirectory
3393 @var{dir} in the given blank-or-newline-separated list. Each @var{dir} should
3394 be a literal, i.e., please do not use:
3397 if test "$package_foo_enabled" = yes; then
3398 $my_subdirs="$my_subdirs foo"
3400 AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([$my_subdirs])
3404 because this prevents @samp{./configure --help=recursive} from
3405 displaying the options of the package @code{foo}. Instead, you should
3409 if test "$package_foo_enabled" = yes; then
3410 AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([foo])
3414 If a given @var{dir} is not found, an error is reported: if the
3415 subdirectory is optional, write:
3418 if test -d "$srcdir/foo"; then
3419 AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([foo])
3423 @c NB: Yes, below we mean configure.in, not configure.ac.
3424 If a given @var{dir} contains @command{configure.gnu}, it is run instead
3425 of @command{configure}. This is for packages that might use a
3426 non-Autoconf script @command{Configure}, which can't be called through a
3427 wrapper @command{configure} since it would be the same file on
3428 case-insensitive file systems. Likewise, if a @var{dir} contains
3429 @file{configure.in} but no @command{configure}, the Cygnus
3430 @command{configure} script found by @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR} is used.
3432 The subdirectory @command{configure} scripts are given the same command
3433 line options that were given to this @command{configure} script, with minor
3434 changes if needed, which include:
3438 adjusting a relative name for the cache file;
3441 adjusting a relative name for the source directory;
3444 propagating the current value of @code{$prefix}, including if it was
3445 defaulted, and if the default values of the top level and of the subdirectory
3446 @file{configure} differ.
3449 This macro also sets the output variable @code{subdirs} to the list of
3450 directories @samp{@var{dir} @dots{}}. Make rules can use
3451 this variable to determine which subdirectories to recurse into.
3453 This macro may be called multiple times.
3456 @node Default Prefix
3457 @section Default Prefix
3458 @cindex Install prefix
3459 @cindex Prefix for install
3461 By default, @command{configure} sets the prefix for files it installs to
3462 @file{/usr/local}. The user of @command{configure} can select a different
3463 prefix using the @option{--prefix} and @option{--exec-prefix} options.
3464 There are two ways to change the default: when creating
3465 @command{configure}, and when running it.
3467 Some software packages might want to install in a directory other than
3468 @file{/usr/local} by default. To accomplish that, use the
3469 @code{AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT} macro.
3471 @defmac AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT (@var{prefix})
3472 @acindex{PREFIX_DEFAULT}
3473 Set the default installation prefix to @var{prefix} instead of
3477 It may be convenient for users to have @command{configure} guess the
3478 installation prefix from the location of a related program that they
3479 have already installed. If you wish to do that, you can call
3480 @code{AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM}.
3482 @anchor{AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM}
3483 @defmac AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM (@var{program})
3484 @acindex{PREFIX_PROGRAM}
3485 If the user did not specify an installation prefix (using the
3486 @option{--prefix} option), guess a value for it by looking for
3487 @var{program} in @env{PATH}, the way the shell does. If @var{program}
3488 is found, set the prefix to the parent of the directory containing
3489 @var{program}, else default the prefix as described above
3490 (@file{/usr/local} or @code{AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT}). For example, if
3491 @var{program} is @code{gcc} and the @env{PATH} contains
3492 @file{/usr/local/gnu/bin/gcc}, set the prefix to @file{/usr/local/gnu}.
3497 @c ======================================================== Existing tests
3499 @node Existing Tests
3500 @chapter Existing Tests
3502 These macros test for particular system features that packages might
3503 need or want to use. If you need to test for a kind of feature that
3504 none of these macros check for, you can probably do it by calling
3505 primitive test macros with appropriate arguments (@pxref{Writing
3508 These tests print messages telling the user which feature they're
3509 checking for, and what they find. They cache their results for future
3510 @command{configure} runs (@pxref{Caching Results}).
3512 Some of these macros set output variables. @xref{Makefile
3513 Substitutions}, for how to get their values. The phrase ``define
3514 @var{name}'' is used below as a shorthand to mean ``define the C
3515 preprocessor symbol @var{name} to the value 1''. @xref{Defining
3516 Symbols}, for how to get those symbol definitions into your program.
3519 * Common Behavior:: Macros' standard schemes
3520 * Alternative Programs:: Selecting between alternative programs
3521 * Files:: Checking for the existence of files
3522 * Libraries:: Library archives that might be missing
3523 * Library Functions:: C library functions that might be missing
3524 * Header Files:: Header files that might be missing
3525 * Declarations:: Declarations that may be missing
3526 * Structures:: Structures or members that might be missing
3527 * Types:: Types that might be missing
3528 * Compilers and Preprocessors:: Checking for compiling programs
3529 * System Services:: Operating system services
3530 * Posix Variants:: Special kludges for specific Posix variants
3531 * Erlang Libraries:: Checking for the existence of Erlang libraries
3534 @node Common Behavior
3535 @section Common Behavior
3536 @cindex Common autoconf behavior
3538 Much effort has been expended to make Autoconf easy to learn. The most
3539 obvious way to reach this goal is simply to enforce standard interfaces
3540 and behaviors, avoiding exceptions as much as possible. Because of
3541 history and inertia, unfortunately, there are still too many exceptions
3542 in Autoconf; nevertheless, this section describes some of the common
3546 * Standard Symbols:: Symbols defined by the macros
3547 * Default Includes:: Includes used by the generic macros
3550 @node Standard Symbols
3551 @subsection Standard Symbols
3552 @cindex Standard symbols
3554 All the generic macros that @code{AC_DEFINE} a symbol as a result of
3555 their test transform their @var{argument} values to a standard alphabet.
3556 First, @var{argument} is converted to upper case and any asterisks
3557 (@samp{*}) are each converted to @samp{P}. Any remaining characters
3558 that are not alphanumeric are converted to underscores.
3563 AC_CHECK_TYPES([struct $Expensive*])
3567 defines the symbol @samp{HAVE_STRUCT__EXPENSIVEP} if the check
3571 @node Default Includes
3572 @subsection Default Includes
3573 @cindex Default includes
3574 @cindex Includes, default
3576 Several tests depend upon a set of header files. Since these headers
3577 are not universally available, tests actually have to provide a set of
3578 protected includes, such as:
3582 #ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
3583 # include <sys/time.h>
3586 # ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
3587 # include <sys/time.h>
3596 Unless you know exactly what you are doing, you should avoid using
3597 unconditional includes, and check the existence of the headers you
3598 include beforehand (@pxref{Header Files}).
3600 Most generic macros use the following macro to provide the default set
3603 @defmac AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT (@ovar{include-directives})
3604 @acindex{INCLUDES_DEFAULT}
3605 Expand to @var{include-directives} if defined, otherwise to:
3610 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
3611 # include <sys/types.h>
3613 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
3614 # include <sys/stat.h>
3617 # include <stdlib.h>
3618 # include <stddef.h>
3620 # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
3621 # include <stdlib.h>
3624 #ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
3625 # if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H
3626 # include <memory.h>
3628 # include <string.h>
3630 #ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
3631 # include <strings.h>
3633 #ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
3634 # include <inttypes.h>
3636 #ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
3637 # include <stdint.h>
3639 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
3640 # include <unistd.h>
3645 If the default includes are used, then check for the presence of these
3646 headers and their compatibility, i.e., you don't need to run
3647 @code{AC_HEADER_STDC}, nor check for @file{stdlib.h} etc.
3649 These headers are checked for in the same order as they are included.
3650 For instance, on some systems @file{string.h} and @file{strings.h} both
3651 exist, but conflict. Then @code{HAVE_STRING_H} is defined, not
3652 @code{HAVE_STRINGS_H}.
3655 @node Alternative Programs
3656 @section Alternative Programs
3657 @cindex Programs, checking
3659 These macros check for the presence or behavior of particular programs.
3660 They are used to choose between several alternative programs and to
3661 decide what to do once one has been chosen. If there is no macro
3662 specifically defined to check for a program you need, and you don't need
3663 to check for any special properties of it, then you can use one of the
3664 general program-check macros.
3667 * Particular Programs:: Special handling to find certain programs
3668 * Generic Programs:: How to find other programs
3671 @node Particular Programs
3672 @subsection Particular Program Checks
3674 These macros check for particular programs---whether they exist, and
3675 in some cases whether they support certain features.
3680 Check for @code{gawk}, @code{mawk}, @code{nawk}, and @code{awk}, in that
3681 order, and set output variable @code{AWK} to the first one that is found.
3682 It tries @code{gawk} first because that is reported to be the
3683 best implementation.
3686 @defmac AC_PROG_GREP
3689 Look for the best available @code{grep} or @code{ggrep} that accepts the
3690 longest input lines possible, and that supports multiple @option{-e} options.
3691 Set the output variable @code{GREP} to whatever is chosen.
3692 @xref{Limitations of Usual Tools}, for more information about
3693 portability problems with the @command{grep} command family.
3696 @defmac AC_PROG_EGREP
3697 @acindex{PROG_EGREP}
3699 Check whether @code{$GREP -E} works, or else look for the best available
3700 @code{egrep} or @code{gegrep} that accepts the longest input lines possible.
3701 Set the output variable @code{EGREP} to whatever is chosen.
3704 @defmac AC_PROG_FGREP
3705 @acindex{PROG_FGREP}
3707 Check whether @code{$GREP -F} works, or else look for the best available
3708 @code{fgrep} or @code{gfgrep} that accepts the longest input lines possible.
3709 Set the output variable @code{FGREP} to whatever is chosen.
3712 @defmac AC_PROG_INSTALL
3713 @acindex{PROG_INSTALL}
3715 @ovindex INSTALL_PROGRAM
3716 @ovindex INSTALL_DATA
3717 @ovindex INSTALL_SCRIPT
3718 Set output variable @code{INSTALL} to the name of a @acronym{BSD}-compatible
3719 @command{install} program, if one is found in the current @env{PATH}.
3720 Otherwise, set @code{INSTALL} to @samp{@var{dir}/install-sh -c},
3721 checking the directories specified to @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR} (or its
3722 default directories) to determine @var{dir} (@pxref{Output}). Also set
3723 the variables @code{INSTALL_PROGRAM} and @code{INSTALL_SCRIPT} to
3724 @samp{$@{INSTALL@}} and @code{INSTALL_DATA} to @samp{$@{INSTALL@} -m 644}.
3726 @samp{@@INSTALL@@} is special, as its value may vary for different
3727 configuration files.
3729 This macro screens out various instances of @command{install} known not to
3730 work. It prefers to find a C program rather than a shell script, for
3731 speed. Instead of @file{install-sh}, it can also use @file{install.sh},
3732 but that name is obsolete because some @command{make} programs have a rule
3733 that creates @file{install} from it if there is no makefile.
3735 Autoconf comes with a copy of @file{install-sh} that you can use. If
3736 you use @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}, you must include either
3737 @file{install-sh} or @file{install.sh} in your distribution; otherwise
3738 @command{configure} produces an error message saying it can't find
3739 them---even if the system you're on has a good @command{install} program.
3740 This check is a safety measure to prevent you from accidentally leaving
3741 that file out, which would prevent your package from installing on
3742 systems that don't have a @acronym{BSD}-compatible @command{install} program.
3744 If you need to use your own installation program because it has features
3745 not found in standard @command{install} programs, there is no reason to use
3746 @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}; just put the file name of your program into your
3747 @file{Makefile.in} files.
3750 @defmac AC_PROG_MKDIR_P
3751 @acindex{PROG_MKDIR_P}
3753 Set output variable @code{MKDIR_P} to a program that ensures that for
3754 each argument, a directory named by this argument exists, creating it
3755 and its parent directories if needed, and without race conditions when
3756 two instances of the program attempt to make the same directory at
3757 nearly the same time.
3759 This macro uses the @samp{mkdir -p} command if possible. Otherwise, it
3760 falls back on invoking @command{install-sh} with the @option{-d} option,
3761 so your package should
3762 contain @file{install-sh} as described under @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}.
3763 An @file{install-sh} file that predates Autoconf 2.60 or Automake 1.10
3764 is vulnerable to race conditions, so if you want to support parallel
3766 different packages into the same directory you need to make sure you
3767 have an up-to-date @file{install-sh}. In particular, be careful about
3768 using @samp{autoreconf -if} if your Automake predates Automake 1.10.
3770 This macro is related to the @code{AS_MKDIR_P} macro (@pxref{Programming
3771 in M4sh}), but it sets an output variable intended for use in other
3772 files, whereas @code{AS_MKDIR_P} is intended for use in scripts like
3773 @command{configure}. Also, @code{AS_MKDIR_P} does not accept options,
3774 but @code{MKDIR_P} supports the @option{-m} option, e.g., a makefile
3775 might invoke @code{$(MKDIR_P) -m 0 dir} to create an inaccessible
3776 directory, and conversely a makefile should use @code{$(MKDIR_P) --
3777 $(FOO)} if @var{FOO} might yield a value that begins with @samp{-}.
3778 Finally, @code{AS_MKDIR_P} does not check for race condition
3779 vulnerability, whereas @code{AC_PROG_MKDIR_P} does.
3781 @samp{@@MKDIR_P@@} is special, as its value may vary for different
3782 configuration files.
3785 @anchor{AC_PROG_LEX}
3790 @cvindex YYTEXT_POINTER
3791 @ovindex LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT
3792 If @code{flex} is found, set output variable @code{LEX} to @samp{flex}
3793 and @code{LEXLIB} to @option{-lfl}, if that library is in a standard
3794 place. Otherwise set @code{LEX} to @samp{lex} and @code{LEXLIB} to
3797 Define @code{YYTEXT_POINTER} if @code{yytext} defaults to @samp{char *} instead
3798 of to @samp{char []}. Also set output variable @code{LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT} to
3799 the base of the file name that the lexer generates; usually
3800 @file{lex.yy}, but sometimes something else. These results vary
3801 according to whether @code{lex} or @code{flex} is being used.
3803 You are encouraged to use Flex in your sources, since it is both more
3804 pleasant to use than plain Lex and the C source it produces is portable.
3805 In order to ensure portability, however, you must either provide a
3806 function @code{yywrap} or, if you don't use it (e.g., your scanner has
3807 no @samp{#include}-like feature), simply include a @samp{%noyywrap}
3808 statement in the scanner's source. Once this done, the scanner is
3809 portable (unless @emph{you} felt free to use nonportable constructs) and
3810 does not depend on any library. In this case, and in this case only, it
3811 is suggested that you use this Autoconf snippet:
3815 if test "$LEX" != flex; then
3816 LEX="$SHELL $missing_dir/missing flex"
3817 AC_SUBST([LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT], [lex.yy])
3818 AC_SUBST([LEXLIB], [''])
3822 The shell script @command{missing} can be found in the Automake
3825 To ensure backward compatibility, Automake's @code{AM_PROG_LEX} invokes
3826 (indirectly) this macro twice, which causes an annoying but benign
3827 ``@code{AC_PROG_LEX} invoked multiple times'' warning. Future versions
3828 of Automake will fix this issue; meanwhile, just ignore this message.
3830 As part of running the test, this macro may delete any file in the
3831 configuration directory named @file{lex.yy.c} or @file{lexyy.c}.
3834 @anchor{AC_PROG_LN_S}
3835 @defmac AC_PROG_LN_S
3838 If @samp{ln -s} works on the current file system (the operating system
3839 and file system support symbolic links), set the output variable
3840 @code{LN_S} to @samp{ln -s}; otherwise, if @samp{ln} works, set
3841 @code{LN_S} to @samp{ln}, and otherwise set it to @samp{cp -p}.
3843 If you make a link in a directory other than the current directory, its
3844 meaning depends on whether @samp{ln} or @samp{ln -s} is used. To safely
3845 create links using @samp{$(LN_S)}, either find out which form is used
3846 and adjust the arguments, or always invoke @code{ln} in the directory
3847 where the link is to be created.
3849 In other words, it does not work to do:
3857 (cd /x && $(LN_S) foo bar)
3861 @defmac AC_PROG_RANLIB
3862 @acindex{PROG_RANLIB}
3864 Set output variable @code{RANLIB} to @samp{ranlib} if @code{ranlib}
3865 is found, and otherwise to @samp{:} (do nothing).
3871 Set output variable @code{SED} to a Sed implementation that conforms to
3872 Posix and does not have arbitrary length limits. Report an error if no
3873 acceptable Sed is found. @xref{Limitations of Usual Tools}, for more
3874 information about portability problems with Sed.
3877 @defmac AC_PROG_YACC
3880 If @code{bison} is found, set output variable @code{YACC} to @samp{bison
3881 -y}. Otherwise, if @code{byacc} is found, set @code{YACC} to
3882 @samp{byacc}. Otherwise set @code{YACC} to @samp{yacc}.
3885 @node Generic Programs
3886 @subsection Generic Program and File Checks
3888 These macros are used to find programs not covered by the ``particular''
3889 test macros. If you need to check the behavior of a program as well as
3890 find out whether it is present, you have to write your own test for it
3891 (@pxref{Writing Tests}). By default, these macros use the environment
3892 variable @env{PATH}. If you need to check for a program that might not
3893 be in the user's @env{PATH}, you can pass a modified path to use
3897 AC_PATH_PROG([INETD], [inetd], [/usr/libexec/inetd],
3898 [$PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/libexec$PATH_SEPARATOR]dnl
3899 [/usr/sbin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/etc$PATH_SEPARATOR/etc])
3902 You are strongly encouraged to declare the @var{variable} passed to
3903 @code{AC_CHECK_PROG} etc.@: as precious, @xref{Setting Output Variables},
3904 @code{AC_ARG_VAR}, for more details.
3906 @anchor{AC_CHECK_PROG}
3907 @defmac AC_CHECK_PROG (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
3908 @var{value-if-found}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH}, @
3910 @acindex{CHECK_PROG}
3911 Check whether program @var{prog-to-check-for} exists in @var{path}. If
3912 it is found, set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-found}, otherwise to
3913 @var{value-if-not-found}, if given. Always pass over @var{reject} (an
3914 absolute file name) even if it is the first found in the search path; in
3915 that case, set @var{variable} using the absolute file name of the
3916 @var{prog-to-check-for} found that is not @var{reject}. If
3917 @var{variable} was already set, do nothing. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for
3921 @anchor{AC_CHECK_PROGS}
3922 @defmac AC_CHECK_PROGS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @
3923 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
3924 @acindex{CHECK_PROGS}
3925 Check for each program in the blank-separated list
3926 @var{progs-to-check-for} existing in the @var{path}. If one is found, set
3927 @var{variable} to the name of that program. Otherwise, continue
3928 checking the next program in the list. If none of the programs in the
3929 list are found, set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-not-found}; if
3930 @var{value-if-not-found} is not specified, the value of @var{variable}
3931 is not changed. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for @var{variable}.
3934 @defmac AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
3935 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
3936 @acindex{CHECK_TARGET_TOOL}
3937 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROG}, but first looks for @var{prog-to-check-for}
3938 with a prefix of the target type as determined by
3939 @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET}, followed by a dash (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
3940 If the tool cannot be found with a prefix, and if the build and target
3941 types are equal, then it is also searched for without a prefix.
3943 As noted in @ref{Specifying Names, , Specifying the system type}, the
3944 target is rarely specified, because most of the time it is the same
3945 as the host: it is the type of system for which any compiler tool in
3946 the package produces code. What this macro looks for is,
3947 for example, @emph{a tool @r{(assembler, linker, etc.)}@: that the
3948 compiler driver @r{(@command{gcc} for the @acronym{GNU} C Compiler)}
3949 uses to produce objects, archives or executables}.
3952 @defmac AC_CHECK_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
3953 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
3954 @acindex{CHECK_TOOL}
3955 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROG}, but first looks for @var{prog-to-check-for}
3956 with a prefix of the host type as specified by @option{--host}, followed by a
3957 dash. For example, if the user runs
3958 @samp{configure --build=x86_64-gnu --host=i386-gnu}, then this call:
3960 AC_CHECK_TOOL([RANLIB], [ranlib], [:])
3963 sets @code{RANLIB} to @file{i386-gnu-ranlib} if that program exists in
3964 @var{path}, or otherwise to @samp{ranlib} if that program exists in
3965 @var{path}, or to @samp{:} if neither program exists.
3967 In the future, when cross-compiling this macro will @emph{only}
3968 accept program names that are prefixed with the host type.
3969 For more information, see @ref{Specifying Names, , Specifying the
3973 @defmac AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOLS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @
3974 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
3975 @acindex{CHECK_TARGET_TOOLS}
3976 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL}, each of the tools in the list
3977 @var{progs-to-check-for} are checked with a prefix of the target type as
3978 determined by @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET}, followed by a dash
3979 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}). If none of the tools can be found with a
3980 prefix, and if the build and target types are equal, then the first one
3981 without a prefix is used. If a tool is found, set @var{variable} to
3982 the name of that program. If none of the tools in the list are found,
3983 set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-not-found}; if @var{value-if-not-found}
3984 is not specified, the value of @var{variable} is not changed. Calls
3985 @code{AC_SUBST} for @var{variable}.
3988 @defmac AC_CHECK_TOOLS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @
3989 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
3990 @acindex{CHECK_TOOLS}
3991 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TOOL}, each of the tools in the list
3992 @var{progs-to-check-for} are checked with a prefix of the host type as
3993 determined by @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}, followed by a dash
3994 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}). If none of the tools can be found with a
3995 prefix, then the first one without a prefix is used. If a tool is found,
3996 set @var{variable} to the name of that program. If none of the tools in
3997 the list are found, set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-not-found}; if
3998 @var{value-if-not-found} is not specified, the value of @var{variable}
3999 is not changed. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for @var{variable}.
4001 In the future, when cross-compiling this macro will @emph{not}
4002 accept program names that are not prefixed with the host type.
4005 @anchor{AC_PATH_PROG}
4006 @defmac AC_PATH_PROG (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
4007 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4009 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROG}, but set @var{variable} to the absolute
4010 name of @var{prog-to-check-for} if found.
4013 @anchor{AC_PATH_PROGS}
4014 @defmac AC_PATH_PROGS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @
4015 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4016 @acindex{PATH_PROGS}
4017 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROGS}, but if any of @var{progs-to-check-for}
4018 are found, set @var{variable} to the absolute name of the program
4022 @defmac AC_PATH_PROGS_FEATURE_CHECK (@var{variable}, @
4023 @var{progs-to-check-for}, @var{feature-test}, @
4024 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4025 @acindex{PATH_PROGS_FEATURE_CHECK}
4026 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. If @var{variable} is not
4027 empty, then set the cache variable @code{$ac_cv_path_@var{variable}} to
4028 its value. Otherwise, check for each program in the blank-separated
4029 list @var{progs-to-check-for} existing in @var{path}. For each program
4030 found, execute @var{feature-test} with @code{$ac_path_@var{variable}}
4031 set to the absolute name of the candidate program. If no invocation of
4032 @var{feature-test} sets the shell variable
4033 @code{$ac_cv_path_@var{variable}}, then @var{action-if-not-found} is
4034 executed. @var{feature-test} will be run even when
4035 @code{ac_cv_path_@var{variable}} is set, to provide the ability to
4036 choose a better candidate found later in @var{path}; to accept the
4037 current setting and bypass all futher checks, @var{feature-test} can
4038 execute @code{ac_path_@var{variable}_found=:}.
4040 Note that this macro has some subtle differences from
4041 @code{AC_CHECK_PROGS}. It is designed to be run inside
4042 @code{AC_CACHE_VAL}, therefore, it should have no side effects. In
4043 particular, @var{variable} is not set to the final value of
4044 @code{ac_cv_path_@var{variable}}, nor is @code{AC_SUBST} automatically
4045 run. Also, on failure, any action can be performed, whereas
4046 @code{AC_CHECK_PROGS} only performs
4047 @code{@var{variable}=@var{value-if-not-found}}.
4049 Here is an example, similar to what Autoconf uses in its own configure
4050 script. It will search for an implementation of @command{m4} that
4051 supports the @code{indir} builtin, even if it goes by the name
4052 @command{gm4} or is not the first implementation on @env{PATH}.
4055 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for m4 that supports indir], [ac_cv_path_M4],
4056 [AC_PATH_PROGS_FEATURE_CHECK([M4], [m4 gm4],
4057 [[m4out=`echo 'changequote([,])indir([divnum])' | $ac_path_M4`
4058 test "x$m4out" = x0 \
4059 && ac_cv_path_M4=$ac_path_M4 ac_path_M4_found=:]],
4060 [AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find m4 that supports indir])])])
4061 AC_SUBST([M4], [$ac_cv_path_M4])
4065 @defmac AC_PATH_TARGET_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
4066 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4067 @acindex{PATH_TARGET_TOOL}
4068 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL}, but set @var{variable} to the absolute
4069 name of the program if it is found.
4072 @defmac AC_PATH_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
4073 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4075 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TOOL}, but set @var{variable} to the absolute
4076 name of the program if it is found.
4078 In the future, when cross-compiling this macro will @emph{not}
4079 accept program names that are not prefixed with the host type.
4085 @cindex File, checking
4087 You might also need to check for the existence of files. Before using
4088 these macros, ask yourself whether a runtime test might not be a better
4089 solution. Be aware that, like most Autoconf macros, they test a feature
4090 of the host machine, and therefore, they die when cross-compiling.
4092 @defmac AC_CHECK_FILE (@var{file}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
4093 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
4094 @acindex{CHECK_FILE}
4095 Check whether file @var{file} exists on the native system. If it is
4096 found, execute @var{action-if-found}, otherwise do
4097 @var{action-if-not-found}, if given.
4100 @defmac AC_CHECK_FILES (@var{files}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
4101 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
4102 @acindex{CHECK_FILES}
4103 Executes @code{AC_CHECK_FILE} once for each file listed in @var{files}.
4104 Additionally, defines @samp{HAVE_@var{file}} (@pxref{Standard Symbols})
4105 for each file found.
4110 @section Library Files
4111 @cindex Library, checking
4113 The following macros check for the presence of certain C, C++, or Fortran
4114 library archive files.
4116 @anchor{AC_CHECK_LIB}
4117 @defmac AC_CHECK_LIB (@var{library}, @var{function}, @
4118 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @ovar{other-libraries})
4120 Test whether the library @var{library} is available by trying to link
4121 a test program that calls function @var{function} with the library.
4122 @var{function} should be a function provided by the library.
4124 name of the library; e.g., to check for @option{-lmp}, use @samp{mp} as
4125 the @var{library} argument.
4127 @var{action-if-found} is a list of shell commands to run if the link
4128 with the library succeeds; @var{action-if-not-found} is a list of shell
4129 commands to run if the link fails. If @var{action-if-found} is not
4130 specified, the default action prepends @option{-l@var{library}} to
4131 @code{LIBS} and defines @samp{HAVE_LIB@var{library}} (in all
4132 capitals). This macro is intended to support building @code{LIBS} in
4133 a right-to-left (least-dependent to most-dependent) fashion such that
4134 library dependencies are satisfied as a natural side effect of
4135 consecutive tests. Linkers are sensitive to library ordering
4136 so the order in which @code{LIBS} is generated is important to reliable
4137 detection of libraries.
4139 If linking with @var{library} results in unresolved symbols that would
4140 be resolved by linking with additional libraries, give those libraries
4141 as the @var{other-libraries} argument, separated by spaces:
4142 e.g., @option{-lXt -lX11}. Otherwise, this macro fails to detect
4143 that @var{library} is present, because linking the test program
4144 always fails with unresolved symbols. The @var{other-libraries} argument
4145 should be limited to cases where it is desirable to test for one library
4146 in the presence of another that is not already in @code{LIBS}.
4148 @code{AC_CHECK_LIB} requires some care in usage, and should be avoided
4149 in some common cases. Many standard functions like @code{gethostbyname}
4150 appear in the standard C library on some hosts, and in special libraries
4151 like @code{nsl} on other hosts. On some hosts the special libraries
4152 contain variant implementations that you may not want to use. These
4153 days it is normally better to use @code{AC_SEARCH_LIBS([gethostbyname],
4154 [nsl])} instead of @code{AC_CHECK_LIB([nsl], [gethostbyname])}.
4157 @anchor{AC_SEARCH_LIBS}
4158 @defmac AC_SEARCH_LIBS (@var{function}, @var{search-libs}, @
4159 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @ovar{other-libraries})
4160 @acindex{SEARCH_LIBS}
4161 Search for a library defining @var{function} if it's not already
4162 available. This equates to calling
4163 @samp{AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_CALL([], [@var{function}])])} first with
4164 no libraries, then for each library listed in @var{search-libs}.
4166 Add @option{-l@var{library}} to @code{LIBS} for the first library found
4167 to contain @var{function}, and run @var{action-if-found}. If the
4168 function is not found, run @var{action-if-not-found}.
4170 If linking with @var{library} results in unresolved symbols that would
4171 be resolved by linking with additional libraries, give those libraries
4172 as the @var{other-libraries} argument, separated by spaces:
4173 e.g., @option{-lXt -lX11}. Otherwise, this macro fails to detect
4174 that @var{function} is present, because linking the test program
4175 always fails with unresolved symbols.
4180 @node Library Functions
4181 @section Library Functions
4183 The following macros check for particular C library functions.
4184 If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a function you need,
4185 and you don't need to check for any special properties of
4186 it, then you can use one of the general function-check macros.
4189 * Function Portability:: Pitfalls with usual functions
4190 * Particular Functions:: Special handling to find certain functions
4191 * Generic Functions:: How to find other functions
4194 @node Function Portability
4195 @subsection Portability of C Functions
4196 @cindex Portability of C functions
4197 @cindex C function portability
4199 Most usual functions can either be missing, or be buggy, or be limited
4200 on some architectures. This section tries to make an inventory of these
4201 portability issues. By definition, this list always requires
4202 additions. Please help us keeping it as complete as possible.
4207 @prindex @code{exit}
4208 On ancient hosts, @code{exit} returned @code{int}.
4209 This is because @code{exit} predates @code{void}, and there was a long
4210 tradition of it returning @code{int}.
4212 On current hosts, the problem more likely is that @code{exit} is not
4213 declared, due to C++ problems of some sort or another. For this reason
4214 we suggest that test programs not invoke @code{exit}, but return from
4215 @code{main} instead.
4219 @prindex @code{free}
4220 The C standard says a call @code{free (NULL)} does nothing, but
4221 some old systems don't support this (e.g., NextStep).
4227 @prindex @code{isinf}
4228 @prindex @code{isnan}
4229 The C99 standard says that @code{isinf} and @code{isnan} are
4230 macros. On some systems just macros are available
4231 (e.g., @acronym{HP-UX} and Solaris 10), on
4232 some systems both macros and functions (e.g., glibc 2.3.2), and on some
4233 systems only functions (e.g., IRIX 6 and Solaris 9). In some cases
4234 these functions are declared in nonstandard headers like
4235 @code{<sunmath.h>} and defined in non-default libraries like
4236 @option{-lm} or @option{-lsunmath}.
4238 The C99 @code{isinf} and @code{isnan} macros work correctly with
4239 @code{long double} arguments, but pre-C99 systems that use functions
4240 typically assume @code{double} arguments. On such a system,
4241 @code{isinf} incorrectly returns true for a finite @code{long double}
4242 argument that is outside the range of @code{double}.
4244 To work around this porting mess, you can use code like the following.
4251 (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? isnan_ld (x) \
4252 : sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? isnan_d (x) \
4254 static inline int isnan_f (float x) @{ return x != x; @}
4255 static inline int isnan_d (double x) @{ return x != x; @}
4256 static inline int isnan_ld (long double x) @{ return x != x; @}
4261 (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? isinf_ld (x) \
4262 : sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? isinf_d (x) \
4264 static inline int isinf_f (float x) @{ return isnan (x - x); @}
4265 static inline int isinf_d (double x) @{ return isnan (x - x); @}
4266 static inline int isinf_ld (long double x) @{ return isnan (x - x); @}
4270 Use @code{AC_C_INLINE} (@pxref{C Compiler}) so that this code works on
4271 compilers that lack the @code{inline} keyword. Some optimizing
4272 compilers mishandle these definitions, but systems with that bug
4273 typically have missing or broken @code{isnan} functions anyway, so it's
4274 probably not worth worrying about.
4278 @prindex @code{malloc}
4279 The C standard says a call @code{malloc (0)} is implementation
4280 dependent. It can return either @code{NULL} or a new non-null pointer.
4281 The latter is more common (e.g., the @acronym{GNU} C Library) but is by
4282 no means universal. @code{AC_FUNC_MALLOC}
4283 can be used to insist on non-@code{NULL} (@pxref{Particular Functions}).
4287 @prindex @code{putenv}
4288 Posix prefers @code{setenv} to @code{putenv}; among other things,
4289 @code{putenv} is not required of all Posix implementations, but
4292 Posix specifies that @code{putenv} puts the given string directly in
4293 @code{environ}, but some systems make a copy of it instead (e.g.,
4294 glibc 2.0, or @acronym{BSD}). And when a copy is made, @code{unsetenv} might
4295 not free it, causing a memory leak (e.g., Free@acronym{BSD} 4).
4297 On some systems @code{putenv ("FOO")} removes @samp{FOO} from the
4298 environment, but this is not standard usage and it dumps core
4299 on some systems (e.g., AIX).
4301 On MinGW, a call @code{putenv ("FOO=")} removes @samp{FOO} from the
4302 environment, rather than inserting it with an empty value.
4304 @item @code{realloc}
4306 @prindex @code{realloc}
4307 The C standard says a call @code{realloc (NULL, size)} is equivalent
4308 to @code{malloc (size)}, but some old systems don't support this (e.g.,
4311 @item @code{signal} handler
4313 @prindex @code{signal}
4314 Normally @code{signal} takes a handler function with a return type of
4315 @code{void}, but some old systems required @code{int} instead. Any
4316 actual @code{int} value returned is not used; this is only a
4317 difference in the function prototype demanded.
4319 All systems we know of in current use return @code{void}. The
4320 @code{int} was to support K&R C, where of course @code{void} is not
4321 available. @code{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL} (@pxref{Particular Types}) can be
4322 used to establish the correct type in all cases.
4324 @item @code{snprintf}
4325 @c @fuindex snprintf
4326 @prindex @code{snprintf}
4327 @c @fuindex vsnprintf
4328 @prindex @code{vsnprintf}
4329 The C99 standard says that if the output array isn't big enough
4330 and if no other errors occur, @code{snprintf} and @code{vsnprintf}
4331 truncate the output and return the number of bytes that ought to have
4332 been produced. Some older systems return the truncated length (e.g.,
4333 @acronym{GNU} C Library 2.0.x or @sc{irix} 6.5), some a negative value
4334 (e.g., earlier @acronym{GNU} C Library versions), and some the buffer
4335 length without truncation (e.g., 32-bit Solaris 7). Also, some buggy
4336 older systems ignore the length and overrun the buffer (e.g., 64-bit
4339 @item @code{sprintf}
4341 @prindex @code{sprintf}
4342 @c @fuindex vsprintf
4343 @prindex @code{vsprintf}
4344 The C standard says @code{sprintf} and @code{vsprintf} return the
4345 number of bytes written. On some ancient systems (SunOS 4 for
4346 instance) they return the buffer pointer instead, but these no
4347 longer need to be worried about.
4351 @prindex @code{sscanf}
4352 On various old systems, e.g., @acronym{HP-UX} 9, @code{sscanf} requires
4354 input string be writable (though it doesn't actually change it). This
4355 can be a problem when using @command{gcc} since it normally puts
4356 constant strings in read-only memory (@pxref{Incompatibilities,
4357 Incompatibilities of @acronym{GCC}, , gcc, Using and
4358 Porting the @acronym{GNU} Compiler Collection}). Apparently in some cases even
4359 having format strings read-only can be a problem.
4361 @item @code{strerror_r}
4362 @c @fuindex strerror_r
4363 @prindex @code{strerror_r}
4364 Posix specifies that @code{strerror_r} returns an @code{int}, but many
4365 systems (e.g., @acronym{GNU} C Library version 2.2.4) provide a
4366 different version returning a @code{char *}. @code{AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R}
4367 can detect which is in use (@pxref{Particular Functions}).
4369 @item @code{strnlen}
4371 @prindex @code{strnlen}
4372 @acronym{AIX} 4.3 provides a broken version which produces the
4376 strnlen ("foobar", 0) = 0
4377 strnlen ("foobar", 1) = 3
4378 strnlen ("foobar", 2) = 2
4379 strnlen ("foobar", 3) = 1
4380 strnlen ("foobar", 4) = 0
4381 strnlen ("foobar", 5) = 6
4382 strnlen ("foobar", 6) = 6
4383 strnlen ("foobar", 7) = 6
4384 strnlen ("foobar", 8) = 6
4385 strnlen ("foobar", 9) = 6
4388 @item @code{sysconf}
4390 @prindex @code{sysconf}
4391 @code{_SC_PAGESIZE} is standard, but some older systems (e.g., @acronym{HP-UX}
4392 9) have @code{_SC_PAGE_SIZE} instead. This can be tested with
4397 @prindex @code{unlink}
4398 The Posix spec says that @code{unlink} causes the given file to be
4399 removed only after there are no more open file handles for it. Some
4400 non-Posix hosts have trouble with this requirement, though,
4401 and some @acronym{DOS} variants even corrupt the file system.
4403 @item @code{unsetenv}
4404 @c @fuindex unsetenv
4405 @prindex @code{unsetenv}
4406 On MinGW, @code{unsetenv} is not available, but a variable @samp{FOO}
4407 can be removed with a call @code{putenv ("FOO=")}, as described under
4408 @code{putenv} above.
4410 @item @code{va_copy}
4412 @prindex @code{va_copy}
4413 The C99 standard provides @code{va_copy} for copying
4414 @code{va_list} variables. It may be available in older environments
4415 too, though possibly as @code{__va_copy} (e.g., @command{gcc} in strict
4416 pre-C99 mode). These can be tested with @code{#ifdef}. A fallback to
4417 @code{memcpy (&dst, &src, sizeof (va_list))} gives maximum
4420 @item @code{va_list}
4422 @prindex @code{va_list}
4423 @code{va_list} is not necessarily just a pointer. It can be a
4424 @code{struct} (e.g., @command{gcc} on Alpha), which means @code{NULL} is
4425 not portable. Or it can be an array (e.g., @command{gcc} in some
4426 PowerPC configurations), which means as a function parameter it can be
4427 effectively call-by-reference and library routines might modify the
4428 value back in the caller (e.g., @code{vsnprintf} in the @acronym{GNU} C Library
4431 @item Signed @code{>>}
4432 Normally the C @code{>>} right shift of a signed type replicates the
4433 high bit, giving a so-called ``arithmetic'' shift. But care should be
4434 taken since Standard C doesn't require that behavior. On those
4435 few processors without a native arithmetic shift (for instance Cray
4436 vector systems) zero bits may be shifted in, the same as a shift of an
4439 @item Integer @code{/}
4440 C divides signed integers by truncating their quotient toward zero,
4441 yielding the same result as Fortran. However, before C99 the standard
4442 allowed C implementations to take the floor or ceiling of the quotient
4443 in some cases. Hardly any implementations took advantage of this
4444 freedom, though, and it's probably not worth worrying about this issue
4449 @node Particular Functions
4450 @subsection Particular Function Checks
4451 @cindex Function, checking
4453 These macros check for particular C functions---whether they exist, and
4454 in some cases how they respond when given certain arguments.
4456 @anchor{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA}
4457 @defmac AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
4458 @acindex{FUNC_ALLOCA}
4460 @cvindex HAVE_ALLOCA_H
4463 @prindex @code{alloca}
4465 Check how to get @code{alloca}. Tries to get a builtin version by
4466 checking for @file{alloca.h} or the predefined C preprocessor macros
4467 @code{__GNUC__} and @code{_AIX}. If this macro finds @file{alloca.h},
4468 it defines @code{HAVE_ALLOCA_H}.
4470 If those attempts fail, it looks for the function in the standard C
4471 library. If any of those methods succeed, it defines
4472 @code{HAVE_ALLOCA}. Otherwise, it sets the output variable
4473 @code{ALLOCA} to @samp{$@{LIBOBJDIR@}alloca.o} and defines
4474 @code{C_ALLOCA} (so programs can periodically call @samp{alloca (0)} to
4475 garbage collect). This variable is separate from @code{LIBOBJS} so
4476 multiple programs can share the value of @code{ALLOCA} without needing
4477 to create an actual library, in case only some of them use the code in
4478 @code{LIBOBJS}. The @samp{$@{LIBOBJDIR@}} prefix serves the same
4479 purpose as in @code{LIBOBJS} (@pxref{AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS}).
4481 This macro does not try to get @code{alloca} from the System V R3
4482 @file{libPW} or the System V R4 @file{libucb} because those libraries
4483 contain some incompatible functions that cause trouble. Some versions
4484 do not even contain @code{alloca} or contain a buggy version. If you
4485 still want to use their @code{alloca}, use @code{ar} to extract
4486 @file{alloca.o} from them instead of compiling @file{alloca.c}.
4488 Source files that use @code{alloca} should start with a piece of code
4489 like the following, to declare it properly.
4493 #ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
4494 # include <alloca.h>
4495 #elif defined __GNUC__
4496 # define alloca __builtin_alloca
4498 # define alloca __alloca
4499 #elif defined _MSC_VER
4500 # include <malloc.h>
4501 # define alloca _alloca
4503 # include <stddef.h>
4507 void *alloca (size_t);
4513 @defmac AC_FUNC_CHOWN
4514 @acindex{FUNC_CHOWN}
4517 @prindex @code{chown}
4518 If the @code{chown} function is available and works (in particular, it
4519 should accept @option{-1} for @code{uid} and @code{gid}), define
4523 @anchor{AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID}
4524 @defmac AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID
4525 @acindex{FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID}
4526 @cvindex CLOSEDIR_VOID
4527 @c @fuindex closedir
4528 @prindex @code{closedir}
4529 If the @code{closedir} function does not return a meaningful value,
4530 define @code{CLOSEDIR_VOID}. Otherwise, callers ought to check its
4531 return value for an error indicator.
4533 Currently this test is implemented by running a test program. When
4534 cross compiling the pessimistic assumption that @code{closedir} does not
4535 return a meaningful value is made.
4537 This macro is obsolescent, as @code{closedir} returns a meaningful value
4538 on current systems. New programs need not use this macro.
4541 @defmac AC_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE
4542 @acindex{FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE}
4543 @c @fuindex error_at_line
4544 @prindex @code{error_at_line}
4545 If the @code{error_at_line} function is not found, require an
4546 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @samp{error}.
4549 @defmac AC_FUNC_FNMATCH
4550 @acindex{FUNC_FNMATCH}
4552 @prindex @code{fnmatch}
4553 If the @code{fnmatch} function conforms to Posix, define
4554 @code{HAVE_FNMATCH}. Detect common implementation bugs, for example,
4555 the bugs in Solaris 2.4.
4557 Unlike the other specific
4558 @code{AC_FUNC} macros, @code{AC_FUNC_FNMATCH} does not replace a
4559 broken/missing @code{fnmatch}. This is for historical reasons.
4560 See @code{AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH} below.
4562 This macro is obsolescent. New programs should use Gnulib's
4563 @code{fnmatch-posix} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
4566 @defmac AC_FUNC_FNMATCH_GNU
4567 @acindex{FUNC_FNMATCH_GNU}
4569 @prindex @code{fnmatch}
4570 Behave like @code{AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH} (@emph{replace}) but also test
4571 whether @code{fnmatch} supports @acronym{GNU} extensions. Detect common
4572 implementation bugs, for example, the bugs in the @acronym{GNU} C
4575 This macro is obsolescent. New programs should use Gnulib's
4576 @code{fnmatch-gnu} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
4579 @anchor{AC_FUNC_FORK}
4580 @defmac AC_FUNC_FORK
4582 @cvindex HAVE_VFORK_H
4583 @cvindex HAVE_WORKING_FORK
4584 @cvindex HAVE_WORKING_VFORK
4587 @prindex @code{fork}
4589 @prindex @code{vfork}
4591 This macro checks for the @code{fork} and @code{vfork} functions. If a
4592 working @code{fork} is found, define @code{HAVE_WORKING_FORK}. This macro
4593 checks whether @code{fork} is just a stub by trying to run it.
4595 If @file{vfork.h} is found, define @code{HAVE_VFORK_H}. If a working
4596 @code{vfork} is found, define @code{HAVE_WORKING_VFORK}. Otherwise,
4597 define @code{vfork} to be @code{fork} for backward compatibility with
4598 previous versions of @command{autoconf}. This macro checks for several known
4599 errors in implementations of @code{vfork} and considers the system to not
4600 have a working @code{vfork} if it detects any of them. It is not considered
4601 to be an implementation error if a child's invocation of @code{signal}
4602 modifies the parent's signal handler, since child processes rarely change
4603 their signal handlers.
4605 Since this macro defines @code{vfork} only for backward compatibility with
4606 previous versions of @command{autoconf} you're encouraged to define it
4607 yourself in new code:
4610 #ifndef HAVE_WORKING_VFORK
4617 @defmac AC_FUNC_FSEEKO
4618 @acindex{FUNC_FSEEKO}
4619 @cvindex _LARGEFILE_SOURCE
4620 @cvindex HAVE_FSEEKO
4622 @prindex @code{fseeko}
4623 If the @code{fseeko} function is available, define @code{HAVE_FSEEKO}.
4624 Define @code{_LARGEFILE_SOURCE} if necessary to make the prototype
4625 visible on some systems (e.g., glibc 2.2). Otherwise linkage problems
4626 may occur when compiling with @code{AC_SYS_LARGEFILE} on
4627 largefile-sensitive systems where @code{off_t} does not default to a
4631 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETGROUPS
4632 @acindex{FUNC_GETGROUPS}
4633 @cvindex HAVE_GETGROUPS
4634 @ovindex GETGROUPS_LIBS
4635 @c @fuindex getgroups
4636 @prindex @code{getgroups}
4637 If the @code{getgroups} function is available and works (unlike on
4638 Ultrix 4.3, where @samp{getgroups (0, 0)} always fails), define
4639 @code{HAVE_GETGROUPS}. Set @code{GETGROUPS_LIBS} to any libraries
4640 needed to get that function. This macro runs @code{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS}.
4643 @anchor{AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG}
4644 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG
4645 @acindex{FUNC_GETLOADAVG}
4650 @cvindex HAVE_NLIST_H
4651 @cvindex NLIST_NAME_UNION
4652 @cvindex GETLOADAVG_PRIVILEGED
4653 @cvindex NEED_SETGID
4654 @cvindex C_GETLOADAVG
4656 @ovindex NEED_SETGID
4658 @ovindex GETLOADAVG_LIBS
4659 @c @fuindex getloadavg
4660 @prindex @code{getloadavg}
4661 Check how to get the system load averages. To perform its tests
4662 properly, this macro needs the file @file{getloadavg.c}; therefore, be
4663 sure to set the @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement directory properly (see
4664 @ref{Generic Functions}, @code{AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR}).
4666 If the system has the @code{getloadavg} function, define
4667 @code{HAVE_GETLOADAVG}, and set @code{GETLOADAVG_LIBS} to any libraries
4668 necessary to get that function. Also add @code{GETLOADAVG_LIBS} to
4669 @code{LIBS}. Otherwise, require an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for
4670 @samp{getloadavg} with source code in @file{@var{dir}/getloadavg.c}, and
4671 possibly define several other C preprocessor macros and output
4676 Define @code{C_GETLOADAVG}.
4679 Define @code{SVR4}, @code{DGUX}, @code{UMAX}, or @code{UMAX4_3} if on
4684 If @file{nlist.h} is found, define @code{HAVE_NLIST_H}.
4687 If @samp{struct nlist} has an @samp{n_un.n_name} member, define
4688 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME}. The obsolete symbol
4689 @code{NLIST_NAME_UNION} is still defined, but do not depend upon it.
4692 Programs may need to be installed set-group-ID (or set-user-ID) for
4693 @code{getloadavg} to work. In this case, define
4694 @code{GETLOADAVG_PRIVILEGED}, set the output variable @code{NEED_SETGID}
4695 to @samp{true} (and otherwise to @samp{false}), and set
4696 @code{KMEM_GROUP} to the name of the group that should own the installed
4700 The @code{AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG} macro is obsolescent. New programs should
4701 use Gnulib's @code{getloadavg} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
4704 @anchor{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT}
4705 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT
4706 @acindex{FUNC_GETMNTENT}
4707 @cvindex HAVE_GETMNTENT
4708 @c @fuindex getmntent
4709 @prindex @code{getmntent}
4710 Check for @code{getmntent} in the standard C library, and then in the
4711 @file{sun}, @file{seq}, and @file{gen} libraries, for @sc{unicos},
4712 @sc{irix} 4, @sc{ptx}, and UnixWare, respectively. Then, if
4713 @code{getmntent} is available, define @code{HAVE_GETMNTENT}.
4716 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETPGRP
4717 @acindex{FUNC_GETPGRP}
4718 @cvindex GETPGRP_VOID
4721 @prindex @code{getpgid}
4722 @prindex @code{getpgrp}
4723 Define @code{GETPGRP_VOID} if it is an error to pass 0 to
4724 @code{getpgrp}; this is the Posix behavior. On older @acronym{BSD}
4725 systems, you must pass 0 to @code{getpgrp}, as it takes an argument and
4726 behaves like Posix's @code{getpgid}.
4736 This macro does not check whether
4737 @code{getpgrp} exists at all; if you need to work in that situation,
4738 first call @code{AC_CHECK_FUNC} for @code{getpgrp}.
4740 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a @code{getpgrp}
4741 whose signature conforms to Posix. New programs need not use this macro.
4744 @defmac AC_FUNC_LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
4745 @acindex{FUNC_LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK}
4746 @cvindex LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
4748 @prindex @code{lstat}
4749 If @file{link} is a symbolic link, then @code{lstat} should treat
4750 @file{link/} the same as @file{link/.}. However, many older
4751 @code{lstat} implementations incorrectly ignore trailing slashes.
4753 It is safe to assume that if @code{lstat} incorrectly ignores
4754 trailing slashes, then other symbolic-link-aware functions like
4755 @code{unlink} also incorrectly ignore trailing slashes.
4757 If @code{lstat} behaves properly, define
4758 @code{LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK}, otherwise require an
4759 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @code{lstat}.
4762 @defmac AC_FUNC_MALLOC
4763 @acindex{FUNC_MALLOC}
4764 @cvindex HAVE_MALLOC
4767 @prindex @code{malloc}
4768 If the @code{malloc} function is compatible with the @acronym{GNU} C
4769 library @code{malloc} (i.e., @samp{malloc (0)} returns a valid
4770 pointer), define @code{HAVE_MALLOC} to 1. Otherwise define
4771 @code{HAVE_MALLOC} to 0, ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for
4772 @samp{malloc}, and define @code{malloc} to @code{rpl_malloc} so that the
4773 native @code{malloc} is not used in the main project.
4775 Typically, the replacement file @file{malloc.c} should look like (note
4776 the @samp{#undef malloc}):
4779 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
4780 # include <config.h>
4784 #include <sys/types.h>
4788 /* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap.
4789 If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block. */
4792 rpl_malloc (size_t n)
4801 @defmac AC_FUNC_MEMCMP
4802 @acindex{FUNC_MEMCMP}
4805 @prindex @code{memcmp}
4806 If the @code{memcmp} function is not available, or does not work on
4807 8-bit data (like the one on SunOS 4.1.3), or fails when comparing 16
4808 bytes or more and with at least one buffer not starting on a 4-byte
4809 boundary (such as the one on NeXT x86 OpenStep), require an
4810 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for @samp{memcmp}.
4812 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a working
4813 @code{memcmp}. New programs need not use this macro.
4816 @defmac AC_FUNC_MBRTOWC
4817 @acindex{FUNC_MBRTOWC}
4818 @cvindex HAVE_MBRTOWC
4820 @prindex @code{mbrtowc}
4821 Define @code{HAVE_MBRTOWC} to 1 if the function @code{mbrtowc} and the
4822 type @code{mbstate_t} are properly declared.
4825 @defmac AC_FUNC_MKTIME
4826 @acindex{FUNC_MKTIME}
4829 @prindex @code{mktime}
4830 If the @code{mktime} function is not available, or does not work
4831 correctly, require an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for @samp{mktime}.
4832 For the purposes of this test, @code{mktime} should conform to the
4833 Posix standard and should be the inverse of
4837 @anchor{AC_FUNC_MMAP}
4838 @defmac AC_FUNC_MMAP
4842 @prindex @code{mmap}
4843 If the @code{mmap} function exists and works correctly, define
4844 @code{HAVE_MMAP}. This checks only private fixed mapping of already-mapped
4848 @defmac AC_FUNC_OBSTACK
4849 @acindex{FUNC_OBSTACK}
4850 @cvindex HAVE_OBSTACK
4852 If the obstacks are found, define @code{HAVE_OBSTACK}, else require an
4853 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for @samp{obstack}.
4856 @defmac AC_FUNC_REALLOC
4857 @acindex{FUNC_REALLOC}
4858 @cvindex HAVE_REALLOC
4861 @prindex @code{realloc}
4862 If the @code{realloc} function is compatible with the @acronym{GNU} C
4863 library @code{realloc} (i.e., @samp{realloc (NULL, 0)} returns a
4864 valid pointer), define @code{HAVE_REALLOC} to 1. Otherwise define
4865 @code{HAVE_REALLOC} to 0, ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for
4866 @samp{realloc}, and define @code{realloc} to @code{rpl_realloc} so that
4867 the native @code{realloc} is not used in the main project. See
4868 @code{AC_FUNC_MALLOC} for details.
4871 @defmac AC_FUNC_SELECT_ARGTYPES
4872 @acindex{FUNC_SELECT_ARGTYPES}
4873 @cvindex SELECT_TYPE_ARG1
4874 @cvindex SELECT_TYPE_ARG234
4875 @cvindex SELECT_TYPE_ARG5
4877 @prindex @code{select}
4878 Determines the correct type to be passed for each of the
4879 @code{select} function's arguments, and defines those types
4880 in @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG1}, @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG234}, and
4881 @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG5} respectively. @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG1} defaults
4882 to @samp{int}, @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG234} defaults to @samp{int *},
4883 and @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG5} defaults to @samp{struct timeval *}.
4885 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a @code{select} whose
4886 signature conforms to Posix. New programs need not use this macro.
4889 @defmac AC_FUNC_SETPGRP
4890 @acindex{FUNC_SETPGRP}
4891 @cvindex SETPGRP_VOID
4893 @prindex @code{setpgrp}
4894 If @code{setpgrp} takes no argument (the Posix version), define
4895 @code{SETPGRP_VOID}. Otherwise, it is the @acronym{BSD} version, which takes
4896 two process IDs as arguments. This macro does not check whether
4897 @code{setpgrp} exists at all; if you need to work in that situation,
4898 first call @code{AC_CHECK_FUNC} for @code{setpgrp}.
4900 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a @code{setpgrp}
4901 whose signature conforms to Posix. New programs need not use this macro.
4904 @defmac AC_FUNC_STAT
4905 @defmacx AC_FUNC_LSTAT
4907 @acindex{FUNC_LSTAT}
4908 @cvindex HAVE_STAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG
4909 @cvindex HAVE_LSTAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG
4911 @prindex @code{stat}
4913 @prindex @code{lstat}
4914 Determine whether @code{stat} or @code{lstat} have the bug that it
4915 succeeds when given the zero-length file name as argument. The @code{stat}
4916 and @code{lstat} from SunOS 4.1.4 and the Hurd (as of 1998-11-01) do
4919 If it does, then define @code{HAVE_STAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG} (or
4920 @code{HAVE_LSTAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG}) and ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ}
4923 These macros are obsolescent, as no current systems have the bug.
4924 New programs need not use these macros.
4927 @anchor{AC_FUNC_STRCOLL}
4928 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRCOLL
4929 @acindex{FUNC_STRCOLL}
4930 @cvindex HAVE_STRCOLL
4932 @prindex @code{strcoll}
4933 If the @code{strcoll} function exists and works correctly, define
4934 @code{HAVE_STRCOLL}. This does a bit more than
4935 @samp{AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strcoll)}, because some systems have incorrect
4936 definitions of @code{strcoll} that should not be used.
4939 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
4940 @acindex{FUNC_STRERROR_R}
4941 @cvindex HAVE_STRERROR_R
4942 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
4943 @cvindex STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
4944 @c @fuindex strerror_r
4945 @prindex @code{strerror_r}
4946 If @code{strerror_r} is available, define @code{HAVE_STRERROR_R}, and if
4947 it is declared, define @code{HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R}. If it returns a
4948 @code{char *} message, define @code{STRERROR_R_CHAR_P}; otherwise it
4949 returns an @code{int} error number. The Thread-Safe Functions option of
4950 Posix requires @code{strerror_r} to return @code{int}, but
4951 many systems (including, for example, version 2.2.4 of the @acronym{GNU} C
4952 Library) return a @code{char *} value that is not necessarily equal to
4953 the buffer argument.
4956 @anchor{AC_FUNC_STRFTIME}
4957 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRFTIME
4958 @acindex{FUNC_STRFTIME}
4959 @cvindex HAVE_STRFTIME
4960 @c @fuindex strftime
4961 @prindex @code{strftime}
4962 Check for @code{strftime} in the @file{intl} library, for SCO Unix.
4963 Then, if @code{strftime} is available, define @code{HAVE_STRFTIME}.
4965 This macro is obsolescent, as no current systems require the @file{intl}
4966 library for @code{strftime}. New programs need not use this macro.
4969 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRTOD
4970 @acindex{FUNC_STRTOD}
4973 @prindex @code{strtod}
4974 If the @code{strtod} function does not exist or doesn't work correctly,
4975 ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @samp{strtod}. In this case,
4976 because @file{strtod.c} is likely to need @samp{pow}, set the output
4977 variable @code{POW_LIB} to the extra library needed.
4980 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRTOLD
4981 @acindex{FUNC_STRTOLD}
4982 @cvindex HAVE_STRTOLD
4983 @prindex @code{strtold}
4984 If the @code{strtold} function exists and conforms to C99, define
4985 @code{HAVE_STRTOLD}.
4988 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRNLEN
4989 @acindex{FUNC_STRNLEN}
4990 @cvindex HAVE_STRNLEN
4992 @prindex @code{strnlen}
4993 If the @code{strnlen} function is not available, or is buggy (like the one
4994 from @acronym{AIX} 4.3), require an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for it.
4997 @anchor{AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL}
4998 @defmac AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL
4999 @acindex{FUNC_UTIME_NULL}
5000 @cvindex HAVE_UTIME_NULL
5002 @prindex @code{utime}
5003 If @samp{utime (@var{file}, NULL)} sets @var{file}'s timestamp to
5004 the present, define @code{HAVE_UTIME_NULL}.
5006 This macro is obsolescent, as all current systems have a @code{utime}
5007 that behaves this way. New programs need not use this macro.
5010 @anchor{AC_FUNC_VPRINTF}
5011 @defmac AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
5012 @acindex{FUNC_VPRINTF}
5013 @cvindex HAVE_VPRINTF
5014 @cvindex HAVE_DOPRNT
5016 @prindex @code{vprintf}
5017 If @code{vprintf} is found, define @code{HAVE_VPRINTF}. Otherwise, if
5018 @code{_doprnt} is found, define @code{HAVE_DOPRNT}. (If @code{vprintf}
5019 is available, you may assume that @code{vfprintf} and @code{vsprintf}
5020 are also available.)
5022 This macro is obsolescent, as all current systems have @code{vprintf}.
5023 New programs need not use this macro.
5026 @defmac AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH
5027 @acindex{REPLACE_FNMATCH}
5029 @prindex @code{fnmatch}
5030 @hdrindex{fnmatch.h}
5031 If the @code{fnmatch} function does not conform to Posix (see
5032 @code{AC_FUNC_FNMATCH}), ask for its @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement.
5034 The files @file{fnmatch.c}, @file{fnmatch_loop.c}, and @file{fnmatch_.h}
5035 in the @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement directory are assumed to contain a
5036 copy of the source code of @acronym{GNU} @code{fnmatch}. If necessary,
5037 this source code is compiled as an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement, and the
5038 @file{fnmatch_.h} file is linked to @file{fnmatch.h} so that it can be
5039 included in place of the system @code{<fnmatch.h>}.
5041 This macro is obsolescent, as it assumes the use of particular source
5042 files. New programs should use Gnulib's @code{fnmatch-posix} module,
5043 which provides this macro along with the source files. @xref{Gnulib}.
5048 @node Generic Functions
5049 @subsection Generic Function Checks
5051 These macros are used to find functions not covered by the ``particular''
5052 test macros. If the functions might be in libraries other than the
5053 default C library, first call @code{AC_CHECK_LIB} for those libraries.
5054 If you need to check the behavior of a function as well as find out
5055 whether it is present, you have to write your own test for
5056 it (@pxref{Writing Tests}).
5058 @anchor{AC_CHECK_FUNC}
5059 @defmac AC_CHECK_FUNC (@var{function}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
5060 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
5061 @acindex{CHECK_FUNC}
5062 If C function @var{function} is available, run shell commands
5063 @var{action-if-found}, otherwise @var{action-if-not-found}. If you just
5064 want to define a symbol if the function is available, consider using
5065 @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS} instead. This macro checks for functions with C
5066 linkage even when @code{AC_LANG(C++)} has been called, since C is more
5067 standardized than C++. (@pxref{Language Choice}, for more information
5068 about selecting the language for checks.)
5071 @anchor{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}
5072 @defmac AC_CHECK_FUNCS (@var{function}@dots{}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
5073 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
5074 @acindex{CHECK_FUNCS}
5075 @cvindex HAVE_@var{function}
5076 For each @var{function} enumerated in the blank-or-newline-separated argument
5077 list, define @code{HAVE_@var{function}} (in all capitals) if it is available.
5078 If @var{action-if-found} is given, it is additional shell code to
5079 execute when one of the functions is found. You can give it a value of
5080 @samp{break} to break out of the loop on the first match. If
5081 @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it is executed when one of the
5082 functions is not found.
5085 @defmac AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE (@var{function}@dots{})
5086 @acindex{CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE}
5087 @cvindex HAVE_@var{function}
5088 For each @var{function} enumerated in the blank-or-newline-separated argument
5089 list, define @code{HAVE_@var{function}} (in all capitals) if it is available.
5090 This is a once-only variant of @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}. It generates the
5091 checking code at most once, so that @command{configure} is smaller and
5092 faster; but the checks cannot be conditionalized and are always done once,
5093 early during the @command{configure} run.
5098 Autoconf follows a philosophy that was formed over the years by those
5099 who have struggled for portability: isolate the portability issues in
5100 specific files, and then program as if you were in a Posix
5101 environment. Some functions may be missing or unfixable, and your
5102 package must be ready to replace them.
5104 Suitable replacements for many such problem functions are available from
5105 Gnulib (@pxref{Gnulib}).
5107 @defmac AC_LIBOBJ (@var{function})
5110 Specify that @samp{@var{function}.c} must be included in the executables
5111 to replace a missing or broken implementation of @var{function}.
5113 Technically, it adds @samp{@var{function}.$ac_objext} to the output
5114 variable @code{LIBOBJS} if it is not already in, and calls
5115 @code{AC_LIBSOURCE} for @samp{@var{function}.c}. You should not
5116 directly change @code{LIBOBJS}, since this is not traceable.
5119 @defmac AC_LIBSOURCE (@var{file})
5121 Specify that @var{file} might be needed to compile the project. If you
5122 need to know what files might be needed by a @file{configure.ac}, you
5123 should trace @code{AC_LIBSOURCE}. @var{file} must be a literal.
5125 This macro is called automatically from @code{AC_LIBOBJ}, but you must
5126 call it explicitly if you pass a shell variable to @code{AC_LIBOBJ}. In
5127 that case, since shell variables cannot be traced statically, you must
5128 pass to @code{AC_LIBSOURCE} any possible files that the shell variable
5129 might cause @code{AC_LIBOBJ} to need. For example, if you want to pass
5130 a variable @code{$foo_or_bar} to @code{AC_LIBOBJ} that holds either
5131 @code{"foo"} or @code{"bar"}, you should do:
5134 AC_LIBSOURCE([foo.c])
5135 AC_LIBSOURCE([bar.c])
5136 AC_LIBOBJ([$foo_or_bar])
5140 There is usually a way to avoid this, however, and you are encouraged to
5141 simply call @code{AC_LIBOBJ} with literal arguments.
5143 Note that this macro replaces the obsolete @code{AC_LIBOBJ_DECL}, with
5144 slightly different semantics: the old macro took the function name,
5145 e.g., @code{foo}, as its argument rather than the file name.
5148 @defmac AC_LIBSOURCES (@var{files})
5149 @acindex{LIBSOURCES}
5150 Like @code{AC_LIBSOURCE}, but accepts one or more @var{files} in a
5151 comma-separated M4 list. Thus, the above example might be rewritten:
5154 AC_LIBSOURCES([foo.c, bar.c])
5155 AC_LIBOBJ([$foo_or_bar])
5159 @defmac AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR (@var{directory})
5160 @acindex{CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR}
5161 Specify that @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement files are to be found in
5162 @var{directory}, a name relative to the top level of the
5163 source tree. The replacement directory defaults to @file{.}, the top
5164 level directory, and the most typical value is @file{lib}, corresponding
5165 to @samp{AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR([lib])}.
5167 @command{configure} might need to know the replacement directory for the
5168 following reasons: (i) some checks use the replacement files, (ii) some
5169 macros bypass broken system headers by installing links to the
5170 replacement headers (iii) when used in conjunction with Automake,
5171 within each makefile, @var{directory} is used as a relative path
5172 from @code{$(top_srcdir)} to each object named in @code{LIBOBJS} and
5173 @code{LTLIBOBJS}, etc.
5178 It is common to merely check for the existence of a function, and ask
5179 for its @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement if missing. The following macro is
5180 a convenient shorthand.
5182 @defmac AC_REPLACE_FUNCS (@var{function}@dots{})
5183 @acindex{REPLACE_FUNCS}
5184 @cvindex HAVE_@var{function}
5186 Like @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}, but uses @samp{AC_LIBOBJ(@var{function})} as
5187 @var{action-if-not-found}. You can declare your replacement function by
5188 enclosing the prototype in @samp{#ifndef HAVE_@var{function}}. If the
5189 system has the function, it probably declares it in a header file you
5190 should be including, so you shouldn't redeclare it lest your declaration
5195 @section Header Files
5196 @cindex Header, checking
5198 The following macros check for the presence of certain C header files.
5199 If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a header file you need,
5200 and you don't need to check for any special properties of
5201 it, then you can use one of the general header-file check macros.
5204 * Header Portability:: Collected knowledge on common headers
5205 * Particular Headers:: Special handling to find certain headers
5206 * Generic Headers:: How to find other headers
5209 @node Header Portability
5210 @subsection Portability of Headers
5211 @cindex Portability of headers
5212 @cindex Header portability
5214 This section tries to collect knowledge about common headers, and the
5215 problems they cause. By definition, this list always requires
5216 additions. Please help us keeping it as complete as possible.
5220 @item @file{limits.h}
5221 C99 says that @file{limits.h} defines @code{LLONG_MIN},
5222 @code{LLONG_MAX}, and @code{ULLONG_MAX}, but many almost-C99
5223 environments (e.g., default @acronym{GCC} 4.0.2 + glibc 2.4) do not
5226 @item @file{inttypes.h} vs.@: @file{stdint.h}
5227 @hdrindex{inttypes.h}
5229 The C99 standard says that @file{inttypes.h} includes
5230 @file{stdint.h}, so there's no need to include @file{stdint.h}
5231 separately in a standard environment. Some implementations have
5232 @file{inttypes.h} but not @file{stdint.h} (e.g., Solaris 7), but we don't
5233 know of any implementation that has @file{stdint.h} but not
5236 @item @file{linux/irda.h}
5237 @hdrindex{linux/irda.h}
5238 It requires @file{linux/types.h} and @file{sys/socket.h}.
5240 @item @file{linux/random.h}
5241 @hdrindex{linux/random.h}
5242 It requires @file{linux/types.h}.
5244 @item @file{net/if.h}
5246 On Darwin, this file requires that @file{sys/socket.h} be included
5247 beforehand. One should run:
5250 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/socket.h])
5251 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([net/if.h], [], [],
5254 # include <stdlib.h>
5255 # include <stddef.h>
5257 # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
5258 # include <stdlib.h>
5261 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
5262 # include <sys/socket.h>
5267 @item @file{netinet/if_ether.h}
5268 @hdrindex{netinet/if_ether.h}
5269 On Darwin, this file requires that @file{stdio.h} and
5270 @file{sys/socket.h} be included beforehand. One should run:
5273 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/socket.h])
5274 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([netinet/if_ether.h], [], [],
5277 # include <stdlib.h>
5278 # include <stddef.h>
5280 # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
5281 # include <stdlib.h>
5284 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
5285 # include <sys/socket.h>
5290 @item @file{stdint.h}
5291 See above, item @file{inttypes.h} vs.@: @file{stdint.h}.
5293 @item @file{stdlib.h}
5295 On many systems (e.g., Darwin), @file{stdio.h} is a prerequisite.
5297 @item @file{sys/mount.h}
5298 @hdrindex{sys/mount.h}
5299 On Free@acronym{BSD} 4.8 on ia32 and using gcc version 2.95.4,
5300 @file{sys/params.h} is a prerequisite.
5302 @item @file{sys/ptem.h}
5303 @hdrindex{sys/ptem.h}
5304 On Solaris 8, @file{sys/stream.h} is a prerequisite.
5306 @item @file{sys/socket.h}
5307 @hdrindex{sys/socket.h}
5308 On Darwin, @file{stdlib.h} is a prerequisite.
5310 @item @file{sys/ucred.h}
5311 @hdrindex{sys/ucred.h}
5312 On Tru64 5.1, @file{sys/types.h} is a prerequisite.
5314 @item @file{X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h}
5315 @hdrindex{X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h}
5316 Using XFree86, this header requires @file{X11/Xlib.h}, which is probably
5317 so required that you might not even consider looking for it.
5320 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h], [], [],
5321 [[#include <X11/Xlib.h>
5327 @node Particular Headers
5328 @subsection Particular Header Checks
5330 These macros check for particular system header files---whether they
5331 exist, and in some cases whether they declare certain symbols.
5333 @defmac AC_HEADER_ASSERT
5334 @acindex{HEADER_ASSERT}
5337 Check whether to enable assertions in the style of @file{assert.h}.
5338 Assertions are enabled by default, but the user can override this by
5339 invoking @command{configure} with the @option{--disable-assert} option.
5342 @anchor{AC_HEADER_DIRENT}
5343 @defmac AC_HEADER_DIRENT
5344 @acindex{HEADER_DIRENT}
5345 @cvindex HAVE_DIRENT_H
5346 @cvindex HAVE_NDIR_H
5347 @cvindex HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
5348 @cvindex HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
5350 @hdrindex{sys/ndir.h}
5351 @hdrindex{sys/dir.h}
5353 Check for the following header files. For the first one that is
5354 found and defines @samp{DIR}, define the listed C preprocessor macro:
5356 @multitable {@file{sys/ndir.h}} {@code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}}
5357 @item @file{dirent.h} @tab @code{HAVE_DIRENT_H}
5358 @item @file{sys/ndir.h} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}
5359 @item @file{sys/dir.h} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_DIR_H}
5360 @item @file{ndir.h} @tab @code{HAVE_NDIR_H}
5363 The directory-library declarations in your source code should look
5364 something like the following:
5368 #include <sys/types.h>
5369 #ifdef HAVE_DIRENT_H
5370 # include <dirent.h>
5371 # define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen ((dirent)->d_name)
5373 # define dirent direct
5374 # define NAMLEN(dirent) ((dirent)->d_namlen)
5375 # ifdef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
5376 # include <sys/ndir.h>
5378 # ifdef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
5379 # include <sys/dir.h>
5388 Using the above declarations, the program would declare variables to be
5389 of type @code{struct dirent}, not @code{struct direct}, and would access
5390 the length of a directory entry name by passing a pointer to a
5391 @code{struct dirent} to the @code{NAMLEN} macro.
5393 This macro also checks for the SCO Xenix @file{dir} and @file{x} libraries.
5395 This macro is obsolescent, as all current systems with directory
5396 libraries have @code{<dirent.h>}. New programs need not use this macro.
5398 Also see @code{AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO} and
5399 @code{AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE} (@pxref{Particular Structures}).
5402 @anchor{AC_HEADER_MAJOR}
5403 @defmac AC_HEADER_MAJOR
5404 @acindex{HEADER_MAJOR}
5405 @cvindex MAJOR_IN_MKDEV
5406 @cvindex MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS
5407 @hdrindex{sys/mkdev.h}
5408 @hdrindex{sys/sysmacros.h}
5409 If @file{sys/types.h} does not define @code{major}, @code{minor}, and
5410 @code{makedev}, but @file{sys/mkdev.h} does, define
5411 @code{MAJOR_IN_MKDEV}; otherwise, if @file{sys/sysmacros.h} does, define
5412 @code{MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS}.
5415 @defmac AC_HEADER_RESOLV
5416 @acindex{HEADER_RESOLV}
5417 @cvindex HAVE_RESOLV_H
5419 Checks for header @file{resolv.h}, checking for prerequisites first.
5420 To properly use @file{resolv.h}, your code should contain something like
5424 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
5425 # include <sys/types.h>
5427 #ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
5428 # include <netinet/in.h> /* inet_ functions / structs */
5430 #ifdef HAVE_ARPA_NAMESER_H
5431 # include <arpa/nameser.h> /* DNS HEADER struct */
5440 @anchor{AC_HEADER_STAT}
5441 @defmac AC_HEADER_STAT
5442 @acindex{HEADER_STAT}
5443 @cvindex STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
5444 @hdrindex{sys/stat.h}
5445 If the macros @code{S_ISDIR}, @code{S_ISREG}, etc.@: defined in
5446 @file{sys/stat.h} do not work properly (returning false positives),
5447 define @code{STAT_MACROS_BROKEN}. This is the case on Tektronix UTekV,
5448 Amdahl UTS and Motorola System V/88.
5450 This macro is obsolescent, as no current systems have the bug.
5451 New programs need not use this macro.
5454 @defmac AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
5455 @acindex{HEADER_STDBOOL}
5456 @cvindex HAVE_STDBOOL_H
5458 @hdrindex{stdbool.h}
5460 If @file{stdbool.h} exists and conforms to C99, define
5461 @code{HAVE_STDBOOL_H} to 1; if the type @code{_Bool} is defined, define
5462 @code{HAVE__BOOL} to 1. To fulfill the C99 requirements, your
5463 @file{system.h} could contain the following code:
5466 #ifdef HAVE_STDBOOL_H
5467 # include <stdbool.h>
5473 # define _Bool signed char
5479 # define __bool_true_false_are_defined 1
5483 Alternatively you can use the @samp{stdbool} package of Gnulib
5484 (@pxref{Gnulib}); it packages the above code into a replacement header
5485 and contains a few other bells and whistles.
5489 @anchor{AC_HEADER_STDC}
5490 @defmac AC_HEADER_STDC
5491 @acindex{HEADER_STDC}
5492 @cvindex STDC_HEADERS
5498 Define @code{STDC_HEADERS} if the system has C header files
5499 conforming to @acronym{ANSI} C89 (@acronym{ISO} C90).
5500 Specifically, this macro checks for @file{stdlib.h}, @file{stdarg.h},
5501 @file{string.h}, and @file{float.h}; if the system has those, it
5502 probably has the rest of the C89 header files. This macro also
5503 checks whether @file{string.h} declares @code{memchr} (and thus
5504 presumably the other @code{mem} functions), whether @file{stdlib.h}
5505 declare @code{free} (and thus presumably @code{malloc} and other related
5506 functions), and whether the @file{ctype.h} macros work on characters
5507 with the high bit set, as the C standard requires.
5509 If you use this macro, your code can refer to @code{STDC_HEADERS} to
5510 determine whether the system has conforming header files (and probably C
5513 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have conforming header
5514 files. New programs need not use this macro.
5517 @hdrindex{strings.h}
5518 Nowadays @file{string.h} is part of the C standard and declares functions like
5519 @code{strcpy}, and @file{strings.h} is standardized by Posix and declares
5520 @acronym{BSD} functions like @code{bcopy}; but
5521 historically, string functions were a major sticking point in this area.
5522 If you still want to worry about portability to ancient systems without
5523 standard headers, there is so much variation
5524 that it is probably easier to declare the functions you use than to
5525 figure out exactly what the system header files declare. Some ancient systems
5526 contained a mix of functions from the C standard and from @acronym{BSD};
5527 some were mostly standard but lacked @samp{memmove}; some defined the
5528 @acronym{BSD} functions as macros in @file{string.h} or
5529 @file{strings.h}; some had only the @acronym{BSD} functions but
5530 @file{string.h}; some declared the memory functions in @file{memory.h},
5531 some in @file{string.h}; etc. It is probably sufficient to check for
5532 one string function and one memory function; if the library had the
5533 standard versions of those then it probably had most of the others.
5534 If you put the following in @file{configure.ac}:
5537 # This example is obsolescent.
5538 # Nowadays you can omit these macro calls.
5540 AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strchr memcpy])
5544 then, in your code, you can use declarations like this:
5548 /* This example is obsolescent.
5549 Nowadays you can just #include <string.h>. */
5551 # include <string.h>
5553 # ifndef HAVE_STRCHR
5554 # define strchr index
5555 # define strrchr rindex
5557 char *strchr (), *strrchr ();
5558 # ifndef HAVE_MEMCPY
5559 # define memcpy(d, s, n) bcopy ((s), (d), (n))
5560 # define memmove(d, s, n) bcopy ((s), (d), (n))
5567 If you use a function like @code{memchr}, @code{memset}, @code{strtok},
5568 or @code{strspn}, which have no @acronym{BSD} equivalent, then macros don't
5569 suffice to port to ancient hosts; you must provide an implementation of
5570 each function. An easy
5571 way to incorporate your implementations only when needed (since the ones
5572 in system C libraries may be hand optimized) is to, taking @code{memchr}
5573 for example, put it in @file{memchr.c} and use
5574 @samp{AC_REPLACE_FUNCS([memchr])}.
5577 @defmac AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT
5578 @acindex{HEADER_SYS_WAIT}
5579 @cvindex HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
5580 @hdrindex{sys/wait.h}
5581 If @file{sys/wait.h} exists and is compatible with Posix, define
5582 @code{HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H}. Incompatibility can occur if @file{sys/wait.h}
5583 does not exist, or if it uses the old @acronym{BSD} @code{union wait} instead
5584 of @code{int} to store a status value. If @file{sys/wait.h} is not
5585 Posix compatible, then instead of including it, define the
5586 Posix macros with their usual interpretations. Here is an
5591 #include <sys/types.h>
5592 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
5593 # include <sys/wait.h>
5596 # define WEXITSTATUS(stat_val) ((unsigned int) (stat_val) >> 8)
5599 # define WIFEXITED(stat_val) (((stat_val) & 255) == 0)
5605 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems are compatible with Posix.
5606 New programs need not use this macro.
5609 @cvindex _POSIX_VERSION
5611 @code{_POSIX_VERSION} is defined when @file{unistd.h} is included on
5612 Posix systems. If there is no @file{unistd.h}, it is definitely
5613 not a Posix system. However, some non-Posix systems do
5614 have @file{unistd.h}.
5616 The way to check whether the system supports Posix is:
5620 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
5621 # include <sys/types.h>
5622 # include <unistd.h>
5625 #ifdef _POSIX_VERSION
5626 /* Code for Posix systems. */
5631 @anchor{AC_HEADER_TIME}
5632 @defmac AC_HEADER_TIME
5633 @acindex{HEADER_TIME}
5634 @cvindex TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
5636 @hdrindex{sys/time.h}
5637 If a program may include both @file{time.h} and @file{sys/time.h},
5638 define @code{TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME}. On some ancient systems,
5639 @file{sys/time.h} included @file{time.h}, but @file{time.h} was not
5640 protected against multiple inclusion, so programs could not explicitly
5641 include both files. This macro is useful in programs that use, for
5642 example, @code{struct timeval} as well as
5643 @code{struct tm}. It is best used in conjunction with
5644 @code{HAVE_SYS_TIME_H}, which can be checked for using
5645 @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/time.h])}.
5649 #ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
5650 # include <sys/time.h>
5653 # ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
5654 # include <sys/time.h>
5663 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems can include both files
5664 when they exist. New programs need not use this macro.
5668 @defmac AC_HEADER_TIOCGWINSZ
5669 @acindex{HEADER_TIOCGWINSZ}
5670 @cvindex GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL
5671 @hdrindex{sys/ioctl.h}
5672 @hdrindex{termios.h}
5673 @c FIXME: I need clarifications from Jim.
5674 If the use of @code{TIOCGWINSZ} requires @file{<sys/ioctl.h>}, then
5675 define @code{GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL}. Otherwise @code{TIOCGWINSZ} can be
5676 found in @file{<termios.h>}.
5682 #ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
5683 # include <termios.h>
5686 #ifdef GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL
5687 # include <sys/ioctl.h>
5693 @node Generic Headers
5694 @subsection Generic Header Checks
5696 These macros are used to find system header files not covered by the
5697 ``particular'' test macros. If you need to check the contents of a header
5698 as well as find out whether it is present, you have to write your own
5699 test for it (@pxref{Writing Tests}).
5701 @anchor{AC_CHECK_HEADER}
5702 @defmac AC_CHECK_HEADER (@var{header-file}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
5703 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
5704 @acindex{CHECK_HEADER}
5705 If the system header file @var{header-file} is compilable, execute shell
5706 commands @var{action-if-found}, otherwise execute
5707 @var{action-if-not-found}. If you just want to define a symbol if the
5708 header file is available, consider using @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}
5711 For compatibility issues with older versions of Autoconf, please read
5715 @anchor{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}
5716 @defmac AC_CHECK_HEADERS (@var{header-file}@dots{}, @
5717 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @
5718 @dvar{includes, default-includes})
5719 @acindex{CHECK_HEADERS}
5720 @cvindex HAVE_@var{header}
5721 For each given system header file @var{header-file} in the
5722 blank-separated argument list that exists, define
5723 @code{HAVE_@var{header-file}} (in all capitals). If @var{action-if-found}
5724 is given, it is additional shell code to execute when one of the header
5725 files is found. You can give it a value of @samp{break} to break out of
5726 the loop on the first match. If @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it
5727 is executed when one of the header files is not found.
5729 For compatibility issues with older versions of Autoconf, please read
5733 Previous versions of Autoconf merely checked whether the header was
5734 accepted by the preprocessor. This was changed because the old test was
5735 inappropriate for typical uses. Headers are typically used to compile,
5736 not merely to preprocess, and the old behavior sometimes accepted
5737 headers that clashed at compile-time. If you need to check whether a
5738 header is preprocessable, you can use @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}
5739 (@pxref{Running the Preprocessor}).
5741 This scheme, which improves the robustness of the test, also requires
5742 that you make sure that headers that must be included before the
5743 @var{header-file} be part of the @var{includes}, (@pxref{Default
5744 Includes}). If looking for @file{bar.h}, which requires that
5745 @file{foo.h} be included before if it exists, we suggest the following
5749 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([foo.h])
5750 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([bar.h], [], [],
5757 The following variant generates smaller, faster @command{configure}
5758 files if you do not need the full power of @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}.
5760 @defmac AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE (@var{header-file}@dots{})
5761 @acindex{CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE}
5762 @cvindex HAVE_@var{header}
5763 For each given system header file @var{header-file} in the
5764 blank-separated argument list that exists, define
5765 @code{HAVE_@var{header-file}} (in all capitals).
5766 This is a once-only variant of @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}. It generates the
5767 checking code at most once, so that @command{configure} is smaller and
5768 faster; but the checks cannot be conditionalized and are always done once,
5769 early during the @command{configure} run.
5773 @section Declarations
5774 @cindex Declaration, checking
5776 The following macros check for the declaration of variables and
5777 functions. If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a
5778 symbol you need, then you can use the general macros (@pxref{Generic
5779 Declarations}) or, for more complex tests, you may use
5780 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}).
5783 * Particular Declarations:: Macros to check for certain declarations
5784 * Generic Declarations:: How to find other declarations
5787 @node Particular Declarations
5788 @subsection Particular Declaration Checks
5790 There are no specific macros for declarations.
5792 @node Generic Declarations
5793 @subsection Generic Declaration Checks
5795 These macros are used to find declarations not covered by the ``particular''
5798 @defmac AC_CHECK_DECL (@var{symbol}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
5799 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
5800 @acindex{CHECK_DECL}
5801 If @var{symbol} (a function, variable, or constant) is not declared in
5802 @var{includes} and a declaration is needed, run the shell commands
5803 @var{action-if-not-found}, otherwise @var{action-if-found}. If no
5804 @var{includes} are specified, the default includes are used
5805 (@pxref{Default Includes}).
5807 This macro actually tests whether @var{symbol} is defined as a macro or
5808 can be used as an r-value, not whether it is really declared, because it
5809 is much safer to avoid
5810 introducing extra declarations when they are not needed.
5813 @anchor{AC_CHECK_DECLS}
5814 @defmac AC_CHECK_DECLS (@var{symbols}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
5815 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
5816 @acindex{CHECK_DECLS}
5817 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}
5818 For each of the @var{symbols} (@emph{comma}-separated list), define
5819 @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} (in all capitals) to @samp{1} if
5820 @var{symbol} is declared, otherwise to @samp{0}. If
5821 @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it is additional shell code to
5822 execute when one of the function declarations is needed, otherwise
5823 @var{action-if-found} is executed.
5825 This macro uses an M4 list as first argument:
5827 AC_CHECK_DECLS([strdup])
5828 AC_CHECK_DECLS([strlen])
5829 AC_CHECK_DECLS([malloc, realloc, calloc, free])
5832 Unlike the other @samp{AC_CHECK_*S} macros, when a @var{symbol} is not
5833 declared, @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} is defined to @samp{0} instead
5834 of leaving @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} undeclared. When you are
5835 @emph{sure} that the check was performed, use
5836 @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} in @code{#if}:
5839 #if !HAVE_DECL_SYMBOL
5840 extern char *symbol;
5845 If the test may have not been performed, however, because it is safer
5846 @emph{not} to declare a symbol than to use a declaration that conflicts
5847 with the system's one, you should use:
5850 #if defined HAVE_DECL_MALLOC && !HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
5851 void *malloc (size_t *s);
5856 You fall into the second category only in extreme situations: either
5857 your files may be used without being configured, or they are used during
5858 the configuration. In most cases the traditional approach is enough.
5861 @defmac AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE (@var{symbols})
5862 @acindex{CHECK_DECLS_ONCE}
5863 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}
5864 For each of the @var{symbols} (@emph{comma}-separated list), define
5865 @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} (in all capitals) to @samp{1} if
5866 @var{symbol} is declared in the default include files, otherwise to
5867 @samp{0}. This is a once-only variant of @code{AC_CHECK_DECLS}. It
5868 generates the checking code at most once, so that @command{configure} is
5869 smaller and faster; but the checks cannot be conditionalized and are
5870 always done once, early during the @command{configure} run.
5876 @cindex Structure, checking
5878 The following macros check for the presence of certain members in C
5879 structures. If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a
5880 member you need, then you can use the general structure-member macros
5881 (@pxref{Generic Structures}) or, for more complex tests, you may use
5882 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}).
5885 * Particular Structures:: Macros to check for certain structure members
5886 * Generic Structures:: How to find other structure members
5889 @node Particular Structures
5890 @subsection Particular Structure Checks
5892 The following macros check for certain structures or structure members.
5894 @defmac AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO
5895 @acindex{STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO}
5896 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO
5897 Perform all the actions of @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT} (@pxref{Particular
5898 Headers}). Then, if @code{struct dirent} contains a @code{d_ino}
5899 member, define @code{HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO}.
5901 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO} indicates only the presence of
5902 @code{d_ino}, not whether its contents are always reliable.
5903 Traditionally, a zero @code{d_ino} indicated a deleted directory entry,
5904 though current systems hide this detail from the user and never return
5905 zero @code{d_ino} values.
5906 Many current systems report an incorrect @code{d_ino} for a directory
5907 entry that is a mount point.
5910 @defmac AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
5911 @acindex{STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE}
5912 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
5913 Perform all the actions of @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT} (@pxref{Particular
5914 Headers}). Then, if @code{struct dirent} contains a @code{d_type}
5915 member, define @code{HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE}.
5918 @anchor{AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS}
5919 @defmac AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS
5920 @acindex{STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS}
5921 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS
5922 @cvindex HAVE_ST_BLOCKS
5924 If @code{struct stat} contains an @code{st_blocks} member, define
5925 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS}. Otherwise, require an
5926 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @samp{fileblocks}. The former name,
5927 @code{HAVE_ST_BLOCKS} is to be avoided, as its support will cease in the
5931 @defmac AC_STRUCT_TM
5933 @cvindex TM_IN_SYS_TIME
5935 @hdrindex{sys/time.h}
5936 If @file{time.h} does not define @code{struct tm}, define
5937 @code{TM_IN_SYS_TIME}, which means that including @file{sys/time.h}
5938 had better define @code{struct tm}.
5940 This macro is obsolescent, as @file{time.h} defines @code{struct tm} in
5941 current systems. New programs need not use this macro.
5944 @anchor{AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE}
5945 @defmac AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE
5946 @acindex{STRUCT_TIMEZONE}
5947 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_TZNAME
5948 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE
5949 @cvindex HAVE_TM_ZONE
5950 @cvindex HAVE_TZNAME
5951 Figure out how to get the current timezone. If @code{struct tm} has a
5952 @code{tm_zone} member, define @code{HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE} (and the
5953 obsoleted @code{HAVE_TM_ZONE}). Otherwise, if the external array
5954 @code{tzname} is found, define @code{HAVE_TZNAME}; if it is declared,
5955 define @code{HAVE_DECL_TZNAME}.
5958 @node Generic Structures
5959 @subsection Generic Structure Checks
5961 These macros are used to find structure members not covered by the
5962 ``particular'' test macros.
5964 @defmac AC_CHECK_MEMBER (@var{aggregate}.@var{member}, @
5965 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @
5966 @dvar{includes, default-includes})
5967 @acindex{CHECK_MEMBER}
5968 Check whether @var{member} is a member of the aggregate @var{aggregate}.
5969 If no @var{includes} are specified, the default includes are used
5970 (@pxref{Default Includes}).
5973 AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct passwd.pw_gecos], [],
5974 [AC_MSG_ERROR([We need `passwd.pw_gecos'!])],
5978 You can use this macro for submembers:
5981 AC_CHECK_MEMBER(struct top.middle.bot)
5985 @anchor{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}
5986 @defmac AC_CHECK_MEMBERS (@var{members}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
5987 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
5988 @acindex{CHECK_MEMBERS}
5989 @cvindex HAVE_@var{aggregate}_@var{member}
5990 Check for the existence of each @samp{@var{aggregate}.@var{member}} of
5991 @var{members} using the previous macro. When @var{member} belongs to
5992 @var{aggregate}, define @code{HAVE_@var{aggregate}_@var{member}} (in all
5993 capitals, with spaces and dots replaced by underscores). If
5994 @var{action-if-found} is given, it is executed for each of the found
5995 members. If @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it is executed for each
5996 of the members that could not be found.
5998 This macro uses M4 lists:
6000 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev, struct stat.st_blksize])
6010 The following macros check for C types, either builtin or typedefs. If
6011 there is no macro specifically defined to check for a type you need, and
6012 you don't need to check for any special properties of it, then you can
6013 use a general type-check macro.
6016 * Particular Types:: Special handling to find certain types
6017 * Generic Types:: How to find other types
6020 @node Particular Types
6021 @subsection Particular Type Checks
6023 @hdrindex{sys/types.h}
6026 @hdrindex{inttypes.h}
6027 These macros check for particular C types in @file{sys/types.h},
6028 @file{stdlib.h}, @file{stdint.h}, @file{inttypes.h} and others, if they
6031 The Gnulib @code{stdint} module is an alternate way to define many of
6032 these symbols; it is useful if you prefer your code to assume a
6033 C99-or-better environment. @xref{Gnulib}.
6035 @anchor{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS}
6036 @defmac AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS
6037 @acindex{TYPE_GETGROUPS}
6038 @cvindex GETGROUPS_T
6039 Define @code{GETGROUPS_T} to be whichever of @code{gid_t} or @code{int}
6040 is the base type of the array argument to @code{getgroups}.
6043 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT8_T
6044 @acindex{TYPE_INT8_T}
6045 @cvindex HAVE_INT8_T
6047 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} does not define the type
6048 @code{int8_t}, define @code{int8_t} to a signed
6049 integer type that is exactly 8 bits wide and that uses two's complement
6050 representation, if such a type exists.
6051 If you are worried about porting to hosts that lack such a type, you can
6052 use the results of this macro in C89-or-later code as follows:
6056 # include <stdint.h>
6058 #if defined INT8_MAX || defined int8_t
6059 @emph{code using int8_t}
6061 @emph{complicated alternative using >8-bit 'signed char'}
6066 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT16_T
6067 @acindex{TYPE_INT16_T}
6068 @cvindex HAVE_INT16_T
6070 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for 16-bit integers.
6073 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT32_T
6074 @acindex{TYPE_INT32_T}
6075 @cvindex HAVE_INT32_T
6077 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for 32-bit integers.
6080 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT64_T
6081 @acindex{TYPE_INT64_T}
6082 @cvindex HAVE_INT64_T
6084 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for 64-bit integers.
6087 @defmac AC_TYPE_INTMAX_T
6088 @acindex{TYPE_INTMAX_T}
6089 @cvindex HAVE_INTMAX_T
6091 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{intmax_t},
6092 define @code{HAVE_INTMAX_T}. Otherwise, define @code{intmax_t} to the
6093 widest signed integer type.
6096 @defmac AC_TYPE_INTPTR_T
6097 @acindex{TYPE_INTPTR_T}
6098 @cvindex HAVE_INTPTR_T
6100 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{intptr_t},
6101 define @code{HAVE_INTPTR_T}. Otherwise, define @code{intptr_t} to a
6102 signed integer type wide enough to hold a pointer, if such a type
6106 @defmac AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE
6107 @acindex{TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE}
6108 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
6109 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type, define
6110 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE}. The @code{long double} type might have the
6111 same range and precision as @code{double}.
6113 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support @code{long
6114 double}. New programs need not use this macro.
6117 @defmac AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER
6118 @acindex{TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER}
6119 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER
6120 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type with more
6121 range or precision than the @code{double} type, define
6122 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER}.
6125 @defmac AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT
6126 @acindex{TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT}
6127 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
6128 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long long int} type, define
6129 @code{HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT}. However, this test does not test
6130 @code{long long int} values in preprocessor @code{#if} expressions,
6131 because too many compilers mishandle such expressions.
6132 @xref{Preprocessor Arithmetic}.
6135 @defmac AC_TYPE_MBSTATE_T
6136 @acindex{TYPE_MBSTATE_T}
6139 Define @code{HAVE_MBSTATE_T} if @code{<wchar.h>} declares the
6140 @code{mbstate_t} type. Also, define @code{mbstate_t} to be a type if
6141 @code{<wchar.h>} does not declare it.
6144 @anchor{AC_TYPE_MODE_T}
6145 @defmac AC_TYPE_MODE_T
6146 @acindex{TYPE_MODE_T}
6148 Define @code{mode_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6152 @anchor{AC_TYPE_OFF_T}
6153 @defmac AC_TYPE_OFF_T
6154 @acindex{TYPE_OFF_T}
6156 Define @code{off_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6160 @anchor{AC_TYPE_PID_T}
6161 @defmac AC_TYPE_PID_T
6162 @acindex{TYPE_PID_T}
6164 Define @code{pid_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6168 @anchor{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL}
6169 @defmac AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
6170 @acindex{TYPE_SIGNAL}
6173 If @file{signal.h} declares @code{signal} as returning a pointer to a
6174 function returning @code{void}, define @code{RETSIGTYPE} to be
6175 @code{void}; otherwise, define it to be @code{int}.
6177 Define signal handlers as returning type @code{RETSIGTYPE}:
6190 @anchor{AC_TYPE_SIZE_T}
6191 @defmac AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
6192 @acindex{TYPE_SIZE_T}
6194 Define @code{size_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6198 @defmac AC_TYPE_SSIZE_T
6199 @acindex{TYPE_SSIZE_T}
6201 Define @code{ssize_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6205 @anchor{AC_TYPE_UID_T}
6206 @defmac AC_TYPE_UID_T
6207 @acindex{TYPE_UID_T}
6210 Define @code{uid_t} and @code{gid_t} to suitable types, if standard
6211 headers do not define them.
6214 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT8_T
6215 @acindex{TYPE_UINT8_T}
6216 @cvindex HAVE_UINT8_T
6218 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} does not define the type
6219 @code{uint8_t}, define @code{uint8_t} to an
6220 unsigned integer type that is exactly 8 bits wide, if such a type
6222 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for unsigned integers.
6225 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT16_T
6226 @acindex{TYPE_UINT16_T}
6227 @cvindex HAVE_UINT16_T
6229 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_UINT8_T}, except for 16-bit integers.
6232 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT32_T
6233 @acindex{TYPE_UINT32_T}
6234 @cvindex HAVE_UINT32_T
6236 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_UINT8_T}, except for 32-bit integers.
6239 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT64_T
6240 @acindex{TYPE_UINT64_T}
6241 @cvindex HAVE_UINT64_T
6243 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_UINT8_T}, except for 64-bit integers.
6246 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T
6247 @acindex{TYPE_UINTMAX_T}
6248 @cvindex HAVE_UINTMAX_T
6250 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{uintmax_t},
6251 define @code{HAVE_UINTMAX_T}. Otherwise, define @code{uintmax_t} to the
6252 widest unsigned integer type.
6255 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINTPTR_T
6256 @acindex{TYPE_UINTPTR_T}
6257 @cvindex HAVE_UINTPTR_T
6259 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{uintptr_t},
6260 define @code{HAVE_UINTPTR_T}. Otherwise, define @code{uintptr_t} to an
6261 unsigned integer type wide enough to hold a pointer, if such a type
6265 @defmac AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
6266 @acindex{TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT}
6267 @cvindex HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
6268 If the C compiler supports a working @code{unsigned long long int} type,
6269 define @code{HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT}. However, this test does not test
6270 @code{unsigned long long int} values in preprocessor @code{#if} expressions,
6271 because too many compilers mishandle such expressions.
6272 @xref{Preprocessor Arithmetic}.
6276 @subsection Generic Type Checks
6278 These macros are used to check for types not covered by the ``particular''
6281 @defmac AC_CHECK_TYPE (@var{type}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
6282 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
6283 @acindex{CHECK_TYPE}
6284 Check whether @var{type} is defined. It may be a compiler builtin type
6285 or defined by the @var{includes} (@pxref{Default Includes}).
6287 In C, @var{type} must be a type-name, so that the expression @samp{sizeof
6288 (@var{type})} is valid (but @samp{sizeof ((@var{type}))} is not). The
6289 same test is applied when compiling for C++, which means that in C++
6290 @var{type} should be a type-id and should not be an anonymous
6291 @samp{struct} or @samp{union}.
6295 @defmac AC_CHECK_TYPES (@var{types}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
6296 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
6297 @acindex{CHECK_TYPES}
6298 @cvindex HAVE_@var{type}
6299 For each @var{type} of the @var{types} that is defined, define
6300 @code{HAVE_@var{type}} (in all capitals). Each @var{type} must follow
6301 the rules of @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}. If no @var{includes} are
6302 specified, the default includes are used (@pxref{Default Includes}). If
6303 @var{action-if-found} is given, it is additional shell code to execute
6304 when one of the types is found. If @var{action-if-not-found} is given,
6305 it is executed when one of the types is not found.
6307 This macro uses M4 lists:
6309 AC_CHECK_TYPES([ptrdiff_t])
6310 AC_CHECK_TYPES([unsigned long long int, uintmax_t])
6315 Autoconf, up to 2.13, used to provide to another version of
6316 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}, broken by design. In order to keep backward
6317 compatibility, a simple heuristic, quite safe but not totally, is
6318 implemented. In case of doubt, read the documentation of the former
6319 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}, see @ref{Obsolete Macros}.
6322 @node Compilers and Preprocessors
6323 @section Compilers and Preprocessors
6325 @cindex Preprocessors
6328 All the tests for compilers (@code{AC_PROG_CC}, @code{AC_PROG_CXX},
6329 @code{AC_PROG_F77}) define the output variable @code{EXEEXT} based on
6330 the output of the compiler, typically to the empty string if
6331 Posix and @samp{.exe} if a @acronym{DOS} variant.
6334 They also define the output variable @code{OBJEXT} based on the
6335 output of the compiler, after @file{.c} files have been excluded, typically
6336 to @samp{o} if Posix, @samp{obj} if a @acronym{DOS} variant.
6338 If the compiler being used does not produce executables, the tests fail. If
6339 the executables can't be run, and cross-compilation is not enabled, they
6340 fail too. @xref{Manual Configuration}, for more on support for cross
6344 * Specific Compiler Characteristics:: Some portability issues
6345 * Generic Compiler Characteristics:: Language independent tests and features
6346 * C Compiler:: Checking its characteristics
6347 * C++ Compiler:: Likewise
6348 * Objective C Compiler:: Likewise
6349 * Erlang Compiler and Interpreter:: Likewise
6350 * Fortran Compiler:: Likewise
6353 @node Specific Compiler Characteristics
6354 @subsection Specific Compiler Characteristics
6356 Some compilers exhibit different behaviors.
6359 @item Static/Dynamic Expressions
6360 Autoconf relies on a trick to extract one bit of information from the C
6361 compiler: using negative array sizes. For instance the following
6362 excerpt of a C source demonstrates how to test whether @samp{int} objects are 4
6366 static int test_array[sizeof (int) == 4 ? 1 : -1];
6370 To our knowledge, there is a single compiler that does not support this
6371 trick: the @acronym{HP} C compilers (the real ones, not only the
6372 ``bundled'') on @acronym{HP-UX} 11.00.
6373 They incorrectly reject the above program with the diagnostic
6374 ``Variable-length arrays cannot have static storage.''
6375 This bug comes from @acronym{HP} compilers' mishandling of @code{sizeof (int)},
6376 not from the @code{? 1 : -1}, and
6377 Autoconf works around this problem by casting @code{sizeof (int)} to
6378 @code{long int} before comparing it.
6381 @node Generic Compiler Characteristics
6382 @subsection Generic Compiler Characteristics
6384 @anchor{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF}
6385 @defmac AC_CHECK_SIZEOF (@var{type-or-expr}, @ovar{unused}, @
6386 @dvar{includes, default-includes})
6387 @acindex{CHECK_SIZEOF}
6388 @cvindex SIZEOF_@var{type-or-expr}
6389 Define @code{SIZEOF_@var{type-or-expr}} (@pxref{Standard Symbols}) to be
6390 the size in bytes of @var{type-or-expr}, which may be either a type or
6391 an expression returning a value that has a size. If the expression
6392 @samp{sizeof (@var{type-or-expr})} is invalid, the result is 0. If no
6393 @var{includes} are specified, the default includes are used
6394 (@pxref{Default Includes}).
6396 This macro now works even when cross-compiling. The @var{unused}
6397 argument was used when cross-compiling.
6399 For example, the call
6402 AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([int *])
6406 defines @code{SIZEOF_INT_P} to be 8 on DEC Alpha AXP systems.
6409 @defmac AC_CHECK_ALIGNOF (@var{type}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
6410 @acindex{CHECK_ALIGNOF}
6411 @cvindex ALIGNOF_@var{type}
6412 Define @code{ALIGNOF_@var{type}} (@pxref{Standard Symbols}) to be the
6413 alignment in bytes of @var{type}. @samp{@var{type} y;} must be valid as
6414 a structure member declaration. If @samp{type} is unknown, the result
6415 is 0. If no @var{includes} are specified, the default includes are used
6416 (@pxref{Default Includes}).
6419 @defmac AC_COMPUTE_INT (@var{var}, @var{expression}, @
6420 @dvar{includes, default-includes}, @ovar{action-if-fails})
6421 @acindex{COMPUTE_INT}
6422 Store into the shell variable @var{var} the value of the integer
6423 @var{expression}. The
6424 value should fit in an initializer in a C variable of type @code{signed
6425 long}. To support cross compilation (in which case, the macro only works on
6426 hosts that use twos-complement arithmetic), it should be possible to evaluate
6427 the expression at compile-time. If no @var{includes} are specified, the
6428 default includes are used (@pxref{Default Includes}).
6430 Execute @var{action-if-fails} if the value cannot be determined correctly.
6433 @defmac AC_LANG_WERROR
6434 @acindex{LANG_WERROR}
6435 Normally Autoconf ignores warnings generated by the compiler, linker, and
6436 preprocessor. If this macro is used, warnings count as fatal
6437 errors for the current language. This macro is useful when the
6438 results of configuration are used where warnings are unacceptable; for
6439 instance, if parts of a program are built with the @acronym{GCC}
6441 option. If the whole program is built using @option{-Werror} it is
6442 often simpler to put @option{-Werror} in the compiler flags (@code{CFLAGS},
6449 @ovindex OPENMP_CFLAGS
6450 @ovindex OPENMP_CXXFLAGS
6451 @ovindex OPENMP_FFLAGS
6452 @ovindex OPENMP_FCFLAGS
6453 OpenMP (@url{http://www.openmp.org/}) specifies extensions of C, C++,
6454 and Fortran that simplify optimization of shared memory parallelism,
6455 which is a common problem on multicore CPUs.
6457 If the current language is C, the macro @code{AC_OPENMP} sets the
6458 variable @code{OPENMP_CFLAGS} to the C compiler flags needed for
6459 supporting OpenMP@. @code{OPENMP_CFLAGS} is set to empty if the
6460 compiler already supports OpenMP, if it has no way to activate OpenMP
6461 support, or if the user rejects OpenMP support by invoking
6462 @samp{configure} with the @samp{--disable-openmp} option.
6464 @code{OPENMP_CFLAGS} needs to be used when compiling programs, when
6465 preprocessing program source, and when linking programs. Therefore you
6466 need to add @code{$(OPENMP_CFLAGS)} to the @code{CFLAGS} of C programs
6467 that use OpenMP@. If you preprocess OpenMP-specific C code, you also
6468 need to add @code{$(OPENMP_CFLAGS)} to @code{CPPFLAGS}. The presence of
6469 OpenMP support is revealed at compile time by the preprocessor macro
6472 Linking a program with @code{OPENMP_CFLAGS} typically adds one more
6473 shared library to the program's dependencies, so its use is recommended
6474 only on programs that actually require OpenMP.
6476 If the current language is C++, @code{AC_OPENMP} sets the variable
6477 @code{OPENMP_CXXFLAGS}, suitably for the C++ compiler. The same remarks
6480 If the current language is Fortran 77 or Fortran, @code{AC_OPENMP} sets
6481 the variable @code{OPENMP_FFLAGS} or @code{OPENMP_FCFLAGS},
6482 respectively. Similar remarks as for C hold, except that
6483 @code{CPPFLAGS} is not used for Fortran, and no preprocessor macro
6484 signals OpenMP support.
6488 @subsection C Compiler Characteristics
6490 The following macros provide ways to find and exercise a C Compiler.
6491 There are a few constructs that ought to be avoided, but do not deserve
6492 being checked for, since they can easily be worked around.
6495 @item Don't use lines containing solitary backslashes
6496 They tickle a bug in the @acronym{HP-UX} C compiler (checked on
6497 @acronym{HP-UX} 10.20,
6498 11.00, and 11i). When given the following source:
6503 * A comment with backslash-newlines in it. %@{ %@} *\
6507 " A string with backslash-newlines in it %@{ %@} \\
6509 char apostrophe = '\\
6517 the compiler incorrectly fails with the diagnostics ``Non-terminating
6518 comment at end of file'' and ``Missing @samp{#endif} at end of file.''
6519 Removing the lines with solitary backslashes solves the problem.
6521 @item Don't compile several files at once if output matters to you
6522 Some compilers, such as @acronym{HP}'s, report names of files being
6523 compiled when given more than one file operand. For instance:
6532 This can cause problems if you observe the output of the compiler to
6533 detect failures. Invoking @samp{cc -c a.c && cc -c b.c && cc -o c a.o
6534 b.o} solves the issue.
6536 @item Don't rely on @code{#error} failing
6537 The @sc{irix} C compiler does not fail when #error is preprocessed; it
6538 simply emits a diagnostic and continues, exiting successfully. So,
6539 instead of an error directive like @code{#error "Unsupported word size"}
6540 it is more portable to use an invalid directive like @code{#Unsupported
6541 word size} in Autoconf tests. In ordinary source code, @code{#error} is
6542 OK, since installers with inadequate compilers like @sc{irix} can simply
6543 examine these compilers' diagnostic output.
6545 @item Don't rely on correct @code{#line} support
6546 On Solaris, @command{c89} (at least Sun C 5.3 through 5.8)
6547 diagnoses @code{#line} directives whose line
6548 numbers are greater than 32767. Nothing in Posix
6549 makes this invalid. That is why Autoconf stopped issuing
6550 @code{#line} directives.
6553 @defmac AC_PROG_CC (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
6557 Determine a C compiler to use. If @code{CC} is not already set in the
6558 environment, check for @code{gcc} and @code{cc}, then for other C
6559 compilers. Set output variable @code{CC} to the name of the compiler
6562 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
6563 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of C compilers to
6564 search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to specify an
6565 alternative search list for the C compiler. For example, if you didn't
6566 like the default order, then you could invoke @code{AC_PROG_CC} like
6570 AC_PROG_CC([gcc cl cc])
6573 If the C compiler does not handle function prototypes correctly by
6574 default, try to add an option to output variable @code{CC} to make it
6575 so. This macro tries various options that select standard-conformance
6576 modes on various systems.
6578 After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
6579 set to accept @acronym{ANSI} C89 (@acronym{ISO} C90); if not, the shell
6581 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_c89} is set to @samp{no}. See also
6582 @code{AC_C_PROTOTYPES} below.
6584 If using the @acronym{GNU} C compiler, set shell variable @code{GCC} to
6585 @samp{yes}. If output variable @code{CFLAGS} was not already set, set
6586 it to @option{-g -O2} for the @acronym{GNU} C compiler (@option{-O2} on systems
6587 where @acronym{GCC} does not accept @option{-g}), or @option{-g} for
6591 @anchor{AC_PROG_CC_C_O}
6592 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_C_O
6593 @acindex{PROG_CC_C_O}
6594 @cvindex NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
6595 If the C compiler does not accept the @option{-c} and @option{-o} options
6596 simultaneously, define @code{NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O}. This macro actually
6597 tests both the compiler found by @code{AC_PROG_CC}, and, if different,
6598 the first @code{cc} in the path. The test fails if one fails. This
6599 macro was created for @acronym{GNU} Make to choose the default C compilation
6607 Set output variable @code{CPP} to a command that runs the
6608 C preprocessor. If @samp{$CC -E} doesn't work, @file{/lib/cpp} is used.
6609 It is only portable to run @code{CPP} on files with a @file{.c}
6612 Some preprocessors don't indicate missing include files by the error
6613 status. For such preprocessors an internal variable is set that causes
6614 other macros to check the standard error from the preprocessor and
6615 consider the test failed if any warnings have been reported.
6616 For most preprocessors, though, warnings do not cause include-file
6617 tests to fail unless @code{AC_PROG_CPP_WERROR} is also specified.
6620 @defmac AC_PROG_CPP_WERROR
6621 @acindex{PROG_CPP_WERROR}
6623 This acts like @code{AC_PROG_CPP}, except it treats warnings from the
6624 preprocessor as errors even if the preprocessor exit status indicates
6625 success. This is useful for avoiding headers that generate mandatory
6626 warnings, such as deprecation notices.
6630 The following macros check for C compiler or machine architecture
6631 features. To check for characteristics not listed here, use
6632 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}) or
6633 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} (@pxref{Runtime}).
6635 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_STDC
6636 @acindex{PROG_CC_STDC}
6637 If the C compiler cannot compile @acronym{ISO} Standard C (currently
6638 C99), try to add an option to output variable @code{CC} to make it work.
6639 If the compiler does not support C99, fall back to supporting
6640 @acronym{ANSI} C89 (@acronym{ISO} C90).
6642 After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
6643 set to accept Standard C; if not, the shell variable
6644 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc} is set to @samp{no}.
6647 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_C89
6648 @acindex{PROG_CC_C89}
6649 If the C compiler is not in @acronym{ANSI} C89 (@acronym{ISO} C90) mode by
6650 default, try to add an option to output variable @code{CC} to make it
6651 so. This macro tries various options that select @acronym{ANSI} C89 on
6652 some system or another. It considers the compiler to be in
6653 @acronym{ANSI} C89 mode if it handles function prototypes correctly.
6655 After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
6656 set to accept @acronym{ANSI} C89; if not, the shell variable
6657 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_c89} is set to @samp{no}.
6659 This macro is called automatically by @code{AC_PROG_CC}.
6662 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_C99
6663 @acindex{PROG_CC_C99}
6664 If the C compiler is not in C99 mode by default, try to add an
6665 option to output variable @code{CC} to make it so. This macro tries
6666 various options that select C99 on some system or another. It
6667 considers the compiler to be in C99 mode if it handles @code{_Bool},
6668 @code{//} comments, flexible array members, @code{inline}, signed and
6669 unsigned @code{long long int}, mixed code and declarations, named
6670 initialization of structs,
6671 @code{restrict}, @code{va_copy}, varargs macros, variable declarations
6672 in @code{for} loops, and variable length arrays.
6674 After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
6675 set to accept C99; if not, the shell variable
6676 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_c99} is set to @samp{no}.
6679 @defmac AC_C_BACKSLASH_A
6680 @acindex{C_BACKSLASH_A}
6681 @cvindex HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A
6682 Define @samp{HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A} to 1 if the C compiler understands
6685 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers understand @samp{\a}.
6686 New programs need not use this macro.
6689 @anchor{AC_C_BIGENDIAN}
6690 @defmac AC_C_BIGENDIAN (@ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false}, @
6691 @ovar{action-if-unknown}, @ovar{action-if-universal})
6692 @acindex{C_BIGENDIAN}
6693 @cvindex WORDS_BIGENDIAN
6695 If words are stored with the most significant byte first (like Motorola
6696 and SPARC CPUs), execute @var{action-if-true}. If words are stored with
6697 the least significant byte first (like Intel and VAX CPUs), execute
6698 @var{action-if-false}.
6700 This macro runs a test-case if endianness cannot be determined from the
6701 system header files. When cross-compiling, the test-case is not run but
6702 grep'ed for some magic values. @var{action-if-unknown} is executed if
6703 the latter case fails to determine the byte sex of the host system.
6705 In some cases a single run of a compiler can generate code for multiple
6706 architectures. This can happen, for example, when generating Mac OS X
6707 universal binary files, which work on both PowerPC and Intel
6708 architectures. In this case, the different variants might be for
6709 different architectures whose endiannesses differ. If
6710 @command{configure} detects this, it executes @var{action-if-universal}
6711 instead of @var{action-if-unknown}.
6713 The default for @var{action-if-true} is to define
6714 @samp{WORDS_BIGENDIAN}. The default for @var{action-if-false} is to do
6715 nothing. The default for @var{action-if-unknown} is to
6716 abort configure and tell the installer how to bypass this test.
6717 And finally, the default for @var{action-if-universal} is to define
6718 @samp{WORDS_BIGENDIAN} or not, depending on the architecture that the
6719 code is being generated for.
6721 If you use this macro without specifying @var{action-if-universal}, you
6722 should also use @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}; otherwise
6723 @samp{WORDS_BIGENDIAN} may be set incorrectly for Mac OS X universal
6731 If the C compiler does not fully support the @code{const} keyword,
6732 define @code{const} to be empty. Some C compilers that do
6733 not define @code{__STDC__} do support @code{const}; some compilers that
6734 define @code{__STDC__} do not completely support @code{const}. Programs
6735 can simply use @code{const} as if every C compiler supported it; for
6736 those that don't, the makefile or configuration header file
6737 defines it as empty.
6739 Occasionally installers use a C++ compiler to compile C code, typically
6740 because they lack a C compiler. This causes problems with @code{const},
6741 because C and C++ treat @code{const} differently. For example:
6748 is valid in C but not in C++. These differences unfortunately cannot be
6749 papered over by defining @code{const} to be empty.
6751 If @command{autoconf} detects this situation, it leaves @code{const} alone,
6752 as this generally yields better results in practice. However, using a
6753 C++ compiler to compile C code is not recommended or supported, and
6754 installers who run into trouble in this area should get a C compiler
6755 like @acronym{GCC} to compile their C code.
6757 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support @code{const}.
6758 New programs need not use this macro.
6761 @defmac AC_C_RESTRICT
6762 @acindex{C_RESTRICT}
6764 If the C compiler recognizes a variant spelling for the @code{restrict}
6765 keyword (@code{__restrict}, @code{__restrict__}, or @code{_Restrict}),
6766 then define @code{restrict} to that; this is more likely to do the right
6767 thing with compilers that support language variants where plain
6768 @code{restrict} is not a keyword. Otherwise, if the C compiler
6769 recognizes the @code{restrict} keyword, don't do anything.
6770 Otherwise, define @code{restrict} to be empty.
6771 Thus, programs may simply use @code{restrict} as if every C compiler
6772 supported it; for those that do not, the makefile
6773 or configuration header defines it away.
6775 Although support in C++ for the @code{restrict} keyword is not
6776 required, several C++ compilers do accept the keyword.
6777 This macro works for them, too.
6780 @defmac AC_C_VOLATILE
6781 @acindex{C_VOLATILE}
6783 If the C compiler does not understand the keyword @code{volatile},
6784 define @code{volatile} to be empty. Programs can simply use
6785 @code{volatile} as if every C compiler supported it; for those that do
6786 not, the makefile or configuration header defines it as
6789 If the correctness of your program depends on the semantics of
6790 @code{volatile}, simply defining it to be empty does, in a sense, break
6791 your code. However, given that the compiler does not support
6792 @code{volatile}, you are at its mercy anyway. At least your
6793 program compiles, when it wouldn't before.
6794 @xref{Volatile Objects}, for more about @code{volatile}.
6796 In general, the @code{volatile} keyword is a standard C feature, so
6797 you might expect that @code{volatile} is available only when
6798 @code{__STDC__} is defined. However, Ultrix 4.3's native compiler does
6799 support volatile, but does not define @code{__STDC__}.
6801 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support @code{volatile}.
6802 New programs need not use this macro.
6805 @anchor{AC_C_INLINE}
6809 If the C compiler supports the keyword @code{inline}, do nothing.
6810 Otherwise define @code{inline} to @code{__inline__} or @code{__inline}
6811 if it accepts one of those, otherwise define @code{inline} to be empty.
6814 @anchor{AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED}
6815 @defmac AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED
6816 @acindex{C_CHAR_UNSIGNED}
6817 @cvindex __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
6818 If the C type @code{char} is unsigned, define @code{__CHAR_UNSIGNED__},
6819 unless the C compiler predefines it.
6822 @defmac AC_C_STRINGIZE
6823 @acindex{C_STRINGIZE}
6824 @cvindex HAVE_STRINGIZE
6825 If the C preprocessor supports the stringizing operator, define
6826 @code{HAVE_STRINGIZE}. The stringizing operator is @samp{#} and is
6827 found in macros such as this:
6833 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support the
6834 stringizing operator. New programs need not use this macro.
6837 @defmac AC_C_FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER
6838 @acindex{C_FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER}
6839 @cvindex FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER
6840 If the C compiler supports flexible array members, define
6841 @code{FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER} to nothing; otherwise define it to 1.
6842 That way, a declaration like this:
6848 double val[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER];
6853 will let applications use the ``struct hack'' even with compilers that
6854 do not support flexible array members. To allocate and use such an
6855 object, you can use code like this:
6859 size_t n = compute_value_count ();
6861 malloc (offsetof (struct s, val)
6862 + n * sizeof (double));
6864 for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
6865 p->val[i] = compute_value (i);
6869 @defmac AC_C_VARARRAYS
6870 @acindex{C_VARARRAYS}
6871 @cvindex HAVE_C_VARARRAYS
6872 If the C compiler supports variable-length arrays, define
6873 @code{HAVE_C_VARARRAYS}. A variable-length array is an array of automatic
6874 storage duration whose length is determined at run time, when the array
6880 @cvindex HAVE_TYPEOF
6882 If the C compiler supports @acronym{GCC}'s @code{typeof} syntax either
6884 through a different spelling of the keyword (e.g., @code{__typeof__}),
6885 define @code{HAVE_TYPEOF}. If the support is available only through a
6886 different spelling, define @code{typeof} to that spelling.
6889 @defmac AC_C_PROTOTYPES
6890 @acindex{C_PROTOTYPES}
6892 @cvindex __PROTOTYPES
6894 If function prototypes are understood by the compiler (as determined by
6895 @code{AC_PROG_CC}), define @code{PROTOTYPES} and @code{__PROTOTYPES}.
6896 Defining @code{__PROTOTYPES} is for the benefit of
6897 header files that cannot use macros that infringe on user name space.
6899 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support prototypes.
6900 New programs need not use this macro.
6903 @anchor{AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL}
6904 @defmac AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL
6905 @acindex{PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL}
6907 Add @option{-traditional} to output variable @code{CC} if using the
6908 @acronym{GNU} C compiler and @code{ioctl} does not work properly without
6909 @option{-traditional}. That usually happens when the fixed header files
6910 have not been installed on an old system.
6912 This macro is obsolescent, since current versions of the @acronym{GNU} C
6913 compiler fix the header files automatically when installed.
6918 @subsection C++ Compiler Characteristics
6921 @defmac AC_PROG_CXX (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
6925 Determine a C++ compiler to use. Check whether the environment variable
6926 @code{CXX} or @code{CCC} (in that order) is set; if so, then set output
6927 variable @code{CXX} to its value.
6929 Otherwise, if the macro is invoked without an argument, then search for
6930 a C++ compiler under the likely names (first @code{g++} and @code{c++}
6931 then other names). If none of those checks succeed, then as a last
6932 resort set @code{CXX} to @code{g++}.
6934 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
6935 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of C++ compilers to
6936 search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to specify an
6937 alternative search list for the C++ compiler. For example, if you
6938 didn't like the default order, then you could invoke @code{AC_PROG_CXX}
6942 AC_PROG_CXX([gcc cl KCC CC cxx cc++ xlC aCC c++ g++])
6945 If using the @acronym{GNU} C++ compiler, set shell variable @code{GXX} to
6946 @samp{yes}. If output variable @code{CXXFLAGS} was not already set, set
6947 it to @option{-g -O2} for the @acronym{GNU} C++ compiler (@option{-O2} on
6948 systems where G++ does not accept @option{-g}), or @option{-g} for other
6952 @defmac AC_PROG_CXXCPP
6953 @acindex{PROG_CXXCPP}
6955 Set output variable @code{CXXCPP} to a command that runs the C++
6956 preprocessor. If @samp{$CXX -E} doesn't work, @file{/lib/cpp} is used.
6957 It is portable to run @code{CXXCPP} only on files with a @file{.c},
6958 @file{.C}, @file{.cc}, or @file{.cpp} extension.
6960 Some preprocessors don't indicate missing include files by the error
6961 status. For such preprocessors an internal variable is set that causes
6962 other macros to check the standard error from the preprocessor and
6963 consider the test failed if any warnings have been reported. However,
6964 it is not known whether such broken preprocessors exist for C++.
6967 @defmac AC_PROG_CXX_C_O
6968 @acindex{PROG_CXX_C_O}
6969 @cvindex CXX_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
6970 Test whether the C++ compiler accepts the options @option{-c} and
6971 @option{-o} simultaneously, and define @code{CXX_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O},
6976 @node Objective C Compiler
6977 @subsection Objective C Compiler Characteristics
6980 @defmac AC_PROG_OBJC (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
6984 Determine an Objective C compiler to use. If @code{OBJC} is not already
6985 set in the environment, check for Objective C compilers. Set output
6986 variable @code{OBJC} to the name of the compiler found.
6988 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
6989 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Objective C compilers to
6990 search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to specify an
6991 alternative search list for the Objective C compiler. For example, if you
6992 didn't like the default order, then you could invoke @code{AC_PROG_OBJC}
6996 AC_PROG_OBJC([gcc objcc objc])
6999 If using the @acronym{GNU} Objective C compiler, set shell variable
7000 @code{GOBJC} to @samp{yes}. If output variable @code{OBJCFLAGS} was not
7001 already set, set it to @option{-g -O2} for the @acronym{GNU} Objective C
7002 compiler (@option{-O2} on systems where @command{gcc} does not accept
7003 @option{-g}), or @option{-g} for other compilers.
7006 @defmac AC_PROG_OBJCPP
7007 @acindex{PROG_OBJCPP}
7009 Set output variable @code{OBJCPP} to a command that runs the Objective C
7010 preprocessor. If @samp{$OBJC -E} doesn't work, @file{/lib/cpp} is used.
7014 @node Erlang Compiler and Interpreter
7015 @subsection Erlang Compiler and Interpreter Characteristics
7018 Autoconf defines the following macros for determining paths to the essential
7019 Erlang/OTP programs:
7021 @defmac AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC (@ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
7022 @acindex{ERLANG_PATH_ERLC}
7025 Determine an Erlang compiler to use. If @code{ERLC} is not already set in the
7026 environment, check for @command{erlc}. Set output variable @code{ERLC} to the
7027 complete path of the compiler command found. In addition, if @code{ERLCFLAGS}
7028 is not set in the environment, set it to an empty value.
7030 The two optional arguments have the same meaning as the two last arguments of
7031 macro @code{AC_PROG_PATH} for looking for the @command{erlc} program. For
7032 example, to look for @command{erlc} only in the @file{/usr/lib/erlang/bin}
7036 AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC([not found], [/usr/lib/erlang/bin])
7040 @defmac AC_ERLANG_NEED_ERLC (@dvar{path, $PATH})
7041 @acindex{ERLANG_NEED_ERLC}
7042 A simplified variant of the @code{AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC} macro, that prints an
7043 error message and exits the @command{configure} script if the @command{erlc}
7044 program is not found.
7047 @defmac AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL (@ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
7048 @acindex{ERLANG_PATH_ERL}
7050 Determine an Erlang interpreter to use. If @code{ERL} is not already
7052 environment, check for @command{erl}. Set output variable @code{ERL} to the
7053 complete path of the interpreter command found.
7055 The two optional arguments have the same meaning as the two last arguments of
7056 macro @code{AC_PROG_PATH} for looking for the @command{erl} program. For
7057 example, to look for @command{erl} only in the @file{/usr/lib/erlang/bin}
7061 AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL([not found], [/usr/lib/erlang/bin])
7065 @defmac AC_ERLANG_NEED_ERL (@dvar{path, $PATH})
7066 @acindex{ERLANG_NEED_ERL}
7067 A simplified variant of the @code{AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL} macro, that prints an
7068 error message and exits the @command{configure} script if the @command{erl}
7069 program is not found.
7073 @node Fortran Compiler
7074 @subsection Fortran Compiler Characteristics
7078 The Autoconf Fortran support is divided into two categories: legacy
7079 Fortran 77 macros (@code{F77}), and modern Fortran macros (@code{FC}).
7080 The former are intended for traditional Fortran 77 code, and have output
7081 variables like @code{F77}, @code{FFLAGS}, and @code{FLIBS}. The latter
7082 are for newer programs that can (or must) compile under the newer
7083 Fortran standards, and have output variables like @code{FC},
7084 @code{FCFLAGS}, and @code{FCLIBS}.
7086 Except for two new macros @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} and
7087 @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} (see below), the @code{FC} and @code{F77} macros
7088 behave almost identically, and so they are documented together in this
7092 @defmac AC_PROG_F77 (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
7096 Determine a Fortran 77 compiler to use. If @code{F77} is not already
7097 set in the environment, then check for @code{g77} and @code{f77}, and
7098 then some other names. Set the output variable @code{F77} to the name
7099 of the compiler found.
7101 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
7102 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Fortran 77
7103 compilers to search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to
7104 specify an alternative search list for the Fortran 77 compiler. For
7105 example, if you didn't like the default order, then you could invoke
7106 @code{AC_PROG_F77} like this:
7109 AC_PROG_F77([fl32 f77 fort77 xlf g77 f90 xlf90])
7112 If using @code{g77} (the @acronym{GNU} Fortran 77 compiler), then
7113 set the shell variable @code{G77} to @samp{yes}.
7114 If the output variable @code{FFLAGS} was not already set in the
7115 environment, then set it to @option{-g -02} for @code{g77} (or @option{-O2}
7116 where @code{g77} does not accept @option{-g}). Otherwise, set
7117 @code{FFLAGS} to @option{-g} for all other Fortran 77 compilers.
7120 @defmac AC_PROG_FC (@ovar{compiler-search-list}, @ovar{dialect})
7124 Determine a Fortran compiler to use. If @code{FC} is not already set in
7125 the environment, then @code{dialect} is a hint to indicate what Fortran
7126 dialect to search for; the default is to search for the newest available
7127 dialect. Set the output variable @code{FC} to the name of the compiler
7130 By default, newer dialects are preferred over older dialects, but if
7131 @code{dialect} is specified then older dialects are preferred starting
7132 with the specified dialect. @code{dialect} can currently be one of
7133 Fortran 77, Fortran 90, or Fortran 95. However, this is only a hint of
7134 which compiler @emph{name} to prefer (e.g., @code{f90} or @code{f95}),
7135 and no attempt is made to guarantee that a particular language standard
7136 is actually supported. Thus, it is preferable that you avoid the
7137 @code{dialect} option, and use AC_PROG_FC only for code compatible with
7138 the latest Fortran standard.
7140 This macro may, alternatively, be invoked with an optional first argument
7141 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Fortran
7142 compilers to search for, just as in @code{AC_PROG_F77}.
7144 If the output variable @code{FCFLAGS} was not already set in the
7145 environment, then set it to @option{-g -02} for @acronym{GNU} @code{g77} (or
7146 @option{-O2} where @code{g77} does not accept @option{-g}). Otherwise,
7147 set @code{FCFLAGS} to @option{-g} for all other Fortran compilers.
7150 @defmac AC_PROG_F77_C_O
7151 @defmacx AC_PROG_FC_C_O
7152 @acindex{PROG_F77_C_O}
7153 @acindex{PROG_FC_C_O}
7154 @cvindex F77_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
7155 @cvindex FC_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
7156 Test whether the Fortran compiler accepts the options @option{-c} and
7157 @option{-o} simultaneously, and define @code{F77_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O} or
7158 @code{FC_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O}, respectively, if it does not.
7161 The following macros check for Fortran compiler characteristics.
7162 To check for characteristics not listed here, use
7163 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}) or
7164 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} (@pxref{Runtime}), making sure to first set the
7165 current language to Fortran 77 or Fortran via @code{AC_LANG([Fortran 77])}
7166 or @code{AC_LANG(Fortran)} (@pxref{Language Choice}).
7169 @defmac AC_F77_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS
7170 @defmacx AC_FC_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS
7171 @acindex{F77_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS}
7173 @acindex{FC_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS}
7175 Determine the linker flags (e.g., @option{-L} and @option{-l}) for the
7176 @dfn{Fortran intrinsic and runtime libraries} that are required to
7177 successfully link a Fortran program or shared library. The output
7178 variable @code{FLIBS} or @code{FCLIBS} is set to these flags (which
7179 should be included after @code{LIBS} when linking).
7181 This macro is intended to be used in those situations when it is
7182 necessary to mix, e.g., C++ and Fortran source code in a single
7183 program or shared library (@pxref{Mixing Fortran 77 With C and C++, , ,
7184 automake, @acronym{GNU} Automake}).
7186 For example, if object files from a C++ and Fortran compiler must be
7187 linked together, then the C++ compiler/linker must be used for linking
7188 (since special C++-ish things need to happen at link time like calling
7189 global constructors, instantiating templates, enabling exception
7192 However, the Fortran intrinsic and runtime libraries must be linked in
7193 as well, but the C++ compiler/linker doesn't know by default how to add
7194 these Fortran 77 libraries. Hence, this macro was created to determine
7195 these Fortran libraries.
7197 The macros @code{AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN} or
7198 @code{AC_F77_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_MAIN} are probably also necessary to
7199 link C/C++ with Fortran; see below.
7202 @defmac AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN (@ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
7203 @defmacx AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN (@ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
7204 @acindex{F77_DUMMY_MAIN}
7205 @cvindex F77_DUMMY_MAIN
7206 With many compilers, the Fortran libraries detected by
7207 @code{AC_F77_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS} or @code{AC_FC_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS} provide
7208 their own @code{main} entry function that initializes things like
7209 Fortran I/O, and which then calls a user-provided entry function named
7210 (say) @code{MAIN__} to run the user's program. The
7211 @code{AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN} or
7212 @code{AC_F77_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_MAIN} macros figure out how to deal with
7215 When using Fortran for purely numerical functions (no I/O, etc.)@: often
7216 one prefers to provide one's own @code{main} and skip the Fortran
7217 library initializations. In this case, however, one may still need to
7218 provide a dummy @code{MAIN__} routine in order to prevent linking errors
7219 on some systems. @code{AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN} or @code{AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN}
7220 detects whether any such routine is @emph{required} for linking, and
7221 what its name is; the shell variable @code{F77_DUMMY_MAIN} or
7222 @code{FC_DUMMY_MAIN} holds this name, @code{unknown} when no solution
7223 was found, and @code{none} when no such dummy main is needed.
7225 By default, @var{action-if-found} defines @code{F77_DUMMY_MAIN} or
7226 @code{FC_DUMMY_MAIN} to the name of this routine (e.g., @code{MAIN__})
7227 @emph{if} it is required. @var{action-if-not-found} defaults to
7228 exiting with an error.
7230 In order to link with Fortran routines, the user's C/C++ program should
7231 then include the following code to define the dummy main if it is
7235 #ifdef F77_DUMMY_MAIN
7239 int F77_DUMMY_MAIN() @{ return 1; @}
7243 (Replace @code{F77} with @code{FC} for Fortran instead of Fortran 77.)
7245 Note that this macro is called automatically from @code{AC_F77_WRAPPERS}
7246 or @code{AC_FC_WRAPPERS}; there is generally no need to call it
7247 explicitly unless one wants to change the default actions.
7256 As discussed above, many Fortran libraries allow you to provide an entry
7257 point called (say) @code{MAIN__} instead of the usual @code{main}, which
7258 is then called by a @code{main} function in the Fortran libraries that
7259 initializes things like Fortran I/O@. The
7260 @code{AC_F77_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_MAIN} macros detect whether it is
7261 @emph{possible} to utilize such an alternate main function, and defines
7262 @code{F77_MAIN} and @code{FC_MAIN} to the name of the function. (If no
7263 alternate main function name is found, @code{F77_MAIN} and @code{FC_MAIN} are
7264 simply defined to @code{main}.)
7266 Thus, when calling Fortran routines from C that perform things like I/O,
7267 one should use this macro and declare the "main" function like so:
7273 int F77_MAIN(int argc, char *argv[]);
7276 (Again, replace @code{F77} with @code{FC} for Fortran instead of Fortran 77.)
7279 @defmac AC_F77_WRAPPERS
7280 @defmacx AC_FC_WRAPPERS
7281 @acindex{F77_WRAPPERS}
7284 @acindex{FC_WRAPPERS}
7287 Defines C macros @code{F77_FUNC (name, NAME)}, @code{FC_FUNC (name, NAME)},
7288 @code{F77_FUNC_(name, NAME)}, and @code{FC_FUNC_(name, NAME)} to properly
7289 mangle the names of C/C++ identifiers, and identifiers with underscores,
7290 respectively, so that they match the name-mangling scheme used by the
7293 Fortran is case-insensitive, and in order to achieve this the Fortran
7294 compiler converts all identifiers into a canonical case and format. To
7295 call a Fortran subroutine from C or to write a C function that is
7296 callable from Fortran, the C program must explicitly use identifiers in
7297 the format expected by the Fortran compiler. In order to do this, one
7298 simply wraps all C identifiers in one of the macros provided by
7299 @code{AC_F77_WRAPPERS} or @code{AC_FC_WRAPPERS}. For example, suppose
7300 you have the following Fortran 77 subroutine:
7303 subroutine foobar (x, y)
7304 double precision x, y
7310 You would then declare its prototype in C or C++ as:
7313 #define FOOBAR_F77 F77_FUNC (foobar, FOOBAR)
7315 extern "C" /* prevent C++ name mangling */
7317 void FOOBAR_F77(double *x, double *y);
7320 Note that we pass both the lowercase and uppercase versions of the
7321 function name to @code{F77_FUNC} so that it can select the right one.
7322 Note also that all parameters to Fortran 77 routines are passed as
7323 pointers (@pxref{Mixing Fortran 77 With C and C++, , , automake, @acronym{GNU}
7326 (Replace @code{F77} with @code{FC} for Fortran instead of Fortran 77.)
7328 Although Autoconf tries to be intelligent about detecting the
7329 name-mangling scheme of the Fortran compiler, there may be Fortran
7330 compilers that it doesn't support yet. In this case, the above code
7331 generates a compile-time error, but some other behavior
7332 (e.g., disabling Fortran-related features) can be induced by checking
7333 whether @code{F77_FUNC} or @code{FC_FUNC} is defined.
7335 Now, to call that routine from a C program, we would do something like:
7339 double x = 2.7183, y;
7340 FOOBAR_F77 (&x, &y);
7344 If the Fortran identifier contains an underscore (e.g., @code{foo_bar}),
7345 you should use @code{F77_FUNC_} or @code{FC_FUNC_} instead of
7346 @code{F77_FUNC} or @code{FC_FUNC} (with the same arguments). This is
7347 because some Fortran compilers mangle names differently if they contain
7351 @defmac AC_F77_FUNC (@var{name}, @ovar{shellvar})
7352 @defmacx AC_FC_FUNC (@var{name}, @ovar{shellvar})
7355 Given an identifier @var{name}, set the shell variable @var{shellvar} to
7356 hold the mangled version @var{name} according to the rules of the
7357 Fortran linker (see also @code{AC_F77_WRAPPERS} or
7358 @code{AC_FC_WRAPPERS}). @var{shellvar} is optional; if it is not
7359 supplied, the shell variable is simply @var{name}. The purpose of
7360 this macro is to give the caller a way to access the name-mangling
7361 information other than through the C preprocessor as above, for example,
7362 to call Fortran routines from some language other than C/C++.
7365 @defmac AC_FC_SRCEXT (@var{ext}, @ovar{action-if-success}, @
7366 @ovar{action-if-failure})
7368 By default, the @code{FC} macros perform their tests using a @file{.f}
7369 extension for source-code files. Some compilers, however, only enable
7370 newer language features for appropriately named files, e.g., Fortran 90
7371 features only for @file{.f90} files. On the other hand, some other
7372 compilers expect all source files to end in @file{.f} and require
7373 special flags to support other file name extensions. The
7374 @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} macro deals with both of these issues.
7376 The @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} tries to get the @code{FC} compiler to accept files
7377 ending with the extension .@var{ext} (i.e., @var{ext} does @emph{not}
7378 contain the dot). If any special compiler flags are needed for this, it
7379 stores them in the output variable @code{FCFLAGS_}@var{ext}. This
7380 extension and these flags are then used for all subsequent @code{FC} tests
7381 (until @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} is called again).
7383 For example, you would use @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT(f90)} to employ the
7384 @file{.f90} extension in future tests, and it would set a
7385 @code{FCFLAGS_f90} output variable with any extra flags that are needed
7386 to compile such files.
7388 The @code{FCFLAGS_}@var{ext} can @emph{not} be simply absorbed into
7389 @code{FCFLAGS}, for two reasons based on the limitations of some
7390 compilers. First, only one @code{FCFLAGS_}@var{ext} can be used at a
7391 time, so files with different extensions must be compiled separately.
7392 Second, @code{FCFLAGS_}@var{ext} must appear @emph{immediately} before
7393 the source-code file name when compiling. So, continuing the example
7394 above, you might compile a @file{foo.f90} file in your makefile with the
7399 $(FC) -c $(FCFLAGS) $(FCFLAGS_f90) '$(srcdir)/foo.f90'
7402 If @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} succeeds in compiling files with the @var{ext}
7403 extension, it calls @var{action-if-success} (defaults to nothing). If
7404 it fails, and cannot find a way to make the @code{FC} compiler accept such
7405 files, it calls @var{action-if-failure} (defaults to exiting with an
7410 @defmac AC_FC_FREEFORM (@ovar{action-if-success}, @ovar{action-if-failure})
7411 @acindex{FC_FREEFORM}
7413 The @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} tries to ensure that the Fortran compiler
7414 (@code{$FC}) allows free-format source code (as opposed to the older
7415 fixed-format style from Fortran 77). If necessary, it may add some
7416 additional flags to @code{FCFLAGS}.
7418 This macro is most important if you are using the default @file{.f}
7419 extension, since many compilers interpret this extension as indicating
7420 fixed-format source unless an additional flag is supplied. If you
7421 specify a different extension with @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT}, such as
7422 @file{.f90} or @file{.f95}, then @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} ordinarily
7423 succeeds without modifying @code{FCFLAGS}.
7425 If @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} succeeds in compiling free-form source, it
7426 calls @var{action-if-success} (defaults to nothing). If it fails, it
7427 calls @var{action-if-failure} (defaults to exiting with an error
7431 @node System Services
7432 @section System Services
7434 The following macros check for operating system services or capabilities.
7440 @cindex X Window System
7441 Try to locate the X Window System include files and libraries. If the
7442 user gave the command line options @option{--x-includes=@var{dir}} and
7443 @option{--x-libraries=@var{dir}}, use those directories.
7445 If either or both were not given, get the missing values by running
7446 @code{xmkmf} (or an executable pointed to by the @code{XMKMF}
7447 environment variable) on a trivial @file{Imakefile} and examining the
7448 makefile that it produces. Setting @code{XMKMF} to @samp{false}
7449 disables this method.
7451 If this method fails to find the X Window System, @command{configure}
7452 looks for the files in several directories where they often reside.
7453 If either method is successful, set the shell variables
7454 @code{x_includes} and @code{x_libraries} to their locations, unless they
7455 are in directories the compiler searches by default.
7457 If both methods fail, or the user gave the command line option
7458 @option{--without-x}, set the shell variable @code{no_x} to @samp{yes};
7459 otherwise set it to the empty string.
7462 @anchor{AC_PATH_XTRA}
7463 @defmac AC_PATH_XTRA
7467 @ovindex X_EXTRA_LIBS
7469 @cvindex X_DISPLAY_MISSING
7470 An enhanced version of @code{AC_PATH_X}. It adds the C compiler flags
7471 that X needs to output variable @code{X_CFLAGS}, and the X linker flags
7472 to @code{X_LIBS}. Define @code{X_DISPLAY_MISSING} if X is not
7475 This macro also checks for special libraries that some systems need in
7476 order to compile X programs. It adds any that the system needs to
7477 output variable @code{X_EXTRA_LIBS}. And it checks for special X11R6
7478 libraries that need to be linked with before @option{-lX11}, and adds
7479 any found to the output variable @code{X_PRE_LIBS}.
7481 @c This is an incomplete kludge. Make a real way to do it.
7482 @c If you need to check for other X functions or libraries yourself, then
7483 @c after calling this macro, add the contents of @code{X_EXTRA_LIBS} to
7484 @c @code{LIBS} temporarily, like this: (FIXME - add example)
7487 @anchor{AC_SYS_INTERPRETER}
7488 @defmac AC_SYS_INTERPRETER
7489 @acindex{SYS_INTERPRETER}
7490 Check whether the system supports starting scripts with a line of the
7491 form @samp{#!/bin/sh} to select the interpreter to use for the script.
7492 After running this macro, shell code in @file{configure.ac} can check
7493 the shell variable @code{interpval}; it is set to @samp{yes}
7494 if the system supports @samp{#!}, @samp{no} if not.
7497 @defmac AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
7498 @acindex{SYS_LARGEFILE}
7499 @cvindex _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
7500 @cvindex _LARGE_FILES
7502 @cindex Large file support
7505 @uref{http://www.unix-systems.org/@/version2/@/whatsnew/@/lfs20mar.html,
7506 large-file support}. On some hosts, one must use special compiler
7507 options to build programs that can access large files. Append any such
7508 options to the output variable @code{CC}. Define
7509 @code{_FILE_OFFSET_BITS} and @code{_LARGE_FILES} if necessary.
7511 Large-file support can be disabled by configuring with the
7512 @option{--disable-largefile} option.
7514 If you use this macro, check that your program works even when
7515 @code{off_t} is wider than @code{long int}, since this is common when
7516 large-file support is enabled. For example, it is not correct to print
7517 an arbitrary @code{off_t} value @code{X} with @code{printf ("%ld",
7520 The LFS introduced the @code{fseeko} and @code{ftello} functions to
7521 replace their C counterparts @code{fseek} and @code{ftell} that do not
7522 use @code{off_t}. Take care to use @code{AC_FUNC_FSEEKO} to make their
7523 prototypes available when using them and large-file support is
7527 @anchor{AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES}
7528 @defmac AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES
7529 @acindex{SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES}
7530 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
7531 If the system supports file names longer than 14 characters, define
7532 @code{HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES}.
7535 @defmac AC_SYS_POSIX_TERMIOS
7536 @acindex{SYS_POSIX_TERMIOS}
7537 @cindex Posix termios headers
7538 @cindex termios Posix headers
7539 Check to see if the Posix termios headers and functions are available on the
7540 system. If so, set the shell variable @code{ac_cv_sys_posix_termios} to
7541 @samp{yes}. If not, set the variable to @samp{no}.
7544 @node Posix Variants
7545 @section Posix Variants
7547 The following macro makes it possible to use features of Posix that are
7548 extensions to C, as well as platform extensions not defined by Posix.
7550 @anchor{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}
7551 @defmac AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
7552 @acindex{USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}
7553 @cvindex _ALL_SOURCE
7554 @cvindex _GNU_SOURCE
7556 @cvindex _POSIX_1_SOURCE
7557 @cvindex _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
7558 @cvindex _POSIX_SOURCE
7559 @cvindex _TANDEM_SOURCE
7560 @cvindex __EXTENSIONS__
7561 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.60. If possible, enable
7562 extensions to C or Posix on hosts that normally disable the extensions,
7563 typically due to standards-conformance namespace issues. This should be
7564 called before any macros that run the C compiler. The following
7565 preprocessor macros are defined where appropriate:
7569 Enable extensions on @acronym{GNU}/Linux.
7570 @item __EXTENSIONS__
7571 Enable general extensions on Solaris.
7572 @item _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
7573 Enable threading extensions on Solaris.
7574 @item _TANDEM_SOURCE
7575 Enable extensions for the @acronym{HP} NonStop platform.
7577 Enable extensions for @acronym{AIX} 3, and for Interix.
7579 Enable Posix functions for Minix.
7580 @item _POSIX_1_SOURCE
7581 Enable additional Posix functions for Minix.
7583 Identify Minix platform. This particular preprocessor macro is
7584 obsolescent, and may be removed in a future release of Autoconf.
7589 @node Erlang Libraries
7590 @section Erlang Libraries
7591 @cindex Erlang, Library, checking
7593 The following macros check for an installation of Erlang/OTP, and for the
7594 presence of certain Erlang libraries. All those macros require the
7595 configuration of an Erlang interpreter and an Erlang compiler
7596 (@pxref{Erlang Compiler and Interpreter}).
7598 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_ROOT_DIR
7599 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_ROOT_DIR}
7600 @ovindex ERLANG_ROOT_DIR
7602 Set the output variable @code{ERLANG_ROOT_DIR} to the path to the base
7603 directory in which Erlang/OTP is installed (as returned by Erlang's
7604 @code{code:root_dir/0} function). The result of this test is cached if
7605 caching is enabled when running @command{configure}.
7608 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR
7609 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR}
7610 @ovindex ERLANG_LIB_DIR
7612 Set the output variable @code{ERLANG_LIB_DIR} to the path of the library
7613 directory of Erlang/OTP (as returned by Erlang's
7614 @code{code:lib_dir/0} function), which subdirectories each contain an installed
7615 Erlang/OTP library. The result of this test is cached if caching is enabled
7616 when running @command{configure}.
7619 @defmac AC_ERLANG_CHECK_LIB (@var{library}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
7620 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
7621 @acindex{ERLANG_CHECK_LIB}
7622 @ovindex ERLANG_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
7623 @ovindex ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}
7625 Test whether the Erlang/OTP library @var{library} is installed by
7626 calling Erlang's @code{code:lib_dir/1} function. The result of this
7627 test is cached if caching is enabled when running @command{configure}.
7628 @var{action-if-found} is a list of shell commands to run if the library
7629 is installed; @var{action-if-not-found} is a list of shell commands to
7630 run if it is not. Additionally, if the library is installed, the output
7631 variable @samp{ERLANG_LIB_DIR_@var{library}} is set to the path to the
7632 library installation directory, and the output variable
7633 @samp{ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}} is set to the version number that is
7634 part of the subdirectory name, if it is in the standard form
7635 (@code{@var{library}-@var{version}}). If the directory name does not
7636 have a version part, @samp{ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}} is set to the
7637 empty string. If the library is not installed,
7638 @samp{ERLANG_LIB_DIR_@var{library}} and
7639 @samp{ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}} are set to @code{"not found"}. For
7640 example, to check if library @code{stdlib} is installed:
7643 AC_ERLANG_CHECK_LIB([stdlib],
7644 [echo "stdlib version \"$ERLANG_LIB_VER_stdlib\""
7645 echo "is installed in \"$ERLANG_LIB_DIR_stdlib\""],
7646 [AC_MSG_ERROR([stdlib was not found!])])
7650 In addition to the above macros, which test installed Erlang libraries, the
7651 following macros determine the paths to the directories into which newly built
7652 Erlang libraries are to be installed:
7654 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
7655 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR}
7656 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
7658 Set the @code{ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR} output variable to the directory into
7659 which every built Erlang library should be installed in a separate
7661 If this variable is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs,
7662 its default value is @code{$ERLANG_LIB_DIR}, which value is set by the
7663 @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR} macro.
7666 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR (@var{library}, @var{version})
7667 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR}
7668 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
7670 Set the @samp{ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}} output variable to the
7671 directory into which the built Erlang library @var{library} version
7672 @var{version} should be installed. If this variable is not set in the
7673 environment when @command{configure} runs, its default value is
7674 @samp{$ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR/@var{library}-@var{version}}, the value of the
7675 @code{ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR} variable being set by the
7676 @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR} macro.
7683 @c ========================================================= Writing Tests
7686 @chapter Writing Tests
7688 If the existing feature tests don't do something you need, you have to
7689 write new ones. These macros are the building blocks. They provide
7690 ways for other macros to check whether various kinds of features are
7691 available and report the results.
7693 This chapter contains some suggestions and some of the reasons why the
7694 existing tests are written the way they are. You can also learn a lot
7695 about how to write Autoconf tests by looking at the existing ones. If
7696 something goes wrong in one or more of the Autoconf tests, this
7697 information can help you understand the assumptions behind them, which
7698 might help you figure out how to best solve the problem.
7700 These macros check the output of the compiler system of the current
7701 language (@pxref{Language Choice}). They do not cache the results of
7702 their tests for future use (@pxref{Caching Results}), because they don't
7703 know enough about the information they are checking for to generate a
7704 cache variable name. They also do not print any messages, for the same
7705 reason. The checks for particular kinds of features call these macros
7706 and do cache their results and print messages about what they're
7709 When you write a feature test that could be applicable to more than one
7710 software package, the best thing to do is encapsulate it in a new macro.
7711 @xref{Writing Autoconf Macros}, for how to do that.
7714 * Language Choice:: Selecting which language to use for testing
7715 * Writing Test Programs:: Forging source files for compilers
7716 * Running the Preprocessor:: Detecting preprocessor symbols
7717 * Running the Compiler:: Detecting language or header features
7718 * Running the Linker:: Detecting library features
7719 * Runtime:: Testing for runtime features
7720 * Systemology:: A zoology of operating systems
7721 * Multiple Cases:: Tests for several possible values
7724 @node Language Choice
7725 @section Language Choice
7728 Autoconf-generated @command{configure} scripts check for the C compiler and
7729 its features by default. Packages that use other programming languages
7730 (maybe more than one, e.g., C and C++) need to test features of the
7731 compilers for the respective languages. The following macros determine
7732 which programming language is used in the subsequent tests in
7733 @file{configure.ac}.
7736 @defmac AC_LANG (@var{language})
7737 Do compilation tests using the compiler, preprocessor, and file
7738 extensions for the specified @var{language}.
7740 Supported languages are:
7744 Do compilation tests using @code{CC} and @code{CPP} and use extension
7745 @file{.c} for test programs. Use compilation flags: @code{CPPFLAGS} with
7746 @code{CPP}, and both @code{CPPFLAGS} and @code{CFLAGS} with @code{CC}.
7749 Do compilation tests using @code{CXX} and @code{CXXCPP} and use
7750 extension @file{.C} for test programs. Use compilation flags:
7751 @code{CPPFLAGS} with @code{CXXCPP}, and both @code{CPPFLAGS} and
7752 @code{CXXFLAGS} with @code{CXX}.
7755 Do compilation tests using @code{F77} and use extension @file{.f} for
7756 test programs. Use compilation flags: @code{FFLAGS}.
7759 Do compilation tests using @code{FC} and use extension @file{.f} (or
7760 whatever has been set by @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT}) for test programs. Use
7761 compilation flags: @code{FCFLAGS}.
7767 Compile and execute tests using @code{ERLC} and @code{ERL} and use extension
7768 @file{.erl} for test Erlang modules. Use compilation flags: @code{ERLCFLAGS}.
7771 Do compilation tests using @code{OBJC} and @code{OBJCPP} and use
7772 extension @file{.m} for test programs. Use compilation flags:
7773 @code{CPPFLAGS} with @code{OBJCPP}, and both @code{CPPFLAGS} and
7774 @code{OBJCFLAGS} with @code{OBJC}.
7778 @anchor{AC_LANG_PUSH}
7779 @defmac AC_LANG_PUSH (@var{language})
7781 Remember the current language (as set by @code{AC_LANG}) on a stack, and
7782 then select the @var{language}. Use this macro and @code{AC_LANG_POP}
7783 in macros that need to temporarily switch to a particular language.
7786 @defmac AC_LANG_POP (@ovar{language})
7788 Select the language that is saved on the top of the stack, as set by
7789 @code{AC_LANG_PUSH}, and remove it from the stack.
7791 If given, @var{language} specifies the language we just @emph{quit}. It
7792 is a good idea to specify it when it's known (which should be the
7793 case@dots{}), since Autoconf detects inconsistencies.
7796 AC_LANG_PUSH([Fortran 77])
7797 # Perform some tests on Fortran 77.
7799 AC_LANG_POP([Fortran 77])
7803 @defmac AC_LANG_ASSERT (@var{language})
7804 @acindex{LANG_ASSERT} Check statically that the current language is
7805 @var{language}. You should use this in your language specific macros
7806 to avoid that they be called with an inappropriate language.
7808 This macro runs only at @command{autoconf} time, and incurs no cost at
7809 @command{configure} time. Sadly enough and because Autoconf is a two
7810 layer language @footnote{Because M4 is not aware of Sh code,
7811 especially conditionals, some optimizations that look nice statically
7812 may produce incorrect results at runtime.}, the macros
7813 @code{AC_LANG_PUSH} and @code{AC_LANG_POP} cannot be ``optimizing'',
7814 therefore as much as possible you ought to avoid using them to wrap
7815 your code, rather, require from the user to run the macro with a
7816 correct current language, and check it with @code{AC_LANG_ASSERT}.
7817 And anyway, that may help the user understand she is running a Fortran
7818 macro while expecting a result about her Fortran 77 compiler@dots{}
7822 @defmac AC_REQUIRE_CPP
7823 @acindex{REQUIRE_CPP}
7824 Ensure that whichever preprocessor would currently be used for tests has
7825 been found. Calls @code{AC_REQUIRE} (@pxref{Prerequisite Macros}) with an
7826 argument of either @code{AC_PROG_CPP} or @code{AC_PROG_CXXCPP},
7827 depending on which language is current.
7831 @node Writing Test Programs
7832 @section Writing Test Programs
7834 Autoconf tests follow a common scheme: feed some program with some
7835 input, and most of the time, feed a compiler with some source file.
7836 This section is dedicated to these source samples.
7839 * Guidelines:: General rules for writing test programs
7840 * Test Functions:: Avoiding pitfalls in test programs
7841 * Generating Sources:: Source program boilerplate
7845 @subsection Guidelines for Test Programs
7847 The most important rule to follow when writing testing samples is:
7849 @center @emph{Look for realism.}
7851 This motto means that testing samples must be written with the same
7852 strictness as real programs are written. In particular, you should
7853 avoid ``shortcuts'' and simplifications.
7855 Don't just play with the preprocessor if you want to prepare a
7856 compilation. For instance, using @command{cpp} to check whether a header is
7857 functional might let your @command{configure} accept a header which
7858 causes some @emph{compiler} error. Do not hesitate to check a header with
7859 other headers included before, especially required headers.
7861 Make sure the symbols you use are properly defined, i.e., refrain for
7862 simply declaring a function yourself instead of including the proper
7865 Test programs should not write to standard output. They
7866 should exit with status 0 if the test succeeds, and with status 1
7867 otherwise, so that success
7868 can be distinguished easily from a core dump or other failure;
7869 segmentation violations and other failures produce a nonzero exit
7870 status. Unless you arrange for @code{exit} to be declared, test
7871 programs should @code{return}, not @code{exit}, from @code{main},
7872 because on many systems @code{exit} is not declared by default.
7874 Test programs can use @code{#if} or @code{#ifdef} to check the values of
7875 preprocessor macros defined by tests that have already run. For
7876 example, if you call @code{AC_HEADER_STDBOOL}, then later on in
7877 @file{configure.ac} you can have a test program that includes
7878 @file{stdbool.h} conditionally:
7882 #ifdef HAVE_STDBOOL_H
7883 # include <stdbool.h>
7888 Both @code{#if HAVE_STDBOOL_H} and @code{#ifdef HAVE_STDBOOL_H} will
7889 work with any standard C compiler. Some developers prefer @code{#if}
7890 because it is easier to read, while others prefer @code{#ifdef} because
7891 it avoids diagnostics with picky compilers like @acronym{GCC} with the
7892 @option{-Wundef} option.
7894 If a test program needs to use or create a data file, give it a name
7895 that starts with @file{conftest}, such as @file{conftest.data}. The
7896 @command{configure} script cleans up by running @samp{rm -f -r conftest*}
7897 after running test programs and if the script is interrupted.
7899 @node Test Functions
7900 @subsection Test Functions
7902 These days it's safe to assume support for function prototypes
7903 (introduced in C89).
7905 Functions that test programs declare should also be conditionalized for
7906 C++, which requires @samp{extern "C"} prototypes. Make sure to not
7907 include any header files containing clashing prototypes.
7913 void *valloc (size_t);
7916 If a test program calls a function with invalid parameters (just to see
7917 whether it exists), organize the program to ensure that it never invokes
7918 that function. You can do this by calling it in another function that is
7919 never invoked. You can't do it by putting it after a call to
7920 @code{exit}, because @acronym{GCC} version 2 knows that @code{exit}
7922 and optimizes out any code that follows it in the same block.
7924 If you include any header files, be sure to call the functions
7925 relevant to them with the correct number of arguments, even if they are
7926 just 0, to avoid compilation errors due to prototypes. @acronym{GCC}
7928 has internal prototypes for several functions that it automatically
7929 inlines; for example, @code{memcpy}. To avoid errors when checking for
7930 them, either pass them the correct number of arguments or redeclare them
7931 with a different return type (such as @code{char}).
7934 @node Generating Sources
7935 @subsection Generating Sources
7937 Autoconf provides a set of macros that can be used to generate test
7938 source files. They are written to be language generic, i.e., they
7939 actually depend on the current language (@pxref{Language Choice}) to
7940 ``format'' the output properly.
7943 @defmac AC_LANG_CONFTEST (@var{source})
7944 @acindex{LANG_CONFTEST}
7945 Save the @var{source} text in the current test source file:
7946 @file{conftest.@var{extension}} where the @var{extension} depends on the
7949 Note that the @var{source} is evaluated exactly once, like regular
7950 Autoconf macro arguments, and therefore (i) you may pass a macro
7951 invocation, (ii) if not, be sure to double quote if needed.
7954 @defmac AC_LANG_SOURCE (@var{source})
7955 @acindex{LANG_SOURCE}
7956 Expands into the @var{source}, with the definition of
7957 all the @code{AC_DEFINE} performed so far.
7960 For instance executing (observe the double quotation!):
7963 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
7964 AC_DEFINE([HELLO_WORLD], ["Hello, World\n"],
7965 [Greetings string.])
7968 [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";]])])
7969 gcc -E -dD -o - conftest.c
7979 #define PACKAGE_NAME "Hello"
7980 #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "hello"
7981 #define PACKAGE_VERSION "1.0"
7982 #define PACKAGE_STRING "Hello 1.0"
7983 #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "bug-hello@@example.org"
7984 #define HELLO_WORLD "Hello, World\n"
7986 const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";
7989 When the test language is Fortran or Erlang, the @code{AC_DEFINE} definitions
7990 are not automatically translated into constants in the source code by this
7993 @defmac AC_LANG_PROGRAM (@var{prologue}, @var{body})
7994 @acindex{LANG_PROGRAM}
7995 Expands into a source file which consists of the @var{prologue}, and
7996 then @var{body} as body of the main function (e.g., @code{main} in
7997 C). Since it uses @code{AC_LANG_SOURCE}, the features of the latter are
8004 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
8005 AC_DEFINE([HELLO_WORLD], ["Hello, World\n"],
8006 [Greetings string.])
8008 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";]],
8009 [[fputs (hw, stdout);]])])
8010 gcc -E -dD -o - conftest.c
8020 #define PACKAGE_NAME "Hello"
8021 #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "hello"
8022 #define PACKAGE_VERSION "1.0"
8023 #define PACKAGE_STRING "Hello 1.0"
8024 #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "bug-hello@@example.org"
8025 #define HELLO_WORLD "Hello, World\n"
8027 const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";
8037 In Erlang tests, the created source file is that of an Erlang module called
8038 @code{conftest} (@file{conftest.erl}). This module defines and exports
8040 one @code{start/0} function, which is called to perform the test. The
8041 @var{prologue} is optional code that is inserted between the module header and
8042 the @code{start/0} function definition. @var{body} is the body of the
8043 @code{start/0} function without the final period (@pxref{Runtime}, about
8044 constraints on this function's behavior).
8049 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
8052 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[-define(HELLO_WORLD, "Hello, world!").]],
8053 [[io:format("~s~n", [?HELLO_WORLD])]])])
8063 -define(HELLO_WORLD, "Hello, world!").
8065 io:format("~s~n", [?HELLO_WORLD])
8069 @defmac AC_LANG_CALL (@var{prologue}, @var{function})
8071 Expands into a source file which consists of the @var{prologue}, and
8072 then a call to the @var{function} as body of the main function (e.g.,
8073 @code{main} in C). Since it uses @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM}, the feature
8074 of the latter are available.
8076 This function will probably be replaced in the future by a version
8077 which would enable specifying the arguments. The use of this macro is
8078 not encouraged, as it violates strongly the typing system.
8080 This macro cannot be used for Erlang tests.
8083 @defmac AC_LANG_FUNC_LINK_TRY (@var{function})
8084 @acindex{LANG_FUNC_LINK_TRY}
8085 Expands into a source file which uses the @var{function} in the body of
8086 the main function (e.g., @code{main} in C). Since it uses
8087 @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM}, the features of the latter are available.
8089 As @code{AC_LANG_CALL}, this macro is documented only for completeness.
8090 It is considered to be severely broken, and in the future will be
8091 removed in favor of actual function calls (with properly typed
8094 This macro cannot be used for Erlang tests.
8097 @node Running the Preprocessor
8098 @section Running the Preprocessor
8100 Sometimes one might need to run the preprocessor on some source file.
8101 @emph{Usually it is a bad idea}, as you typically need to @emph{compile}
8102 your project, not merely run the preprocessor on it; therefore you
8103 certainly want to run the compiler, not the preprocessor. Resist the
8104 temptation of following the easiest path.
8106 Nevertheless, if you need to run the preprocessor, then use
8107 @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}.
8109 The macros described in this section cannot be used for tests in Erlang or
8110 Fortran, since those languages require no preprocessor.
8112 @anchor{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}
8113 @defmac AC_PREPROC_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
8114 @ovar{action-if-false})
8115 @acindex{PREPROC_IFELSE}
8116 Run the preprocessor of the current language (@pxref{Language Choice})
8117 on the @var{input}, run the shell commands @var{action-if-true} on
8118 success, @var{action-if-false} otherwise. The @var{input} can be made
8119 by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and friends.
8121 This macro uses @code{CPPFLAGS}, but not @code{CFLAGS}, because
8122 @option{-g}, @option{-O}, etc.@: are not valid options to many C
8125 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
8126 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}.
8132 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
8133 AC_DEFINE([HELLO_WORLD], ["Hello, World\n"],
8134 [Greetings string.])
8136 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";]],
8137 [[fputs (hw, stdout);]])],
8138 [AC_MSG_RESULT([OK])],
8139 [AC_MSG_FAILURE([unexpected preprocessor failure])])
8146 checking for gcc... gcc
8147 checking for C compiler default output file name... a.out
8148 checking whether the C compiler works... yes
8149 checking whether we are cross compiling... no
8150 checking for suffix of executables...
8151 checking for suffix of object files... o
8152 checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... yes
8153 checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes
8154 checking for gcc option to accept ISO C89... none needed
8155 checking how to run the C preprocessor... gcc -E
8161 The macro @code{AC_TRY_CPP} (@pxref{Obsolete Macros}) used to play the
8162 role of @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}, but double quotes its argument, making
8163 it impossible to use it to elaborate sources. You are encouraged to
8164 get rid of your old use of the macro @code{AC_TRY_CPP} in favor of
8165 @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}, but, in the first place, are you sure you need
8166 to run the @emph{preprocessor} and not the compiler?
8168 @anchor{AC_EGREP_HEADER}
8169 @defmac AC_EGREP_HEADER (@var{pattern}, @var{header-file}, @
8170 @var{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
8171 @acindex{EGREP_HEADER}
8172 If the output of running the preprocessor on the system header file
8173 @var{header-file} matches the extended regular expression
8174 @var{pattern}, execute shell commands @var{action-if-found}, otherwise
8175 execute @var{action-if-not-found}.
8178 @anchor{AC_EGREP_CPP}
8179 @defmac AC_EGREP_CPP (@var{pattern}, @var{program}, @
8180 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
8182 @var{program} is the text of a C or C++ program, on which shell
8183 variable, back quote, and backslash substitutions are performed. If the
8184 output of running the preprocessor on @var{program} matches the
8185 extended regular expression @var{pattern}, execute shell commands
8186 @var{action-if-found}, otherwise execute @var{action-if-not-found}.
8191 @node Running the Compiler
8192 @section Running the Compiler
8194 To check for a syntax feature of the current language's (@pxref{Language
8195 Choice}) compiler, such as whether it recognizes a certain keyword, or
8196 simply to try some library feature, use @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} to try
8197 to compile a small program that uses that feature.
8199 @defmac AC_COMPILE_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
8200 @ovar{action-if-false})
8201 @acindex{COMPILE_IFELSE}
8202 Run the compiler and compilation flags of the current language
8203 (@pxref{Language Choice}) on the @var{input}, run the shell commands
8204 @var{action-if-true} on success, @var{action-if-false} otherwise. The
8205 @var{input} can be made by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and friends.
8207 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
8208 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}. This macro does not try to link; use
8209 @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} if you need to do that (@pxref{Running the
8214 For tests in Erlang, the @var{input} must be the source code of a module named
8215 @code{conftest}. @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} generates a @file{conftest.beam}
8216 file that can be interpreted by the Erlang virtual machine (@code{ERL}). It is
8217 recommended to use @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} to specify the test program,
8218 to ensure that the Erlang module has the right name.
8220 @node Running the Linker
8221 @section Running the Linker
8223 To check for a library, a function, or a global variable, Autoconf
8224 @command{configure} scripts try to compile and link a small program that
8225 uses it. This is unlike Metaconfig, which by default uses @code{nm} or
8226 @code{ar} on the C library to try to figure out which functions are
8227 available. Trying to link with the function is usually a more reliable
8228 approach because it avoids dealing with the variations in the options
8229 and output formats of @code{nm} and @code{ar} and in the location of the
8230 standard libraries. It also allows configuring for cross-compilation or
8231 checking a function's runtime behavior if needed. On the other hand,
8232 it can be slower than scanning the libraries once, but accuracy is more
8233 important than speed.
8235 @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} is used to compile test programs to test for
8236 functions and global variables. It is also used by @code{AC_CHECK_LIB}
8237 to check for libraries (@pxref{Libraries}), by adding the library being
8238 checked for to @code{LIBS} temporarily and trying to link a small
8241 @anchor{AC_LINK_IFELSE}
8242 @defmac AC_LINK_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
8243 @ovar{action-if-false})
8244 @acindex{LINK_IFELSE}
8245 Run the compiler (and compilation flags) and the linker of the current
8246 language (@pxref{Language Choice}) on the @var{input}, run the shell
8247 commands @var{action-if-true} on success, @var{action-if-false}
8248 otherwise. The @var{input} can be made by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and
8251 @code{LDFLAGS} and @code{LIBS} are used for linking, in addition to the
8252 current compilation flags.
8254 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
8255 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}. This macro does not try to execute the program;
8256 use @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} if you need to do that (@pxref{Runtime}).
8259 The @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} macro cannot be used for Erlang tests, since Erlang
8260 programs are interpreted and do not require linking.
8265 @section Checking Runtime Behavior
8267 Sometimes you need to find out how a system performs at runtime, such
8268 as whether a given function has a certain capability or bug. If you
8269 can, make such checks when your program runs instead of when it is
8270 configured. You can check for things like the machine's endianness when
8271 your program initializes itself.
8273 If you really need to test for a runtime behavior while configuring,
8274 you can write a test program to determine the result, and compile and
8275 run it using @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE}. Avoid running test programs if
8276 possible, because this prevents people from configuring your package for
8279 @anchor{AC_RUN_IFELSE}
8280 @defmac AC_RUN_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
8281 @ovar{action-if-false}, @ovar{action-if-cross-compiling})
8282 @acindex{RUN_IFELSE}
8283 If @var{program} compiles and links successfully and returns an exit
8284 status of 0 when executed, run shell commands @var{action-if-true}.
8285 Otherwise, run shell commands @var{action-if-false}.
8287 The @var{input} can be made by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and friends.
8288 @code{LDFLAGS} and @code{LIBS} are used for linking, in addition to the
8289 compilation flags of the current language (@pxref{Language Choice}).
8291 If the compiler being used does not produce executables that run on the
8292 system where @command{configure} is being run, then the test program is
8293 not run. If the optional shell commands @var{action-if-cross-compiling}
8294 are given, they are run instead. Otherwise, @command{configure} prints
8295 an error message and exits.
8297 In the @var{action-if-false} section, the failing exit status is
8298 available in the shell variable @samp{$?}. This exit status might be
8299 that of a failed compilation, or it might be that of a failed program
8302 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
8303 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}.
8306 Try to provide a pessimistic default value to use when cross-compiling
8307 makes runtime tests impossible. You do this by passing the optional
8308 last argument to @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE}. @command{autoconf} prints a
8309 warning message when creating @command{configure} each time it
8310 encounters a call to @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} with no
8311 @var{action-if-cross-compiling} argument given. You may ignore the
8312 warning, though users cannot configure your package for
8313 cross-compiling. A few of the macros distributed with Autoconf produce
8314 this warning message.
8316 To configure for cross-compiling you can also choose a value for those
8317 parameters based on the canonical system name (@pxref{Manual
8318 Configuration}). Alternatively, set up a test results cache file with
8319 the correct values for the host system (@pxref{Caching Results}).
8321 @ovindex cross_compiling
8322 To provide a default for calls of @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} that are embedded
8323 in other macros, including a few of the ones that come with Autoconf,
8324 you can test whether the shell variable @code{cross_compiling} is set to
8325 @samp{yes}, and then use an alternate method to get the results instead
8326 of calling the macros.
8328 A C or C++ runtime test should be portable.
8329 @xref{Portable C and C++}.
8331 Erlang tests must exit themselves the Erlang VM by calling the @code{halt/1}
8332 function: the given status code is used to determine the success of the test
8333 (status is @code{0}) or its failure (status is different than @code{0}), as
8334 explained above. It must be noted that data output through the standard output
8335 (e.g., using @code{io:format/2}) may be truncated when halting the VM.
8336 Therefore, if a test must output configuration information, it is recommended
8337 to create and to output data into the temporary file named @file{conftest.out},
8338 using the functions of module @code{file}. The @code{conftest.out} file is
8339 automatically deleted by the @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} macro. For instance, a
8340 simplified implementation of Autoconf's @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR}
8344 AC_INIT([LibdirTest], [1.0], [bug-libdirtest@@example.org])
8348 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [dnl
8349 file:write_file("conftest.out", code:lib_dir()),
8351 [echo "code:lib_dir() returned: `cat conftest.out`"],
8352 [AC_MSG_FAILURE([test Erlang program execution failed])])
8357 @section Systemology
8360 This section aims at presenting some systems and pointers to
8361 documentation. It may help you addressing particular problems reported
8364 @uref{http://www.opengroup.org/susv3, Posix-conforming systems} are
8365 derived from the @uref{http://www.bell-labs.com/history/unix/, Unix
8368 The @uref{http://bhami.com/rosetta.html, Rosetta Stone for Unix}
8369 contains a table correlating the features of various Posix-conforming
8370 systems. @uref{http://www.levenez.com/unix/, Unix History} is a
8371 simplified diagram of how many Unix systems were derived from each
8374 @uref{http://heirloom.sourceforge.net/, The Heirloom Project}
8375 provides some variants of traditional implementations of Unix utilities.
8380 Darwin is also known as Mac OS X@. Beware that the file system @emph{can} be
8381 case-preserving, but case insensitive. This can cause nasty problems,
8382 since for instance the installation attempt for a package having an
8383 @file{INSTALL} file can result in @samp{make install} report that
8384 nothing was to be done!
8386 That's all dependent on whether the file system is a UFS (case
8387 sensitive) or HFS+ (case preserving). By default Apple wants you to
8388 install the OS on HFS+. Unfortunately, there are some pieces of
8389 software which really need to be built on UFS@. We may want to rebuild
8390 Darwin to have both UFS and HFS+ available (and put the /local/build
8393 @item @acronym{QNX} 4.25
8394 @cindex @acronym{QNX} 4.25
8395 @c FIXME: Please, if you feel like writing something more precise,
8396 @c it'd be great. In particular, I can't understand the difference with
8398 @acronym{QNX} is a realtime operating system running on Intel architecture
8399 meant to be scalable from the small embedded systems to the hundred
8400 processor super-computer. It claims to be Posix certified. More
8401 information is available on the
8402 @uref{http://www.qnx.com/, @acronym{QNX} home page}.
8406 @uref{http://h30097.www3.hp.com/@/docs/,
8407 Documentation of several versions of Tru64} is available in different
8410 @item Unix version 7
8411 @cindex Unix version 7
8413 Officially this was called the ``Seventh Edition'' of ``the @sc{unix}
8414 time-sharing system'' but we use the more-common name ``Unix version 7''.
8415 Documentation is available in the
8416 @uref{http://plan9.bell-labs.com/@/7thEdMan/, Unix Seventh Edition Manual}.
8417 Previous versions of Unix are called ``Unix version 6'', etc., but
8418 they were not as widely used.
8422 @node Multiple Cases
8423 @section Multiple Cases
8425 Some operations are accomplished in several possible ways, depending on
8426 the OS variant. Checking for them essentially requires a ``case
8427 statement''. Autoconf does not directly provide one; however, it is
8428 easy to simulate by using a shell variable to keep track of whether a
8429 way to perform the operation has been found yet.
8431 Here is an example that uses the shell variable @code{fstype} to keep
8432 track of whether the remaining cases need to be checked.
8436 AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to get file system type])
8438 # The order of these tests is important.
8439 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/statvfs.h>
8440 #include <sys/fstyp.h>]])],
8441 [AC_DEFINE([FSTYPE_STATVFS], [1],
8442 [Define if statvfs exists.])
8444 if test $fstype = no; then
8445 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/statfs.h>
8446 #include <sys/fstyp.h>]])],
8447 [AC_DEFINE([FSTYPE_USG_STATFS], [1],
8448 [Define if USG statfs.])
8451 if test $fstype = no; then
8452 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/statfs.h>
8453 #include <sys/vmount.h>]])]),
8454 [AC_DEFINE([FSTYPE_AIX_STATFS], [1],
8455 [Define if AIX statfs.])
8458 # (more cases omitted here)
8459 AC_MSG_RESULT([$fstype])
8463 @c ====================================================== Results of Tests.
8466 @chapter Results of Tests
8468 Once @command{configure} has determined whether a feature exists, what can
8469 it do to record that information? There are four sorts of things it can
8470 do: define a C preprocessor symbol, set a variable in the output files,
8471 save the result in a cache file for future @command{configure} runs, and
8472 print a message letting the user know the result of the test.
8475 * Defining Symbols:: Defining C preprocessor symbols
8476 * Setting Output Variables:: Replacing variables in output files
8477 * Special Chars in Variables:: Characters to beware of in variables
8478 * Caching Results:: Speeding up subsequent @command{configure} runs
8479 * Printing Messages:: Notifying @command{configure} users
8482 @node Defining Symbols
8483 @section Defining C Preprocessor Symbols
8485 A common action to take in response to a feature test is to define a C
8486 preprocessor symbol indicating the results of the test. That is done by
8487 calling @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED}.
8489 By default, @code{AC_OUTPUT} places the symbols defined by these macros
8490 into the output variable @code{DEFS}, which contains an option
8491 @option{-D@var{symbol}=@var{value}} for each symbol defined. Unlike in
8492 Autoconf version 1, there is no variable @code{DEFS} defined while
8493 @command{configure} is running. To check whether Autoconf macros have
8494 already defined a certain C preprocessor symbol, test the value of the
8495 appropriate cache variable, as in this example:
8498 AC_CHECK_FUNC([vprintf], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_VPRINTF], [1],
8499 [Define if vprintf exists.])])
8500 if test "$ac_cv_func_vprintf" != yes; then
8501 AC_CHECK_FUNC([_doprnt], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_DOPRNT], [1],
8502 [Define if _doprnt exists.])])
8506 If @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} has been called, then instead of creating
8507 @code{DEFS}, @code{AC_OUTPUT} creates a header file by substituting the
8508 correct values into @code{#define} statements in a template file.
8509 @xref{Configuration Headers}, for more information about this kind of
8512 @defmac AC_DEFINE (@var{variable}, @var{value}, @ovar{description})
8513 @defmacx AC_DEFINE (@var{variable})
8514 @cvindex @var{variable}
8516 Define @var{variable} to @var{value} (verbatim), by defining a C
8517 preprocessor macro for @var{variable}. @var{variable} should be a C
8518 identifier, optionally suffixed by a parenthesized argument list to
8519 define a C preprocessor macro with arguments. The macro argument list,
8520 if present, should be a comma-separated list of C identifiers, possibly
8521 terminated by an ellipsis @samp{...} if C99 syntax is employed.
8522 @var{variable} should not contain comments, white space, trigraphs,
8523 backslash-newlines, universal character names, or non-@acronym{ASCII}
8526 @var{value} may contain backslash-escaped newlines, which will be
8527 preserved if you use @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} but flattened if passed
8528 via @code{@@DEFS@@} (with no effect on the compilation, since the
8529 preprocessor sees only one line in the first place). @var{value} should
8530 not contain raw newlines. If you are not using
8531 @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}, @var{value} should not contain any @samp{#}
8532 characters, as @command{make} tends to eat them. To use a shell
8533 variable, use @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED} instead.
8535 @var{description} is only useful if you are using
8536 @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}. In this case, @var{description} is put into
8537 the generated @file{config.h.in} as the comment before the macro define.
8538 The following example defines the C preprocessor variable
8539 @code{EQUATION} to be the string constant @samp{"$a > $b"}:
8542 AC_DEFINE([EQUATION], ["$a > $b"],
8546 If neither @var{value} nor @var{description} are given, then
8547 @var{value} defaults to 1 instead of to the empty string. This is for
8548 backwards compatibility with older versions of Autoconf, but this usage
8549 is obsolescent and may be withdrawn in future versions of Autoconf.
8551 If the @var{variable} is a literal string, it is passed to
8552 @code{m4_pattern_allow} (@pxref{Forbidden Patterns}).
8554 If multiple @code{AC_DEFINE} statements are executed for the same
8555 @var{variable} name (not counting any parenthesized argument list),
8559 @defmac AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED (@var{variable}, @var{value}, @ovar{description})
8560 @defmacx AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED (@var{variable})
8561 @acindex{DEFINE_UNQUOTED}
8562 @cvindex @var{variable}
8563 Like @code{AC_DEFINE}, but three shell expansions are
8564 performed---once---on @var{variable} and @var{value}: variable expansion
8565 (@samp{$}), command substitution (@samp{`}), and backslash escaping
8566 (@samp{\}). Single and double quote characters in the value have no
8567 special meaning. Use this macro instead of @code{AC_DEFINE} when
8568 @var{variable} or @var{value} is a shell variable. Examples:
8571 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([config_machfile], ["$machfile"],
8572 [Configuration machine file.])
8573 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([GETGROUPS_T], [$ac_cv_type_getgroups],
8574 [getgroups return type.])
8575 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([$ac_tr_hdr], [1],
8576 [Translated header name.])
8580 Due to a syntactical bizarreness of the Bourne shell, do not use
8581 semicolons to separate @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED}
8582 calls from other macro calls or shell code; that can cause syntax errors
8583 in the resulting @command{configure} script. Use either blanks or
8584 newlines. That is, do this:
8587 AC_CHECK_HEADER([elf.h],
8588 [AC_DEFINE([SVR4], [1], [System V Release 4]) LIBS="-lelf $LIBS"])
8595 AC_CHECK_HEADER([elf.h],
8596 [AC_DEFINE([SVR4], [1], [System V Release 4])
8597 LIBS="-lelf $LIBS"])
8604 AC_CHECK_HEADER([elf.h],
8605 [AC_DEFINE([SVR4], [1], [System V Release 4]); LIBS="-lelf $LIBS"])
8608 @node Setting Output Variables
8609 @section Setting Output Variables
8610 @cindex Output variables
8612 Another way to record the results of tests is to set @dfn{output
8613 variables}, which are shell variables whose values are substituted into
8614 files that @command{configure} outputs. The two macros below create new
8615 output variables. @xref{Preset Output Variables}, for a list of output
8616 variables that are always available.
8618 @defmac AC_SUBST (@var{variable}, @ovar{value})
8620 Create an output variable from a shell variable. Make @code{AC_OUTPUT}
8621 substitute the variable @var{variable} into output files (typically one
8622 or more makefiles). This means that @code{AC_OUTPUT}
8623 replaces instances of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in input files with the
8624 value that the shell variable @var{variable} has when @code{AC_OUTPUT}
8625 is called. The value can contain any non-@code{NUL} character, including
8627 Variable occurrences should not overlap: e.g., an input file should
8628 not contain @samp{@@@var{var1}@@@var{var2}@@} if @var{var1} and @var{var2}
8630 The substituted value is not rescanned for more output variables;
8631 occurrences of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in the value are inserted
8632 literally into the output file. (The algorithm uses the special marker
8633 @code{|#_!!_#|} internally, so neither the substituted value nor the
8634 output file may contain @code{|#_!!_#|}.)
8636 If @var{value} is given, in addition assign it to @var{variable}.
8638 The string @var{variable} is passed to @code{m4_pattern_allow}
8639 (@pxref{Forbidden Patterns}).
8642 @defmac AC_SUBST_FILE (@var{variable})
8643 @acindex{SUBST_FILE}
8644 Another way to create an output variable from a shell variable. Make
8645 @code{AC_OUTPUT} insert (without substitutions) the contents of the file
8646 named by shell variable @var{variable} into output files. This means
8647 that @code{AC_OUTPUT} replaces instances of
8648 @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in output files (such as @file{Makefile.in})
8649 with the contents of the file that the shell variable @var{variable}
8650 names when @code{AC_OUTPUT} is called. Set the variable to
8651 @file{/dev/null} for cases that do not have a file to insert.
8652 This substitution occurs only when the @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} is on a
8653 line by itself, optionally surrounded by spaces and tabs. The
8654 substitution replaces the whole line, including the spaces, tabs, and
8655 the terminating newline.
8657 This macro is useful for inserting makefile fragments containing
8658 special dependencies or other @code{make} directives for particular host
8659 or target types into makefiles. For example, @file{configure.ac}
8663 AC_SUBST_FILE([host_frag])
8664 host_frag=$srcdir/conf/sun4.mh
8668 and then a @file{Makefile.in} could contain:
8674 The string @var{variable} is passed to @code{m4_pattern_allow}
8675 (@pxref{Forbidden Patterns}).
8678 @cindex Precious Variable
8679 @cindex Variable, Precious
8680 Running @command{configure} in varying environments can be extremely
8681 dangerous. If for instance the user runs @samp{CC=bizarre-cc
8682 ./configure}, then the cache, @file{config.h}, and many other output
8683 files depend upon @command{bizarre-cc} being the C compiler. If
8684 for some reason the user runs @command{./configure} again, or if it is
8685 run via @samp{./config.status --recheck}, (@xref{Automatic Remaking},
8686 and @pxref{config.status Invocation}), then the configuration can be
8687 inconsistent, composed of results depending upon two different
8690 Environment variables that affect this situation, such as @samp{CC}
8691 above, are called @dfn{precious variables}, and can be declared as such
8692 by @code{AC_ARG_VAR}.
8694 @defmac AC_ARG_VAR (@var{variable}, @var{description})
8696 Declare @var{variable} is a precious variable, and include its
8697 @var{description} in the variable section of @samp{./configure --help}.
8699 Being precious means that
8702 @var{variable} is substituted via @code{AC_SUBST}.
8705 The value of @var{variable} when @command{configure} was launched is
8706 saved in the cache, including if it was not specified on the command
8707 line but via the environment. Indeed, while @command{configure} can
8708 notice the definition of @code{CC} in @samp{./configure CC=bizarre-cc},
8709 it is impossible to notice it in @samp{CC=bizarre-cc ./configure},
8710 which, unfortunately, is what most users do.
8712 We emphasize that it is the @emph{initial} value of @var{variable} which
8713 is saved, not that found during the execution of @command{configure}.
8714 Indeed, specifying @samp{./configure FOO=foo} and letting
8715 @samp{./configure} guess that @code{FOO} is @code{foo} can be two
8719 @var{variable} is checked for consistency between two
8720 @command{configure} runs. For instance:
8723 $ @kbd{./configure --silent --config-cache}
8724 $ @kbd{CC=cc ./configure --silent --config-cache}
8725 configure: error: `CC' was not set in the previous run
8726 configure: error: changes in the environment can compromise \
8728 configure: error: run `make distclean' and/or \
8729 `rm config.cache' and start over
8733 and similarly if the variable is unset, or if its content is changed.
8737 @var{variable} is kept during automatic reconfiguration
8738 (@pxref{config.status Invocation}) as if it had been passed as a command
8739 line argument, including when no cache is used:
8742 $ @kbd{CC=/usr/bin/cc ./configure var=raboof --silent}
8743 $ @kbd{./config.status --recheck}
8744 running CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/sh /bin/sh ./configure var=raboof \
8745 CC=/usr/bin/cc --no-create --no-recursion
8750 @node Special Chars in Variables
8751 @section Special Characters in Output Variables
8752 @cindex Output variables, special characters in
8754 Many output variables are intended to be evaluated both by
8755 @command{make} and by the shell. Some characters are expanded
8756 differently in these two contexts, so to avoid confusion these
8757 variables' values should not contain any of the following characters:
8760 " # $ & ' ( ) * ; < > ? [ \ ^ ` |
8763 Also, these variables' values should neither contain newlines, nor start
8764 with @samp{~}, nor contain white space or @samp{:} immediately followed
8765 by @samp{~}. The values can contain nonempty sequences of white space
8766 characters like tabs and spaces, but each such sequence might
8767 arbitrarily be replaced by a single space during substitution.
8769 These restrictions apply both to the values that @command{configure}
8770 computes, and to the values set directly by the user. For example, the
8771 following invocations of @command{configure} are problematic, since they
8772 attempt to use special characters within @code{CPPFLAGS} and white space
8773 within @code{$(srcdir)}:
8776 CPPFLAGS='-DOUCH="&\"#$*?"' '../My Source/ouch-1.0/configure'
8778 '../My Source/ouch-1.0/configure' CPPFLAGS='-DOUCH="&\"#$*?"'
8781 @node Caching Results
8782 @section Caching Results
8785 To avoid checking for the same features repeatedly in various
8786 @command{configure} scripts (or in repeated runs of one script),
8787 @command{configure} can optionally save the results of many checks in a
8788 @dfn{cache file} (@pxref{Cache Files}). If a @command{configure} script
8789 runs with caching enabled and finds a cache file, it reads the results
8790 of previous runs from the cache and avoids rerunning those checks. As a
8791 result, @command{configure} can then run much faster than if it had to
8792 perform all of the checks every time.
8794 @defmac AC_CACHE_VAL (@var{cache-id}, @var{commands-to-set-it})
8796 Ensure that the results of the check identified by @var{cache-id} are
8797 available. If the results of the check were in the cache file that was
8798 read, and @command{configure} was not given the @option{--quiet} or
8799 @option{--silent} option, print a message saying that the result was
8800 cached; otherwise, run the shell commands @var{commands-to-set-it}. If
8801 the shell commands are run to determine the value, the value is
8802 saved in the cache file just before @command{configure} creates its output
8803 files. @xref{Cache Variable Names}, for how to choose the name of the
8804 @var{cache-id} variable.
8806 The @var{commands-to-set-it} @emph{must have no side effects} except for
8807 setting the variable @var{cache-id}, see below.
8810 @defmac AC_CACHE_CHECK (@var{message}, @var{cache-id}, @
8811 @var{commands-to-set-it})
8812 @acindex{CACHE_CHECK}
8813 A wrapper for @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} that takes care of printing the
8814 messages. This macro provides a convenient shorthand for the most
8815 common way to use these macros. It calls @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING} for
8816 @var{message}, then @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} with the @var{cache-id} and
8817 @var{commands} arguments, and @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} with @var{cache-id}.
8819 The @var{commands-to-set-it} @emph{must have no side effects} except for
8820 setting the variable @var{cache-id}, see below.
8823 It is common to find buggy macros using @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} or
8824 @code{AC_CACHE_CHECK}, because people are tempted to call
8825 @code{AC_DEFINE} in the @var{commands-to-set-it}. Instead, the code that
8826 @emph{follows} the call to @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} should call
8827 @code{AC_DEFINE}, by examining the value of the cache variable. For
8828 instance, the following macro is broken:
8832 AC_DEFUN([AC_SHELL_TRUE],
8833 [AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether true(1) works], [my_cv_shell_true_works],
8834 [my_cv_shell_true_works=no
8835 (true) 2>/dev/null && my_cv_shell_true_works=yes
8836 if test "$my_cv_shell_true_works" = yes; then
8837 AC_DEFINE([TRUE_WORKS], [1],
8838 [Define if `true(1)' works properly.])
8845 This fails if the cache is enabled: the second time this macro is run,
8846 @code{TRUE_WORKS} @emph{will not be defined}. The proper implementation
8851 AC_DEFUN([AC_SHELL_TRUE],
8852 [AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether true(1) works], [my_cv_shell_true_works],
8853 [my_cv_shell_true_works=no
8854 (true) 2>/dev/null && my_cv_shell_true_works=yes])
8855 if test "$my_cv_shell_true_works" = yes; then
8856 AC_DEFINE([TRUE_WORKS], [1],
8857 [Define if `true(1)' works properly.])
8863 Also, @var{commands-to-set-it} should not print any messages, for
8864 example with @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING}; do that before calling
8865 @code{AC_CACHE_VAL}, so the messages are printed regardless of whether
8866 the results of the check are retrieved from the cache or determined by
8867 running the shell commands.
8870 * Cache Variable Names:: Shell variables used in caches
8871 * Cache Files:: Files @command{configure} uses for caching
8872 * Cache Checkpointing:: Loading and saving the cache file
8875 @node Cache Variable Names
8876 @subsection Cache Variable Names
8877 @cindex Cache variable
8879 The names of cache variables should have the following format:
8882 @var{package-prefix}_cv_@var{value-type}_@var{specific-value}_@ovar{additional-options}
8886 for example, @samp{ac_cv_header_stat_broken} or
8887 @samp{ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional}. The parts of the variable name are:
8890 @item @var{package-prefix}
8891 An abbreviation for your package or organization; the same prefix you
8892 begin local Autoconf macros with, except lowercase by convention.
8893 For cache values used by the distributed Autoconf macros, this value is
8897 Indicates that this shell variable is a cache value. This string
8898 @emph{must} be present in the variable name, including the leading
8901 @item @var{value-type}
8902 A convention for classifying cache values, to produce a rational naming
8903 system. The values used in Autoconf are listed in @ref{Macro Names}.
8905 @item @var{specific-value}
8906 Which member of the class of cache values this test applies to.
8907 For example, which function (@samp{alloca}), program (@samp{gcc}), or
8908 output variable (@samp{INSTALL}).
8910 @item @var{additional-options}
8911 Any particular behavior of the specific member that this test applies to.
8912 For example, @samp{broken} or @samp{set}. This part of the name may
8913 be omitted if it does not apply.
8916 The values assigned to cache variables may not contain newlines.
8917 Usually, their values are Boolean (@samp{yes} or @samp{no}) or the
8918 names of files or functions; so this is not an important restriction.
8921 @subsection Cache Files
8923 A cache file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
8924 tests run on one system so they can be shared between configure scripts
8925 and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems. If its contents
8926 are invalid for some reason, the user may delete or edit it.
8928 By default, @command{configure} uses no cache file,
8929 to avoid problems caused by accidental
8930 use of stale cache files.
8932 To enable caching, @command{configure} accepts @option{--config-cache} (or
8933 @option{-C}) to cache results in the file @file{config.cache}.
8934 Alternatively, @option{--cache-file=@var{file}} specifies that
8935 @var{file} be the cache file. The cache file is created if it does not
8936 exist already. When @command{configure} calls @command{configure} scripts in
8937 subdirectories, it uses the @option{--cache-file} argument so that they
8938 share the same cache. @xref{Subdirectories}, for information on
8939 configuring subdirectories with the @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS} macro.
8941 @file{config.status} only pays attention to the cache file if it is
8942 given the @option{--recheck} option, which makes it rerun
8943 @command{configure}.
8945 It is wrong to try to distribute cache files for particular system types.
8946 There is too much room for error in doing that, and too much
8947 administrative overhead in maintaining them. For any features that
8948 can't be guessed automatically, use the standard method of the canonical
8949 system type and linking files (@pxref{Manual Configuration}).
8951 The site initialization script can specify a site-wide cache file to
8952 use, instead of the usual per-program cache. In this case, the cache
8953 file gradually accumulates information whenever someone runs a new
8954 @command{configure} script. (Running @command{configure} merges the new cache
8955 results with the existing cache file.) This may cause problems,
8956 however, if the system configuration (e.g., the installed libraries or
8957 compilers) changes and the stale cache file is not deleted.
8959 @node Cache Checkpointing
8960 @subsection Cache Checkpointing
8962 If your configure script, or a macro called from @file{configure.ac}, happens
8963 to abort the configure process, it may be useful to checkpoint the cache
8964 a few times at key points using @code{AC_CACHE_SAVE}. Doing so
8965 reduces the amount of time it takes to rerun the configure script with
8966 (hopefully) the error that caused the previous abort corrected.
8968 @c FIXME: Do we really want to document this guy?
8969 @defmac AC_CACHE_LOAD
8970 @acindex{CACHE_LOAD}
8971 Loads values from existing cache file, or creates a new cache file if a
8972 cache file is not found. Called automatically from @code{AC_INIT}.
8975 @defmac AC_CACHE_SAVE
8976 @acindex{CACHE_SAVE}
8977 Flushes all cached values to the cache file. Called automatically from
8978 @code{AC_OUTPUT}, but it can be quite useful to call
8979 @code{AC_CACHE_SAVE} at key points in @file{configure.ac}.
8985 @r{ @dots{} AC_INIT, etc. @dots{}}
8987 # Checks for programs.
8990 @r{ @dots{} more program checks @dots{}}
8995 # Checks for libraries.
8996 AC_CHECK_LIB([nsl], [gethostbyname])
8997 AC_CHECK_LIB([socket], [connect])
8998 @r{ @dots{} more lib checks @dots{}}
9003 # Might abort@dots{}
9004 AM_PATH_GTK([1.0.2], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([GTK not in path])])
9005 AM_PATH_GTKMM([0.9.5], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([GTK not in path])])
9007 @r{ @dots{} AC_OUTPUT, etc. @dots{}}
9010 @node Printing Messages
9011 @section Printing Messages
9012 @cindex Messages, from @command{configure}
9014 @command{configure} scripts need to give users running them several kinds
9015 of information. The following macros print messages in ways appropriate
9016 for each kind. The arguments to all of them get enclosed in shell
9017 double quotes, so the shell performs variable and back-quote
9018 substitution on them.
9020 These macros are all wrappers around the @command{echo} shell command.
9021 They direct output to the appropriate file descriptor (@pxref{File
9022 Descriptor Macros}).
9023 @command{configure} scripts should rarely need to run @command{echo} directly
9024 to print messages for the user. Using these macros makes it easy to
9025 change how and when each kind of message is printed; such changes need
9026 only be made to the macro definitions and all the callers change
9029 To diagnose static issues, i.e., when @command{autoconf} is run, see
9030 @ref{Diagnostic Macros}.
9032 @defmac AC_MSG_CHECKING (@var{feature-description})
9033 @acindex{MSG_CHECKING}
9034 Notify the user that @command{configure} is checking for a particular
9035 feature. This macro prints a message that starts with @samp{checking }
9036 and ends with @samp{...} and no newline. It must be followed by a call
9037 to @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} to print the result of the check and the
9038 newline. The @var{feature-description} should be something like
9039 @samp{whether the Fortran compiler accepts C++ comments} or @samp{for
9042 This macro prints nothing if @command{configure} is run with the
9043 @option{--quiet} or @option{--silent} option.
9046 @anchor{AC_MSG_RESULT}
9047 @defmac AC_MSG_RESULT (@var{result-description})
9048 @acindex{MSG_RESULT}
9049 Notify the user of the results of a check. @var{result-description} is
9050 almost always the value of the cache variable for the check, typically
9051 @samp{yes}, @samp{no}, or a file name. This macro should follow a call
9052 to @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING}, and the @var{result-description} should be
9053 the completion of the message printed by the call to
9054 @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING}.
9056 This macro prints nothing if @command{configure} is run with the
9057 @option{--quiet} or @option{--silent} option.
9060 @anchor{AC_MSG_NOTICE}
9061 @defmac AC_MSG_NOTICE (@var{message})
9062 @acindex{MSG_NOTICE}
9063 Deliver the @var{message} to the user. It is useful mainly to print a
9064 general description of the overall purpose of a group of feature checks,
9068 AC_MSG_NOTICE([checking if stack overflow is detectable])
9071 This macro prints nothing if @command{configure} is run with the
9072 @option{--quiet} or @option{--silent} option.
9075 @anchor{AC_MSG_ERROR}
9076 @defmac AC_MSG_ERROR (@var{error-description}, @ovar{exit-status})
9078 Notify the user of an error that prevents @command{configure} from
9079 completing. This macro prints an error message to the standard error
9080 output and exits @command{configure} with @var{exit-status} (1 by default).
9081 @var{error-description} should be something like @samp{invalid value
9084 The @var{error-description} should start with a lower-case letter, and
9085 ``cannot'' is preferred to ``can't''.
9088 @defmac AC_MSG_FAILURE (@var{error-description}, @ovar{exit-status})
9089 @acindex{MSG_FAILURE}
9090 This @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} wrapper notifies the user of an error that
9091 prevents @command{configure} from completing @emph{and} that additional
9092 details are provided in @file{config.log}. This is typically used when
9093 abnormal results are found during a compilation.
9096 @anchor{AC_MSG_WARN}
9097 @defmac AC_MSG_WARN (@var{problem-description})
9099 Notify the @command{configure} user of a possible problem. This macro
9100 prints the message to the standard error output; @command{configure}
9101 continues running afterward, so macros that call @code{AC_MSG_WARN} should
9102 provide a default (back-up) behavior for the situations they warn about.
9103 @var{problem-description} should be something like @samp{ln -s seems to
9109 @c ====================================================== Programming in M4.
9111 @node Programming in M4
9112 @chapter Programming in M4
9115 Autoconf is written on top of two layers: @dfn{M4sugar}, which provides
9116 convenient macros for pure M4 programming, and @dfn{M4sh}, which
9117 provides macros dedicated to shell script generation.
9119 As of this version of Autoconf, these two layers still contain
9120 experimental macros, whose interface might change in the future. As a
9121 matter of fact, @emph{anything that is not documented must not be used}.
9124 * M4 Quotation:: Protecting macros from unwanted expansion
9125 * Using autom4te:: The Autoconf executables backbone
9126 * Programming in M4sugar:: Convenient pure M4 macros
9127 * Programming in M4sh:: Common shell Constructs
9128 * File Descriptor Macros:: File descriptor macros for input and output
9132 @section M4 Quotation
9133 @cindex M4 quotation
9136 The most common problem with existing macros is an improper quotation.
9137 This section, which users of Autoconf can skip, but which macro writers
9138 @emph{must} read, first justifies the quotation scheme that was chosen
9139 for Autoconf and then ends with a rule of thumb. Understanding the
9140 former helps one to follow the latter.
9143 * Active Characters:: Characters that change the behavior of M4
9144 * One Macro Call:: Quotation and one macro call
9145 * Quoting and Parameters:: M4 vs. shell parameters
9146 * Quotation and Nested Macros:: Macros calling macros
9147 * Changequote is Evil:: Worse than INTERCAL: M4 + changequote
9148 * Quadrigraphs:: Another way to escape special characters
9149 * Quotation Rule Of Thumb:: One parenthesis, one quote
9152 @node Active Characters
9153 @subsection Active Characters
9155 To fully understand where proper quotation is important, you first need
9156 to know what the special characters are in Autoconf: @samp{#} introduces
9157 a comment inside which no macro expansion is performed, @samp{,}
9158 separates arguments, @samp{[} and @samp{]} are the quotes themselves,
9159 @samp{(} and @samp{)} (which M4 tries to match by pairs), and finally
9160 @samp{$} inside a macro definition.
9162 In order to understand the delicate case of macro calls, we first have
9163 to present some obvious failures. Below they are ``obvious-ified'',
9164 but when you find them in real life, they are usually in disguise.
9166 Comments, introduced by a hash and running up to the newline, are opaque
9167 tokens to the top level: active characters are turned off, and there is
9171 # define([def], ine)
9172 @result{}# define([def], ine)
9175 Each time there can be a macro expansion, there is a quotation
9176 expansion, i.e., one level of quotes is stripped:
9182 @result{}int tab[10];
9185 Without this in mind, the reader might try hopelessly to use her macro
9189 define([array], [int tab[10];])
9197 How can you correctly output the intended results@footnote{Using
9201 @node One Macro Call
9202 @subsection One Macro Call
9204 Let's proceed on the interaction between active characters and macros
9205 with this small macro, which just returns its first argument:
9212 The two pairs of quotes above are not part of the arguments of
9213 @code{define}; rather, they are understood by the top level when it
9214 tries to find the arguments of @code{define}. Therefore, assuming
9215 @code{car} is not already defined, it is equivalent to write:
9222 But, while it is acceptable for a @file{configure.ac} to avoid unnecessary
9223 quotes, it is bad practice for Autoconf macros which must both be more
9224 robust and also advocate perfect style.
9226 At the top level, there are only two possibilities: either you
9232 [car(foo, bar, baz)]
9233 @result{}car(foo, bar, baz)
9236 Let's pay attention to the special characters:
9240 @error{}EOF in argument list
9243 The closing parenthesis is hidden in the comment; with a hypothetical
9244 quoting, the top level understood it this way:
9251 Proper quotation, of course, fixes the problem:
9258 Here are more examples:
9281 @node Quoting and Parameters
9284 When M4 encounters @samp{$} within a macro definition, followed
9285 immediately by a character it recognizes (@samp{0}@dots{}@samp{9},
9286 @samp{#}, @samp{@@}, or @samp{*}), it will perform M4 parameter
9287 expansion. This happens regardless of how many layers of quotes the
9288 parameter expansion is nested within, or even if it occurs in text that
9289 will be rescanned as a comment.
9292 define([none], [$1])
9294 define([one], [[$1]])
9296 define([two], [[[$1]]])
9298 define([comment], [# $1])
9300 define([active], [ACTIVE])
9312 On the other hand, since autoconf generates shell code, you often want
9313 to output shell variable expansion, rather than performing M4 parameter
9314 expansion. To do this, you must use M4 quoting to separate the @samp{$}
9315 from the next character in the definition of your macro. If the macro
9316 definition occurs in single-quoted text, then insert another level of
9317 quoting; if the usage is already inside a double-quoted string, then
9318 split it into concatenated strings.
9321 define([single], [a single-quoted $[]1 definition])
9323 define([double], [[a double-quoted $][1 definition]])
9326 @result{}a single-quoted $1 definition
9328 @result{}a double-quoted $1 definition
9331 Posix states that M4 implementations are free to provide implementation
9332 extensions when @samp{$@{} is encountered in a macro definition.
9333 Autoconf reserves the longer sequence @samp{$@{@{} for use with planned
9334 extensions that will be available in the future @acronym{GNU} M4 2.0,
9335 but guarantees that all other instances of @samp{$@{} will be output
9336 literally. Therefore, this idiom can also be used to output shell code
9337 parameter references:
9340 define([first], [$@{1@}])first
9344 Posix also states that @samp{$11} should expand to the first parameter
9345 concatenated with a literal @samp{1}, although some versions of
9346 @acronym{GNU} M4 expand the eleventh parameter instead. For
9347 portability, you should only use single-digit M4 parameter expansion.
9349 With this in mind, we can explore the cases where macros invoke
9352 @node Quotation and Nested Macros
9353 @subsection Quotation and Nested Macros
9355 The examples below use the following macros:
9359 define([active], [ACT, IVE])
9360 define([array], [int tab[10]])
9363 Each additional embedded macro call introduces other possible
9364 interesting quotations:
9375 In the first case, the top level looks for the arguments of @code{car},
9376 and finds @samp{active}. Because M4 evaluates its arguments
9377 before applying the macro, @samp{active} is expanded, which results in:
9385 In the second case, the top level gives @samp{active} as first and only
9386 argument of @code{car}, which results in:
9394 i.e., the argument is evaluated @emph{after} the macro that invokes it.
9395 In the third case, @code{car} receives @samp{[active]}, which results in:
9403 exactly as we already saw above.
9405 The example above, applied to a more realistic example, gives:
9412 car([[int tab[10];]])
9413 @result{}int tab[10];
9417 Huh? The first case is easily understood, but why is the second wrong,
9418 and the third right? To understand that, you must know that after
9419 M4 expands a macro, the resulting text is immediately subjected
9420 to macro expansion and quote removal. This means that the quote removal
9421 occurs twice---first before the argument is passed to the @code{car}
9422 macro, and second after the @code{car} macro expands to the first
9425 As the author of the Autoconf macro @code{car}, you then consider it to
9426 be incorrect that your users have to double-quote the arguments of
9427 @code{car}, so you ``fix'' your macro. Let's call it @code{qar} for
9431 define([qar], [[$1]])
9435 and check that @code{qar} is properly fixed:
9439 @result{}int tab[10];
9443 Ahhh! That's much better.
9445 But note what you've done: now that the result of @code{qar} is always
9446 a literal string, the only time a user can use nested macros is if she
9447 relies on an @emph{unquoted} macro call:
9457 leaving no way for her to reproduce what she used to do with @code{car}:
9465 Worse yet: she wants to use a macro that produces a set of @code{cpp}
9469 define([my_includes], [#include <stdio.h>])
9471 @result{}#include <stdio.h>
9473 @error{}EOF in argument list
9476 This macro, @code{qar}, because it double quotes its arguments, forces
9477 its users to leave their macro calls unquoted, which is dangerous.
9478 Commas and other active symbols are interpreted by M4 before
9479 they are given to the macro, often not in the way the users expect.
9480 Also, because @code{qar} behaves differently from the other macros,
9481 it's an exception that should be avoided in Autoconf.
9483 @node Changequote is Evil
9484 @subsection @code{changequote} is Evil
9485 @cindex @code{changequote}
9487 The temptation is often high to bypass proper quotation, in particular
9488 when it's late at night. Then, many experienced Autoconf hackers
9489 finally surrender to the dark side of the force and use the ultimate
9490 weapon: @code{changequote}.
9492 The M4 builtin @code{changequote} belongs to a set of primitives that
9493 allow one to adjust the syntax of the language to adjust it to one's
9494 needs. For instance, by default M4 uses @samp{`} and @samp{'} as
9495 quotes, but in the context of shell programming (and actually of most
9496 programming languages), that's about the worst choice one can make:
9497 because of strings and back-quoted expressions in shell code (such as
9498 @samp{'this'} and @samp{`that`}), and because of literal characters in usual
9499 programming languages (as in @samp{'0'}), there are many unbalanced
9500 @samp{`} and @samp{'}. Proper M4 quotation then becomes a nightmare, if
9501 not impossible. In order to make M4 useful in such a context, its
9502 designers have equipped it with @code{changequote}, which makes it
9503 possible to choose another pair of quotes. M4sugar, M4sh, Autoconf, and
9504 Autotest all have chosen to use @samp{[} and @samp{]}. Not especially
9505 because they are unlikely characters, but @emph{because they are
9506 characters unlikely to be unbalanced}.
9508 There are other magic primitives, such as @code{changecom} to specify
9509 what syntactic forms are comments (it is common to see
9510 @samp{changecom(<!--, -->)} when M4 is used to produce HTML pages),
9511 @code{changeword} and @code{changesyntax} to change other syntactic
9512 details (such as the character to denote the @var{n}th argument, @samp{$} by
9513 default, the parentheses around arguments, etc.).
9515 These primitives are really meant to make M4 more useful for specific
9516 domains: they should be considered like command line options:
9517 @option{--quotes}, @option{--comments}, @option{--words}, and
9518 @option{--syntax}. Nevertheless, they are implemented as M4 builtins, as
9519 it makes M4 libraries self contained (no need for additional options).
9521 There lies the problem@enddots{}
9525 The problem is that it is then tempting to use them in the middle of an
9526 M4 script, as opposed to its initialization. This, if not carefully
9527 thought out, can lead to disastrous effects: @emph{you are changing the
9528 language in the middle of the execution}. Changing and restoring the
9529 syntax is often not enough: if you happened to invoke macros in between,
9530 these macros are lost, as the current syntax is probably not
9531 the one they were implemented with.
9533 @c FIXME: I've been looking for a short, real case example, but I
9538 @subsection Quadrigraphs
9539 @cindex quadrigraphs
9540 @cindex @samp{@@S|@@}
9541 @cindex @samp{@@&t@@}
9542 @c Info cannot handle `:' in index entries.
9543 @c @cindex @samp{@@<:@@}
9544 @c @cindex @samp{@@:>@@}
9545 @c @cindex @samp{@@%:@@}
9547 When writing an Autoconf macro you may occasionally need to generate
9548 special characters that are difficult to express with the standard
9549 Autoconf quoting rules. For example, you may need to output the regular
9550 expression @samp{[^[]}, which matches any character other than @samp{[}.
9551 This expression contains unbalanced brackets so it cannot be put easily
9554 You can work around this problem by using one of the following
9570 Quadrigraphs are replaced at a late stage of the translation process,
9571 after @command{m4} is run, so they do not get in the way of M4 quoting.
9572 For example, the string @samp{^@@<:@@}, independently of its quotation,
9573 appears as @samp{^[} in the output.
9575 The empty quadrigraph can be used:
9578 @item to mark trailing spaces explicitly
9580 Trailing spaces are smashed by @command{autom4te}. This is a feature.
9582 @item to produce other quadrigraphs
9584 For instance @samp{@@<@@&t@@:@@} produces @samp{@@<:@@}.
9586 @item to escape @emph{occurrences} of forbidden patterns
9588 For instance you might want to mention @code{AC_FOO} in a comment, while
9589 still being sure that @command{autom4te} still catches unexpanded
9590 @samp{AC_*}. Then write @samp{AC@@&t@@_FOO}.
9593 The name @samp{@@&t@@} was suggested by Paul Eggert:
9596 I should give some credit to the @samp{@@&t@@} pun. The @samp{&} is my
9597 own invention, but the @samp{t} came from the source code of the
9598 @sc{algol68c} compiler, written by Steve Bourne (of Bourne shell fame),
9599 and which used @samp{mt} to denote the empty string. In C, it would
9600 have looked like something like:
9603 char const mt[] = "";
9607 but of course the source code was written in Algol 68.
9609 I don't know where he got @samp{mt} from: it could have been his own
9610 invention, and I suppose it could have been a common pun around the
9611 Cambridge University computer lab at the time.
9614 @node Quotation Rule Of Thumb
9615 @subsection Quotation Rule Of Thumb
9617 To conclude, the quotation rule of thumb is:
9619 @center @emph{One pair of quotes per pair of parentheses.}
9621 Never over-quote, never under-quote, in particular in the definition of
9622 macros. In the few places where the macros need to use brackets
9623 (usually in C program text or regular expressions), properly quote
9624 @emph{the arguments}!
9626 It is common to read Autoconf programs with snippets like:
9630 changequote(<<, >>)dnl
9632 #ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */
9633 extern char *tzname[]; /* RS6000 and others reject char **tzname. */
9635 changequote([, ])dnl
9636 [atoi (*tzname);], ac_cv_var_tzname=yes, ac_cv_var_tzname=no)
9640 which is incredibly useless since @code{AC_TRY_LINK} is @emph{already}
9641 double quoting, so you just need:
9646 #ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */
9647 extern char *tzname[]; /* RS6000 and others reject char **tzname. */
9650 [ac_cv_var_tzname=yes],
9651 [ac_cv_var_tzname=no])
9655 The M4-fluent reader might note that these two examples are rigorously
9656 equivalent, since M4 swallows both the @samp{changequote(<<, >>)}
9657 and @samp{<<} @samp{>>} when it @dfn{collects} the arguments: these
9658 quotes are not part of the arguments!
9660 Simplified, the example above is just doing this:
9663 changequote(<<, >>)dnl
9665 changequote([, ])dnl
9675 With macros that do not double quote their arguments (which is the
9676 rule), double-quote the (risky) literals:
9679 AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
9681 #ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */
9682 extern char *tzname[]; /* RS6000 and others reject char **tzname. */
9684 [atoi (*tzname);])],
9685 [ac_cv_var_tzname=yes],
9686 [ac_cv_var_tzname=no])
9689 Please note that the macro @code{AC_TRY_LINK} is obsolete, so you really
9690 should be using @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} instead.
9692 @xref{Quadrigraphs}, for what to do if you run into a hopeless case
9693 where quoting does not suffice.
9695 When you create a @command{configure} script using newly written macros,
9696 examine it carefully to check whether you need to add more quotes in
9697 your macros. If one or more words have disappeared in the M4
9698 output, you need more quotes. When in doubt, quote.
9700 However, it's also possible to put on too many layers of quotes. If
9701 this happens, the resulting @command{configure} script may contain
9702 unexpanded macros. The @command{autoconf} program checks for this problem
9703 by looking for the string @samp{AC_} in @file{configure}. However, this
9704 heuristic does not work in general: for example, it does not catch
9705 overquoting in @code{AC_DEFINE} descriptions.
9708 @c ---------------------------------------- Using autom4te
9710 @node Using autom4te
9711 @section Using @command{autom4te}
9713 The Autoconf suite, including M4sugar, M4sh, and Autotest, in addition
9714 to Autoconf per se, heavily rely on M4. All these different uses
9715 revealed common needs factored into a layer over M4:
9716 @command{autom4te}@footnote{
9718 Yet another great name from Lars J. Aas.
9722 @command{autom4te} is a preprocessor that is like @command{m4}.
9723 It supports M4 extensions designed for use in tools like Autoconf.
9726 * autom4te Invocation:: A @acronym{GNU} M4 wrapper
9727 * Customizing autom4te:: Customizing the Autoconf package
9730 @node autom4te Invocation
9731 @subsection Invoking @command{autom4te}
9733 The command line arguments are modeled after M4's:
9736 autom4te @var{options} @var{files}
9741 where the @var{files} are directly passed to @command{m4}. By default,
9742 @acronym{GNU} M4 is found during configuration, but the environment
9744 @env{M4} can be set to tell @command{autom4te} where to look. In addition
9745 to the regular expansion, it handles the replacement of the quadrigraphs
9746 (@pxref{Quadrigraphs}), and of @samp{__oline__}, the current line in the
9747 output. It supports an extended syntax for the @var{files}:
9750 @item @var{file}.m4f
9751 This file is an M4 frozen file. Note that @emph{all the previous files
9752 are ignored}. See the option @option{--melt} for the rationale.
9755 If found in the library path, the @var{file} is included for expansion,
9756 otherwise it is ignored instead of triggering a failure.
9761 Of course, it supports the Autoconf common subset of options:
9766 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
9770 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
9774 Report processing steps.
9778 Don't remove the temporary files and be even more verbose.
9780 @item --include=@var{dir}
9782 Also look for input files in @var{dir}. Multiple invocations
9785 @item --output=@var{file}
9786 @itemx -o @var{file}
9787 Save output (script or trace) to @var{file}. The file @option{-} stands
9788 for the standard output.
9793 As an extension of @command{m4}, it includes the following options:
9796 @item --warnings=@var{category}
9797 @itemx -W @var{category}
9799 @c FIXME: Point to the M4sugar macros, not Autoconf's.
9800 Report the warnings related to @var{category} (which can actually be a
9801 comma separated list). @xref{Reporting Messages}, macro
9802 @code{AC_DIAGNOSE}, for a comprehensive list of categories. Special
9807 report all the warnings
9813 treats warnings as errors
9815 @item no-@var{category}
9816 disable warnings falling into @var{category}
9819 Warnings about @samp{syntax} are enabled by default, and the environment
9820 variable @env{WARNINGS}, a comma separated list of categories, is
9821 honored. @samp{autom4te -W @var{category}} actually
9822 behaves as if you had run:
9825 autom4te --warnings=syntax,$WARNINGS,@var{category}
9829 For example, if you want to disable defaults and @env{WARNINGS}
9830 of @command{autom4te}, but enable the warnings about obsolete
9831 constructs, you would use @option{-W none,obsolete}.
9834 @cindex Macro invocation stack
9835 @command{autom4te} displays a back trace for errors, but not for
9836 warnings; if you want them, just pass @option{-W error}.
9840 Do not use frozen files. Any argument @code{@var{file}.m4f} is
9841 replaced by @code{@var{file}.m4}. This helps tracing the macros which
9842 are executed only when the files are frozen, typically
9843 @code{m4_define}. For instance, running:
9846 autom4te --melt 1.m4 2.m4f 3.m4 4.m4f input.m4
9850 is roughly equivalent to running:
9853 m4 1.m4 2.m4 3.m4 4.m4 input.m4
9860 autom4te 1.m4 2.m4f 3.m4 4.m4f input.m4
9867 m4 --reload-state=4.m4f input.m4
9872 Produce a frozen state file. @command{autom4te} freezing is stricter
9873 than M4's: it must produce no warnings, and no output other than empty
9874 lines (a line with white space is @emph{not} empty) and comments
9875 (starting with @samp{#}). Unlike @command{m4}'s similarly-named option,
9876 this option takes no argument:
9879 autom4te 1.m4 2.m4 3.m4 --freeze --output=3.m4f
9886 m4 1.m4 2.m4 3.m4 --freeze-state=3.m4f
9889 @item --mode=@var{octal-mode}
9890 @itemx -m @var{octal-mode}
9891 Set the mode of the non-traces output to @var{octal-mode}; by default
9897 @cindex @file{autom4te.cache}
9898 As another additional feature over @command{m4}, @command{autom4te}
9899 caches its results. @acronym{GNU} M4 is able to produce a regular
9900 output and traces at the same time. Traces are heavily used in the
9901 @acronym{GNU} Build System: @command{autoheader} uses them to build
9902 @file{config.h.in}, @command{autoreconf} to determine what
9903 @acronym{GNU} Build System components are used, @command{automake} to
9904 ``parse'' @file{configure.ac} etc. To avoid recomputation,
9905 traces are cached while performing regular expansion,
9906 and conversely. This cache is (actually, the caches are) stored in
9907 the directory @file{autom4te.cache}. @emph{It can safely be removed}
9908 at any moment (especially if for some reason @command{autom4te}
9909 considers it trashed).
9912 @item --cache=@var{directory}
9913 @itemx -C @var{directory}
9914 Specify the name of the directory where the result should be cached.
9915 Passing an empty value disables caching. Be sure to pass a relative
9916 file name, as for the time being, global caches are not supported.
9919 Don't cache the results.
9923 If a cache is used, consider it obsolete (but update it anyway).
9928 Because traces are so important to the @acronym{GNU} Build System,
9929 @command{autom4te} provides high level tracing features as compared to
9930 M4, and helps exploiting the cache:
9933 @item --trace=@var{macro}[:@var{format}]
9934 @itemx -t @var{macro}[:@var{format}]
9935 Trace the invocations of @var{macro} according to the @var{format}.
9936 Multiple @option{--trace} arguments can be used to list several macros.
9937 Multiple @option{--trace} arguments for a single macro are not
9938 cumulative; instead, you should just make @var{format} as long as
9941 The @var{format} is a regular string, with newlines if desired, and
9942 several special escape codes. It defaults to @samp{$f:$l:$n:$%}. It can
9943 use the following special escapes:
9947 The character @samp{$}.
9950 The file name from which @var{macro} is called.
9953 The line number from which @var{macro} is called.
9956 The depth of the @var{macro} call. This is an M4 technical detail that
9957 you probably don't want to know about.
9960 The name of the @var{macro}.
9963 The @var{num}th argument of the call to @var{macro}.
9967 @itemx $@{@var{separator}@}@@
9968 All the arguments passed to @var{macro}, separated by the character
9969 @var{sep} or the string @var{separator} (@samp{,} by default). Each
9970 argument is quoted, i.e., enclosed in a pair of square brackets.
9974 @itemx $@{@var{separator}@}*
9975 As above, but the arguments are not quoted.
9979 @itemx $@{@var{separator}@}%
9980 As above, but the arguments are not quoted, all new line characters in
9981 the arguments are smashed, and the default separator is @samp{:}.
9983 The escape @samp{$%} produces single-line trace outputs (unless you put
9984 newlines in the @samp{separator}), while @samp{$@@} and @samp{$*} do
9988 @xref{autoconf Invocation}, for examples of trace uses.
9990 @item --preselect=@var{macro}
9991 @itemx -p @var{macro}
9992 Cache the traces of @var{macro}, but do not enable traces. This is
9993 especially important to save CPU cycles in the future. For instance,
9994 when invoked, @command{autoconf} preselects all the macros that
9995 @command{autoheader}, @command{automake}, @command{autoreconf}, etc.,
9996 trace, so that running @command{m4} is not needed to trace them: the
9997 cache suffices. This results in a huge speed-up.
10002 @cindex Autom4te Library
10003 Finally, @command{autom4te} introduces the concept of @dfn{Autom4te
10004 libraries}. They consists in a powerful yet extremely simple feature:
10005 sets of combined command line arguments:
10008 @item --language=@var{language}
10009 @itemx -l @var{language}
10010 Use the @var{language} Autom4te library. Current languages include:
10014 create M4sugar output.
10017 create M4sh executable shell scripts.
10020 create Autotest executable test suites.
10022 @item Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4
10023 create Autoconf executable configure scripts without
10024 reading @file{aclocal.m4}.
10027 create Autoconf executable configure scripts. This language inherits
10028 all the characteristics of @code{Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4} and
10029 additionally reads @file{aclocal.m4}.
10032 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
10034 Prepend directory @var{dir} to the search path. This is used to include
10035 the language-specific files before any third-party macros.
10039 @cindex @file{autom4te.cfg}
10040 As an example, if Autoconf is installed in its default location,
10041 @file{/usr/local}, the command @samp{autom4te -l m4sugar foo.m4} is
10042 strictly equivalent to the command:
10045 autom4te --prepend-include /usr/local/share/autoconf \
10046 m4sugar/m4sugar.m4f --warnings syntax foo.m4
10050 Recursive expansion applies here: the command @samp{autom4te -l m4sh foo.m4}
10051 is the same as @samp{autom4te --language M4sugar m4sugar/m4sh.m4f
10055 autom4te --prepend-include /usr/local/share/autoconf \
10056 m4sugar/m4sugar.m4f m4sugar/m4sh.m4f --mode 777 foo.m4
10060 The definition of the languages is stored in @file{autom4te.cfg}.
10062 @node Customizing autom4te
10063 @subsection Customizing @command{autom4te}
10065 One can customize @command{autom4te} via @file{~/.autom4te.cfg} (i.e.,
10066 as found in the user home directory), and @file{./.autom4te.cfg} (i.e.,
10067 as found in the directory from which @command{autom4te} is run). The
10068 order is first reading @file{autom4te.cfg}, then @file{~/.autom4te.cfg},
10069 then @file{./.autom4te.cfg}, and finally the command line arguments.
10071 In these text files, comments are introduced with @code{#}, and empty
10072 lines are ignored. Customization is performed on a per-language basis,
10073 wrapped in between a @samp{begin-language: "@var{language}"},
10074 @samp{end-language: "@var{language}"} pair.
10076 Customizing a language stands for appending options (@pxref{autom4te
10077 Invocation}) to the current definition of the language. Options, and
10078 more generally arguments, are introduced by @samp{args:
10079 @var{arguments}}. You may use the traditional shell syntax to quote the
10082 As an example, to disable Autoconf caches (@file{autom4te.cache})
10083 globally, include the following lines in @file{~/.autom4te.cfg}:
10086 ## ------------------ ##
10087 ## User Preferences. ##
10088 ## ------------------ ##
10090 begin-language: "Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4"
10092 end-language: "Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4"
10096 @node Programming in M4sugar
10097 @section Programming in M4sugar
10100 M4 by itself provides only a small, but sufficient, set of all-purpose
10101 macros. M4sugar introduces additional generic macros. Its name was
10102 coined by Lars J. Aas: ``Readability And Greater Understanding Stands 4
10105 M4sugar reserves the macro namespace @samp{^_m4_} for internal use, and
10106 the macro namespace @samp{^m4_} for M4sugar macros. You should not
10107 define your own macros into these namespaces.
10110 * Redefined M4 Macros:: M4 builtins changed in M4sugar
10111 * Diagnostic Macros:: Diagnostic messages from M4sugar
10112 * Diversion support:: Diversions in M4sugar
10113 * Conditional constructs:: Conditions in M4
10114 * Looping constructs:: Iteration in M4
10115 * Evaluation Macros:: More quotation and evaluation control
10116 * Text processing Macros:: String manipulation in M4
10117 * Number processing Macros:: Arithmetic computation in M4
10118 * Forbidden Patterns:: Catching unexpanded macros
10121 @node Redefined M4 Macros
10122 @subsection Redefined M4 Macros
10125 @msindex{changecom}
10126 @msindex{changequote}
10127 @msindex{debugfile}
10128 @msindex{debugmode}
10150 With a few exceptions, all the M4 native macros are moved in the
10151 @samp{m4_} pseudo-namespace, e.g., M4sugar renames @code{define} as
10152 @code{m4_define} etc.
10154 The list of macros unchanged from M4, except for their name, is:
10158 @item m4_changequote
10184 Some M4 macros are redefined, and are slightly incompatible with their
10191 All M4 macros starting with @samp{__} retain their original name: for
10192 example, no @code{m4__file__} is defined.
10197 This is not technically a macro, but a feature of Autom4te. The
10198 sequence @code{__oline__} can be used similarly to the other m4sugar
10199 location macros, but rather than expanding to the location of the input
10200 file, it is translated to the line number where it appears in the output
10201 file after all other M4 expansions.
10206 This macro kept its original name: no @code{m4_dnl} is defined.
10209 @defmac m4_bpatsubst (@var{string}, @var{regexp}, @ovar{replacement})
10210 @msindex{bpatsubst}
10211 This macro corresponds to @code{patsubst}. The name @code{m4_patsubst}
10212 is kept for future versions of M4sugar, once @acronym{GNU} M4 2.0 is
10213 released and supports extended regular expression syntax.
10216 @defmac m4_bregexp (@var{string}, @var{regexp}, @ovar{replacement})
10218 This macro corresponds to @code{regexp}. The name @code{m4_regexp}
10219 is kept for future versions of M4sugar, once @acronym{GNU} M4 2.0 is
10220 released and supports extended regular expression syntax.
10223 @defmac m4_defn (@var{macro})
10225 Unlike the M4 builtin, this macro fails if @var{macro} is not
10226 defined. Also, while newer M4 can concatenate multiple definitions,
10227 this version currently only supports a single @var{macro}. See
10228 @code{m4_undefine}.
10231 @defmac m4_divert (@var{diversion})
10233 M4sugar relies heavily on diversions, so rather than behaving as a
10234 primitive, @code{m4_divert} behaves like:
10236 m4_divert_pop()m4_divert_push([@var{diversion}])
10239 @xref{Diversion support}, for more details about the use of the
10243 @defmac m4_exit (@var{exit-status})
10245 This macro corresponds to @code{m4exit}.
10248 @defmac m4_if (@var{comment})
10249 @defmacx m4_if (@var{string-1}, @var{string-2}, @var{equal}, @ovar{not-equal})
10250 @defmacx m4_if (@var{string-1}, @var{string-2}, @var{equal}, @dots{})
10252 This macro corresponds to @code{ifelse}. @var{string-1} and
10253 @var{string-2} are compared literally, so usually one of the two
10254 arguments is passed unquoted. @xref{Conditional constructs}, for more
10255 conditional idioms.
10258 @defmac m4_include (@var{file})
10259 @defmacx m4_sinclude (@var{file})
10262 Like the M4 builtins, but warn against multiple inclusions of @var{file}.
10265 @defmac m4_mkstemp (@var{template})
10266 @defmacx m4_maketemp (@var{template})
10269 Posix requires @code{maketemp} to replace the trailing @samp{X}
10270 characters in @var{template} with the process id, without regards to the
10271 existence of a file by that name, but this a security hole. When this
10272 was pointed out to the Posix folks, they agreed to invent a new macro
10273 @code{mkstemp} that always creates a uniquely named file, but not all
10274 versions of @acronym{GNU} M4 support the new macro. In M4sugar,
10275 @code{m4_maketemp} and @code{m4_mkstemp} are synonyms for each other,
10276 and both have the secure semantics regardless of which macro the
10277 underlying M4 provides.
10280 @defmac m4_popdef (@var{macro})
10282 Unlike the M4 builtin, this macro fails if @var{macro} is not
10283 defined. Also, while newer M4 can pop multiple definitions at once,
10284 this version currently only supports a single @var{macro}. See
10285 @code{m4_undefine}.
10288 @defmac m4_undefine (@var{macro})
10290 Unlike the M4 builtin, this macro fails if @var{macro} is not
10291 defined. Also, while newer M4 can undefine multiple definitions at
10292 once, this version currently only supports a single @var{macro}. Use
10295 m4_ifdef([@var{macro}], [m4_undefine([@var{macro}])])
10299 to recover the behavior of the builtin.
10302 @defmac m4_undivert (@var{diversion})
10304 Unlike the M4 builtin, only one diversion can be undiverted per
10305 invocation. Also, since the M4sugar diversion stack prefers named
10306 diversions, the use of @code{m4_undivert} to include files is risky.
10307 @xref{Diversion support}, for more details about the use of the
10311 @defmac m4_wrap (@var{text})
10313 This macro corresponds to @code{m4wrap}.
10315 Posix requires arguments of multiple @code{m4wrap} calls to be
10316 reprocessed at @acronym{EOF} in the same order as the original calls.
10317 @acronym{GNU} M4 versions through 1.4.x, however, reprocess them in
10318 reverse order. Your code should not depend on the order.
10320 Also, Posix requires @code{m4wrap} to ignore its second and succeeding
10321 arguments, but @acronym{GNU} M4 versions through 1.4.x concatenate the
10322 arguments with intervening spaces. Your code should not pass more than
10325 You are encouraged to end @var{text} with @samp{[]}, to avoid unexpected
10326 token pasting between consecutive invocations of @code{m4_wrap}, as in:
10329 m4_define([foo], [bar])
10330 m4_define([foofoo], [OUCH])
10338 @node Diagnostic Macros
10339 @subsection Diagnostic messages from M4sugar
10340 @cindex Messages, from @command{M4sugar}
10342 When macros statically diagnose abnormal situations, benign or fatal,
10343 they should report them using these macros. For issuing dynamic issues,
10344 i.e., when @command{configure} is run, see @ref{Printing Messages}.
10346 @defmac m4_assert (@var{expression}, @dvar{exit-status, 1})
10348 Assert that the arithmetic @var{expression} evaluates to non-zero.
10349 Otherwise, issue a fatal error, and exit @command{autom4te} with
10353 @defmac m4_errprintn (@var{message})
10354 @msindex{errprintn}
10355 Similar to the builtin @code{m4_errprint}, except that a newline is
10356 guaranteed after @var{message}.
10362 Report a severe error @var{message} prefixed with the current location,
10363 and have @command{autom4te} die.
10366 @defmac m4_location
10368 Useful as a prefix in a message line. Short for:
10375 @defmac m4_warn (@var{category}, @var{message})
10377 Report @var{message} as a warning (or as an error if requested by the
10378 user) if warnings of the @var{category} are turned on. If the message
10379 is emitted, it is prefixed with the current location, and followed by a
10380 call trace of all macros defined via @code{AC_DEFUN} used to get to the
10381 current expansion. You are encouraged to use standard categories, which
10386 messages that don't fall into one of the following categories. Use of an
10387 empty @var{category} is equivalent.
10390 related to cross compilation issues.
10393 use of an obsolete construct.
10396 dubious syntactic constructs, incorrectly ordered macro calls.
10401 @node Diversion support
10402 @subsection Diversion support
10404 M4sugar makes heavy use of diversions, because it is often the case that
10405 text that must appear early in the output is not discovered until late
10406 in the input. Additionally, some of the topological sorting algorithms
10407 used in resolving macro dependencies use diversions. Therefore, most
10408 macros should not need to change diversions directly, but rather rely on
10409 higher-level M4sugar macros to manage diversions transparently.
10411 To make diversion management easier, M4sugar uses the concept of named
10412 diversions. Rather than using diversion numbers directly, it is nicer
10413 to associate a name with each diversion; the diversion number associated
10414 with a particular diversion name is an implementation detail, so you
10415 should only use diversion names.
10417 M4sugar defines two named diversions.
10420 Text written to this diversion is discarded. This is the default
10421 diversion once M4sugar is initialized.
10423 This diversion is used behind the scenes by topological sorting macros,
10424 such as @code{AC_REQUIRE}.
10427 M4sh adds several more named diversions.
10430 This diversion is reserved for the @samp{#!} interpreter line.
10431 @item HEADER-REVISION
10432 This diversion holds text from @code{AC_REVISION}.
10433 @item HEADER-COMMENT
10434 This diversion holds comments about the purpose of a file.
10435 @item HEADER-COPYRIGHT
10436 This diversion is managed by @code{AC_COPYRIGHT}.
10437 @item M4SH-SANITIZE
10438 This diversion contains M4sh sanitization code, used to ensure M4sh is
10439 executing in a reasonable shell environment.
10441 This diversion contains M4sh initialization code, initializing variables
10442 that are required by other M4sh macros.
10444 This diversion contains the body of the shell code, and is the default
10445 diversion once M4sh is initialized.
10448 For now, the named diversions of Autoconf, Autoheader, and Autotest are
10451 @defmac m4_divert_once (@var{diversion}, @ovar{content})
10452 @msindex{divert_once}
10453 Similar to @code{m4_divert_text}, except that @var{content} is only
10454 output to @var{diversion} if this is the first time that
10455 @code{m4_divert_once} has been called with its particular arguments.
10458 @defmac m4_divert_pop (@ovar{diversion})
10459 @msindex{divert_pop}
10460 If provided, check that the current diversion is indeed @var{diversion}.
10461 Then change to the diversion located earlier on the stack, giving an
10462 error if an attempt is made to pop beyond the initial m4sugar diversion
10466 @defmac m4_divert_push (@var{diversion})
10467 @msindex{divert_push}
10468 Remember the former diversion on the diversion stack, and output
10469 subsequent text into @var{diversion}. M4sugar maintains a diversion
10470 stack, and issues an error if there is not a matching pop for every
10474 @defmac m4_divert_text (@var{diversion}, @ovar{content})
10475 @msindex{divert_text}
10476 Output @var{content} and a newline into @var{diversion}, without
10477 affecting the current diversion. Shorthand for:
10479 m4_divert_push([@var{diversion}])@var{content}
10480 m4_divert_pop([@var{diversion}])dnl
10484 @node Conditional constructs
10485 @subsection Conditional constructs
10487 The following macros provide additional conditional contructs, as
10488 convenience wrappers around @code{m4_if}.
10490 @defmac m4_bmatch (@var{string}, @var{regex-1}, @var{value-1}, @
10491 @ovar{regex-2}, @ovar{value-2}, @dots{}, @ovar{default})
10493 The string @var{string} is repeatedly compared against a series of
10494 @var{regex} arguments; if a match is found, the expansion is the
10495 corresponding @var{value}, otherwise, the macro moves on to the next
10496 @var{regex}. If no @var{regex} match, then the result is the optional
10497 @var{default}, or nothing.
10500 @defmac m4_bpatsubsts (@var{string}, @var{regex-1}, @var{subst-1}, @
10501 @ovar{regex-2}, @ovar{subst-2}, @dots{})
10502 @msindex{bpatsubsts}
10503 The string @var{string} is altered by @var{regex-1} and @var{subst-1},
10506 m4_bpatsubst([[@var{string}]], [@var{regex}], [@var{subst}])
10510 The result of the substitution is then passed through the next set of
10511 @var{regex} and @var{subst}, and so forth. An empty @var{subst} implies
10512 deletion of any matched portions in the current string. Note that this
10513 macro over-quotes @var{string}; this behavior is intentional, so that
10514 the result of each step of the recursion remains as a quoted string.
10515 However, it means that anchors (@samp{^} and @samp{$} in the @var{regex}
10516 will line up with the extra quotations, and not the characters of the
10520 @defmac m4_case (@var{string}, @var{value-1}, @var{if-value-1}, @
10521 @ovar{value-2}, @ovar{if-value-2}, @dots{}, @ovar{default})
10523 Test @var{string} against multiple @var{value} possibilities, resulting
10524 in the first @var{if-value} for a match, or in the optional
10525 @var{default}. This is shorthand for:
10527 m4_if([@var{string}], [@var{value-1}], [@var{if-value-1}],
10528 [@var{string}], [@var{value-2}], [@var{if-value-2}], @dots{},
10533 @defmac m4_cond (@var{test-1}, @var{value-1}, @var{if-value-1}, @
10534 @ovar{test-2}, @ovar{value-2}, @ovar{if-value-2}, @dots{}, @ovar{default})
10536 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Similar to @code{m4_if},
10537 except that each @var{test} is expanded only when it is encountered.
10538 This is useful for short-circuiting expensive tests; while @code{m4_if}
10539 requires all its strings to be expanded up front before doing
10540 comparisons, @code{m4_cond} only expands a @var{test} when all earlier
10543 For an example, these two sequences give the same result, but in the
10544 case where @samp{$1} does not contain a backslash, the @code{m4_cond}
10545 version only expands @code{m4_index} once, instead of five times, for
10546 faster computation if this is a common case for @samp{$1}. Notice that
10547 every third argument is unquoted for @code{m4_if}, and quoted for
10551 m4_if(m4_index([$1], [\]), [-1], [$2],
10552 m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\\]) >= 0), [1], [$2],
10553 m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\$]) >= 0), [1], [$2],
10554 m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\`]) >= 0), [1], [$3],
10555 m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\"]) >= 0), [1], [$3],
10557 m4_cond([m4_index([$1], [\])], [-1], [$2],
10558 [m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\\]) >= 0)], [1], [$2],
10559 [m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\$]) >= 0)], [1], [$2],
10560 [m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\`]) >= 0)], [1], [$3],
10561 [m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\"]) >= 0)], [1], [$3],
10566 @defmac m4_default (@var{expr-1}, @var{expr-2})
10568 If @var{expr-1} is not empty, use it. Otherwise, expand to
10569 @var{expr-2}. Useful for providing a fixed default if the expression
10570 that results in @var{expr-1} would otherwise be empty.
10573 @defmac m4_ifndef (@var{macro}, @var{if-not-defined}, @ovar{if-defined})
10575 This is shorthand for:
10577 m4_ifdef([@var{macro}], [@var{if-defined}], [@var{if-not-defined}])
10581 @defmac m4_ifset (@var{macro}, @ovar{if-true}, @ovar{if-false})
10583 If @var{macro} is undefined, or is defined as the empty string, expand
10584 to @var{if-false}. Otherwise, expands to @var{if-true}. Similar to:
10586 m4_ifval(m4_defn([@var{macro}]), [@var{if-true}], [@var{if-false}])
10589 except that it is not an error if @var{macro} is undefined.
10592 @defmac m4_ifval (@var{cond}, @ovar{if-true}, @ovar{if-false})
10594 Expands to @var{if-true} if @var{cond} is not empty, otherwise to
10595 @var{if-false}. This is shorthand for:
10597 m4_if([@var{cond}], [], [@var{if-true}], [@var{if-false}])
10601 @defmac m4_ifvaln (@var{cond}, @ovar{if-true}, @ovar{if-false})
10603 Similar to @code{m4_ifval}, except guarantee that a newline is present
10604 after any non-empty expansion.
10607 @defmac m4_n (@var{text})
10609 Expand to @var{text}, and add a newline if @var{text} is not empty.
10613 @node Looping constructs
10614 @subsection Looping constructs
10616 The following macros are useful in implementing recursive algorithms in
10617 M4, including loop operations. An M4 list is formed by quoting a list
10618 of quoted elements; generally the lists are comma-separated, although
10619 @code{m4_foreach_w} is whitespace-separated. For example, the list
10620 @samp{[[a], [b,c]]} contains two elements: @samp{[a]} and @samp{[b,c]}.
10621 It is common to see lists with unquoted elements when those elements are
10622 not likely to be macro names, as in @samp{[fputc_unlocked,
10625 @defmac m4_car (@var{list})
10627 Expands to the quoted first element of the comma-separated quoted
10628 @var{list}. Often used with @code{m4_cdr} to recursively iterate
10629 through a list. Generally, when using quoted lists of quoted elements,
10630 @code{m4_car} should be called without any extra quotes.
10633 @defmac m4_cdr (@var{list})
10635 Expands to a quoted list of all but the first element of the
10636 comma-separated quoted @var{list}, or the empty string if @var{list} had
10637 only one element. Generally, when using quoted lists of quoted
10638 elements, @code{m4_cdr} should be called without any extra quotes.
10640 For example, this is a simple implementation of @code{m4_map}; note how
10641 each iteration checks for the end of recursion, then merely applies the
10642 first argument to the first element of the list, then recurses with the
10643 rest of the list. (The actual implementation in M4sugar is a bit more
10644 involved, to gain some speed and share code with @code{m4_map_sep}).
10646 m4_define([m4_map], [m4_ifval([$2],
10647 [m4_apply([$1], m4_car($2))[]$0([$1], m4_cdr($2))])])dnl
10648 m4_map([ m4_eval], [[[1]], [[1+1]], [[10],[16]]])
10653 @defmac m4_for (@var{var}, @var{first}, @var{last}, @ovar{step}, @
10656 Loop over the numeric values between @var{first} and @var{last}
10657 including bounds by increments of @var{step}. For each iteration,
10658 expand @var{expression} with the numeric value assigned to @var{var}.
10659 If @var{step} is omitted, it defaults to @samp{1} or @samp{-1} depending
10660 on the order of the limits. If given, @var{step} has to match this
10664 @defmac m4_foreach (@var{var}, @var{list}, @var{expression})
10666 Loop over the comma-separated M4 list @var{list}, assigning each value
10667 to @var{var}, and expand @var{expression}. The following example
10671 m4_foreach([myvar], [[foo], [bar, baz]],
10675 @result{}echo bar, baz
10679 @anchor{m4_foreach_w}
10680 @defmac m4_foreach_w (@var{var}, @var{list}, @var{expression})
10681 @msindex{foreach_w}
10682 Loop over the white-space-separated list @var{list}, assigning each value
10683 to @var{var}, and expand @var{expression}.
10685 The deprecated macro @code{AC_FOREACH} is an alias of
10686 @code{m4_foreach_w}.
10689 @defmac m4_map (@var{macro}, @var{list})
10690 @defmacx m4_map_sep (@var{macro}, @var{separator}, @var{list})
10691 Loop over the comma separated quoted list of argument descriptions in
10692 @var{list}, and invoke @var{macro} with the arguments. An argument
10693 description is in turn a comma-separated quoted list of quoted elements,
10694 suitable for @code{m4_apply}, making it possible to invoke @var{macro}
10695 without arguments if an argument description is empty.
10696 @code{m4_map_sep} additionally outputs @var{separator} between macro
10697 invocations, with no additional expansion of the separator.
10699 m4_map([m4_count], [])
10701 m4_map([ m4_count], [[],
10705 m4_map_sep([m4_eval], [,], [[[1+2]],
10711 @defmac m4_shiftn (@var{count}, @dots{})
10712 @defmacx m4_shift2 (@dots{})
10713 @defmacx m4_shift3 (@dots{})
10717 @code{m4_shiftn} performs @var{count} iterations of @code{m4_shift},
10718 along with validation that enough arguments were passed in to match the
10719 shift count, and that the count is positive. @code{m4_shift2} and
10720 @code{m4_shift3} are specializations
10721 of @code{m4_shiftn}, introduced in Autoconf 2.62, and are more efficient
10722 for two and three shifts, respectively.
10726 @node Evaluation Macros
10727 @subsection Evaluation Macros
10729 The following macros give some control over the order of the evaluation
10730 by adding or removing levels of quotes.
10732 @defmac m4_apply (@var{macro}, @var{list})
10734 Apply the elements of the quoted, comma-separated @var{list} as the
10735 arguments to @var{macro}. If @var{list} is empty, invoke @var{macro}
10736 without arguments. Note the difference between @code{m4_indir}, which
10737 expects its first argument to be a macro name but can use names that are
10738 otherwise invalid, and @code{m4_apply}, where @var{macro} can contain
10739 other text, but must end in a valid macro name.
10741 m4_apply([m4_count], [])
10743 m4_apply([m4_count], [[]])
10745 m4_apply([m4_count], [[1], [2]])
10747 m4_apply([m4_join], [[|], [1], [2]])
10752 @defmac m4_count (@var{arg1}, @dots{})
10754 This macro returns the decimal count of the number of arguments it was
10758 @defmac m4_do (@var{arg1}, @dots{})
10760 This macro loops over its arguments and expands each @var{arg} in
10761 sequence. Its main use is for readability; it allows the use of
10762 indentation and fewer @code{dnl} to result in the same expansion.
10765 @defmac m4_dquote (@var{arg1}, @dots{})
10767 Return the arguments as a quoted list of quoted arguments.
10768 Conveniently, if there is just one @var{arg}, this effectively adds a
10772 @defmac m4_dquote_elt (@var{arg1}, @dots{})
10773 @msindex{dquote_elt}
10774 Return the arguments as a series of double-quoted arguments. Whereas
10775 @code{m4_dquote} returns a single argument, @code{m4_dquote_elt} returns
10776 as many arguments as it was passed.
10779 @defmac m4_echo (@var{arg1}, @dots{})
10781 Return the arguments, with the same level of quoting. Other than
10782 discarding whitespace after unquoted commas, this macro is a no-op.
10785 @defmac m4_expand (@var{arg})
10787 Return the expansion of @var{arg} as a quoted string. Whereas
10788 @code{m4_quote} is designed to collect expanded text into a single
10789 argument, @code{m4_expand} is designed to perform one level of expansion
10790 on quoted text. The distinction is in the treatment of whitespace
10791 following a comma in the original @var{arg}. Any time multiple
10792 arguments are collected into one with @code{m4_quote}, the M4 argument
10793 collection rules discard the whitespace. However, with @code{m4_expand},
10794 whitespace is preserved, even after the expansion of macros contained in
10797 Note that @code{m4_expand} cannot parse everything. The expansion of
10798 @var{arg} must not contain unbalanced quotes (although quadrigraphs can
10799 get around this), nor unbalanced parentheses (portable shell @code{case}
10800 statements are a major culprit here, but creative shell comments can get
10804 m4_define([active], [ACT, IVE])dnl
10805 m4_define([active2], [[ACT, IVE]])dnl
10806 m4_quote(active, active)
10807 @result{}ACT,IVE,ACT,IVE
10808 m4_expand([active, active])
10809 @result{}ACT, IVE, ACT, IVE
10810 m4_quote(active2, active2)
10811 @result{}ACT, IVE,ACT, IVE
10812 m4_expand([active2, active2])
10813 @result{}ACT, IVE, ACT, IVE
10817 @defmac m4_ignore (@dots{})
10819 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Expands to nothing,
10820 ignoring all of its arguments. By itself, this isn't very useful.
10821 However, it can be used to conditionally ignore an arbitrary number of
10822 arguments, by making a decision about which macro name to apply to a
10825 dnl foo outputs a message only if [debug] is defined.
10827 [m4_ifdef([debug],[AC_MSG_NOTICE],[m4_ignore])([debug message])])
10830 Note that for earlier versions of Autoconf, the macro @code{__gnu__} can
10831 serve the same purpose, although it is less readable.
10834 @defmac m4_make_list (@var{arg1}, @dots{})
10835 @msindex{make_list}
10836 This macro exists to aid debugging of M4sugar algorithms. Its net
10837 effect is similar to @code{m4_dquote}---it produces a quoted list of
10838 quoted arguments, for each @var{arg}. The difference is that this
10839 version uses a comma-newline separator instead of just comma, to improve
10840 readability of the list; with the result that it is less efficient than
10843 m4_define([zero],[0])m4_define([one],[1])m4_define([two],[2])dnl
10844 m4_dquote(zero, [one], [[two]])
10845 @result{}[0],[one],[[two]]
10846 m4_make_list(zero, [one], [[two]])
10850 m4_foreach([number], m4_dquote(zero, [one], [[two]]), [ number])
10852 m4_foreach([number], m4_make_list(zero, [one], [[two]]), [ number])
10857 @c m4_noquote is too dangerous to document - it invokes macros that
10858 @c probably rely on @samp{[]} nested quoting for proper operation. The
10859 @c user should generally prefer m4_unquote instead.
10861 @defmac m4_quote (@var{arg1}, @dots{})
10863 Return the arguments as a single entity, i.e., wrap them into a pair of
10864 quotes. This effectively collapses multiple arguments into one,
10865 although it loses whitespace after unquoted commas in the process.
10868 @defmac m4_unquote (@var{arg1}, @dots{})
10870 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Expand each argument,
10871 separated by commas. For a single @var{arg}, this effectively removes a
10872 layer of quoting, and @code{m4_unquote([@var{arg}])} is more efficient
10873 than the equivalent @code{m4_do([@var{arg}])}. For multiple arguments,
10874 this results in an unquoted list of expansions. This is commonly used
10875 with @code{m4_split}, in order to convert a single quoted list into a
10876 series of quoted elements.
10879 The following example aims at emphasizing the difference between several
10880 scenarios: not using these macros, using @code{m4_defn}, using
10881 @code{m4_quote}, using @code{m4_dquote}, and using @code{m4_expand}.
10884 $ @kbd{cat example.m4}
10885 # Overquote, so that quotes are visible.
10886 m4_define([show], [$[]1 = [$1], $[]@@ = [$@@]])
10887 m4_define([a], [A])
10888 m4_define([mkargs], [1, 2[,] 3])
10889 m4_define([arg1], [[$1]])
10893 show(m4_quote(a, b))
10894 show(m4_dquote(a, b))
10895 show(m4_expand([a, b]))
10899 arg1(m4_defn([mkargs]))
10900 arg1(m4_quote(mkargs))
10901 arg1(m4_dquote(mkargs))
10902 arg1(m4_expand([mkargs]))
10903 $ @kbd{autom4te -l m4sugar example.m4}
10904 $1 = A, $@@ = [A],[b]
10905 $1 = a, b, $@@ = [a, b]
10906 $1 = A,b, $@@ = [A,b]
10907 $1 = [A],[b], $@@ = [[A],[b]]
10908 $1 = A, b, $@@ = [A, b]
10919 @node Text processing Macros
10920 @subsection String manipulation in M4
10922 The following macros may be used to manipulate strings in M4. Many of
10923 the macros in this section intentionally result in quoted strings as
10924 output, rather than subjecting the arguments to further expansions. As
10925 a result, if you are manipulating text that contains active M4
10926 characters, the arguments are passed with single quoting rather than
10929 @defmac m4_append (@var{macro-name}, @var{string}, @ovar{separator})
10930 @defmacx m4_append_uniq (@var{macro-name}, @var{string}, @ovar{separator} @
10931 @ovar{if-uniq}, @ovar{if-duplicate})
10933 @msindex{append_uniq}
10934 Redefine @var{macro-name} to its former contents with @var{separator}
10935 and @var{string} added at the end. If @var{macro-name} was undefined
10936 before (but not if it was defined but empty), then no @var{separator} is
10937 added. As of Autoconf 2.62, neither @var{string} nor @var{separator}
10938 are expanded during this macro; instead, they are expanded when
10939 @var{macro-name} is invoked.
10941 @code{m4_append} can be used to grow strings, and @code{m4_append_uniq}
10942 to grow strings without duplicating substrings. Additionally,
10943 @code{m4_append_uniq} takes two optional parameters as of Autoconf 2.62;
10944 @var{if-uniq} is expanded if @var{string} was appended, and
10945 @var{if-duplicate} is expanded if @var{string} was already present.
10946 Also, @code{m4_append_uniq} warns if @var{separator} is not empty, but
10947 occurs within @var{string}, since that can lead to duplicates.
10950 m4_define([active], [ACTIVE])dnl
10951 m4_append([sentence], [This is an])dnl
10952 m4_append([sentence], [ active ])dnl
10953 m4_append([sentence], [symbol.])dnl
10955 @result{}This is an ACTIVE symbol.
10956 m4_undefine([active])dnl
10957 @result{}This is an active symbol.
10958 m4_append_uniq([list], [one], [, ], [new], [existing])
10960 m4_append_uniq([list], [one], [, ], [new], [existing])
10962 m4_append_uniq([list], [two], [, ], [new], [existing])
10964 m4_append_uniq([list], [three], [, ], [new], [existing])
10966 m4_append_uniq([list], [two], [, ], [new], [existing])
10969 @result{}one, two, three
10971 @result{}[one],[two],[three]
10972 m4_append([list2], [one], [[, ]])dnl
10973 m4_append_uniq([list2], [two], [[, ]])dnl
10974 m4_append([list2], [three], [[, ]])dnl
10976 @result{}one, two, three
10978 @result{}[one, two, three]
10982 @defmac m4_append_uniq_w (@var{macro-name}, @var{strings})
10983 @msindex{append_uniq_w}
10984 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. It is similar to
10985 @code{m4_append_uniq}, but treats @var{strings} as a whitespace
10986 separated list of words to append, and only appends unique words.
10987 @var{macro-name} is updated with a single space between new words.
10989 m4_append_uniq_w([numbers], [1 1 2])dnl
10990 m4_append_uniq_w([numbers], [ 2 3 ])dnl
10996 @defmac m4_combine (@ovar{separator}, @var{prefix-list}, @ovar{infix}, @
10997 @var{suffix-1}, @dots{})
10999 This macro produces a quoted string containing the pairwise combination
11000 of every element of the quoted, comma-separated @var{prefix-list}, and
11001 every element from the @var{suffix} arguments. Each pairwise
11002 combination is joined with @var{infix} in the middle, and successive
11003 pairs are joined by @var{separator}. No expansion occurs on any of the
11004 arguments. No output occurs if either the @var{prefix} or @var{suffix}
11005 list is empty, but the lists can contain empty elements.
11007 m4_define([a], [oops])dnl
11008 m4_combine([, ], [[a], [b], [c]], [-], [1], [2], [3])
11009 @result{}a-1, a-2, a-3, b-1, b-2, b-3, c-1, c-2, c-3
11010 m4_combine([, ], [[a], [b]], [-])
11012 m4_combine([, ], [[a], [b]], [-], [])
11014 m4_combine([, ], [], [-], [1], [2])
11016 m4_combine([, ], [[]], [-], [1], [2])
11021 @defmac m4_flatten (@var{string})
11023 Flatten @var{string} into a single line. Delete all backslash-newline
11024 pairs, and replace all remaining newlines with a space. The result is
11025 still a quoted string.
11028 @defmac m4_join (@ovar{separator}, @var{args}@dots{})
11030 Concatenate each @var{arg}, separated by @var{separator}, with the
11031 exception that no back-to-back separators are issued for empty
11032 arguments. The result is a quoted string.
11034 m4_define([active], [ACTIVE])dnl
11035 m4_join([|], [one], [], [active], [two])
11036 @result{}one|active|two
11039 Note that if all you intend to do is join @var{args} with commas between
11040 them, to form a quoted list suitable for @code{m4_foreach}, it is more
11041 efficient to use @code{m4_dquote}.
11046 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62, and expands to a newline.
11047 It is primarily useful for maintaining macro formatting, and ensuring
11048 that M4 does not discard leading whitespace during argument collection.
11051 @defmac m4_normalize (@var{string})
11052 @msindex{normalize}
11053 Remove leading and trailing spaces and tabs, sequences of
11054 backslash-then-newline, and replace multiple spaces, tabs, and newlines
11055 with a single space. This is a combination of @code{m4_flatten} and
11059 @defmac m4_re_escape (@var{string})
11060 @msindex{re_escape}
11061 Backslash-escape all characters in @var{string} that are active in
11065 @defmac m4_split (@var{string}, @dvar{regexp, [\t ]+})
11067 Split @var{string} into an M4 list of elements quoted by @samp{[} and
11068 @samp{]}, while keeping white space at the beginning and at the end.
11069 If @var{regexp} is given, use it instead of @samp{[\t ]+} for splitting.
11070 If @var{string} is empty, the result is an empty list.
11073 @defmac m4_strip (@var{string})
11075 Strip whitespace from @var{string}. Sequences of spaces and tabs are
11076 reduced to a single space, then leading and trailing spaces are removed.
11077 The result is still a quoted string. Note that this does not interfere
11078 with newlines; if you want newlines stripped as well, consider
11079 @code{m4_flatten}, or do it all at once with @code{m4_normalize}.
11082 @defmac m4_text_box (@var{message}, @dvar{frame, -})
11084 Add a text box around @var{message}, using @var{frame} as the border
11085 character above and below the message. The frame correctly accounts for
11086 the subsequent expansion of @var{message}. For example:
11088 m4_define([macro], [abc])dnl
11089 m4_text_box([macro])
11096 @defmac m4_text_wrap (@var{string}, @ovar{prefix}, @
11097 @dvar{prefix1, @var{prefix}}, @dvar{width, 79})
11098 @msindex{text_wrap}
11099 Break @var{string} into a series of whitespace-separated words, then
11100 output those words separated by spaces, and wrapping lines any time the
11101 output would exceed @var{width} columns. If given, @var{prefix1} begins
11102 the first line, and @var{prefix} begins all wrapped lines. If
11103 @var{prefix1} is longer than @var{prefix}, then the first line consists
11104 of just @var{prefix1}. If @var{prefix} is longer than @var{prefix1},
11105 padding is inserted so that the first word of @var{string} begins at the
11106 same indentation as all wrapped lines. Note that using literal tab
11107 characters in any of the arguments will interfere with the calculation
11108 of width. No expansions occur on @var{prefix}, @var{prefix1}, or the
11109 words of @var{string}, although quadrigraphs are recognized.
11113 m4_text_wrap([Short string */], [ ], [/* ], [20])
11114 @result{}/* Short string */
11115 m4_text_wrap([Much longer string */], [ ], [/* ], [20])
11116 @result{}/* Much longer
11117 @result{} string */
11118 m4_text_wrap([Short doc.], [ ], [ --short ], [30])
11119 @result{} --short Short doc.
11120 m4_text_wrap([Short doc.], [ ], [ --too-wide ], [30])
11121 @result{} --too-wide
11122 @result{} Short doc.
11123 m4_text_wrap([Super long documentation.], [ ],
11124 [ --too-wide ], 30)
11125 @result{} --too-wide
11126 @result{} Super long
11127 @result{} documentation.
11131 @defmac m4_tolower (@var{string})
11132 @defmacx m4_toupper (@var{string})
11135 Return @var{string} with letters converted to upper or lower case,
11139 @node Number processing Macros
11140 @subsection Arithmetic computation in M4
11142 The following macros make it easier to deal with arithmetic operations.
11143 Where a parameter is documented as taking an arithmetic expression, you
11144 can use anything that can be parsed by @code{m4_eval}.
11146 @defmac m4_cmp (@var{expr-1}, @var{expr-2})
11148 Compare the arithmetic expressions @var{expr-1} and @var{expr-2}, and
11149 expand to @samp{-1} if @var{expr-1} is smaller, @samp{0} if they are
11150 equal, and @samp{1} if @var{expr-1} is larger.
11153 @defmac m4_list_cmp (@var{list-1}, @var{list-2})
11155 Compare the two M4 lists consisting of comma-separated arithmetic
11156 expressions, left to right. Expand to @samp{-1} for the first element
11157 pairing where the value from @var{list-1} is smaller, @samp{1} where the
11158 value from @var{list-2} is smaller, or @samp{0} if both lists have the
11159 same values. If one list is shorter than the other, the remaining
11160 elements of the longer list are compared against 0.
11162 m4_list_cmp([1, 0], [1])
11164 m4_list_cmp([1, [1 * 0]], [1, 0])
11166 m4_list_cmp([1, 2], [1, 0])
11168 m4_list_cmp([1, [1+1], 3],[1, 2])
11170 m4_list_cmp([1, 2, -3], [1, 2])
11172 m4_list_cmp([1, 0], [1, 2])
11174 m4_list_cmp([1], [1, 2])
11179 @defmac m4_max (@var{arg1}, @dots{})
11181 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Expand to the decimal value
11182 of the maximum arithmetic expression among all the arguments.
11185 @defmac m4_min (@var{arg1}, @dots{})
11187 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Expand to the decimal value
11188 of the minimum arithmetic expression among all the arguments.
11191 @defmac m4_sign (@var{expr})
11193 Expand to @samp{-1} if the arithmetic expression @var{expr} is negative,
11194 @samp{1} if it is positive, and @samp{0} if it is zero.
11197 @anchor{m4_version_compare}
11198 @defmac m4_version_compare (@var{version-1}, @var{version-2})
11199 @msindex{version_compare}
11200 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.53, but had a number of
11201 usability limitations that were not lifted until Autoconf 2.62. Compare
11202 the version strings @var{version-1} and @var{version-2}, and expand to
11203 @samp{-1} if @var{version-1} is smaller, @samp{0} if they are the same,
11204 or @samp{1} @var{version-2} is smaller. Version strings must be a list
11205 of elements separated by @samp{.}, @samp{,} or @samp{-}, where each
11206 element is a number along with optional case-insensitive letters
11207 designating beta releases. The comparison stops at the leftmost element
11208 that contains a difference, although a 0 element compares equal to a
11211 It is permissible to include commit identifiers in @var{version}, such
11212 as an abbreviated SHA1 of the commit, provided there is still a
11213 monotonically increasing prefix to allow for accurate version-based
11214 comparisons. For example, this paragraph was written when the
11215 development snapshot of autoconf claimed to be at version
11216 @samp{2.61a-248-dc51}, or 248 commits after the 2.61a release, with an
11217 abbreviated commit identification of @samp{dc51}.
11220 m4_version_compare([1.1], [2.0])
11222 m4_version_compare([2.0b], [2.0a])
11224 m4_version_compare([1.1.1], [1.1.1a])
11226 m4_version_compare([1.2], [1.1.1a])
11228 m4_version_compare([1.0], [1])
11230 m4_version_compare([1.1pre], [1.1PRE])
11232 m4_version_compare([1.1a], [1,10])
11234 m4_version_compare([2.61a], [2.61a-248-dc51])
11236 m4_version_compare([2.61b], [2.61a-248-dc51])
11242 @node Forbidden Patterns
11243 @subsection Forbidden Patterns
11244 @cindex Forbidden patterns
11245 @cindex Patterns, forbidden
11247 M4sugar provides a means to define suspicious patterns, patterns
11248 describing tokens which should not be found in the output. For
11249 instance, if an Autoconf @file{configure} script includes tokens such as
11250 @samp{AC_DEFINE}, or @samp{dnl}, then most probably something went
11251 wrong (typically a macro was not evaluated because of overquotation).
11253 M4sugar forbids all the tokens matching @samp{^_?m4_} and @samp{^dnl$}.
11254 Additional layers, such as M4sh and Autoconf, add additional forbidden
11255 patterns to the list.
11257 @defmac m4_pattern_forbid (@var{pattern})
11258 @msindex{pattern_forbid}
11259 Declare that no token matching @var{pattern} must be found in the output.
11260 Comments are not checked; this can be a problem if, for instance, you
11261 have some macro left unexpanded after an @samp{#include}. No consensus
11262 is currently found in the Autoconf community, as some people consider it
11263 should be valid to name macros in comments (which doesn't make sense to
11264 the authors of this documentation: input, such as macros, should be
11265 documented by @samp{dnl} comments; reserving @samp{#}-comments to
11266 document the output).
11269 Of course, you might encounter exceptions to these generic rules, for
11270 instance you might have to refer to @samp{$m4_flags}.
11272 @defmac m4_pattern_allow (@var{pattern})
11273 @msindex{pattern_allow}
11274 Any token matching @var{pattern} is allowed, including if it matches an
11275 @code{m4_pattern_forbid} pattern.
11278 @node Programming in M4sh
11279 @section Programming in M4sh
11281 @c FIXME: Eventually will become a chapter, as it is not related to
11282 @c programming in M4 per se.
11284 M4sh, pronounced ``mash'', is aiming at producing portable Bourne shell
11285 scripts. This name was coined by Lars J. Aas, who notes that,
11286 according to the Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary (1913):
11289 Mash \Mash\, n. [Akin to G. meisch, maisch, meische, maische, mash,
11290 wash, and prob.@: to AS. miscian to mix. See ``Mix''.]
11294 A mass of mixed ingredients reduced to a soft pulpy state by beating or
11298 A mixture of meal or bran and water fed to animals.
11301 A mess; trouble. [Obs.] --Beau.@: & Fl.
11306 For the time being, it is not mature enough to be widely used.
11308 M4sh reserves the M4 macro namespace @samp{^_AS_} for internal use, and
11309 the namespace @samp{^AS_} for M4sh macros. It also reserves the shell
11310 and environment variable namespace @samp{^as_}, and the here-doc
11311 delimiter namespace @samp{^_AS[A-Z]} in the output file. You should not
11312 define your own macros or output shell code that conflicts with these
11315 M4sh provides portable alternatives for some common shell constructs
11316 that unfortunately are not portable in practice.
11318 @c Deprecated, to be replaced by a better API
11320 @defmac AS_BASENAME (@var{file-name})
11322 Output the non-directory portion of @var{file-name}. For example,
11323 if @code{$file} is @samp{/one/two/three}, the command
11324 @code{base=`AS_BASENAME(["$file"])`} sets @code{base} to @samp{three}.
11328 @defmac AS_BOURNE_COMPATIBLE
11329 @asindex{BOURNE_COMPATIBLE}
11330 Set up the shell to be more compatible with the Bourne shell as
11331 standardized by Posix, if possible. This may involve setting
11332 environment variables, or setting options, or similar
11333 implementation-specific actions.
11336 @defmac AS_CASE (@var{word}, @ovar{pattern1}, @ovar{if-matched1}, @
11337 @dots{}, @ovar{default})
11339 Expand into a shell @samp{case} statement, where @var{word} is matched
11340 against one or more patterns. @var{if-matched} is run if the
11341 corresponding pattern matched @var{word}, else @var{default} is run.
11344 @defmac AS_DIRNAME (@var{file-name})
11346 Output the directory portion of @var{file-name}. For example,
11347 if @code{$file} is @samp{/one/two/three}, the command
11348 @code{dir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])`} sets @code{dir} to @samp{/one/two}.
11351 @defmac AS_IF (@var{test1}, @ovar{run-if-true1}, @dots{}, @ovar{run-if-false})
11353 Run shell code @var{test1}. If @var{test1} exits with a zero status then
11354 run shell code @var{run-if-true1}, else examine further tests. If no test
11355 exits with a zero status, run shell code @var{run-if-false}, with
11356 simplifications if either @var{run-if-true1} or @var{run-if-false1}
11357 is empty. For example,
11360 AS_IF([test "$foo" = yes], [HANDLE_FOO([yes])],
11361 [test "$foo" != no], [HANDLE_FOO([maybe])],
11362 [echo foo not specified])
11366 ensures any required macros of @code{HANDLE_FOO}
11367 are expanded before the first test.
11370 @defmac AS_MKDIR_P (@var{file-name})
11372 Make the directory @var{file-name}, including intervening directories
11373 as necessary. This is equivalent to @samp{mkdir -p @var{file-name}},
11374 except that it is portable to older versions of @command{mkdir} that
11375 lack support for the @option{-p} option. Also, @code{AS_MKDIR_P}
11376 succeeds if @var{file-name} is a symbolic link to an existing directory,
11377 even though Posix is unclear whether @samp{mkdir -p} should
11378 succeed in that case. If creation of @var{file-name} fails, exit the
11381 Also see the @code{AC_PROG_MKDIR_P} macro (@pxref{Particular Programs}).
11384 @defmac AS_SHELL_SANITIZE
11385 @asindex{SHELL_SANITIZE}
11386 Initialize the shell suitably for @code{configure} scripts. This has
11387 the effect of @code{AS_BOURNE_COMPATIBLE}, and sets some other
11388 environment variables for predictable results from configuration tests.
11389 For example, it sets @env{LC_ALL} to change to the default C locale.
11390 @xref{Special Shell Variables}.
11393 @defmac AS_TR_CPP (@var{expression})
11395 Transform @var{expression} into a valid right-hand side for a C @code{#define}.
11399 # This outputs "#define HAVE_CHAR_P 1".
11401 echo "#define AS_TR_CPP([HAVE_$type]) 1"
11405 @defmac AS_TR_SH (@var{expression})
11407 Transform @var{expression} into a valid shell variable name. For example:
11410 # This outputs "Have it!".
11411 header="sys/some file.h"
11412 AS_TR_SH([HAVE_$header])=yes
11413 if test "$HAVE_sys_some_file_h" = yes; then echo "Have it!"; fi
11417 @defmac AS_SET_CATFILE (@var{var}, @var{dir}, @var{file})
11418 @asindex{SET_CATFILE}
11419 Set the shell variable @var{var} to @var{dir}/@var{file}, but
11420 optimizing the common cases (@var{dir} or @var{file} is @samp{.},
11421 @var{file} is absolute, etc.).
11425 @node File Descriptor Macros
11426 @section File Descriptor Macros
11428 @cindex standard input
11429 @cindex file descriptors
11430 @cindex descriptors
11431 @cindex low-level output
11432 @cindex output, low-level
11434 The following macros define file descriptors used to output messages
11435 (or input values) from @file{configure} scripts.
11439 echo "$wombats found" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
11440 echo 'Enter desired kangaroo count:' >&AS_MESSAGE_FD
11441 read kangaroos <&AS_ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD`
11445 However doing so is seldom needed, because Autoconf provides higher
11446 level macros as described below.
11448 @defmac AS_MESSAGE_FD
11449 @asindex{MESSAGE_FD}
11450 The file descriptor for @samp{checking for...} messages and results.
11451 Normally this directs messages to the standard output, however when
11452 @command{configure} is run with the @option{-q} option, messages sent to
11453 @code{AS_MESSAGE_FD} are discarded.
11455 If you want to display some messages, consider using one of the printing
11456 macros (@pxref{Printing Messages}) instead. Copies of messages output
11457 via these macros are also recorded in @file{config.log}.
11460 @defmac AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
11461 @asindex{MESSAGE_LOG_FD}
11463 The file descriptor for messages logged to @file{config.log}. Macros
11464 that run tools, like @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the
11465 Compiler}), redirect all output to this descriptor. You may want to do
11466 so if you develop such a low-level macro.
11469 @defmac AS_ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD
11470 @asindex{ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD}
11471 The file descriptor for the original standard input.
11473 When @command{configure} runs, it may accidentally execute an
11474 interactive command that has the same name as the non-interactive meant
11475 to be used or checked. If the standard input was the terminal, such
11476 interactive programs would cause @command{configure} to stop, pending
11477 some user input. Therefore @command{configure} redirects its standard
11478 input from @file{/dev/null} during its initialization. This is not
11479 normally a problem, since @command{configure} normally does not need
11482 In the extreme case where your @file{configure} script really needs to
11483 obtain some values from the original standard input, you can read them
11484 explicitly from @code{AS_ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD}.
11488 @c =================================================== Writing Autoconf Macros.
11490 @node Writing Autoconf Macros
11491 @chapter Writing Autoconf Macros
11493 When you write a feature test that could be applicable to more than one
11494 software package, the best thing to do is encapsulate it in a new macro.
11495 Here are some instructions and guidelines for writing Autoconf macros.
11498 * Macro Definitions:: Basic format of an Autoconf macro
11499 * Macro Names:: What to call your new macros
11500 * Reporting Messages:: Notifying @command{autoconf} users
11501 * Dependencies Between Macros:: What to do when macros depend on other macros
11502 * Obsoleting Macros:: Warning about old ways of doing things
11503 * Coding Style:: Writing Autoconf macros @`a la Autoconf
11506 @node Macro Definitions
11507 @section Macro Definitions
11510 Autoconf macros are defined using the @code{AC_DEFUN} macro, which is
11511 similar to the M4 builtin @code{m4_define} macro. In addition to
11512 defining a macro, @code{AC_DEFUN} adds to it some code that is used to
11513 constrain the order in which macros are called (@pxref{Prerequisite
11516 An Autoconf macro definition looks like this:
11519 AC_DEFUN(@var{macro-name}, @var{macro-body})
11522 You can refer to any arguments passed to the macro as @samp{$1},
11523 @samp{$2}, etc. @xref{Definitions, , How to define new macros, m4.info,
11524 @acronym{GNU} M4}, for more complete information on writing M4 macros.
11526 Be sure to properly quote both the @var{macro-body} @emph{and} the
11527 @var{macro-name} to avoid any problems if the macro happens to have
11528 been previously defined.
11530 Each macro should have a header comment that gives its prototype, and a
11531 brief description. When arguments have default values, display them in
11532 the prototype. For example:
11535 # AC_MSG_ERROR(ERROR, [EXIT-STATUS = 1])
11536 # --------------------------------------
11537 m4_define([AC_MSG_ERROR],
11538 [@{ AS_MESSAGE([error: $1], [2])
11539 exit m4_default([$2], [1]); @}])
11542 Comments about the macro should be left in the header comment. Most
11543 other comments make their way into @file{configure}, so just keep
11544 using @samp{#} to introduce comments.
11547 If you have some special comments about pure M4 code, comments
11548 that make no sense in @file{configure} and in the header comment, then
11549 use the builtin @code{dnl}: it causes M4 to discard the text
11550 through the next newline.
11552 Keep in mind that @code{dnl} is rarely needed to introduce comments;
11553 @code{dnl} is more useful to get rid of the newlines following macros
11554 that produce no output, such as @code{AC_REQUIRE}.
11558 @section Macro Names
11560 All of the public Autoconf macros have all-uppercase names in the
11561 namespace @samp{^AC_} to prevent them from accidentally conflicting with
11562 other text; Autoconf also reserves the namespace @samp{^_AC_} for
11563 internal macros. All shell variables that they use for internal
11564 purposes have mostly-lowercase names starting with @samp{ac_}. Autoconf
11565 also uses here-doc delimiters in the namespace @samp{^_AC[A-Z]}. During
11566 @command{configure}, files produced by Autoconf make heavy use of the
11567 file system namespace @samp{^conf}.
11569 Since Autoconf is built on top of M4sugar (@pxref{Programming in
11570 M4sugar}) and M4sh (@pxref{Programming in M4sh}), you must also be aware
11571 of those namespaces (@samp{^_?\(m4\|AS\)_}). And since
11572 @file{configure.ac} is also designed to be scanned by Autoheader,
11573 Autoscan, Autoupdate, and Automake, you should be aware of the
11574 @samp{^_?A[HNUM]_} namespaces. In general, you @emph{should not use}
11575 the namespace of a package that does not own the macro or shell code you
11578 To ensure that your macros don't conflict with present or future
11579 Autoconf macros, you should prefix your own macro names and any shell
11580 variables they use with some other sequence. Possibilities include your
11581 initials, or an abbreviation for the name of your organization or
11582 software package. Historically, people have not always followed the
11583 rule of using a namespace appropriate for their package, and this has
11584 made it difficult for determining the origin of a macro (and where to
11585 report bugs about that macro), as well as difficult for the true
11586 namespace owner to add new macros without interference from pre-existing
11587 uses of third-party macros. Perhaps the best example of this confusion
11588 is the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT} macro, which belongs, not to Automake, but
11591 Most of the Autoconf macros' names follow a structured naming convention
11592 that indicates the kind of feature check by the name. The macro names
11593 consist of several words, separated by underscores, going from most
11594 general to most specific. The names of their cache variables use the
11595 same convention (@pxref{Cache Variable Names}, for more information on
11598 The first word of the name after the namepace initials (such as
11599 @samp{AC_}) usually tells the category
11600 of the feature being tested. Here are the categories used in Autoconf for
11601 specific test macros, the kind of macro that you are more likely to
11602 write. They are also used for cache variables, in all-lowercase. Use
11603 them where applicable; where they're not, invent your own categories.
11607 C language builtin features.
11609 Declarations of C variables in header files.
11611 Functions in libraries.
11613 Posix group owners of files.
11619 The base names of programs.
11621 Members of aggregates.
11623 Operating system features.
11625 C builtin or declared types.
11627 C variables in libraries.
11630 After the category comes the name of the particular feature being
11631 tested. Any further words in the macro name indicate particular aspects
11632 of the feature. For example, @code{AC_PROG_CC_STDC} checks whether the
11633 C compiler supports @acronym{ISO} Standard C.
11635 An internal macro should have a name that starts with an underscore;
11636 Autoconf internals should therefore start with @samp{_AC_}.
11637 Additionally, a macro that is an internal subroutine of another macro
11638 should have a name that starts with an underscore and the name of that
11639 other macro, followed by one or more words saying what the internal
11640 macro does. For example, @code{AC_PATH_X} has internal macros
11641 @code{_AC_PATH_X_XMKMF} and @code{_AC_PATH_X_DIRECT}.
11643 @node Reporting Messages
11644 @section Reporting Messages
11645 @cindex Messages, from @command{autoconf}
11647 When macros statically diagnose abnormal situations, benign or fatal, it
11648 is possible to make @command{autoconf} detect the problem, and refuse to
11649 create @file{configure} in the case of an error. The macros in this
11650 section are considered obsolescent, and new code should use M4sugar
11651 macros for this purpose, see @ref{Diagnostic Macros}.
11653 On the other hand, it is possible to want to detect errors when
11654 @command{configure} is run, which are dependent on the environment of
11655 the user rather than the maintainer. For dynamic diagnostics, see
11656 @ref{Printing Messages}.
11658 @defmac AC_DIAGNOSE (@var{category}, @var{message})
11660 Report @var{message} as a warning (or as an error if requested by the
11661 user) if warnings of the @var{category} are turned on. This macro is
11662 obsolescent; you are encouraged to use:
11664 m4_warn([@var{category}], [@var{message}])
11667 instead. @xref{m4_warn}, for more details, including valid
11668 @var{category} names.
11671 @defmac AC_WARNING (@var{message})
11673 Report @var{message} as a syntax warning. This macro is obsolescent;
11674 you are encouraged to use:
11676 m4_warn([syntax], [@var{message}])
11679 instead. @xref{m4_warn}, for more details, as well as better
11680 finer-grained categories of warnings (not all problems have to do with
11684 @defmac AC_FATAL (@var{message})
11686 Report a severe error @var{message}, and have @command{autoconf} die.
11687 This macro is obsolescent; you are encouraged to use:
11689 m4_fatal([@var{message}])
11692 instead. @xref{m4_fatal}, for more details.
11695 When the user runs @samp{autoconf -W error}, warnings from
11696 @code{m4_warn} (including those issued through @code{AC_DIAGNOSE} and
11697 @code{AC_WARNING}) are reported as errors, see @ref{autoconf Invocation}.
11699 @node Dependencies Between Macros
11700 @section Dependencies Between Macros
11701 @cindex Dependencies between macros
11703 Some Autoconf macros depend on other macros having been called first in
11704 order to work correctly. Autoconf provides a way to ensure that certain
11705 macros are called if needed and a way to warn the user if macros are
11706 called in an order that might cause incorrect operation.
11709 * Prerequisite Macros:: Ensuring required information
11710 * Suggested Ordering:: Warning about possible ordering problems
11711 * One-Shot Macros:: Ensuring a macro is called only once
11714 @node Prerequisite Macros
11715 @subsection Prerequisite Macros
11716 @cindex Prerequisite macros
11717 @cindex Macros, prerequisites
11719 A macro that you write might need to use values that have previously
11720 been computed by other macros. For example, @code{AC_DECL_YYTEXT}
11721 examines the output of @code{flex} or @code{lex}, so it depends on
11722 @code{AC_PROG_LEX} having been called first to set the shell variable
11725 Rather than forcing the user of the macros to keep track of the
11726 dependencies between them, you can use the @code{AC_REQUIRE} macro to do
11727 it automatically. @code{AC_REQUIRE} can ensure that a macro is only
11728 called if it is needed, and only called once.
11730 @defmac AC_REQUIRE (@var{macro-name})
11732 If the M4 macro @var{macro-name} has not already been called, call it
11733 (without any arguments). Make sure to quote @var{macro-name} with
11734 square brackets. @var{macro-name} must have been defined using
11735 @code{AC_DEFUN} or else contain a call to @code{AC_PROVIDE} to indicate
11736 that it has been called.
11738 @code{AC_REQUIRE} must be used inside a macro defined by @code{AC_DEFUN}; it
11739 must not be called from the top level.
11742 @code{AC_REQUIRE} is often misunderstood. It really implements
11743 dependencies between macros in the sense that if one macro depends upon
11744 another, the latter is expanded @emph{before} the body of the
11745 former. To be more precise, the required macro is expanded before
11746 the outermost defined macro in the current expansion stack.
11747 In particular, @samp{AC_REQUIRE([FOO])} is not replaced with the body of
11748 @code{FOO}. For instance, this definition of macros:
11752 AC_DEFUN([TRAVOLTA],
11753 [test "$body_temperature_in_celsius" -gt "38" &&
11754 dance_floor=occupied])
11755 AC_DEFUN([NEWTON_JOHN],
11756 [test "$hair_style" = "curly" &&
11757 dance_floor=occupied])
11761 AC_DEFUN([RESERVE_DANCE_FLOOR],
11762 [if date | grep '^Sat.*pm' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
11763 AC_REQUIRE([TRAVOLTA])
11764 AC_REQUIRE([NEWTON_JOHN])
11770 with this @file{configure.ac}
11773 AC_INIT([Dance Manager], [1.0], [bug-dance@@example.org])
11774 RESERVE_DANCE_FLOOR
11775 if test "$dance_floor" = occupied; then
11776 AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot pick up here, let's move])
11781 does not leave you with a better chance to meet a kindred soul at
11782 other times than Saturday night since it expands into:
11786 test "$body_temperature_in_Celsius" -gt "38" &&
11787 dance_floor=occupied
11788 test "$hair_style" = "curly" &&
11789 dance_floor=occupied
11791 if date | grep '^Sat.*pm' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
11798 This behavior was chosen on purpose: (i) it prevents messages in
11799 required macros from interrupting the messages in the requiring macros;
11800 (ii) it avoids bad surprises when shell conditionals are used, as in:
11805 AC_REQUIRE([SOME_CHECK])
11812 The helper macros @code{AS_IF} and @code{AS_CASE} may be used to
11813 enforce expansion of required macros outside of shell conditional
11814 constructs. You are furthermore encouraged to put all @code{AC_REQUIRE} calls
11815 at the beginning of a macro. You can use @code{dnl} to avoid the empty
11818 @node Suggested Ordering
11819 @subsection Suggested Ordering
11820 @cindex Macros, ordering
11821 @cindex Ordering macros
11823 Some macros should be run before another macro if both are called, but
11824 neither @emph{requires} that the other be called. For example, a macro
11825 that changes the behavior of the C compiler should be called before any
11826 macros that run the C compiler. Many of these dependencies are noted in
11829 Autoconf provides the @code{AC_BEFORE} macro to warn users when macros
11830 with this kind of dependency appear out of order in a
11831 @file{configure.ac} file. The warning occurs when creating
11832 @command{configure} from @file{configure.ac}, not when running
11833 @command{configure}.
11835 For example, @code{AC_PROG_CPP} checks whether the C compiler
11836 can run the C preprocessor when given the @option{-E} option. It should
11837 therefore be called after any macros that change which C compiler is
11838 being used, such as @code{AC_PROG_CC}. So @code{AC_PROG_CC} contains:
11841 AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_PROG_CPP])dnl
11845 This warns the user if a call to @code{AC_PROG_CPP} has already occurred
11846 when @code{AC_PROG_CC} is called.
11848 @defmac AC_BEFORE (@var{this-macro-name}, @var{called-macro-name})
11850 Make M4 print a warning message to the standard error output if
11851 @var{called-macro-name} has already been called. @var{this-macro-name}
11852 should be the name of the macro that is calling @code{AC_BEFORE}. The
11853 macro @var{called-macro-name} must have been defined using
11854 @code{AC_DEFUN} or else contain a call to @code{AC_PROVIDE} to indicate
11855 that it has been called.
11858 @node One-Shot Macros
11859 @subsection One-Shot Macros
11860 @cindex One-shot macros
11861 @cindex Macros, called once
11863 Some macros should be called only once, either because calling them
11864 multiple time is unsafe, or because it is bad style. For instance
11865 Autoconf ensures that @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD} and cousins
11866 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}) are evaluated only once, because it makes no
11867 sense to run these expensive checks more than once. Such one-shot
11868 macros can be defined using @code{AC_DEFUN_ONCE}.
11870 @defmac AC_DEFUN_ONCE (@var{macro-name}, @var{macro-body})
11871 @acindex{DEFUN_ONCE}
11873 Declare macro @var{macro-name} like @code{AC_DEFUN} would (@pxref{Macro
11874 Definitions}), and emit a warning any time the macro is called more than
11878 Obviously it is not sensible to evaluate a macro defined by
11879 @code{AC_DEFUN_ONCE} in a macro defined by @code{AC_DEFUN}.
11880 Most of the time you want to use @code{AC_REQUIRE} (@pxref{Prerequisite
11883 @node Obsoleting Macros
11884 @section Obsoleting Macros
11885 @cindex Obsoleting macros
11886 @cindex Macros, obsoleting
11888 Configuration and portability technology has evolved over the years.
11889 Often better ways of solving a particular problem are developed, or
11890 ad-hoc approaches are systematized. This process has occurred in many
11891 parts of Autoconf. One result is that some of the macros are now
11892 considered @dfn{obsolete}; they still work, but are no longer considered
11893 the best thing to do, hence they should be replaced with more modern
11894 macros. Ideally, @command{autoupdate} should replace the old macro calls
11895 with their modern implementation.
11897 Autoconf provides a simple means to obsolete a macro.
11900 @defmac AU_DEFUN (@var{old-macro}, @var{implementation}, @ovar{message})
11902 Define @var{old-macro} as @var{implementation}. The only difference
11903 with @code{AC_DEFUN} is that the user is warned that
11904 @var{old-macro} is now obsolete.
11906 If she then uses @command{autoupdate}, the call to @var{old-macro} is
11907 replaced by the modern @var{implementation}. @var{message} should
11908 include information on what to do after running @command{autoupdate};
11909 @command{autoupdate} prints it as a warning, and includes it
11910 in the updated @file{configure.ac} file.
11912 The details of this macro are hairy: if @command{autoconf} encounters an
11913 @code{AU_DEFUN}ed macro, all macros inside its second argument are expanded
11914 as usual. However, when @command{autoupdate} is run, only M4 and M4sugar
11915 macros are expanded here, while all other macros are disabled and
11916 appear literally in the updated @file{configure.ac}.
11919 @defmac AU_ALIAS (@var{old-name}, @var{new-name})
11921 Used if the @var{old-name} is to be replaced by a call to @var{new-macro}
11922 with the same parameters. This happens for example if the macro was renamed.
11926 @section Coding Style
11927 @cindex Coding style
11929 The Autoconf macros follow a strict coding style. You are encouraged to
11930 follow this style, especially if you intend to distribute your macro,
11931 either by contributing it to Autoconf itself, or via other means.
11933 The first requirement is to pay great attention to the quotation. For
11934 more details, see @ref{Autoconf Language}, and @ref{M4 Quotation}.
11936 Do not try to invent new interfaces. It is likely that there is a macro
11937 in Autoconf that resembles the macro you are defining: try to stick to
11938 this existing interface (order of arguments, default values, etc.). We
11939 @emph{are} conscious that some of these interfaces are not perfect;
11940 nevertheless, when harmless, homogeneity should be preferred over
11943 Be careful about clashes both between M4 symbols and between shell
11946 If you stick to the suggested M4 naming scheme (@pxref{Macro Names}),
11947 you are unlikely to generate conflicts. Nevertheless, when you need to
11948 set a special value, @emph{avoid using a regular macro name}; rather,
11949 use an ``impossible'' name. For instance, up to version 2.13, the macro
11950 @code{AC_SUBST} used to remember what @var{symbol} macros were already defined
11951 by setting @code{AC_SUBST_@var{symbol}}, which is a regular macro name.
11952 But since there is a macro named @code{AC_SUBST_FILE}, it was just
11953 impossible to @samp{AC_SUBST(FILE)}! In this case,
11954 @code{AC_SUBST(@var{symbol})} or @code{_AC_SUBST(@var{symbol})} should
11955 have been used (yes, with the parentheses).
11956 @c or better yet, high-level macros such as @code{m4_expand_once}
11958 No Autoconf macro should ever enter the user-variable name space; i.e.,
11959 except for the variables that are the actual result of running the
11960 macro, all shell variables should start with @code{ac_}. In
11961 addition, small macros or any macro that is likely to be embedded in
11962 other macros should be careful not to use obvious names.
11965 Do not use @code{dnl} to introduce comments: most of the comments you
11966 are likely to write are either header comments which are not output
11967 anyway, or comments that should make their way into @file{configure}.
11968 There are exceptional cases where you do want to comment special M4
11969 constructs, in which case @code{dnl} is right, but keep in mind that it
11972 M4 ignores the leading blanks and newlines before each argument.
11973 Use this feature to
11974 indent in such a way that arguments are (more or less) aligned with the
11975 opening parenthesis of the macro being called. For instance, instead of
11978 AC_CACHE_CHECK(for EMX OS/2 environment,
11980 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(, [return __EMX__;])],
11981 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes], [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
11988 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EMX OS/2 environment], [ac_cv_emxos2],
11989 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [return __EMX__;])],
11990 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes],
11991 [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
11998 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EMX OS/2 environment],
12000 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],
12001 [return __EMX__;])],
12002 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes],
12003 [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
12006 When using @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} or any macro that cannot work when
12007 cross-compiling, provide a pessimistic value (typically @samp{no}).
12009 Feel free to use various tricks to prevent auxiliary tools, such as
12010 syntax-highlighting editors, from behaving improperly. For instance,
12014 m4_bpatsubst([$1], [$"])
12021 m4_bpatsubst([$1], [$""])
12025 so that Emacsen do not open an endless ``string'' at the first quote.
12026 For the same reasons, avoid:
12036 test $[@@%:@@] != 0
12040 Otherwise, the closing bracket would be hidden inside a @samp{#}-comment,
12041 breaking the bracket-matching highlighting from Emacsen. Note the
12042 preferred style to escape from M4: @samp{$[1]}, @samp{$[@@]}, etc. Do
12043 not escape when it is unnecessary. Common examples of useless quotation
12044 are @samp{[$]$1} (write @samp{$$1}), @samp{[$]var} (use @samp{$var}),
12045 etc. If you add portability issues to the picture, you'll prefer
12046 @samp{$@{1+"$[@@]"@}} to @samp{"[$]@@"}, and you'll prefer do something
12047 better than hacking Autoconf @code{:-)}.
12049 When using @command{sed}, don't use @option{-e} except for indenting
12050 purposes. With the @code{s} and @code{y} commands, the preferred
12051 separator is @samp{/} unless @samp{/} itself might appear in the pattern
12052 or replacement, in which case you should use @samp{|}, or optionally
12053 @samp{,} if you know the pattern and replacement cannot contain a file
12054 name. If none of these characters will do, choose a printable character
12055 that cannot appear in the pattern or replacement. Characters from the
12056 set @samp{"#$&'()*;<=>?`|~} are good choices if the pattern or
12057 replacement might contain a file name, since they have special meaning
12058 to the shell and are less likely to occur in file names.
12060 @xref{Macro Definitions}, for details on how to define a macro. If a
12061 macro doesn't use @code{AC_REQUIRE}, is expected to never be the object
12062 of an @code{AC_REQUIRE} directive, and macros required by other macros
12063 inside arguments do not need to be expanded before this macro, then
12064 use @code{m4_define}. In case of doubt, use @code{AC_DEFUN}.
12065 All the @code{AC_REQUIRE} statements should be at the beginning of the
12066 macro, and each statement should be followed by @code{dnl}.
12068 You should not rely on the number of arguments: instead of checking
12069 whether an argument is missing, test that it is not empty. It provides
12070 both a simpler and a more predictable interface to the user, and saves
12071 room for further arguments.
12073 Unless the macro is short, try to leave the closing @samp{])} at the
12074 beginning of a line, followed by a comment that repeats the name of the
12075 macro being defined. This introduces an additional newline in
12076 @command{configure}; normally, that is not a problem, but if you want to
12077 remove it you can use @samp{[]dnl} on the last line. You can similarly
12078 use @samp{[]dnl} after a macro call to remove its newline. @samp{[]dnl}
12079 is recommended instead of @samp{dnl} to ensure that M4 does not
12080 interpret the @samp{dnl} as being attached to the preceding text or
12081 macro output. For example, instead of:
12084 AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_X],
12085 [AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X])
12087 @r{# @dots{}omitted@dots{}}
12088 AC_MSG_RESULT([libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes])
12096 AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_X],
12097 [AC_REQUIRE_CPP()[]dnl
12098 AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X])
12099 @r{# @dots{}omitted@dots{}}
12100 AC_MSG_RESULT([libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes])
12105 If the macro is long, try to split it into logical chunks. Typically,
12106 macros that check for a bug in a function and prepare its
12107 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement should have an auxiliary macro to perform
12108 this setup. Do not hesitate to introduce auxiliary macros to factor
12111 In order to highlight the recommended coding style, here is a macro
12112 written the old way:
12115 dnl Check for EMX on OS/2.
12117 AC_DEFUN(_AC_EMXOS2,
12118 [AC_CACHE_CHECK(for EMX OS/2 environment, ac_cv_emxos2,
12119 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(, return __EMX__;)],
12120 ac_cv_emxos2=yes, ac_cv_emxos2=no)])
12121 test "$ac_cv_emxos2" = yes && EMXOS2=yes])
12130 # Check for EMX on OS/2.
12131 m4_define([_AC_EMXOS2],
12132 [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EMX OS/2 environment], [ac_cv_emxos2],
12133 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [return __EMX__;])],
12134 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes],
12135 [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
12136 test "$ac_cv_emxos2" = yes && EMXOS2=yes[]dnl
12143 @c ============================================= Portable Shell Programming
12145 @node Portable Shell
12146 @chapter Portable Shell Programming
12147 @cindex Portable shell programming
12149 When writing your own checks, there are some shell-script programming
12150 techniques you should avoid in order to make your code portable. The
12151 Bourne shell and upward-compatible shells like the Korn shell and Bash
12152 have evolved over the years, but to prevent trouble, do not take
12153 advantage of features that were added after Unix version 7, circa
12154 1977 (@pxref{Systemology}).
12156 You should not use aliases, negated character classes, or other features
12157 that are not found in all Bourne-compatible shells; restrict yourself
12158 to the lowest common denominator. Even @code{unset} is not supported
12161 Shell functions are considered portable nowadays, though Autoconf still
12162 does not use them (Autotest does). However, some pitfalls have to be
12163 avoided for portable use of shell functions.
12165 Some ancient systems have quite
12166 small limits on the length of the @samp{#!} line; for instance, 32
12167 bytes (not including the newline) on SunOS 4.
12168 A few ancient 4.2@acronym{BSD} based systems (such as Dynix circa 1984)
12169 required a single space between the @samp{#!} and the @samp{/}.
12170 However, these ancient systems are no longer of practical concern.
12172 The set of external programs you should run in a @command{configure} script
12173 is fairly small. @xref{Utilities in Makefiles, , Utilities in
12174 Makefiles, standards, @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards}, for the list. This
12175 restriction allows users to start out with a fairly small set of
12176 programs and build the rest, avoiding too many interdependencies between
12179 Some of these external utilities have a portable subset of features; see
12180 @ref{Limitations of Usual Tools}.
12182 There are other sources of documentation about shells. The
12183 specification for the Posix
12184 @uref{http://www.opengroup.org/@/susv3/@/utilities/@/xcu_chap02.html, Shell
12185 Command Language}, though more generous than the restrictive shell
12186 subset described above, is fairly portable nowadays. Also please see
12187 @uref{http://www.faqs.org/@/faqs/@/unix-faq/@/shell/, the Shell FAQs}.
12190 * Shellology:: A zoology of shells
12191 * Here-Documents:: Quirks and tricks
12192 * File Descriptors:: FDs and redirections
12193 * File System Conventions:: File names
12194 * Shell Pattern Matching:: Pattern matching
12195 * Shell Substitutions:: Variable and command expansions
12196 * Assignments:: Varying side effects of assignments
12197 * Parentheses:: Parentheses in shell scripts
12198 * Slashes:: Slashes in shell scripts
12199 * Special Shell Variables:: Variables you should not change
12200 * Shell Functions:: What to look out for if you use them
12201 * Limitations of Builtins:: Portable use of not so portable /bin/sh
12202 * Limitations of Usual Tools:: Portable use of portable tools
12206 @section Shellology
12209 There are several families of shells, most prominently the Bourne family
12210 and the C shell family which are deeply incompatible. If you want to
12211 write portable shell scripts, avoid members of the C shell family. The
12212 @uref{http://www.faqs.org/@/faqs/@/unix-faq/@/shell/@/shell-differences/, the
12213 Shell difference FAQ} includes a small history of Posix shells, and a
12214 comparison between several of them.
12216 Below we describe some of the members of the Bourne shell family.
12221 Ash is often used on @acronym{GNU}/Linux and @acronym{BSD}
12222 systems as a light-weight Bourne-compatible shell. Ash 0.2 has some
12223 bugs that are fixed in the 0.3.x series, but portable shell scripts
12224 should work around them, since version 0.2 is still shipped with many
12225 @acronym{GNU}/Linux distributions.
12227 To be compatible with Ash 0.2:
12231 don't use @samp{$?} after expanding empty or unset variables,
12232 or at the start of an @command{eval}:
12238 echo "Do not use it: $?"
12240 eval 'echo "Do not use it: $?"'
12244 don't use command substitution within variable expansion:
12251 beware that single builtin substitutions are not performed by a
12252 subshell, hence their effect applies to the current shell! @xref{Shell
12253 Substitutions}, item ``Command Substitution''.
12258 To detect whether you are running Bash, test whether
12259 @code{BASH_VERSION} is set. To require
12260 Posix compatibility, run @samp{set -o posix}. @xref{Bash POSIX
12261 Mode, , Bash Posix Mode, bash, The @acronym{GNU} Bash Reference
12262 Manual}, for details.
12264 @item Bash 2.05 and later
12265 @cindex Bash 2.05 and later
12266 Versions 2.05 and later of Bash use a different format for the
12267 output of the @command{set} builtin, designed to make evaluating its
12268 output easier. However, this output is not compatible with earlier
12269 versions of Bash (or with many other shells, probably). So if
12270 you use Bash 2.05 or higher to execute @command{configure},
12271 you'll need to use Bash 2.05 for all other build tasks as well.
12276 @prindex @samp{ksh}
12277 @prindex @samp{ksh88}
12278 @prindex @samp{ksh93}
12279 The Korn shell is compatible with the Bourne family and it mostly
12280 conforms to Posix. It has two major variants commonly
12281 called @samp{ksh88} and @samp{ksh93}, named after the years of initial
12282 release. It is usually called @command{ksh}, but is called @command{sh}
12283 on some hosts if you set your path appropriately.
12285 Solaris systems have three variants:
12286 @prindex @command{/usr/bin/ksh} on Solaris
12287 @command{/usr/bin/ksh} is @samp{ksh88}; it is
12288 standard on Solaris 2.0 and later.
12289 @prindex @command{/usr/xpg4/bin/sh} on Solaris
12290 @command{/usr/xpg4/bin/sh} is a Posix-compliant variant of
12291 @samp{ksh88}; it is standard on Solaris 9 and later.
12292 @prindex @command{/usr/dt/bin/dtksh} on Solaris
12293 @command{/usr/dt/bin/dtksh} is @samp{ksh93}.
12294 Variants that are not standard may be parts of optional
12295 packages. There is no extra charge for these packages, but they are
12296 not part of a minimal OS install and therefore some installations may
12299 Starting with Tru64 Version 4.0, the Korn shell @command{/usr/bin/ksh}
12300 is also available as @command{/usr/bin/posix/sh}. If the environment
12301 variable @env{BIN_SH} is set to @code{xpg4}, subsidiary invocations of
12302 the standard shell conform to Posix.
12305 @prindex @samp{pdksh}
12306 A public-domain clone of the Korn shell called @command{pdksh} is widely
12307 available: it has most of the @samp{ksh88} features along with a few of
12308 its own. It usually sets @code{KSH_VERSION}, except if invoked as
12309 @command{/bin/sh} on Open@acronym{BSD}, and similarly to Bash you can require
12310 Posix compatibility by running @samp{set -o posix}. Unfortunately, with
12311 @command{pdksh} 5.2.14 (the latest stable version as of January 2007)
12312 Posix mode is buggy and causes @command{pdksh} to depart from Posix in
12313 at least one respect:
12316 $ @kbd{echo "`echo \"hello\"`"}
12318 $ @kbd{set -o posix}
12319 $ @kbd{echo "`echo \"hello\"`"}
12323 The last line of output contains spurious quotes. This is yet another
12324 reason why portable shell code should not contain
12325 @code{"`@dots{}\"@dots{}\"@dots{}`"} constructs (@pxref{Shell
12330 To detect whether you are running @command{zsh}, test whether
12331 @code{ZSH_VERSION} is set. By default @command{zsh} is @emph{not}
12332 compatible with the Bourne shell: you must execute @samp{emulate sh},
12333 and for @command{zsh} versions before 3.1.6-dev-18 you must also
12334 set @code{NULLCMD} to @samp{:}. @xref{Compatibility, , Compatibility,
12335 zsh, The Z Shell Manual}, for details.
12337 The default Mac OS X @command{sh} was originally Zsh; it was changed to
12338 Bash in Mac OS X 10.2.
12341 The following discussion between Russ Allbery and Robert Lipe is worth
12348 The @acronym{GNU} assumption that @command{/bin/sh} is the one and only shell
12349 leads to a permanent deadlock. Vendors don't want to break users'
12350 existing shell scripts, and there are some corner cases in the Bourne
12351 shell that are not completely compatible with a Posix shell. Thus,
12352 vendors who have taken this route will @emph{never} (OK@dots{}``never say
12353 never'') replace the Bourne shell (as @command{/bin/sh}) with a
12361 This is exactly the problem. While most (at least most System V's) do
12362 have a Bourne shell that accepts shell functions most vendor
12363 @command{/bin/sh} programs are not the Posix shell.
12365 So while most modern systems do have a shell @emph{somewhere} that meets the
12366 Posix standard, the challenge is to find it.
12369 @node Here-Documents
12370 @section Here-Documents
12371 @cindex Here-documents
12372 @cindex Shell here-documents
12374 Don't rely on @samp{\} being preserved just because it has no special
12375 meaning together with the next symbol. In the native @command{sh}
12376 on Open@acronym{BSD} 2.7 @samp{\"} expands to @samp{"} in here-documents with
12377 unquoted delimiter. As a general rule, if @samp{\\} expands to @samp{\}
12378 use @samp{\\} to get @samp{\}.
12380 With Open@acronym{BSD} 2.7's @command{sh}
12396 bash-2.04$ @kbd{cat <<EOF
12403 Some shells mishandle large here-documents: for example,
12404 Solaris 10 @command{dtksh} and the UnixWare 7.1.1 Posix shell, which are
12405 derived from Korn shell version M-12/28/93d, mishandle braced variable
12406 expansion that crosses a 1024- or 4096-byte buffer boundary
12407 within a here-document. Only the part of the variable name after the boundary
12408 is used. For example, @code{$@{variable@}} could be replaced by the expansion
12409 of @code{$@{ble@}}. If the end of the variable name is aligned with the block
12410 boundary, the shell reports an error, as if you used @code{$@{@}}.
12411 Instead of @code{$@{variable-default@}}, the shell may expand
12412 @code{$@{riable-default@}}, or even @code{$@{fault@}}. This bug can often
12413 be worked around by omitting the braces: @code{$variable}. The bug was
12415 @samp{ksh93g} (1998-04-30) but as of 2006 many operating systems were
12416 still shipping older versions with the bug.
12418 Many shells (including the Bourne shell) implement here-documents
12419 inefficiently. In particular, some shells can be extremely inefficient when
12420 a single statement contains many here-documents. For instance if your
12421 @file{configure.ac} includes something like:
12425 if <cross_compiling>; then
12426 assume this and that
12430 check something else
12438 A shell parses the whole @code{if}/@code{fi} construct, creating
12439 temporary files for each here-document in it. Some shells create links
12440 for such here-documents on every @code{fork}, so that the clean-up code
12441 they had installed correctly removes them. It is creating the links
12442 that can take the shell forever.
12444 Moving the tests out of the @code{if}/@code{fi}, or creating multiple
12445 @code{if}/@code{fi} constructs, would improve the performance
12446 significantly. Anyway, this kind of construct is not exactly the
12447 typical use of Autoconf. In fact, it's even not recommended, because M4
12448 macros can't look into shell conditionals, so we may fail to expand a
12449 macro when it was expanded before in a conditional path, and the
12450 condition turned out to be false at runtime, and we end up not
12451 executing the macro at all.
12453 @node File Descriptors
12454 @section File Descriptors
12455 @cindex Descriptors
12456 @cindex File descriptors
12457 @cindex Shell file descriptors
12459 Most shells, if not all (including Bash, Zsh, Ash), output traces on
12460 stderr, even for subshells. This might result in undesirable content
12461 if you meant to capture the standard-error output of the inner command:
12464 $ @kbd{ash -x -c '(eval "echo foo >&2") 2>stderr'}
12466 + eval echo foo >&2
12469 $ @kbd{bash -x -c '(eval "echo foo >&2") 2>stderr'}
12471 + eval 'echo foo >&2'
12474 $ @kbd{zsh -x -c '(eval "echo foo >&2") 2>stderr'}
12475 @i{# Traces on startup files deleted here.}
12477 +zsh:1> eval echo foo >&2
12483 One workaround is to grep out uninteresting lines, hoping not to remove
12486 If you intend to redirect both standard error and standard output,
12487 redirect standard output first. This works better with @acronym{HP-UX},
12488 since its shell mishandles tracing if standard error is redirected
12492 $ @kbd{sh -x -c ': 2>err >out'}
12494 + 2> err $ @kbd{cat err}
12498 Don't try to redirect the standard error of a command substitution. It
12499 must be done @emph{inside} the command substitution. When running
12500 @samp{: `cd /zorglub` 2>/dev/null} expect the error message to
12501 escape, while @samp{: `cd /zorglub 2>/dev/null`} works properly.
12503 It is worth noting that Zsh (but not Ash nor Bash) makes it possible
12504 in assignments though: @samp{foo=`cd /zorglub` 2>/dev/null}.
12506 When catering to old systems, don't redirect the same file descriptor
12507 several times, as you are doomed to failure under Ultrix.
12510 ULTRIX V4.4 (Rev. 69) System #31: Thu Aug 10 19:42:23 GMT 1995
12512 $ @kbd{eval 'echo matter >fullness' >void}
12514 $ @kbd{eval '(echo matter >fullness)' >void}
12516 $ @kbd{(eval '(echo matter >fullness)') >void}
12517 Ambiguous output redirect.
12521 In each case the expected result is of course @file{fullness} containing
12522 @samp{matter} and @file{void} being empty. However, this bug is
12523 probably not of practical concern to modern platforms.
12525 Don't rely on file descriptors 0, 1, and 2 remaining closed in a
12526 subsidiary program. If any of these descriptors is closed, the
12527 operating system may open an unspecified file for the descriptor in the
12528 new process image. Posix says this may be done only if the subsidiary
12529 program is set-user-ID or set-group-ID, but @acronym{HP-UX} 11.23 does
12530 it even for ordinary programs.
12532 Don't rely on open file descriptors being open in child processes. In
12533 @command{ksh}, file descriptors above 2 which are opened using
12534 @samp{exec @var{n}>file} are closed by a subsequent @samp{exec} (such as
12535 that involved in the fork-and-exec which runs a program or script).
12536 Thus, using @command{sh}, we have:
12539 $ @kbd{cat ./descrips}
12561 Within the process which runs the @samp{descrips} script, file
12562 descriptor 5 is closed.
12564 @acronym{DOS} variants cannot rename or remove open files, such as in
12565 @samp{mv foo bar >foo} or @samp{rm foo >foo}, even though this is
12566 perfectly portable among Posix hosts.
12568 A few ancient systems reserved some file descriptors. By convention,
12569 file descriptor 3 was opened to @file{/dev/tty} when you logged into
12570 Eighth Edition (1985) through Tenth Edition Unix (1989). File
12571 descriptor 4 had a special use on the Stardent/Kubota Titan (circa
12572 1990), though we don't now remember what it was. Both these systems are
12573 obsolete, so it's now safe to treat file descriptors 3 and 4 like any
12574 other file descriptors.
12576 @node File System Conventions
12577 @section File System Conventions
12578 @cindex File system conventions
12580 Autoconf uses shell-script processing extensively, so the file names
12581 that it processes should not contain characters that are special to the
12582 shell. Special characters include space, tab, newline, @sc{nul}, and
12586 " # $ & ' ( ) * ; < = > ? [ \ ` |
12589 Also, file names should not begin with @samp{~} or @samp{-}, and should
12590 contain neither @samp{-} immediately after @samp{/} nor @samp{~}
12591 immediately after @samp{:}. On Posix-like platforms, directory names
12592 should not contain @samp{:}, as this runs afoul of @samp{:} used as the
12595 These restrictions apply not only to the files that you distribute, but
12596 also to the absolute file names of your source, build, and destination
12599 On some Posix-like platforms, @samp{!} and @samp{^} are special too, so
12600 they should be avoided.
12602 Posix lets implementations treat leading @file{//} specially, but
12603 requires leading @file{///} and beyond to be equivalent to @file{/}.
12604 Most Unix variants treat @file{//} like @file{/}. However, some treat
12605 @file{//} as a ``super-root'' that can provide access to files that are
12606 not otherwise reachable from @file{/}. The super-root tradition began
12607 with Apollo Domain/OS, which died out long ago, but unfortunately Cygwin
12610 While @command{autoconf} and friends are usually run on some Posix
12611 variety, they can be used on other systems, most notably @acronym{DOS}
12612 variants. This impacts several assumptions regarding file names.
12615 For example, the following code:
12622 foo_dir=$dots$foo_dir ;;
12627 fails to properly detect absolute file names on those systems, because
12628 they can use a drivespec, and usually use a backslash as directory
12629 separator. If you want to be portable to @acronym{DOS} variants (at the
12630 price of rejecting valid but oddball Posix file names like @file{a:\b}),
12631 you can check for absolute file names like this:
12633 @cindex absolute file names, detect
12636 [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute
12639 foo_dir=$dots$foo_dir ;;
12644 Make sure you quote the brackets if appropriate and keep the backslash as
12645 first character (@pxref{Limitations of Builtins}).
12647 Also, because the colon is used as part of a drivespec, these systems don't
12648 use it as path separator. When creating or accessing paths, you can use the
12649 @code{PATH_SEPARATOR} output variable instead. @command{configure} sets this
12650 to the appropriate value for the build system (@samp{:} or @samp{;}) when it
12653 File names need extra care as well. While @acronym{DOS} variants
12654 that are Posixy enough to run @command{autoconf} (such as @acronym{DJGPP})
12655 are usually able to handle long file names properly, there are still
12656 limitations that can seriously break packages. Several of these issues
12657 can be easily detected by the
12658 @uref{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/non-gnu/doschk/doschk-1.1.tar.gz, doschk}
12661 A short overview follows; problems are marked with @sc{sfn}/@sc{lfn} to
12662 indicate where they apply: @sc{sfn} means the issues are only relevant to
12663 plain @acronym{DOS}, not to @acronym{DOS} under Microsoft Windows
12664 variants, while @sc{lfn} identifies problems that exist even under
12665 Microsoft Windows variants.
12668 @item No multiple dots (@sc{sfn})
12669 @acronym{DOS} cannot handle multiple dots in file names. This is an especially
12670 important thing to remember when building a portable configure script,
12671 as @command{autoconf} uses a .in suffix for template files.
12673 This is perfectly OK on Posix variants:
12676 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
12677 AC_CONFIG_FILES([source.c foo.bar])
12682 but it causes problems on @acronym{DOS}, as it requires @samp{config.h.in},
12683 @samp{source.c.in} and @samp{foo.bar.in}. To make your package more portable
12684 to @acronym{DOS}-based environments, you should use this instead:
12687 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h:config.hin])
12688 AC_CONFIG_FILES([source.c:source.cin foo.bar:foobar.in])
12692 @item No leading dot (@sc{sfn})
12693 @acronym{DOS} cannot handle file names that start with a dot. This is usually
12694 not important for @command{autoconf}.
12696 @item Case insensitivity (@sc{lfn})
12697 @acronym{DOS} is case insensitive, so you cannot, for example, have both a
12698 file called @samp{INSTALL} and a directory called @samp{install}. This
12699 also affects @command{make}; if there's a file called @samp{INSTALL} in
12700 the directory, @samp{make install} does nothing (unless the
12701 @samp{install} target is marked as PHONY).
12703 @item The 8+3 limit (@sc{sfn})
12704 Because the @acronym{DOS} file system only stores the first 8 characters of
12705 the file name and the first 3 of the extension, those must be unique.
12706 That means that @file{foobar-part1.c}, @file{foobar-part2.c} and
12707 @file{foobar-prettybird.c} all resolve to the same file name
12708 (@file{FOOBAR-P.C}). The same goes for @file{foo.bar} and
12709 @file{foo.bartender}.
12711 The 8+3 limit is not usually a problem under Microsoft Windows, as it
12713 tails in the short version of file names to make them unique. However, a
12714 registry setting can turn this behavior off. While this makes it
12715 possible to share file trees containing long file names between @sc{sfn}
12716 and @sc{lfn} environments, it also means the above problem applies there
12719 @item Invalid characters (@sc{lfn})
12720 Some characters are invalid in @acronym{DOS} file names, and should therefore
12721 be avoided. In a @sc{lfn} environment, these are @samp{/}, @samp{\},
12722 @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{:}, @samp{<}, @samp{>}, @samp{|} and @samp{"}.
12723 In a @sc{sfn} environment, other characters are also invalid. These
12724 include @samp{+}, @samp{,}, @samp{[} and @samp{]}.
12726 @item Invalid names (@sc{lfn})
12727 Some @acronym{DOS} file names are reserved, and cause problems if you
12728 try to use files with those names. These names include @file{CON},
12729 @file{AUX}, @file{COM1}, @file{COM2}, @file{COM3}, @file{COM4},
12730 @file{LPT1}, @file{LPT2}, @file{LPT3}, @file{NUL}, and @file{PRN}.
12731 File names are case insensitive, so even names like
12732 @file{aux/config.guess} are disallowed.
12736 @node Shell Pattern Matching
12737 @section Shell Pattern Matching
12738 @cindex Shell pattern matching
12740 Nowadays portable patterns can use negated character classes like
12741 @samp{[!-aeiou]}. The older syntax @samp{[^-aeiou]} is supported by
12742 some shells but not others; hence portable scripts should never use
12743 @samp{^} as the first character of a bracket pattern.
12745 Outside the C locale, patterns like @samp{[a-z]} are problematic since
12746 they may match characters that are not lower-case letters.
12748 @node Shell Substitutions
12749 @section Shell Substitutions
12750 @cindex Shell substitutions
12752 Contrary to a persistent urban legend, the Bourne shell does not
12753 systematically split variables and back-quoted expressions, in particular
12754 on the right-hand side of assignments and in the argument of @code{case}.
12755 For instance, the following code:
12758 case "$given_srcdir" in
12759 .) top_srcdir="`echo "$dots" | sed 's|/$||'`" ;;
12760 *) top_srcdir="$dots$given_srcdir" ;;
12765 is more readable when written as:
12768 case $given_srcdir in
12769 .) top_srcdir=`echo "$dots" | sed 's|/$||'` ;;
12770 *) top_srcdir=$dots$given_srcdir ;;
12775 and in fact it is even @emph{more} portable: in the first case of the
12776 first attempt, the computation of @code{top_srcdir} is not portable,
12777 since not all shells properly understand @code{"`@dots{}"@dots{}"@dots{}`"}.
12778 Worse yet, not all shells understand @code{"`@dots{}\"@dots{}\"@dots{}`"}
12779 the same way. There is just no portable way to use double-quoted
12780 strings inside double-quoted back-quoted expressions (pfew!).
12784 @cindex @samp{"$@@"}
12785 One of the most famous shell-portability issues is related to
12786 @samp{"$@@"}. When there are no positional arguments, Posix says
12787 that @samp{"$@@"} is supposed to be equivalent to nothing, but the
12788 original Unix version 7 Bourne shell treated it as equivalent to
12789 @samp{""} instead, and this behavior survives in later implementations
12790 like Digital Unix 5.0.
12792 The traditional way to work around this portability problem is to use
12793 @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}}. Unfortunately this method does not work with
12794 Zsh (3.x and 4.x), which is used on Mac OS X@. When emulating
12795 the Bourne shell, Zsh performs word splitting on @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}}:
12798 zsh $ @kbd{emulate sh}
12799 zsh $ @kbd{for i in "$@@"; do echo $i; done}
12802 zsh $ @kbd{for i in $@{1+"$@@"@}; do echo $i; done}
12809 Zsh handles plain @samp{"$@@"} properly, but we can't use plain
12810 @samp{"$@@"} because of the portability problems mentioned above.
12811 One workaround relies on Zsh's ``global aliases'' to convert
12812 @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}} into @samp{"$@@"} by itself:
12815 test "$@{ZSH_VERSION+set@}" = set && alias -g '$@{1+"$@@"@}'='"$@@"'
12818 Zsh only recognizes this alias when a shell word matches it exactly;
12819 @samp{"foo"$@{1+"$@@"@}} remains subject to word splitting. Since this
12820 case always yields at least one shell word, use plain @samp{"$@@"}.
12822 A more conservative workaround is to avoid @samp{"$@@"} if it is
12823 possible that there may be no positional arguments. For example,
12827 cat conftest.c "$@@"
12830 you can use this instead:
12834 0) cat conftest.c;;
12835 *) cat conftest.c "$@@";;
12839 Autoconf macros often use the @command{set} command to update
12840 @samp{$@@}, so if you are writing shell code intended for
12841 @command{configure} you should not assume that the value of @samp{$@@}
12842 persists for any length of time.
12846 @cindex positional parameters
12847 The 10th, 11th, @dots{} positional parameters can be accessed only after
12848 a @code{shift}. The 7th Edition shell reported an error if given
12849 @code{$@{10@}}, and
12850 Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh} still acts that way:
12853 $ @kbd{set 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10}
12854 $ @kbd{echo $@{10@}}
12858 @item $@{@var{var}:-@var{value}@}
12859 @c Info cannot handle `:' in index entries.
12860 @c @cindex $@{@var{var}:-@var{value}@}
12861 Old @acronym{BSD} shells, including the Ultrix @code{sh}, don't accept the
12862 colon for any shell substitution, and complain and die.
12863 Similarly for $@{@var{var}:=@var{value}@}, $@{@var{var}:?@var{value}@}, etc.
12865 @item $@{@var{var}=@var{literal}@}
12866 @cindex $@{@var{var}=@var{literal}@}
12870 : $@{var='Some words'@}
12874 otherwise some shells, such as on Digital Unix V 5.0, die because
12875 of a ``bad substitution''.
12879 Solaris @command{/bin/sh} has a frightening bug in its interpretation
12880 of this. Imagine you need set a variable to a string containing
12881 @samp{@}}. This @samp{@}} character confuses Solaris @command{/bin/sh}
12882 when the affected variable was already set. This bug can be exercised
12887 $ @kbd{foo=$@{foo='@}'@}}
12890 $ @kbd{foo=$@{foo='@}' # no error; this hints to what the bug is}
12893 $ @kbd{foo=$@{foo='@}'@}}
12899 It seems that @samp{@}} is interpreted as matching @samp{$@{}, even
12900 though it is enclosed in single quotes. The problem doesn't happen
12901 using double quotes.
12903 @item $@{@var{var}=@var{expanded-value}@}
12904 @cindex $@{@var{var}=@var{expanded-value}@}
12910 : $@{var="$default"@}
12914 sets @var{var} to @samp{M-yM-uM-,M-yM-aM-a}, i.e., the 8th bit of
12915 each char is set. You don't observe the phenomenon using a simple
12916 @samp{echo $var} since apparently the shell resets the 8th bit when it
12917 expands $var. Here are two means to make this shell confess its sins:
12920 $ @kbd{cat -v <<EOF
12929 $ @kbd{set | grep '^var=' | cat -v}
12932 One classic incarnation of this bug is:
12936 : $@{list="$default"@}
12943 You'll get @samp{a b c} on a single line. Why? Because there are no
12944 spaces in @samp{$list}: there are @samp{M- }, i.e., spaces with the 8th
12945 bit set, hence no IFS splitting is performed!!!
12947 One piece of good news is that Ultrix works fine with @samp{:
12948 $@{list=$default@}}; i.e., if you @emph{don't} quote. The bad news is
12949 then that @acronym{QNX} 4.25 then sets @var{list} to the @emph{last} item of
12952 The portable way out consists in using a double assignment, to switch
12953 the 8th bit twice on Ultrix:
12956 list=$@{list="$default"@}
12960 @dots{}but beware of the @samp{@}} bug from Solaris (see above). For safety,
12964 test "$@{var+set@}" = set || var=@var{@{value@}}
12967 @item $@{#@var{var}@}
12968 @itemx $@{@var{var}%@var{word}@}
12969 @itemx $@{@var{var}%%@var{word}@}
12970 @itemx $@{@var{var}#@var{word}@}
12971 @itemx $@{@var{var}##@var{word}@}
12972 @cindex $@{#@var{var}@}
12973 @cindex $@{@var{var}%@var{word}@}
12974 @cindex $@{@var{var}%%@var{word}@}
12975 @cindex $@{@var{var}#@var{word}@}
12976 @cindex $@{@var{var}##@var{word}@}
12977 Posix requires support for these usages, but they do not work with many
12978 traditional shells, e.g., Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}.
12980 Also, @command{pdksh} 5.2.14 mishandles some @var{word} forms. For
12981 example if @samp{$1} is @samp{a/b} and @samp{$2} is @samp{a}, then
12982 @samp{$@{1#$2@}} should yield @samp{/b}, but with @command{pdksh} it
12983 yields the empty string.
12986 @item `@var{commands}`
12987 @cindex `@var{commands}`
12988 @cindex Command Substitution
12989 Posix requires shells to trim all trailing newlines from command
12990 output before substituting it, so assignments like
12991 @samp{dir=`echo "$file" | tr a A`} do not work as expected if
12992 @samp{$file} ends in a newline.
12994 While in general it makes no sense, do not substitute a single builtin
12995 with side effects, because Ash 0.2, trying to optimize, does not fork a
12996 subshell to perform the command.
12998 For instance, if you wanted to check that @command{cd} is silent, do not
12999 use @samp{test -z "`cd /`"} because the following can happen:
13004 $ @kbd{test -z "`cd /`" && pwd}
13009 The result of @samp{foo=`exit 1`} is left as an exercise to the reader.
13011 The MSYS shell leaves a stray byte in the expansion of a double-quoted
13012 command substitution of a native program, if the end of the substitution
13013 is not aligned with the end of the double quote. This may be worked
13014 around by inserting another pair of quotes:
13017 $ @kbd{echo "`printf 'foo\r\n'` bar" > broken}
13018 $ @kbd{echo "`printf 'foo\r\n'`"" bar" | cmp - broken}
13019 - broken differ: char 4, line 1
13023 @item $(@var{commands})
13024 @cindex $(@var{commands})
13025 This construct is meant to replace @samp{`@var{commands}`},
13026 and it has most of the problems listed under @code{`@var{commands}`}.
13028 This construct can be
13029 nested while this is impossible to do portably with back quotes.
13030 Unfortunately it is not yet universally supported. Most notably, even recent
13031 releases of Solaris don't support it:
13034 $ @kbd{showrev -c /bin/sh | grep version}
13035 Command version: SunOS 5.10 Generic 121005-03 Oct 2006
13036 $ @kbd{echo $(echo blah)}
13037 syntax error: `(' unexpected
13041 nor does @sc{irix} 6.5's Bourne shell:
13044 IRIX firebird-image 6.5 07151432 IP22
13045 $ @kbd{echo $(echo blah)}
13049 If you do use @samp{$(@var{commands})}, make sure that the commands
13050 do not start with a parenthesis, as that would cause confusion with
13051 a different notation @samp{$((@var{expression}))} that in modern
13052 shells is an arithmetic expression not a command. To avoid the
13053 confusion, insert a space between the two opening parentheses.
13055 Avoid @var{commands} that contain unbalanced parentheses in
13056 here-documents, comments, or case statement patterns, as many shells
13057 mishandle them. For example, Bash 3.1, @samp{ksh88}, @command{pdksh}
13058 5.2.14, and Zsh 4.2.6 all mishandle the following valid command:
13061 echo $(case x in x) echo hello;; esac)
13065 @item $((@var{expression}))
13066 @cindex $((@var{expression}))
13067 Arithmetic expansion is not portable as some shells (most
13068 notably Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}) don't support it.
13074 Always quote @samp{^}, otherwise traditional shells such as
13075 @command{/bin/sh} on Solaris 10 treat this like @samp{|}.
13081 @section Assignments
13082 @cindex Shell assignments
13084 When setting several variables in a row, be aware that the order of the
13085 evaluation is undefined. For instance @samp{foo=1 foo=2; echo $foo}
13086 gives @samp{1} with Solaris @command{/bin/sh}, but @samp{2} with Bash.
13088 @samp{;} to enforce the order: @samp{foo=1; foo=2; echo $foo}.
13090 Don't rely on the following to find @file{subdir/program}:
13093 PATH=subdir$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH program
13097 as this does not work with Zsh 3.0.6. Use something like this
13101 (PATH=subdir$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH; export PATH; exec program)
13104 Don't rely on the exit status of an assignment: Ash 0.2 does not change
13105 the status and propagates that of the last statement:
13108 $ @kbd{false || foo=bar; echo $?}
13110 $ @kbd{false || foo=`:`; echo $?}
13115 and to make things even worse, @acronym{QNX} 4.25 just sets the exit status
13119 $ @kbd{foo=`exit 1`; echo $?}
13123 To assign default values, follow this algorithm:
13127 If the default value is a literal and does not contain any closing
13131 : $@{var='my literal'@}
13135 If the default value contains no closing brace, has to be expanded, and
13136 the variable being initialized is not intended to be IFS-split
13137 (i.e., it's not a list), then use:
13140 : $@{var="$default"@}
13144 If the default value contains no closing brace, has to be expanded, and
13145 the variable being initialized is intended to be IFS-split (i.e., it's a list),
13149 var=$@{var="$default"@}
13153 If the default value contains a closing brace, then use:
13156 test "$@{var+set@}" = set || var="has a '@}'"
13160 In most cases @samp{var=$@{var="$default"@}} is fine, but in case of
13161 doubt, just use the last form. @xref{Shell Substitutions}, items
13162 @samp{$@{@var{var}:-@var{value}@}} and @samp{$@{@var{var}=@var{value}@}}
13166 @section Parentheses in Shell Scripts
13167 @cindex Shell parentheses
13169 Beware of two opening parentheses in a row, as many shell
13170 implementations treat them specially. Posix requires that the command
13171 @samp{((cat))} must behave like @samp{(cat)}, but many shells, including
13172 Bash and the Korn shell, treat @samp{((cat))} as an arithmetic
13173 expression equivalent to @samp{let "cat"}, and may or may not report an
13174 error when they detect that @samp{cat} is not a number. As another
13175 example, @samp{pdksh} 5.2.14 misparses the following code:
13178 if ((true) || false); then
13184 To work around this problem, insert a space between the two opening
13185 parentheses. There is a similar problem and workaround with
13186 @samp{$((}; see @ref{Shell Substitutions}.
13189 @section Slashes in Shell Scripts
13190 @cindex Shell slashes
13192 Unpatched Tru64 5.1 @command{sh} omits the last slash of command-line
13193 arguments that contain two trailing slashes:
13196 $ @kbd{echo / // /// //// .// //.}
13199 $ @kbd{eval "echo \$x"}
13202 $ @kbd{echo abc | tr -t ab //}
13208 Unpatched Tru64 4.0 @command{sh} adds a slash after @samp{"$var"} if the
13209 variable is empty and the second double-quote is followed by a word that
13210 begins and ends with slash:
13213 $ @kbd{sh -xc 'p=; echo "$p"/ouch/'}
13219 However, our understanding is that patches are available, so perhaps
13220 it's not worth worrying about working around these horrendous bugs.
13222 @node Special Shell Variables
13223 @section Special Shell Variables
13224 @cindex Shell variables
13225 @cindex Special shell variables
13227 Some shell variables should not be used, since they can have a deep
13228 influence on the behavior of the shell. In order to recover a sane
13229 behavior from the shell, some variables should be unset, but
13230 @command{unset} is not portable (@pxref{Limitations of Builtins}) and a
13231 fallback value is needed.
13233 As a general rule, shell variable names containing a lower-case letter
13234 are safe; you can define and use these variables without worrying about
13235 their effect on the underlying system, and without worrying about
13236 whether the shell changes them unexpectedly. (The exception is the
13237 shell variable @code{status}, as described below.)
13239 Here is a list of names that are known to cause trouble. This list is
13240 not exhaustive, but you should be safe if you avoid the name
13241 @code{status} and names containing only upper-case letters and
13244 @c Alphabetical order, case insensitive, `A' before `a'.
13247 Many shells reserve @samp{$_} for various purposes, e.g., the name of
13248 the last command executed.
13252 In Tru64, if @env{BIN_SH} is set to @code{xpg4}, subsidiary invocations of
13253 the standard shell conform to Posix.
13257 When this variable is set it specifies a list of directories to search
13258 when invoking @code{cd} with a relative file name that did not start
13259 with @samp{./} or @samp{../}. Posix
13260 1003.1-2001 says that if a nonempty directory name from @env{CDPATH}
13261 is used successfully, @code{cd} prints the resulting absolute
13262 file name. Unfortunately this output can break idioms like
13263 @samp{abs=`cd src && pwd`} because @code{abs} receives the name twice.
13264 Also, many shells do not conform to this part of Posix; for
13265 example, @command{zsh} prints the result only if a directory name
13266 other than @file{.} was chosen from @env{CDPATH}.
13268 In practice the shells that have this problem also support
13269 @command{unset}, so you can work around the problem as follows:
13272 (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
13275 You can also avoid output by ensuring that your directory name is
13276 absolute or anchored at @samp{./}, as in @samp{abs=`cd ./src && pwd`}.
13278 Autoconf-generated scripts automatically unset @env{CDPATH} if
13279 possible, so you need not worry about this problem in those scripts.
13283 In the MKS shell, case statements and file name generation are
13284 case-insensitive unless @env{DUALCASE} is nonzero.
13285 Autoconf-generated scripts export this variable when they start up.
13299 These variables should not matter for shell scripts, since they are
13300 supposed to affect only interactive shells. However, at least one
13301 shell (the pre-3.0 @sc{uwin} Korn shell) gets confused about
13302 whether it is interactive, which means that (for example) a @env{PS1}
13303 with a side effect can unexpectedly modify @samp{$?}. To work around
13304 this bug, Autoconf-generated scripts do something like this:
13307 (unset ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
13314 The Korn shell uses @env{FPATH} to find shell functions, so avoid
13315 @env{FPATH} in portable scripts. @env{FPATH} is consulted after
13316 @env{PATH}, but you still need to be wary of tests that use @env{PATH}
13317 to find whether a command exists, since they might report the wrong
13318 result if @env{FPATH} is also set.
13322 Long ago, shell scripts inherited @env{IFS} from the environment,
13323 but this caused many problems so modern shells ignore any environment
13324 settings for @env{IFS}.
13326 Don't set the first character of @code{IFS} to backslash. Indeed,
13327 Bourne shells use the first character (backslash) when joining the
13328 components in @samp{"$@@"} and some shells then reinterpret (!)@: the
13329 backslash escapes, so you can end up with backspace and other strange
13332 The proper value for @code{IFS} (in regular code, not when performing
13333 splits) is @samp{@key{SPC}@key{TAB}@key{RET}}. The first character is
13334 especially important, as it is used to join the arguments in @samp{$*};
13335 however, note that traditional shells, but also bash-2.04, fail to adhere
13336 to this and join with a space anyway.
13348 @evindex LC_COLLATE
13350 @evindex LC_MESSAGES
13351 @evindex LC_MONETARY
13352 @evindex LC_NUMERIC
13355 Autoconf-generated scripts normally set all these variables to
13356 @samp{C} because so much configuration code assumes the C locale and
13357 Posix requires that locale environment variables be set to
13358 @samp{C} if the C locale is desired. However, some older, nonstandard
13359 systems (notably @acronym{SCO}) break if locale environment variables
13360 are set to @samp{C}, so when running on these systems
13361 Autoconf-generated scripts unset the variables instead.
13366 @env{LANGUAGE} is not specified by Posix, but it is a @acronym{GNU}
13367 extension that overrides @env{LC_ALL} in some cases, so
13368 Autoconf-generated scripts set it too.
13371 @itemx LC_IDENTIFICATION
13372 @itemx LC_MEASUREMENT
13375 @itemx LC_TELEPHONE
13376 @evindex LC_ADDRESS
13377 @evindex LC_IDENTIFICATION
13378 @evindex LC_MEASUREMENT
13381 @evindex LC_TELEPHONE
13383 These locale environment variables are @acronym{GNU} extensions. They
13384 are treated like their Posix brethren (@env{LC_COLLATE},
13385 etc.)@: as described above.
13388 Most modern shells provide the current line number in @code{LINENO}.
13389 Its value is the line number of the beginning of the current command.
13390 Autoconf attempts to execute @command{configure} with a shell that
13391 supports @code{LINENO}.
13392 If no such shell is available, it attempts to implement @code{LINENO}
13393 with a Sed prepass that replaces each instance of the string
13394 @code{$LINENO} (not followed by an alphanumeric character) with the
13397 You should not rely on @code{LINENO} within @command{eval}, as the
13398 behavior differs in practice. Also, the possibility of the Sed
13399 prepass means that you should not rely on @code{$LINENO} when quoted,
13400 when in here-documents, or when in long commands that cross line
13401 boundaries. Subshells should be OK, though. In the following
13402 example, lines 1, 6, and 9 are portable, but the other instances of
13403 @code{LINENO} are not:
13413 ( echo 6. $LINENO )
13414 eval 'echo 7. $LINENO'
13420 $ @kbd{bash-2.05 lineno}
13431 $ @kbd{zsh-3.0.6 lineno}
13442 $ @kbd{pdksh-5.2.14 lineno}
13453 $ @kbd{sed '=' <lineno |}
13459 > @kbd{ s,^\([0-9]*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^a-zA-Z0-9_]\),\1\2\1\3,}
13462 > @kbd{ s,^[0-9]*\n,,}
13478 When executing the command @samp{>foo}, @command{zsh} executes
13479 @samp{$NULLCMD >foo} unless it is operating in Bourne shell
13480 compatibility mode and the @command{zsh} version is newer
13481 than 3.1.6-dev-18. If you are using an older @command{zsh}
13482 and forget to set @env{NULLCMD},
13483 your script might be suspended waiting for data on its standard input.
13485 @item PATH_SEPARATOR
13486 @evindex PATH_SEPARATOR
13487 On @acronym{DJGPP} systems, the @env{PATH_SEPARATOR} environment
13488 variable can be set to either @samp{:} or @samp{;} to control the path
13489 separator Bash uses to set up certain environment variables (such as
13490 @env{PATH}). You can set this variable to @samp{;} if you want
13491 @command{configure} to use @samp{;} as a separator; this might be useful
13492 if you plan to use non-Posix shells to execute files. @xref{File System
13493 Conventions}, for more information about @code{PATH_SEPARATOR}.
13497 Posix 1003.1-2001 requires that @command{cd} and
13498 @command{pwd} must update the @env{PWD} environment variable to point
13499 to the logical name of the current directory, but traditional shells
13500 do not support this. This can cause confusion if one shell instance
13501 maintains @env{PWD} but a subsidiary and different shell does not know
13502 about @env{PWD} and executes @command{cd}; in this case @env{PWD}
13503 points to the wrong directory. Use @samp{`pwd`} rather than
13507 Many shells provide @code{RANDOM}, a variable that returns a different
13508 integer each time it is used. Most of the time, its value does not
13509 change when it is not used, but on @sc{irix} 6.5 the value changes all
13510 the time. This can be observed by using @command{set}. It is common
13511 practice to use @code{$RANDOM} as part of a file name, but code
13512 shouldn't rely on @code{$RANDOM} expanding to a nonempty string.
13515 This variable is an alias to @samp{$?} for @code{zsh} (at least 3.1.6),
13516 hence read-only. Do not use it.
13519 @node Shell Functions
13520 @section Shell Functions
13521 @cindex Shell Functions
13523 Nowadays, it is difficult to find a shell that does not support
13524 shell functions at all. However, some differences should be expected:
13526 Inside a shell function, you should not rely on the error status of a
13527 subshell if the last command of that subshell was @code{exit} or
13528 @code{trap}, as this triggers bugs in zsh 4.x; while Autoconf tries to
13529 find a shell that does not exhibit the bug, zsh might be the only shell
13530 present on the user's machine.
13532 Shell variables and functions may share the same namespace, for example
13533 with Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}:
13536 $ @kbd{f () @{ :; @}; f=; f}
13541 For this reason, Autotest uses the prefix @samp{at_func_} for its
13544 Handling of positional parameters and shell options varies among shells.
13545 For example, Korn shells reset and restore trace output (@samp{set -x})
13546 and other options upon function entry and exit. Inside a function,
13547 @acronym{IRIX} sh sets @samp{$0} to the function name.
13549 Some ancient Bourne shell variants with function support did not reset
13550 @samp{$@var{i}, @var{i} >= 0}, upon function exit, so effectively the
13551 arguments of the script were lost after the first function invocation.
13552 It is probably not worth worrying about these shells any more.
13554 With @acronym{AIX} sh, a @command{trap} on 0 installed in a shell function
13555 triggers at function exit rather than at script exit, see @xref{Limitations
13558 @node Limitations of Builtins
13559 @section Limitations of Shell Builtins
13560 @cindex Shell builtins
13561 @cindex Limitations of shell builtins
13563 No, no, we are serious: some shells do have limitations! :)
13565 You should always keep in mind that any builtin or command may support
13566 options, and therefore differ in behavior with arguments
13567 starting with a dash. For instance, the innocent @samp{echo "$word"}
13568 can give unexpected results when @code{word} starts with a dash. It is
13569 often possible to avoid this problem using @samp{echo "x$word"}, taking
13570 the @samp{x} into account later in the pipe.
13575 @prindex @command{.}
13576 Use @command{.} only with regular files (use @samp{test -f}). Bash
13577 2.03, for instance, chokes on @samp{. /dev/null}. Also, remember that
13578 @command{.} uses @env{PATH} if its argument contains no slashes, so if
13579 you want to use @command{.} on a file @file{foo} in the current
13580 directory, you must use @samp{. ./foo}.
13584 @prindex @command{!}
13585 The Unix version 7 shell did not support
13586 negating the exit status of commands with @command{!}, and this feature
13587 is still absent from some shells (e.g., Solaris @command{/bin/sh}).
13588 Shell code like this:
13591 if ! cmp file1 file2 >/dev/null 2>&1; then
13592 echo files differ or trouble
13596 is therefore not portable in practice. Typically it is easy to rewrite
13600 cmp file1 file2 >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
13601 echo files differ or trouble
13604 More generally, one can always rewrite @samp{! @var{command}} as:
13607 if @var{command}; then (exit 1); else :; fi
13611 @item @command{@{...@}}
13612 @c --------------------
13613 @prindex @command{@{...@}}
13614 Bash 3.2 (and earlier versions) sometimes does not properly set
13615 @samp{$?} when failing to write redirected output of a compound command.
13616 This problem is most commonly observed with @samp{@{@dots{}@}}; it does
13617 not occur with @samp{(@dots{})}. For example:
13620 $ @kbd{bash -c '@{ echo foo; @} >/bad; echo $?'}
13621 bash: line 1: /bad: Permission denied
13623 $ @kbd{bash -c 'while :; do echo; done >/bad; echo $?'}
13624 bash: line 1: /bad: Permission denied
13628 To work around the bug, prepend @samp{:;}:
13631 $ @kbd{bash -c ':;@{ echo foo; @} >/bad; echo $?'}
13632 bash: line 1: /bad: Permission denied
13637 @item @command{break}
13638 @c ------------------
13639 @prindex @command{break}
13640 The use of @samp{break 2} etc.@: is safe.
13643 @item @command{case}
13644 @c -----------------
13645 @prindex @command{case}
13646 You don't need to quote the argument; no splitting is performed.
13648 You don't need the final @samp{;;}, but you should use it.
13650 Posix requires support for @code{case} patterns with opening
13651 parentheses like this:
13655 (*.c) echo "C source code";;
13660 but the @code{(} in this example is not portable to many Bourne
13661 shell implementations. It can be omitted safely.
13663 Zsh handles pattern fragments derived from parameter expansions or
13664 command substitutions as though quoted:
13667 $ pat=\?; case aa in ?$pat) echo match;; esac
13668 $ pat=\?; case a? in ?$pat) echo match;; esac
13673 Because of a bug in its @code{fnmatch}, Bash fails to properly
13674 handle backslashes in character classes:
13677 bash-2.02$ @kbd{case /tmp in [/\\]*) echo OK;; esac}
13682 This is extremely unfortunate, since you are likely to use this code to
13683 handle Posix or @sc{ms-dos} absolute file names. To work around this
13684 bug, always put the backslash first:
13687 bash-2.02$ @kbd{case '\TMP' in [\\/]*) echo OK;; esac}
13689 bash-2.02$ @kbd{case /tmp in [\\/]*) echo OK;; esac}
13693 Many Bourne shells cannot handle closing brackets in character classes
13696 Some shells also have problems with backslash escaping in case you do not want
13697 to match the backslash: both a backslash and the escaped character match this
13698 pattern. To work around this, specify the character class in a variable, so
13699 that quote removal does not apply afterwards, and the special characters don't
13700 have to be backslash-escaped:
13703 $ @kbd{case '\' in [\<]) echo OK;; esac}
13705 $ @kbd{scanset='[<]'; case '\' in $scanset) echo OK;; esac}
13709 Even with this, Solaris @command{ksh} matches a backslash if the set
13711 of the characters @samp{|}, @samp{&}, @samp{(}, or @samp{)}.
13713 Conversely, Tru64 @command{ksh} (circa 2003) erroneously always matches
13714 a closing parenthesis if not specified in a character class:
13717 $ @kbd{case foo in *\)*) echo fail ;; esac}
13719 $ @kbd{case foo in *')'*) echo fail ;; esac}
13723 Some shells, such as Ash 0.3.8, are confused by an empty
13724 @code{case}/@code{esac}:
13727 ash-0.3.8 $ @kbd{case foo in esac;}
13728 @error{}Syntax error: ";" unexpected (expecting ")")
13731 Many shells still do not support parenthesized cases, which is a pity
13732 for those of us using tools that rely on balanced parentheses. For
13733 instance, Solaris @command{/bin/sh}:
13736 $ @kbd{case foo in (foo) echo foo;; esac}
13737 @error{}syntax error: `(' unexpected
13743 @prindex @command{cd}
13744 Posix 1003.1-2001 requires that @command{cd} must support
13745 the @option{-L} (``logical'') and @option{-P} (``physical'') options,
13746 with @option{-L} being the default. However, traditional shells do
13747 not support these options, and their @command{cd} command has the
13748 @option{-P} behavior.
13750 Portable scripts should assume neither option is supported, and should
13751 assume neither behavior is the default. This can be a bit tricky,
13752 since the Posix default behavior means that, for example,
13753 @samp{ls ..} and @samp{cd ..} may refer to different directories if
13754 the current logical directory is a symbolic link. It is safe to use
13755 @command{cd @var{dir}} if @var{dir} contains no @file{..} components.
13756 Also, Autoconf-generated scripts check for this problem when computing
13757 variables like @code{ac_top_srcdir} (@pxref{Configuration Actions}),
13758 so it is safe to @command{cd} to these variables.
13760 See @xref{Special Shell Variables}, for portability problems involving
13761 @command{cd} and the @env{CDPATH} environment variable.
13762 Also please see the discussion of the @command{pwd} command.
13765 @item @command{echo}
13766 @c -----------------
13767 @prindex @command{echo}
13768 The simple @command{echo} is probably the most surprising source of
13769 portability troubles. It is not possible to use @samp{echo} portably
13770 unless both options and escape sequences are omitted. New applications
13771 which are not aiming at portability should use @samp{printf} instead of
13774 Don't expect any option. @xref{Preset Output Variables}, @code{ECHO_N}
13775 etc.@: for a means to simulate @option{-n}.
13777 Do not use backslashes in the arguments, as there is no consensus on
13778 their handling. For @samp{echo '\n' | wc -l}, the @command{sh} of
13779 Solaris outputs 2, but Bash and Zsh (in @command{sh} emulation mode) output 1.
13780 The problem is truly @command{echo}: all the shells
13781 understand @samp{'\n'} as the string composed of a backslash and an
13784 Because of these problems, do not pass a string containing arbitrary
13785 characters to @command{echo}. For example, @samp{echo "$foo"} is safe
13786 if you know that @var{foo}'s value cannot contain backslashes and cannot
13787 start with @samp{-}, but otherwise you should use a here-document like
13797 @item @command{eval}
13798 @c -----------------
13799 @prindex @command{eval}
13800 The @command{eval} command is useful in limited circumstances, e.g.,
13801 using commands like @samp{eval table_$key=\$value} and @samp{eval
13802 value=table_$key} to simulate a hash table when the key is known to be
13803 alphanumeric. However, @command{eval} is tricky to use on arbitrary
13804 arguments, even when it is implemented correctly.
13806 It is obviously unwise to use @samp{eval $cmd} if the string value of
13807 @samp{cmd} was derived from an untrustworthy source. But even if the
13808 string value is valid, @samp{eval $cmd} might not work as intended,
13809 since it causes field splitting and file name expansion to occur twice,
13810 once for the @command{eval} and once for the command itself. It is
13811 therefore safer to use @samp{eval "$cmd"}. For example, if @var{cmd}
13812 has the value @samp{cat test?.c}, @samp{eval $cmd} might expand to the
13813 equivalent of @samp{cat test;.c} if there happens to be a file named
13814 @file{test;.c} in the current directory; and this in turn
13815 mistakenly attempts to invoke @command{cat} on the file @file{test} and
13816 then execute the command @command{.c}. To avoid this problem, use
13817 @samp{eval "$cmd"} rather than @samp{eval $cmd}.
13819 However, suppose that you want to output the text of the evaluated
13820 command just before executing it. Assuming the previous example,
13821 @samp{echo "Executing: $cmd"} outputs @samp{Executing: cat test?.c}, but
13822 this output doesn't show the user that @samp{test;.c} is the actual name
13823 of the copied file. Conversely, @samp{eval "echo Executing: $cmd"}
13824 works on this example, but it fails with @samp{cmd='cat foo >bar'},
13825 since it mistakenly replaces the contents of @file{bar} by the
13826 string @samp{cat foo}. No simple, general, and portable solution to
13827 this problem is known.
13829 You should also be wary of common bugs in @command{eval} implementations.
13830 In some shell implementations (e.g., older @command{ash}, Open@acronym{BSD} 3.8
13831 @command{sh}, @command{pdksh} v5.2.14 99/07/13.2, and @command{zsh}
13832 4.2.5), the arguments of @samp{eval} are evaluated in a context where
13833 @samp{$?} is 0, so they exhibit behavior like this:
13836 $ @kbd{false; eval 'echo $?'}
13840 The correct behavior here is to output a nonzero value,
13841 but portable scripts should not rely on this.
13843 You should not rely on @code{LINENO} within @command{eval}.
13844 @xref{Special Shell Variables}.
13846 @item @command{exit}
13847 @c -----------------
13848 @prindex @command{exit}
13849 The default value of @command{exit} is supposed to be @code{$?};
13850 unfortunately, some shells, such as the @acronym{DJGPP} port of Bash 2.04, just
13851 perform @samp{exit 0}.
13854 bash-2.04$ @kbd{foo=`exit 1` || echo fail}
13856 bash-2.04$ @kbd{foo=`(exit 1)` || echo fail}
13858 bash-2.04$ @kbd{foo=`(exit 1); exit` || echo fail}
13862 Using @samp{exit $?} restores the expected behavior.
13864 Some shell scripts, such as those generated by @command{autoconf}, use a
13865 trap to clean up before exiting. If the last shell command exited with
13866 nonzero status, the trap also exits with nonzero status so that the
13867 invoker can tell that an error occurred.
13869 Unfortunately, in some shells, such as Solaris @command{/bin/sh}, an exit
13870 trap ignores the @code{exit} command's argument. In these shells, a trap
13871 cannot determine whether it was invoked by plain @code{exit} or by
13872 @code{exit 1}. Instead of calling @code{exit} directly, use the
13873 @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} macro that has a workaround for this problem.
13876 @item @command{export}
13877 @c -------------------
13878 @prindex @command{export}
13879 The builtin @command{export} dubs a shell variable @dfn{environment
13880 variable}. Each update of exported variables corresponds to an update
13881 of the environment variables. Conversely, each environment variable
13882 received by the shell when it is launched should be imported as a shell
13883 variable marked as exported.
13885 Alas, many shells, such as Solaris @command{/bin/sh},
13886 @sc{irix} 6.3, @sc{irix} 5.2,
13887 @acronym{AIX} 4.1.5, and Digital Unix 4.0, forget to
13888 @command{export} the environment variables they receive. As a result,
13889 two variables coexist: the environment variable and the shell
13890 variable. The following code demonstrates this failure:
13901 when run with @samp{FOO=foo} in the environment, these shells print
13902 alternately @samp{foo} and @samp{bar}, although they should print only
13903 @samp{foo} and then a sequence of @samp{bar}s.
13905 Therefore you should @command{export} again each environment variable
13909 @item @command{false}
13910 @c ------------------
13911 @prindex @command{false}
13912 Don't expect @command{false} to exit with status 1: in native
13913 Solaris @file{/bin/false} exits with status 255.
13916 @item @command{for}
13917 @c ----------------
13918 @prindex @command{for}
13919 To loop over positional arguments, use:
13929 You may @emph{not} leave the @code{do} on the same line as @code{for},
13930 since some shells improperly grok:
13938 If you want to explicitly refer to the positional arguments, given the
13939 @samp{$@@} bug (@pxref{Shell Substitutions}), use:
13942 for arg in $@{1+"$@@"@}; do
13948 But keep in mind that Zsh, even in Bourne shell emulation mode, performs
13949 word splitting on @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}}; see @ref{Shell Substitutions},
13950 item @samp{$@@}, for more.
13955 @prindex @command{if}
13956 Using @samp{!} is not portable. Instead of:
13959 if ! cmp -s file file.new; then
13968 if cmp -s file file.new; then :; else
13973 There are shells that do not reset the exit status from an @command{if}:
13976 $ @kbd{if (exit 42); then true; fi; echo $?}
13981 whereas a proper shell should have printed @samp{0}. This is especially
13982 bad in makefiles since it produces false failures. This is why properly
13983 written makefiles, such as Automake's, have such hairy constructs:
13986 if test -f "$file"; then
13987 install "$file" "$dest"
13994 @item @command{printf}
13995 @c ------------------
13996 @prindex @command{printf}
13997 A format string starting with a @samp{-} can cause problems.
13998 Bash interprets it as an option and
13999 gives an error. And @samp{--} to mark the end of options is not good
14000 in the Net@acronym{BSD} Almquist shell (e.g., 0.4.6) which takes that
14001 literally as the format string. Putting the @samp{-} in a @samp{%c}
14002 or @samp{%s} is probably easiest:
14008 Bash 2.03 mishandles an escape sequence that happens to evaluate to @samp{%}:
14011 $ @kbd{printf '\045'}
14012 bash: printf: `%': missing format character
14015 Large outputs may cause trouble. On Solaris 2.5.1 through 10, for
14016 example, @file{/usr/bin/printf} is buggy, so when using
14017 @command{/bin/sh} the command @samp{printf %010000x 123} normally dumps
14021 @item @command{read}
14022 @c ------------------
14023 @prindex @command{read}
14024 Not all shells support @option{-r} (Solaris @command{/bin/sh} for example).
14027 @item @command{pwd}
14028 @c ----------------
14029 @prindex @command{pwd}
14030 With modern shells, plain @command{pwd} outputs a ``logical''
14031 directory name, some of whose components may be symbolic links. These
14032 directory names are in contrast to ``physical'' directory names, whose
14033 components are all directories.
14035 Posix 1003.1-2001 requires that @command{pwd} must support
14036 the @option{-L} (``logical'') and @option{-P} (``physical'') options,
14037 with @option{-L} being the default. However, traditional shells do
14038 not support these options, and their @command{pwd} command has the
14039 @option{-P} behavior.
14041 Portable scripts should assume neither option is supported, and should
14042 assume neither behavior is the default. Also, on many hosts
14043 @samp{/bin/pwd} is equivalent to @samp{pwd -P}, but Posix
14044 does not require this behavior and portable scripts should not rely on
14047 Typically it's best to use plain @command{pwd}. On modern hosts this
14048 outputs logical directory names, which have the following advantages:
14052 Logical names are what the user specified.
14054 Physical names may not be portable from one installation
14055 host to another due to network file system gymnastics.
14057 On modern hosts @samp{pwd -P} may fail due to lack of permissions to
14058 some parent directory, but plain @command{pwd} cannot fail for this
14062 Also please see the discussion of the @command{cd} command.
14065 @item @command{set}
14066 @c ----------------
14067 @prindex @command{set}
14068 With the Free@acronym{BSD} 6.0 shell, the @command{set} command (without
14069 any options) does not sort its output.
14071 The @command{set} builtin faces the usual problem with arguments
14073 dash. Modern shells such as Bash or Zsh understand @option{--} to specify
14074 the end of the options (any argument after @option{--} is a parameter,
14075 even @samp{-x} for instance), but many traditional shells (e.g., Solaris
14076 10 @command{/bin/sh}) simply stop option
14077 processing as soon as a non-option argument is found. Therefore, use
14078 @samp{dummy} or simply @samp{x} to end the option processing, and use
14079 @command{shift} to pop it out:
14082 set x $my_list; shift
14085 Avoid @samp{set -}, e.g., @samp{set - $my_list}. Posix no
14086 longer requires support for this command, and in traditional shells
14087 @samp{set - $my_list} resets the @option{-v} and @option{-x} options, which
14088 makes scripts harder to debug.
14090 Some nonstandard shells do not recognize more than one option
14091 (e.g., @samp{set -e -x} assigns @samp{-x} to the command line). It is
14092 better to combine them:
14098 The @acronym{BSD} shell has had several problems with the @option{-e}
14099 option, partly because @acronym{BSD} @command{make} traditionally used
14100 @option{-e} even though this was incompatible with Posix
14101 (@pxref{Failure in Make Rules}). Older versions of the @acronym{BSD}
14102 shell (circa 1990) mishandled @samp{&&}, @samp{||}, @samp{if}, and
14103 @samp{case} when @option{-e} was in effect, causing the shell to exit
14104 unexpectedly in some cases. This was particularly a problem with
14105 makefiles, and led to circumlocutions like @samp{sh -c 'test -f file ||
14106 touch file'}, where the seemingly-unnecessary @samp{sh -c '@dots{}'}
14107 wrapper works around the bug.
14109 Even relatively-recent versions of the @acronym{BSD} shell (e.g.,
14110 Open@acronym{BSD} 3.4) wrongly exit with @option{-e} if a command within
14111 @samp{&&} fails inside a compound statement. For example:
14117 test -n "$foo" && exit 1
14120 test -n "$foo" && exit 1
14126 does not print @samp{two}. One workaround is to use @samp{if test -n
14127 "$foo"; then exit 1; fi} rather than @samp{test -n "$foo" && exit 1}.
14128 Another possibility is to warn @acronym{BSD} users not to use @samp{sh -e}.
14131 @item @command{shift}
14132 @c ------------------
14133 @prindex @command{shift}
14134 Not only is @command{shift}ing a bad idea when there is nothing left to
14135 shift, but in addition it is not portable: the shell of @acronym{MIPS
14136 RISC/OS} 4.52 refuses to do it.
14138 Don't use @samp{shift 2} etc.; it was not in the 7th Edition Bourne shell,
14139 and it is also absent in many pre-Posix shells.
14142 @item @command{source}
14143 @c -------------------
14144 @prindex @command{source}
14145 This command is not portable, as Posix does not require it; use
14146 @command{.} instead.
14149 @item @command{test}
14150 @c -----------------
14151 @prindex @command{test}
14152 The @code{test} program is the way to perform many file and string
14153 tests. It is often invoked by the alternate name @samp{[}, but using
14154 that name in Autoconf code is asking for trouble since it is an M4 quote
14157 The @option{-a}, @option{-o}, @samp{(}, and @samp{)} operands are not
14158 portable and should be avoided. Thus, portable uses of @command{test}
14159 should never have more than four arguments, and scripts should use shell
14160 constructs like @samp{&&} and @samp{||} instead. If you combine
14161 @samp{&&} and @samp{||} in the same statement, keep in mind that they
14162 have equal precedence, so it is often better to parenthesize even when
14163 this is redundant. For example:
14167 test "X$a" = "X$b" -a \
14168 '(' "X$c" != "X$d" -o "X$e" = "X$f" ')'
14171 test "X$a" = "X$b" &&
14172 @{ test "X$c" != "X$d" || test "X$e" = "X$f"; @}
14175 @command{test} does not process options like most other commands do; for
14176 example, it does not recognize the @option{--} argument as marking the
14179 It is safe to use @samp{!} as a @command{test} operator. For example,
14180 @samp{if test ! -d foo; @dots{}} is portable even though @samp{if ! test
14181 -d foo; @dots{}} is not.
14184 @item @command{test} (files)
14185 @c -------------------------
14186 To enable @command{configure} scripts to support cross-compilation, they
14187 shouldn't do anything that tests features of the build system instead of
14188 the host system. But occasionally you may find it necessary to check
14189 whether some arbitrary file exists. To do so, use @samp{test -f} or
14190 @samp{test -r}. Do not use @samp{test -x}, because 4.3@acronym{BSD} does not
14191 have it. Do not use @samp{test -e} either, because Solaris @command{/bin/sh}
14192 lacks it. To test for symbolic links on systems that have them, use
14193 @samp{test -h} rather than @samp{test -L}; either form conforms to
14194 Posix 1003.1-2001, but older shells like Solaris 8
14195 @code{/bin/sh} support only @option{-h}.
14197 @item @command{test} (strings)
14198 @c ---------------------------
14199 Posix says that @samp{test "@var{string}"} succeeds if @var{string} is
14200 not null, but this usage is not portable to traditional platforms like
14201 Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}, which mishandle strings like @samp{!} and
14204 Posix also says that @samp{test ! "@var{string}"},
14205 @samp{test -n "@var{string}"} and
14206 @samp{test -z "@var{string}"} work with any string, but many
14207 shells (such as Solaris, @acronym{AIX} 3.2, @sc{unicos} 10.0.0.6,
14208 Digital Unix 4, etc.)@: get confused if
14209 @var{string} looks like an operator:
14213 test: argument expected
14215 test: argument expected
14218 Similarly, Posix says that both @samp{test "@var{string1}" = "@var{string2"}}
14219 and @samp{test "@var{string1}" != "@var{string2"}} work for any pairs of
14220 strings, but in practice this is not true for troublesome strings that
14221 look like operators or parentheses, or that begin with @samp{-}.
14223 It is best to protect such strings with a leading @samp{X}, e.g.,
14224 @samp{test "X@var{string}" != X} rather than @samp{test -n
14225 "@var{string}"} or @samp{test ! "@var{string}"}.
14227 It is common to find variations of the following idiom:
14230 test -n "`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`" &&
14235 to take an action when a token matches a given pattern. Such constructs
14236 should be avoided by using:
14239 case $ac_feature in
14240 *[!-a-zA-Z0-9_]*) @var{action};;
14244 If the pattern is a complicated regular expression that cannot be
14245 expressed as a shell pattern, use something like this instead:
14248 expr "X$ac_feature" : 'X.*[^-a-zA-Z0-9_]' >/dev/null &&
14252 @samp{expr "X@var{foo}" : "X@var{bar}"} is more robust than @samp{echo
14253 "X@var{foo}" | grep "^X@var{bar}"}, because it avoids problems when
14254 @samp{@var{foo}} contains backslashes.
14257 @item @command{trap}
14258 @c -----------------
14259 @prindex @command{trap}
14260 It is safe to trap at least the signals 1, 2, 13, and 15. You can also
14261 trap 0, i.e., have the @command{trap} run when the script ends (either via an
14262 explicit @command{exit}, or the end of the script). The trap for 0 should be
14263 installed outside of a shell function, or @acronym{AIX} 5.3 @command{/bin/sh}
14264 will invoke the trap at the end of this function.
14266 Posix says that @samp{trap - 1 2 13 15} resets the traps for the
14267 specified signals to their default values, but many common shells (e.g.,
14268 Solaris @command{/bin/sh}) misinterpret this and attempt to execute a
14269 ``command'' named @command{-} when the specified conditions arise.
14270 There is no portable workaround, except for @samp{trap - 0}, for which
14271 @samp{trap '' 0} is a portable substitute.
14273 Although Posix is not absolutely clear on this point, it is widely
14274 admitted that when entering the trap @samp{$?} should be set to the exit
14275 status of the last command run before the trap. The ambiguity can be
14276 summarized as: ``when the trap is launched by an @command{exit}, what is
14277 the @emph{last} command run: that before @command{exit}, or
14278 @command{exit} itself?''
14280 Bash considers @command{exit} to be the last command, while Zsh and
14281 Solaris @command{/bin/sh} consider that when the trap is run it is
14282 @emph{still} in the @command{exit}, hence it is the previous exit status
14283 that the trap receives:
14286 $ @kbd{cat trap.sh}
14289 $ @kbd{zsh trap.sh}
14291 $ @kbd{bash trap.sh}
14295 The portable solution is then simple: when you want to @samp{exit 42},
14296 run @samp{(exit 42); exit 42}, the first @command{exit} being used to
14297 set the exit status to 42 for Zsh, and the second to trigger the trap
14298 and pass 42 as exit status for Bash.
14300 The shell in Free@acronym{BSD} 4.0 has the following bug: @samp{$?} is
14301 reset to 0 by empty lines if the code is inside @command{trap}.
14304 $ @kbd{trap 'false}
14312 Fortunately, this bug only affects @command{trap}.
14314 @item @command{true}
14315 @c -----------------
14316 @prindex @command{true}
14317 @c Info cannot handle `:' in index entries.
14318 @c @prindex @command{:}
14319 Don't worry: as far as we know @command{true} is portable.
14320 Nevertheless, it's not always a builtin (e.g., Bash 1.x), and the
14321 portable shell community tends to prefer using @command{:}. This has a
14322 funny side effect: when asked whether @command{false} is more portable
14323 than @command{true} Alexandre Oliva answered:
14326 In a sense, yes, because if it doesn't exist, the shell will produce an
14327 exit status of failure, which is correct for @command{false}, but not
14328 for @command{true}.
14332 @item @command{unset}
14333 @c ------------------
14334 @prindex @command{unset}
14335 In some nonconforming shells (e.g., Bash 2.05a), @code{unset FOO} fails
14336 when @code{FOO} is not set. Also, Bash 2.01 mishandles @code{unset
14337 MAIL} in some cases and dumps core.
14339 A few ancient shells lack @command{unset} entirely. Nevertheless, because
14340 it is extremely useful to disable embarrassing variables such as
14341 @code{PS1}, you can test for its existence and use
14342 it @emph{provided} you give a neutralizing value when @command{unset} is
14346 # "|| exit" suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message.
14347 if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
14352 $unset PS1 || PS1='$ '
14356 @xref{Special Shell Variables}, for some neutralizing values. Also, see
14357 @ref{Limitations of Builtins}, documentation of @command{export}, for
14358 the case of environment variables.
14361 @node Limitations of Usual Tools
14362 @section Limitations of Usual Tools
14363 @cindex Limitations of usual tools
14365 The small set of tools you can expect to find on any machine can still
14366 include some limitations you should be aware of.
14372 Don't leave white space before the opening parenthesis in a user function call.
14373 Posix does not allow this and @acronym{GNU} Awk rejects it:
14376 $ @kbd{gawk 'function die () @{ print "Aaaaarg!" @}
14377 BEGIN @{ die () @}'}
14378 gawk: cmd. line:2: BEGIN @{ die () @}
14379 gawk: cmd. line:2: ^ parse error
14380 $ @kbd{gawk 'function die () @{ print "Aaaaarg!" @}
14381 BEGIN @{ die() @}'}
14385 Posix says that if a program contains only @samp{BEGIN} actions, and
14386 contains no instances of @code{getline}, then the program merely
14387 executes the actions without reading input. However, traditional Awk
14388 implementations (such as Solaris 10 @command{awk}) read and discard
14389 input in this case. Portable scripts can redirect input from
14390 @file{/dev/null} to work around the problem. For example:
14393 awk 'BEGIN @{print "hello world"@}' </dev/null
14396 Posix says that in an @samp{END} action, @samp{$NF} (and presumably,
14397 @samp{$1}) retain their value from the last record read, if no
14398 intervening @samp{getline} occurred. However, some implementations
14399 (such as Solaris 10 @samp{/usr/bin/awk}, @samp{nawk}, or Darwin
14400 @samp{awk}) reset these variables. A workaround is to use an
14401 intermediate variable prior to the @samp{END} block. For example:
14404 $ @kbd{cat end.awk}
14406 END @{ print "a", $1, $NF, "b", tmp @}
14407 $ @kbd{echo 1 | awk -f end.awk}
14409 $ @kbd{echo 1 | gawk -f end.awk}
14413 If you want your program to be deterministic, don't depend on @code{for}
14417 $ @kbd{cat for.awk}
14424 $ @kbd{gawk -f for.awk </dev/null}
14427 $ @kbd{nawk -f for.awk </dev/null}
14432 Some Awk implementations, such as @acronym{HP-UX} 11.0's native one,
14436 $ @kbd{echo xfoo | $AWK '/foo|^bar/ @{ print @}'}
14437 $ @kbd{echo bar | $AWK '/foo|^bar/ @{ print @}'}
14439 $ @kbd{echo xfoo | $AWK '/^bar|foo/ @{ print @}'}
14441 $ @kbd{echo bar | $AWK '/^bar|foo/ @{ print @}'}
14446 Either do not depend on such patterns (i.e., use @samp{/^(.*foo|bar)/},
14447 or use a simple test to reject such implementations.
14449 @acronym{AIX} version 5.2 has an arbitrary limit of 399 on the
14450 length of regular expressions and literal strings in an Awk program.
14452 Traditional Awk implementations derived from Unix version 7, such as
14453 Solaris @command{/bin/awk}, have many limitations and do not
14454 conform to Posix. Nowadays @code{AC_PROG_AWK} (@pxref{Particular
14455 Programs}) finds you an Awk that doesn't have these problems, but if
14456 for some reason you prefer not to use @code{AC_PROG_AWK} you may need to
14459 Traditional Awk does not support multidimensional arrays or user-defined
14462 Traditional Awk does not support the @option{-v} option. You can use
14463 assignments after the program instead, e.g., @command{$AWK '@{print v
14464 $1@}' v=x}; however, don't forget that such assignments are not
14465 evaluated until they are encountered (e.g., after any @code{BEGIN}
14468 Traditional Awk does not support the keywords @code{delete} or @code{do}.
14470 Traditional Awk does not support the expressions
14471 @code{@var{a}?@var{b}:@var{c}}, @code{!@var{a}}, @code{@var{a}^@var{b}},
14472 or @code{@var{a}^=@var{b}}.
14474 Traditional Awk does not support the predefined @code{CONVFMT} variable.
14476 Traditional Awk supports only the predefined functions @code{exp}, @code{index},
14477 @code{int}, @code{length}, @code{log}, @code{split}, @code{sprintf},
14478 @code{sqrt}, and @code{substr}.
14480 Traditional Awk @code{getline} is not at all compatible with Posix;
14483 Traditional Awk has @code{for (i in a) @dots{}} but no other uses of the
14484 @code{in} keyword. For example, it lacks @code{if (i in a) @dots{}}.
14486 In code portable to both traditional and modern Awk, @code{FS} must be a
14487 string containing just one ordinary character, and similarly for the
14488 field-separator argument to @code{split}.
14490 Traditional Awk has a limit of 99 fields in a record. Since some Awk
14491 implementations, like Tru64's, split the input even if you don't refer
14492 to any field in the script, to circumvent this problem, set @samp{FS}
14493 to an unusual character and use @code{split}.
14495 Traditional Awk has a limit of at most 99 bytes in a number formatted by
14496 @code{OFMT}; for example, @code{OFMT="%.300e"; print 0.1;} typically
14499 The original version of Awk had a limit of at most 99 bytes per
14500 @code{split} field, 99 bytes per @code{substr} substring, and 99 bytes
14501 per run of non-special characters in a @code{printf} format, but these
14502 bugs have been fixed on all practical hosts that we know of.
14504 @item @command{basename}
14505 @c ---------------------
14506 @prindex @command{basename}
14507 Not all hosts have a working @command{basename}.
14508 You can use @command{expr} instead.
14510 @c AS_BASENAME is to be replaced by a better API.
14512 Not all hosts have a working @command{basename}, and you should instead
14513 use @code{AS_BASENAME} (@pxref{Programming in M4sh}), followed by
14514 @command{expr} if you need to strip a suffix. For example:
14517 a=`basename "$aname"` # This is not portable.
14518 a=`AS_BASENAME(["$aname"])` # This is more portable.
14520 # This is not portable.
14521 c=`basename "$cname" .c`
14523 # This is more portable.
14524 c=`AS_BASENAME(["$cname"])`
14526 ?*.c) c=`expr "X$c" : 'X\(.*\)\.c'`;;
14532 @item @command{cat}
14533 @c ----------------
14534 @prindex @command{cat}
14535 Don't rely on any option.
14540 @prindex @command{cc}
14541 The command @samp{cc -c foo.c} traditionally produces an object file
14542 named @file{foo.o}. Most compilers allow @option{-c} to be combined
14543 with @option{-o} to specify a different object file name, but
14544 Posix does not require this combination and a few compilers
14545 lack support for it. @xref{C Compiler}, for how @acronym{GNU} Make
14546 tests for this feature with @code{AC_PROG_CC_C_O}.
14548 When a compilation such as @samp{cc -o foo foo.c} fails, some compilers
14549 (such as @sc{cds} on Reliant Unix) leave a @file{foo.o}.
14551 @acronym{HP-UX} @command{cc} doesn't accept @file{.S} files to preprocess and
14552 assemble. @samp{cc -c foo.S} appears to succeed, but in fact does
14555 The default executable, produced by @samp{cc foo.c}, can be
14558 @item @file{a.out} --- usual Posix convention.
14559 @item @file{b.out} --- i960 compilers (including @command{gcc}).
14560 @item @file{a.exe} --- @acronym{DJGPP} port of @command{gcc}.
14561 @item @file{a_out.exe} --- GNV @command{cc} wrapper for DEC C on OpenVMS.
14562 @item @file{foo.exe} --- various MS-DOS compilers.
14565 The C compiler's traditional name is @command{cc}, but other names like
14566 @command{gcc} are common. Posix 1003.1-2001 specifies the
14567 name @command{c99}, but older Posix editions specified
14568 @command{c89} and anyway these standard names are rarely used in
14569 practice. Typically the C compiler is invoked from makefiles that use
14570 @samp{$(CC)}, so the value of the @samp{CC} make variable selects the
14574 @item @command{chmod}
14575 @c ------------------
14576 @prindex @command{chmod}
14577 Avoid usages like @samp{chmod -w file}; use @samp{chmod a-w file}
14578 instead, for two reasons. First, plain @option{-w} does not necessarily
14579 make the file unwritable, since it does not affect mode bits that
14580 correspond to bits in the file mode creation mask. Second,
14581 Posix says that the @option{-w} might be interpreted as an
14582 implementation-specific option, not as a mode; Posix suggests
14583 using @samp{chmod -- -w file} to avoid this confusion, but unfortunately
14584 @samp{--} does not work on some older hosts.
14587 @item @command{cmp}
14588 @c ----------------
14589 @prindex @command{cmp}
14590 @command{cmp} performs a raw data comparison of two files, while
14591 @command{diff} compares two text files. Therefore, if you might compare
14592 DOS files, even if only checking whether two files are different, use
14593 @command{diff} to avoid spurious differences due to differences of
14599 @prindex @command{cp}
14600 Avoid the @option{-r} option, since Posix 1003.1-2004 marks it as
14601 obsolescent and its behavior on special files is implementation-defined.
14602 Use @option{-R} instead. On @acronym{GNU} hosts the two options
14603 are equivalent, but on Solaris hosts (for example) @command{cp -r}
14604 reads from pipes instead of replicating them.
14606 Some @command{cp} implementations (e.g., @acronym{BSD/OS} 4.2) do not allow
14607 trailing slashes at the end of nonexistent destination directories. To
14608 avoid this problem, omit the trailing slashes. For example, use
14609 @samp{cp -R source /tmp/newdir} rather than @samp{cp -R source
14610 /tmp/newdir/} if @file{/tmp/newdir} does not exist.
14612 @c This is thanks to Ian.
14613 The ancient SunOS 4 @command{cp} does not support @option{-f}, although
14614 its @command{mv} does.
14616 @cindex timestamp resolution
14617 Traditionally, file timestamps had 1-second resolution, and @samp{cp
14618 -p} copied the timestamps exactly. However, many modern file systems
14619 have timestamps with 1-nanosecond resolution. Unfortunately, @samp{cp
14620 -p} implementations truncate timestamps when copying files, so this
14621 can result in the destination file appearing to be older than the
14622 source. The exact amount of truncation depends on the resolution of
14623 the system calls that @command{cp} uses; traditionally this was
14624 @code{utime}, which has 1-second resolution, but some newer
14625 @command{cp} implementations use @code{utimes}, which has
14626 1-microsecond resolution. These newer implementations include @acronym{GNU}
14627 Core Utilities 5.0.91 or later, and Solaris 8 (sparc) patch 109933-02 or
14628 later. Unfortunately as of January 2006 there is still no system
14629 call to set timestamps to the full nanosecond resolution.
14631 Bob Proulx notes that @samp{cp -p} always @emph{tries} to copy
14632 ownerships. But whether it actually does copy ownerships or not is a
14633 system dependent policy decision implemented by the kernel. If the
14634 kernel allows it then it happens. If the kernel does not allow it then
14635 it does not happen. It is not something @command{cp} itself has control
14638 In Unix System V any user can chown files to any other user, and System
14639 V also has a non-sticky @file{/tmp}. That probably derives from the
14640 heritage of System V in a business environment without hostile users.
14641 @acronym{BSD} changed this
14642 to be a more secure model where only root can @command{chown} files and
14643 a sticky @file{/tmp} is used. That undoubtedly derives from the heritage
14644 of @acronym{BSD} in a campus environment.
14646 @acronym{GNU}/Linux and Solaris by default follow @acronym{BSD}, but
14647 can be configured to allow a System V style @command{chown}. On the
14648 other hand, @acronym{HP-UX} follows System V, but can
14649 be configured to use the modern security model and disallow
14650 @command{chown}. Since it is an administrator-configurable parameter
14651 you can't use the name of the kernel as an indicator of the behavior.
14655 @item @command{date}
14656 @c -----------------
14657 @prindex @command{date}
14658 Some versions of @command{date} do not recognize special @samp{%} directives,
14659 and unfortunately, instead of complaining, they just pass them through,
14660 and exit with success:
14664 OSF1 medusa.sis.pasteur.fr V5.1 732 alpha
14670 @item @command{diff}
14671 @c -----------------
14672 @prindex @command{diff}
14673 Option @option{-u} is nonportable.
14675 Some implementations, such as Tru64's, fail when comparing to
14676 @file{/dev/null}. Use an empty file instead.
14679 @item @command{dirname}
14680 @c --------------------
14681 @prindex @command{dirname}
14682 Not all hosts have a working @command{dirname}, and you should instead
14683 use @code{AS_DIRNAME} (@pxref{Programming in M4sh}). For example:
14686 dir=`dirname "$file"` # This is not portable.
14687 dir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])` # This is more portable.
14691 @item @command{egrep}
14692 @c ------------------
14693 @prindex @command{egrep}
14694 Posix 1003.1-2001 no longer requires @command{egrep},
14695 but many hosts do not yet support the Posix
14696 replacement @code{grep -E}. Also, some traditional implementations do
14697 not work on long input lines. To work around these problems, invoke
14698 @code{AC_PROG_EGREP} and then use @code{$EGREP}.
14700 Portable extended regular expressions should use @samp{\} only to escape
14701 characters in the string @samp{$()*+.?[\^@{|}. For example, @samp{\@}}
14702 is not portable, even though it typically matches @samp{@}}.
14704 The empty alternative is not portable. Use @samp{?} instead. For
14705 instance with Digital Unix v5.0:
14708 > printf "foo\n|foo\n" | $EGREP '^(|foo|bar)$'
14710 > printf "bar\nbar|\n" | $EGREP '^(foo|bar|)$'
14712 > printf "foo\nfoo|\n|bar\nbar\n" | $EGREP '^(foo||bar)$'
14717 @command{$EGREP} also suffers the limitations of @command{grep}.
14719 @item @command{expr}
14720 @c -----------------
14721 @prindex @command{expr}
14722 No @command{expr} keyword starts with @samp{X}, so use @samp{expr
14723 X"@var{word}" : 'X@var{regex}'} to keep @command{expr} from
14724 misinterpreting @var{word}.
14726 Don't use @code{length}, @code{substr}, @code{match} and @code{index}.
14728 @item @command{expr} (@samp{|})
14729 @prindex @command{expr} (@samp{|})
14730 You can use @samp{|}. Although Posix does require that @samp{expr
14731 ''} return the empty string, it does not specify the result when you
14732 @samp{|} together the empty string (or zero) with the empty string. For
14739 Posix 1003.2-1992 returns the empty string
14740 for this case, but traditional Unix returns @samp{0} (Solaris is
14741 one such example). In Posix 1003.1-2001, the specification was
14742 changed to match traditional Unix's behavior (which is
14743 bizarre, but it's too late to fix this). Please note that the same
14744 problem does arise when the empty string results from a computation,
14748 expr bar : foo \| foo : bar
14752 Avoid this portability problem by avoiding the empty string.
14755 @item @command{expr} (@samp{:})
14756 @c ----------------------------
14757 @prindex @command{expr}
14758 Portable @command{expr} regular expressions should use @samp{\} to
14759 escape only characters in the string @samp{$()*.0123456789[\^n@{@}}.
14760 For example, alternation, @samp{\|}, is common but Posix does not
14761 require its support, so it should be avoided in portable scripts.
14762 Similarly, @samp{\+} and @samp{\?} should be avoided.
14764 Portable @command{expr} regular expressions should not begin with
14765 @samp{^}. Patterns are automatically anchored so leading @samp{^} is
14768 The Posix standard is ambiguous as to whether
14769 @samp{expr 'a' : '\(b\)'} outputs @samp{0} or the empty string.
14770 In practice, it outputs the empty string on most platforms, but portable
14771 scripts should not assume this. For instance, the @acronym{QNX} 4.25 native
14772 @command{expr} returns @samp{0}.
14774 One might think that a way to get a uniform behavior would be to use
14775 the empty string as a default value:
14778 expr a : '\(b\)' \| ''
14782 Unfortunately this behaves exactly as the original expression; see the
14783 @command{expr} (@samp{|}) entry for more information.
14785 Some ancient @command{expr} implementations (e.g., SunOS 4 @command{expr} and
14786 Solaris 8 @command{/usr/ucb/expr}) have a silly length limit that causes
14787 @command{expr} to fail if the matched substring is longer than 120
14788 bytes. In this case, you might want to fall back on @samp{echo|sed} if
14789 @command{expr} fails. Nowadays this is of practical importance only for
14790 the rare installer who mistakenly puts @file{/usr/ucb} before
14791 @file{/usr/bin} in @env{PATH}.
14793 On Mac OS X 10.4, @command{expr} mishandles the pattern @samp{[^-]} in
14794 some cases. For example, the command
14796 expr Xpowerpc-apple-darwin8.1.0 : 'X[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)'
14800 outputs @samp{apple-darwin8.1.0} rather than the correct @samp{darwin8.1.0}.
14801 This particular case can be worked around by substituting @samp{[^--]}
14804 Don't leave, there is some more!
14806 The @acronym{QNX} 4.25 @command{expr}, in addition of preferring @samp{0} to
14807 the empty string, has a funny behavior in its exit status: it's always 1
14808 when parentheses are used!
14811 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : 'a'`; echo "$?: $val"}
14813 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : 'b'`; echo "$?: $val"}
14816 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : '\(a\)'`; echo "?: $val"}
14818 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : '\(b\)'`; echo "?: $val"}
14823 In practice this can be a big problem if you are ready to catch failures
14824 of @command{expr} programs with some other method (such as using
14825 @command{sed}), since you may get twice the result. For instance
14828 $ @kbd{expr 'a' : '\(a\)' || echo 'a' | sed 's/^\(a\)$/\1/'}
14832 outputs @samp{a} on most hosts, but @samp{aa} on @acronym{QNX} 4.25. A
14833 simple workaround consists of testing @command{expr} and using a variable
14834 set to @command{expr} or to @command{false} according to the result.
14836 Tru64 @command{expr} incorrectly treats the result as a number, if it
14837 can be interpreted that way:
14840 $ @kbd{expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'}
14845 @item @command{fgrep}
14846 @c ------------------
14847 @prindex @command{fgrep}
14848 Posix 1003.1-2001 no longer requires @command{fgrep},
14849 but many hosts do not yet support the Posix
14850 replacement @code{grep -F}. Also, some traditional implementations do
14851 not work on long input lines. To work around these problems, invoke
14852 @code{AC_PROG_FGREP} and then use @code{$FGREP}.
14855 @item @command{find}
14856 @c -----------------
14857 @prindex @command{find}
14858 The option @option{-maxdepth} seems to be @acronym{GNU} specific.
14859 Tru64 v5.1, Net@acronym{BSD} 1.5 and Solaris @command{find}
14860 commands do not understand it.
14862 The replacement of @samp{@{@}} is guaranteed only if the argument is
14863 exactly @emph{@{@}}, not if it's only a part of an argument. For
14864 instance on DU, and @acronym{HP-UX} 10.20 and @acronym{HP-UX} 11:
14868 $ @kbd{find . -name foo -exec echo "@{@}-@{@}" \;}
14873 while @acronym{GNU} @command{find} reports @samp{./foo-./foo}.
14876 @item @command{grep}
14877 @c -----------------
14878 @prindex @command{grep}
14879 Portable scripts can rely on the @command{grep} options @option{-c},
14880 @option{-l}, @option{-n}, and @option{-v}, but should avoid other
14881 options. For example, don't use @option{-w}, as Posix does not require
14882 it and Irix 6.5.16m's @command{grep} does not support it. Also,
14883 portable scripts should not combine @option{-c} with @option{-l},
14884 as Posix does not allow this.
14886 Some of the options required by Posix are not portable in practice.
14887 Don't use @samp{grep -q} to suppress output, because many @command{grep}
14888 implementations (e.g., Solaris) do not support @option{-q}.
14889 Don't use @samp{grep -s} to suppress output either, because Posix
14890 says @option{-s} does not suppress output, only some error messages;
14891 also, the @option{-s} option of traditional @command{grep} behaved
14892 like @option{-q} does in most modern implementations. Instead,
14893 redirect the standard output and standard error (in case the file
14894 doesn't exist) of @code{grep} to @file{/dev/null}. Check the exit
14895 status of @code{grep} to determine whether it found a match.
14897 Some traditional @command{grep} implementations do not work on long
14898 input lines. On AIX the default @code{grep} silently truncates long
14899 lines on the input before matching.
14901 Also, many implementations do not support multiple regexps
14902 with @option{-e}: they either reject @option{-e} entirely (e.g., Solaris)
14903 or honor only the last pattern (e.g., @acronym{IRIX} 6.5 and NeXT). To
14904 work around these problems, invoke @code{AC_PROG_GREP} and then use
14907 Another possible workaround for the multiple @option{-e} problem is to
14908 separate the patterns by newlines, for example:
14916 except that this fails with traditional @command{grep}
14917 implementations and with Open@acronym{BSD} 3.8 @command{grep}.
14919 Traditional @command{grep} implementations (e.g., Solaris) do not
14920 support the @option{-E} or @option{-F} options. To work around these
14921 problems, invoke @code{AC_PROG_EGREP} and then use @code{$EGREP}, and
14922 similarly for @code{AC_PROG_FGREP} and @code{$FGREP}. Even if you are
14923 willing to require support for Posix @command{grep}, your script should
14924 not use both @option{-E} and @option{-F}, since Posix does not allow
14927 Portable @command{grep} regular expressions should use @samp{\} only to
14928 escape characters in the string @samp{$()*.0123456789[\^@{@}}. For example,
14929 alternation, @samp{\|}, is common but Posix does not require its
14930 support in basic regular expressions, so it should be avoided in
14931 portable scripts. Solaris and HP-UX @command{grep} do not support it.
14932 Similarly, the following escape sequences should also be avoided:
14933 @samp{\<}, @samp{\>}, @samp{\+}, @samp{\?}, @samp{\`}, @samp{\'},
14934 @samp{\B}, @samp{\b}, @samp{\S}, @samp{\s}, @samp{\W}, and @samp{\w}.
14937 @item @command{join}
14938 @c -----------------
14939 @prindex @command{join}
14940 Solaris 8 @command{join} has bugs when the second operand is standard
14941 input, and when standard input is a pipe. For example, the following
14942 shell script causes Solaris 8 @command{join} to loop forever:
14949 cat file | join file -
14952 Use @samp{join - file} instead.
14957 @prindex @command{ln}
14958 @cindex Symbolic links
14959 Don't rely on @command{ln} having a @option{-f} option. Symbolic links
14960 are not available on old systems; use @samp{$(LN_S)} as a portable substitute.
14962 For versions of the @acronym{DJGPP} before 2.04,
14963 @command{ln} emulates symbolic links
14964 to executables by generating a stub that in turn calls the real
14965 program. This feature also works with nonexistent files like in the
14966 Posix spec. So @samp{ln -s file link} generates @file{link.exe},
14967 which attempts to call @file{file.exe} if run. But this feature only
14968 works for executables, so @samp{cp -p} is used instead for these
14969 systems. @acronym{DJGPP} versions 2.04 and later have full support
14970 for symbolic links.
14975 @prindex @command{ls}
14976 @cindex Listing directories
14977 The portable options are @option{-acdilrtu}. Current practice is for
14978 @option{-l} to output both owner and group, even though ancient versions
14979 of @command{ls} omitted the group.
14981 On ancient hosts, @samp{ls foo} sent the diagnostic @samp{foo not found}
14982 to standard output if @file{foo} did not exist. Hence a shell command
14983 like @samp{sources=`ls *.c 2>/dev/null`} did not always work, since it
14984 was equivalent to @samp{sources='*.c not found'} in the absence of
14985 @samp{.c} files. This is no longer a practical problem, since current
14986 @command{ls} implementations send diagnostics to standard error.
14988 @item @command{mkdir}
14989 @c ------------------
14990 @prindex @command{mkdir}
14991 @cindex Making directories
14992 No @command{mkdir} option is portable to older systems. Instead of
14993 @samp{mkdir -p @var{file-name}}, you should use
14994 @code{AS_MKDIR_P(@var{file-name})} (@pxref{Programming in M4sh})
14995 or @code{AC_PROG_MKDIR_P} (@pxref{Particular Programs}).
14997 Combining the @option{-m} and @option{-p} options, as in @samp{mkdir -m
14998 go-w -p @var{dir}}, often leads to trouble. Free@acronym{BSD}
14999 @command{mkdir} incorrectly attempts to change the permissions of
15000 @var{dir} even if it already exists. @acronym{HP-UX} 11.23 and
15001 @acronym{IRIX} 6.5 @command{mkdir} often assign the wrong permissions to
15002 any newly-created parents of @var{dir}.
15004 Posix does not clearly specify whether @samp{mkdir -p foo}
15005 should succeed when @file{foo} is a symbolic link to an already-existing
15006 directory. The @acronym{GNU} Core Utilities 5.1.0 @command{mkdir}
15007 succeeds, but Solaris @command{mkdir} fails.
15009 Traditional @code{mkdir -p} implementations suffer from race conditions.
15010 For example, if you invoke @code{mkdir -p a/b} and @code{mkdir -p a/c}
15011 at the same time, both processes might detect that @file{a} is missing,
15012 one might create @file{a}, then the other might try to create @file{a}
15013 and fail with a @code{File exists} diagnostic. The @acronym{GNU} Core
15014 Utilities (@samp{fileutils} version 4.1), Free@acronym{BSD} 5.0,
15015 Net@acronym{BSD} 2.0.2, and Open@acronym{BSD} 2.4 are known to be
15016 race-free when two processes invoke @code{mkdir -p} simultaneously, but
15017 earlier versions are vulnerable. Solaris @command{mkdir} is still
15018 vulnerable as of Solaris 10, and other traditional Unix systems are
15019 probably vulnerable too. This possible race is harmful in parallel
15020 builds when several Make rules call @code{mkdir -p} to
15021 construct directories. You may use
15022 @code{install-sh -d} as a safe replacement, provided this script is
15023 recent enough; the copy shipped with Autoconf 2.60 and Automake 1.10 is
15024 OK, but copies from older versions are vulnerable.
15027 @item @command{mktemp}
15028 @c -------------------
15029 @prindex @command{mktemp}
15030 @cindex Creating temporary files
15031 Shell scripts can use temporary files safely with @command{mktemp}, but
15032 it does not exist on all systems. A portable way to create a safe
15033 temporary file name is to create a temporary directory with mode 700 and
15034 use a file inside this directory. Both methods prevent attackers from
15035 gaining control, though @command{mktemp} is far less likely to fail
15036 gratuitously under attack.
15038 Here is sample code to create a new temporary directory safely:
15041 # Create a temporary directory $tmp in $TMPDIR (default /tmp).
15042 # Use mktemp if possible; otherwise fall back on mkdir,
15043 # with $RANDOM to make collisions less likely.
15047 (umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/fooXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null
15049 test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp"
15051 tmp=$TMPDIR/foo$$-$RANDOM
15052 (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp")
15059 @prindex @command{mv}
15060 @cindex Moving open files
15061 The only portable options are @option{-f} and @option{-i}.
15063 Moving individual files between file systems is portable (it was in Unix
15065 but it is not always atomic: when doing @samp{mv new existing}, there's
15066 a critical section where neither the old nor the new version of
15067 @file{existing} actually exists.
15069 On some systems moving files from @file{/tmp} can sometimes cause
15070 undesirable (but perfectly valid) warnings, even if you created these
15071 files. This is because @file{/tmp} belongs to a group that ordinary
15072 users are not members of, and files created in @file{/tmp} inherit
15073 the group of @file{/tmp}. When the file is copied, @command{mv} issues
15074 a diagnostic without failing:
15077 $ @kbd{touch /tmp/foo}
15078 $ @kbd{mv /tmp/foo .}
15079 @error{}mv: ./foo: set owner/group (was: 100/0): Operation not permitted
15087 This annoying behavior conforms to Posix, unfortunately.
15089 Moving directories across mount points is not portable, use @command{cp}
15092 @acronym{DOS} variants cannot rename or remove open files, and do not
15093 support commands like @samp{mv foo bar >foo}, even though this is
15094 perfectly portable among Posix hosts.
15099 @prindex @command{od}
15101 In Mac OS X 10.3, @command{od} does not support the
15102 standard Posix options @option{-A}, @option{-j}, @option{-N}, or
15103 @option{-t}, or the @acronym{XSI} option @option{-s}. The only
15104 supported Posix option is @option{-v}, and the only supported
15105 @acronym{XSI} options are those in @option{-bcdox}. The @acronym{BSD}
15106 @command{hexdump} program can be used instead.
15108 This problem no longer exists in Mac OS X 10.4.3.
15113 @prindex @command{rm}
15114 The @option{-f} and @option{-r} options are portable.
15116 It is not portable to invoke @command{rm} without operands. For
15117 example, on many systems @samp{rm -f -r} (with no other arguments)
15118 silently succeeds without doing anything, but it fails with a diagnostic
15119 on Net@acronym{BSD} 2.0.2.
15121 A file might not be removed even if its parent directory is writable
15122 and searchable. Many Posix hosts cannot remove a mount point, a named
15123 stream, a working directory, or a last link to a file that is being
15126 @acronym{DOS} variants cannot rename or remove open files, and do not
15127 support commands like @samp{rm foo >foo}, even though this is
15128 perfectly portable among Posix hosts.
15131 @item @command{sed}
15132 @c ----------------
15133 @prindex @command{sed}
15134 Patterns should not include the separator (unless escaped), even as part
15135 of a character class. In conformance with Posix, the Cray
15136 @command{sed} rejects @samp{s/[^/]*$//}: use @samp{s,[^/]*$,,}.
15138 Avoid empty patterns within parentheses (i.e., @samp{\(\)}). Posix does
15139 not require support for empty patterns, and Unicos 9 @command{sed} rejects
15142 Unicos 9 @command{sed} loops endlessly on patterns like @samp{.*\n.*}.
15144 Sed scripts should not use branch labels longer than 7 characters and
15145 should not contain comments. @acronym{HP-UX} sed has a limit of 99 commands
15146 (not counting @samp{:} commands) and
15147 48 labels, which can not be circumvented by using more than one script
15148 file. It can execute up to 19 reads with the @samp{r} command per cycle.
15149 Solaris @command{/usr/ucb/sed} rejects usages that exceed an limit of
15150 about 6000 bytes for the internal representation of commands.
15152 Avoid redundant @samp{;}, as some @command{sed} implementations, such as
15153 Net@acronym{BSD} 1.4.2's, incorrectly try to interpret the second
15154 @samp{;} as a command:
15157 $ @kbd{echo a | sed 's/x/x/;;s/x/x/'}
15158 sed: 1: "s/x/x/;;s/x/x/": invalid command code ;
15161 Input should not have unreasonably long lines, since some @command{sed}
15162 implementations have an input buffer limited to 4000 bytes.
15164 Portable @command{sed} regular expressions should use @samp{\} only to escape
15165 characters in the string @samp{$()*.0123456789[\^n@{@}}. For example,
15166 alternation, @samp{\|}, is common but Posix does not require its
15167 support, so it should be avoided in portable scripts. Solaris
15168 @command{sed} does not support alternation; e.g., @samp{sed '/a\|b/d'}
15169 deletes only lines that contain the literal string @samp{a|b}.
15170 Similarly, @samp{\+} and @samp{\?} should be avoided.
15172 Anchors (@samp{^} and @samp{$}) inside groups are not portable.
15174 Nested parentheses in patterns (e.g., @samp{\(\(a*\)b*)\)}) are
15175 quite portable to current hosts, but was not supported by some ancient
15176 @command{sed} implementations like SVR3.
15178 Some @command{sed} implementations, e.g., Solaris,
15179 restrict the special role of the asterisk to one-character regular expressions.
15180 This may lead to unexpected behavior:
15183 $ @kbd{echo '1*23*4' | /usr/bin/sed 's/\(.\)*/x/g'}
15185 $ @kbd{echo '1*23*4' | /usr/xpg4/bin/sed 's/\(.\)*/x/g'}
15189 The @option{-e} option is mostly portable.
15190 However, its argument
15191 cannot start with @samp{a}, @samp{c}, or @samp{i},
15192 as this runs afoul of a Tru64 5.1 bug.
15193 Also, its argument cannot be empty, as this fails on @acronym{AIX} 5.3.
15194 Some people prefer to use @samp{-e}:
15197 sed -e '@var{command-1}' \
15198 -e '@var{command-2}'
15202 as opposed to the equivalent:
15212 The following usage is sometimes equivalent:
15215 sed '@var{command-1};@var{command-2}'
15218 but Posix says that this use of a semicolon has undefined effect if
15219 @var{command-1}'s verb is @samp{@{}, @samp{a}, @samp{b}, @samp{c},
15220 @samp{i}, @samp{r}, @samp{t}, @samp{w}, @samp{:}, or @samp{#}, so you
15221 should use semicolon only with simple scripts that do not use these
15224 Commands inside @{ @} brackets are further restricted. Posix says that
15225 they cannot be preceded by addresses, @samp{!}, or @samp{;}, and that
15226 each command must be followed immediately by a newline, without any
15227 intervening blanks or semicolons. The closing bracket must be alone on
15228 a line, other than white space preceding or following it.
15230 Contrary to yet another urban legend, you may portably use @samp{&} in
15231 the replacement part of the @code{s} command to mean ``what was
15232 matched''. All descendants of Unix version 7 @command{sed}
15234 don't have first hand experience with older @command{sed} implementations) have
15237 Posix requires that you must not have any white space between
15238 @samp{!} and the following command. It is OK to have blanks between
15239 the address and the @samp{!}. For instance, on Solaris:
15242 $ @kbd{echo "foo" | sed -n '/bar/ ! p'}
15243 @error{}Unrecognized command: /bar/ ! p
15244 $ @kbd{echo "foo" | sed -n '/bar/! p'}
15245 @error{}Unrecognized command: /bar/! p
15246 $ @kbd{echo "foo" | sed -n '/bar/ !p'}
15250 Posix also says that you should not combine @samp{!} and @samp{;}. If
15251 you use @samp{!}, it is best to put it on a command that is delimited by
15252 newlines rather than @samp{;}.
15254 Also note that Posix requires that the @samp{b}, @samp{t}, @samp{r}, and
15255 @samp{w} commands be followed by exactly one space before their argument.
15256 On the other hand, no white space is allowed between @samp{:} and the
15257 subsequent label name.
15259 If a sed script is specified on the command line and ends in an
15260 @samp{a}, @samp{c}, or @samp{i} command, the last line of inserted text
15261 should be followed by a newline. Otherwise some @command{sed}
15262 implementations (e.g., Open@acronym{BSD} 3.9) do not append a newline to the
15265 Many @command{sed} implementations (e.g., MacOS X 10.4,
15266 Open@acronym{BSD} 3.9, Solaris 10
15267 @command{/usr/ucb/sed}) strip leading white space from the text of
15268 @samp{a}, @samp{c}, and @samp{i} commands. Prepend a backslash to
15269 work around this incompatibility with Posix:
15272 $ @kbd{echo flushleft | sed 'a\}
15277 $ @kbd{echo foo | sed 'a\}
15285 @item @command{sed} (@samp{t})
15286 @c ---------------------------
15287 @prindex @command{sed} (@samp{t})
15288 Some old systems have @command{sed} that ``forget'' to reset their
15289 @samp{t} flag when starting a new cycle. For instance on @acronym{MIPS
15290 RISC/OS}, and on @sc{irix} 5.3, if you run the following @command{sed}
15291 script (the line numbers are not actual part of the texts):
15294 s/keep me/kept/g # a
15330 Why? When processing line 1, (c) matches, therefore sets the @samp{t}
15331 flag, and the output is produced. When processing
15332 line 2, the @samp{t} flag is still set (this is the bug). Command (a)
15333 fails to match, but @command{sed} is not supposed to clear the @samp{t}
15334 flag when a substitution fails. Command (b) sees that the flag is set,
15335 therefore it clears it, and jumps to (d), hence you get @samp{delete me}
15336 instead of @samp{deleted}. When processing line (3), @samp{t} is clear,
15337 (a) matches, so the flag is set, hence (b) clears the flags and jumps.
15338 Finally, since the flag is clear, line 4 is processed properly.
15340 There are two things one should remember about @samp{t} in @command{sed}.
15341 Firstly, always remember that @samp{t} jumps if @emph{some} substitution
15342 succeeded, not only the immediately preceding substitution. Therefore,
15343 always use a fake @samp{t clear} followed by a @samp{:clear} on the next
15344 line, to reset the @samp{t} flag where needed.
15346 Secondly, you cannot rely on @command{sed} to clear the flag at each new
15349 One portable implementation of the script above is:
15360 @item @command{touch}
15361 @c ------------------
15362 @prindex @command{touch}
15363 @cindex timestamp resolution
15364 If you specify the desired timestamp (e.g., with the @option{-r}
15365 option), @command{touch} typically uses the @code{utime} or
15366 @code{utimes} system call, which can result in the same kind of
15367 timestamp truncation problems that @samp{cp -p} has.
15369 On ancient @acronym{BSD} systems, @command{touch} or any command that
15370 results in an empty file does not update the timestamps, so use a
15371 command like @command{echo} as a workaround.
15373 @acronym{GNU} @command{touch} 3.16r (and presumably all before that)
15374 fails to work on SunOS 4.1.3 when the empty file is on an
15375 @acronym{NFS}-mounted 4.2 volume.
15376 However, these problems are no longer of practical concern.
15381 @node Portable Make
15382 @chapter Portable Make Programming
15383 @prindex @command{make}
15384 @cindex Limitations of @command{make}
15386 Writing portable makefiles is an art. Since a makefile's commands are
15387 executed by the shell, you must consider the shell portability issues
15388 already mentioned. However, other issues are specific to @command{make}
15392 * $< in Ordinary Make Rules:: $< in ordinary rules
15393 * Failure in Make Rules:: Failing portably in rules
15394 * Special Chars in Names:: Special Characters in Macro Names
15395 * Backslash-Newline-Newline:: Empty last lines in macro definitions
15396 * Backslash-Newline Comments:: Spanning comments across line boundaries
15397 * Long Lines in Makefiles:: Line length limitations
15398 * Macros and Submakes:: @code{make macro=value} and submakes
15399 * The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS:: @code{$(MAKEFLAGS)} portability issues
15400 * The Make Macro SHELL:: @code{$(SHELL)} portability issues
15401 * Comments in Make Rules:: Other problems with Make comments
15402 * obj/ and Make:: Don't name a subdirectory @file{obj}
15403 * make -k Status:: Exit status of @samp{make -k}
15404 * VPATH and Make:: @code{VPATH} woes
15405 * Single Suffix Rules:: Single suffix rules and separated dependencies
15406 * Timestamps and Make:: Subsecond timestamp resolution
15409 @node $< in Ordinary Make Rules
15410 @section @code{$<} in Ordinary Make Rules
15412 Posix says that the @samp{$<} construct in makefiles can be
15413 used only in inference rules and in the @samp{.DEFAULT} rule; its
15414 meaning in ordinary rules is unspecified. Solaris @command{make}
15415 for instance replaces it with the empty string. Open@acronym{BSD} (3.0 and
15416 later) @command{make} diagnoses these uses and errors out.
15418 @node Failure in Make Rules
15419 @section Failure in Make Rules
15421 Since 1992 Posix has required that @command{make} must invoke
15422 each command with the equivalent of a @samp{sh -c} subshell. However,
15423 many @command{make} implementations, including @acronym{BSD} make through 2004,
15424 use @samp{sh -e -c} instead, and the @option{-e} option causes the
15425 subshell to exit immediately if a subsidiary simple-command fails. For
15426 example, the command @samp{touch T; rm -f U} always attempts to
15427 remove @file{U} with Posix make, but incompatible
15428 @command{make} implementations skip the @command{rm} if the
15429 @command{touch} fails. One way to work around this is to reword the
15430 affected simple-commands so that they always succeed, e.g., @samp{touch
15432 However, even this approach can run into common bugs in @acronym{BSD}
15433 implementations of the @option{-e} option of @command{sh} and
15434 @command{set} (@pxref{Limitations of Builtins}), so if you are worried
15435 about porting to buggy @acronym{BSD} shells it may be simpler to migrate
15436 complicated @command{make} actions into separate scripts.
15438 @node Special Chars in Names
15439 @section Special Characters in Make Macro Names
15441 Posix limits macro names to nonempty strings containing only
15442 @acronym{ASCII} letters and digits, @samp{.}, and @samp{_}. Many
15443 @command{make} implementations allow a wider variety of characters, but
15444 portable makefiles should avoid them. It is portable to start a name
15445 with a special character, e.g., @samp{$(.FOO)}.
15447 Some ancient @command{make} implementations don't support leading
15448 underscores in macro names. An example is @acronym{NEWS-OS} 4.2R.
15451 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
15454 all:; @@echo this is test
15456 Make: Must be a separator on rules line 2. Stop.
15457 $ @kbd{cat Makefile2}
15460 all:; @@echo this is test
15461 $ @kbd{make -f Makefile2}
15466 However, this problem is no longer of practical concern.
15468 @node Backslash-Newline-Newline
15469 @section Backslash-Newline-Newline in Make Macro Values
15471 @c This has been seen on ia64 hpux 11.20, and on one hppa hpux 10.20,
15472 @c but another hppa hpux 10.20 didn't have it. Bob Proulx
15473 @c <bob@proulx.com> thinks it was in hpux 8.0 too.
15474 On some versions of @acronym{HP-UX}, @command{make} reads multiple newlines
15475 following a backslash, continuing to the next non-empty line. For
15489 shows @code{FOO} equal to @code{one BAR = two}. Other implementations
15490 sensibly let a backslash continue only to the immediately following
15493 @node Backslash-Newline Comments
15494 @section Backslash-Newline in Make Comments
15496 According to Posix, Make comments start with @code{#}
15497 and continue until an unescaped newline is reached.
15500 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
15507 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
15512 However this is not always the case. Some implementations
15513 discard everything from @code{#} through the end of the line, ignoring any
15514 trailing backslash.
15517 $ @kbd{pmake} # BSD make
15518 "Makefile", line 3: Need an operator
15519 Fatal errors encountered -- cannot continue
15523 Therefore, if you want to comment out a multi-line definition, prefix each
15524 line with @code{#}, not only the first.
15532 @node Long Lines in Makefiles
15533 @section Long Lines in Makefiles
15535 Tru64 5.1's @command{make} has been reported to crash when given a
15536 makefile with lines longer than around 20 kB. Earlier versions are
15537 reported to exit with @code{Line too long} diagnostics.
15539 @node Macros and Submakes
15540 @section @code{make macro=value} and Submakes
15542 A command-line variable definition such as @code{foo=bar} overrides any
15543 definition of @code{foo} in a makefile. Some @command{make}
15544 implementations (such as @acronym{GNU} @command{make}) propagate this
15545 override to subsidiary invocations of @command{make}. Some other
15546 implementations do not pass the substitution along to submakes.
15549 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
15556 $ @kbd{make foo=bar} # GNU make 3.79.1
15559 make[1]: Entering directory `/home/adl'
15561 make[1]: Leaving directory `/home/adl'
15562 $ @kbd{pmake foo=bar} # BSD make
15568 You have a few possibilities if you do want the @code{foo=bar} override
15569 to propagate to submakes. One is to use the @option{-e}
15570 option, which causes all environment variables to have precedence over
15571 the makefile macro definitions, and declare foo as an environment
15575 $ @kbd{env foo=bar make -e}
15578 The @option{-e} option is propagated to submakes automatically,
15579 and since the environment is inherited between @command{make}
15580 invocations, the @code{foo} macro is overridden in
15581 submakes as expected.
15583 This syntax (@code{foo=bar make -e}) is portable only when used
15584 outside of a makefile, for instance from a script or from the
15585 command line. When run inside a @command{make} rule, @acronym{GNU}
15586 @command{make} 3.80 and prior versions forget to propagate the
15587 @option{-e} option to submakes.
15589 Moreover, using @option{-e} could have unexpected side effects if your
15590 environment contains some other macros usually defined by the
15591 makefile. (See also the note about @code{make -e} and @code{SHELL}
15594 Another way to propagate overrides to submakes is to do it
15595 manually, from your makefile:
15601 $(MAKE) foo=$(foo) two
15606 You need to foresee all macros that a user might want to override if
15609 @node The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS
15610 @section The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS
15611 @cindex @code{MAKEFLAGS} and @command{make}
15612 @cindex @command{make} and @code{MAKEFLAGS}
15614 Posix requires @command{make} to use @code{MAKEFLAGS} to affect the
15615 current and recursive invocations of make, but allows implementations
15616 several formats for the variable. It is tricky to parse
15617 @code{$MAKEFLAGS} to determine whether @option{-s} for silent execution
15618 or @option{-k} for continued execution are in effect. For example, you
15619 cannot assume that the first space-separated word in @code{$MAKEFLAGS}
15620 contains single-letter options, since in the Cygwin version of
15621 @acronym{GNU} @command{make} it is either @option{--unix} or
15622 @option{--win32} with the second word containing single-letter options.
15625 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
15627 @@echo MAKEFLAGS = $(MAKEFLAGS)
15631 MAKEFLAGS = --unix -k
15634 @node The Make Macro SHELL
15635 @section The Make Macro @code{SHELL}
15636 @cindex @code{SHELL} and @command{make}
15637 @cindex @command{make} and @code{SHELL}
15639 Posix-compliant @command{make} internally uses the @code{$(SHELL)}
15640 macro to spawn shell processes and execute Make rules. This
15641 is a builtin macro supplied by @command{make}, but it can be modified
15642 by a makefile or by a command-line argument.
15644 Not all @command{make} implementations define this @code{SHELL} macro.
15646 @command{make} is an example; this implementation always uses
15647 @code{/bin/sh}. So it's a good idea to always define @code{SHELL} in
15648 your makefiles. If you use Autoconf, do
15654 Do not force @code{SHELL = /bin/sh} because that is not correct
15655 everywhere. For instance @acronym{DJGPP} lacks @code{/bin/sh}, and when
15656 its @acronym{GNU} @code{make} port sees such a setting it enters a special
15657 emulation mode where features like pipes and redirections are emulated
15658 on top of DOS's @command{command.com}. Unfortunately this emulation is
15659 incomplete; for instance it does not handle command substitutions.
15660 On @acronym{DJGPP} @code{SHELL} should point to Bash.
15662 Posix-compliant @command{make} should never acquire the value of
15663 $(SHELL) from the environment, even when @code{make -e} is used
15664 (otherwise, think about what would happen to your rules if
15665 @code{SHELL=/bin/tcsh}).
15667 However not all @command{make} implementations have this exception.
15668 For instance it's not surprising that Tru64 @command{make} doesn't
15669 protect @code{SHELL}, since it doesn't use it.
15672 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
15678 $ @kbd{env SHELL=/bin/tcsh FOO=bar make -e} # Tru64 Make
15681 $ @kbd{env SHELL=/bin/tcsh FOO=bar gmake -e} # GNU make
15686 @node Comments in Make Rules
15687 @section Comments in Make Rules
15688 @cindex Comments in @file{Makefile} rules
15689 @cindex @file{Makefile} rules and comments
15691 Never put comments in a rule.
15693 Some @command{make} treat anything starting with a tab as a command for
15694 the current rule, even if the tab is immediately followed by a @code{#}.
15695 The @command{make} from Tru64 Unix V5.1 is one of them. The following
15696 makefile runs @code{# foo} through the shell.
15703 @node obj/ and Make
15704 @section The @file{obj/} Subdirectory and Make
15705 @cindex @file{obj/}, subdirectory
15706 @cindex @acronym{BSD} @command{make} and @file{obj/}
15708 Never name one of your subdirectories @file{obj/} if you don't like
15711 If an @file{obj/} directory exists, @acronym{BSD} @command{make} enters it
15712 before reading the makefile. Hence the makefile in the
15713 current directory is not read.
15716 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
15719 $ @kbd{cat obj/Makefile}
15722 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
15725 $ @kbd{pmake} # BSD make
15730 @node make -k Status
15731 @section Exit Status of @code{make -k}
15732 @cindex @code{make -k}
15734 Do not rely on the exit status of @code{make -k}. Some implementations
15735 reflect whether they encountered an error in their exit status; other
15736 implementations always succeed.
15739 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
15742 $ @kbd{make -k; echo exit status: $?} # GNU make
15744 make: *** [all] Error 1
15746 $ @kbd{pmake -k; echo exit status: $?} # BSD make
15748 *** Error code 1 (continuing)
15752 @node VPATH and Make
15753 @section @code{VPATH} and Make
15754 @cindex @code{VPATH}
15756 Posix does not specify the semantics of @code{VPATH}. Typically,
15757 @command{make} supports @code{VPATH}, but its implementation is not
15760 Autoconf and Automake support makefiles whose usages of @code{VPATH} are
15761 portable to recent-enough popular implementations of @command{make}, but
15762 to keep the resulting makefiles portable, a package's makefile
15763 prototypes must take the following issues into account. These issues
15764 are complicated and are often poorly understood, and installers who use
15765 @code{VPATH} should expect to find many bugs in this area. If you use
15766 @code{VPATH}, the simplest way to avoid these portability bugs is to
15767 stick with @acronym{GNU} @command{make}, since it is the most
15768 commonly-used @command{make} among Autoconf users.
15770 Here are some known issues with some @code{VPATH}
15774 * VPATH and Double-colon:: Problems with @samp{::} on ancient hosts
15775 * $< in Explicit Rules:: @code{$<} does not work in ordinary rules
15776 * Automatic Rule Rewriting:: @code{VPATH} goes wild on Solaris
15777 * Tru64 Directory Magic:: @command{mkdir} goes wild on Tru64
15778 * Make Target Lookup:: More details about @code{VPATH} lookup
15781 @node VPATH and Double-colon
15782 @subsection @code{VPATH} and Double-colon Rules
15783 @cindex @code{VPATH} and double-colon rules
15784 @cindex double-colon rules and @code{VPATH}
15786 With ancient versions of Sun @command{make},
15787 any assignment to @code{VPATH} causes @command{make} to execute only
15788 the first set of double-colon rules.
15789 However, this problem is no longer of practical concern.
15791 @node $< in Explicit Rules
15792 @subsection @code{$<} Not Supported in Explicit Rules
15793 @cindex explicit rules, @code{$<}, and @code{VPATH}
15794 @cindex @code{$<}, explicit rules, and @code{VPATH}
15795 @cindex @code{VPATH}, explicit rules, and @code{$<}
15797 Using @code{$<} in explicit rules is not portable.
15798 The prerequisite file must be named explicitly in the rule. If you want
15799 to find the prerequisite via a @code{VPATH} search, you have to code the
15800 whole thing manually. @xref{Build Directories}.
15802 @node Automatic Rule Rewriting
15803 @subsection Automatic Rule Rewriting
15804 @cindex @code{VPATH} and automatic rule rewriting
15805 @cindex automatic rule rewriting and @code{VPATH}
15807 Some @command{make} implementations, such as Solaris and Tru64,
15808 search for prerequisites in @code{VPATH} and
15809 then rewrite each occurrence as a plain word in the rule.
15813 # This isn't portable to GNU make.
15820 executes @code{cp ../pkg/src/if.c f.c} if @file{if.c} is
15821 found in @file{../pkg/src}.
15823 However, this rule leads to real problems in practice. For example, if
15824 the source directory contains an ordinary file named @file{test} that is
15825 used in a dependency, Solaris @command{make} rewrites commands like
15826 @samp{if test -r foo; @dots{}} to @samp{if ../pkg/src/test -r foo;
15827 @dots{}}, which is typically undesirable. To avoid this problem,
15828 portable makefiles should never mention a source file whose name is that
15829 of a shell keyword like @file{until} or a shell command like
15830 @command{cat} or @command{gcc} or @command{test}.
15832 Because of these problems @acronym{GNU} @command{make} and many other
15833 @command{make} implementations do not rewrite commands, so portable
15835 search @code{VPATH} manually. It is tempting to write this:
15838 # This isn't portable to Solaris make.
15841 cp `test -f if.c || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c f.c
15845 However, the ``prerequisite rewriting'' still applies here. So if
15846 @file{if.c} is in @file{../pkg/src}, Solaris and Tru64 @command{make}
15850 cp `test -f ../pkg/src/if.c || echo ../pkg/src/`if.c f.c
15861 and thus fails. Oops.
15863 A simple workaround, and good practice anyway, is to use @samp{$?} and
15864 @samp{$@@} when possible:
15873 but this does not generalize well to commands with multiple
15874 prerequisites. A more general workaround is to rewrite the rule so that
15875 the prerequisite @file{if.c} never appears as a plain word. For
15876 example, these three rules would be safe, assuming @file{if.c} is in
15877 @file{../pkg/src} and the other files are in the working directory:
15882 cat `test -f ./if.c || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c f1.c >$@@
15884 cat `test -f 'if.c' || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c g1.c >$@@
15886 cat `test -f "if.c" || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c h1.c >$@@
15889 Things get worse when your prerequisites are in a macro.
15893 HEADERS = f.h g.h h.h
15894 install-HEADERS: $(HEADERS)
15895 for i in $(HEADERS); do \
15896 $(INSTALL) -m 644 \
15897 `test -f $$i || echo $(VPATH)/`$$i \
15898 $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$$i; \
15902 The above @code{install-HEADERS} rule is not Solaris-proof because @code{for
15903 i in $(HEADERS);} is expanded to @code{for i in f.h g.h h.h;}
15904 where @code{f.h} and @code{g.h} are plain words and are hence
15905 subject to @code{VPATH} adjustments.
15907 If the three files are in @file{../pkg/src}, the rule is run as:
15910 for i in ../pkg/src/f.h ../pkg/src/g.h h.h; do \
15912 `test -f $i || echo ../pkg/src/`$i \
15913 /usr/local/include/$i; \
15917 where the two first @command{install} calls fail. For instance,
15918 consider the @code{f.h} installation:
15922 `test -f ../pkg/src/f.h || \
15925 /usr/local/include/../pkg/src/f.h;
15934 /usr/local/include/../pkg/src/f.h;
15937 Note that the manual @code{VPATH} search did not cause any problems here;
15938 however this command installs @file{f.h} in an incorrect directory.
15940 Trying to quote @code{$(HEADERS)} in some way, as we did for
15941 @code{foo.c} a few makefiles ago, does not help:
15944 install-HEADERS: $(HEADERS)
15945 headers='$(HEADERS)'; \
15946 for i in $$headers; do \
15947 $(INSTALL) -m 644 \
15948 `test -f $$i || echo $(VPATH)/`$$i \
15949 $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$$i; \
15953 Now, @code{headers='$(HEADERS)'} macro-expands to:
15956 headers='f.h g.h h.h'
15960 but @code{g.h} is still a plain word. (As an aside, the idiom
15961 @code{headers='$(HEADERS)'; for i in $$headers;} is a good
15962 idea if @code{$(HEADERS)} can be empty, because some shells diagnose a
15963 syntax error on @code{for i in;}.)
15965 One workaround is to strip this unwanted @file{../pkg/src/} prefix manually:
15969 HEADERS = f.h g.h h.h
15970 install-HEADERS: $(HEADERS)
15971 headers='$(HEADERS)'; \
15972 for i in $$headers; do \
15973 i=`expr "$$i" : '$(VPATH)/\(.*\)'`;
15974 $(INSTALL) -m 644 \
15975 `test -f $$i || echo $(VPATH)/`$$i \
15976 $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$$i; \
15980 Automake does something similar. However the above hack works only if
15981 the files listed in @code{HEADERS} are in the current directory or a
15982 subdirectory; they should not be in an enclosing directory. If we had
15983 @code{HEADERS = ../f.h}, the above fragment would fail in a VPATH
15984 build with Tru64 @command{make}. The reason is that not only does
15985 Tru64 @command{make} rewrite dependencies, but it also simplifies
15986 them. Hence @code{../f.h} becomes @code{../pkg/f.h} instead of
15987 @code{../pkg/src/../f.h}. This obviously defeats any attempt to strip
15988 a leading @file{../pkg/src/} component.
15990 The following example makes the behavior of Tru64 @command{make}
15994 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
16006 Dependency @file{../foo} was found in @file{sub/../foo}, but Tru64
16007 @command{make} simplified it as @file{foo}. (Note that the @file{sub/}
16008 directory does not even exist, this just means that the simplification
16009 occurred before the file was checked for.)
16011 For the record here is how SunOS 4 @command{make} behaves on this
16016 make: Fatal error: Don't know how to make target `../foo'
16024 @node Tru64 Directory Magic
16025 @subsection Tru64 @command{make} Creates Prerequisite Directories Magically
16026 @cindex @code{VPATH} and prerequisite directories
16027 @cindex prerequisite directories and @code{VPATH}
16029 When a prerequisite is a subdirectory of @code{VPATH}, Tru64
16030 @command{make} creates it in the current directory.
16033 $ @kbd{mkdir -p foo/bar build}
16035 $ @kbd{cat >Makefile <<END
16044 This can yield unexpected results if a rule uses a manual @code{VPATH}
16045 search as presented before.
16050 command `test -d foo/bar || echo ../`foo/bar
16053 The above @command{command} is run on the empty @file{foo/bar}
16054 directory that was created in the current directory.
16056 @node Make Target Lookup
16057 @subsection Make Target Lookup
16058 @cindex @code{VPATH}, resolving target pathnames
16060 @acronym{GNU} @command{make} uses a complex algorithm to decide when it
16061 should use files found via a @code{VPATH} search. @xref{Search
16062 Algorithm, , How Directory Searches are Performed, make, The @acronym{GNU} Make
16065 If a target needs to be rebuilt, @acronym{GNU} @command{make} discards the
16066 file name found during the @code{VPATH} search for this target, and
16067 builds the file locally using the file name given in the makefile.
16068 If a target does not need to be rebuilt, @acronym{GNU} @command{make} uses the
16069 file name found during the @code{VPATH} search.
16071 Other @command{make} implementations, like Net@acronym{BSD} @command{make}, are
16072 easier to describe: the file name found during the @code{VPATH} search
16073 is used whether the target needs to be rebuilt or not. Therefore
16074 new files are created locally, but existing files are updated at their
16075 @code{VPATH} location.
16077 Open@acronym{BSD} and Free@acronym{BSD} @command{make}, however,
16079 @code{VPATH} search for a dependency that has an explicit rule.
16080 This is extremely annoying.
16082 When attempting a @code{VPATH} build for an autoconfiscated package
16083 (e.g., @code{mkdir build && cd build && ../configure}), this means
16085 @command{make} builds everything locally in the @file{build}
16086 directory, while @acronym{BSD} @command{make} builds new files locally and
16087 updates existing files in the source directory.
16090 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
16093 foo.x bar.x: newer.x
16094 @@echo Building $@@
16095 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
16096 $ @kbd{touch ../newer.x}
16097 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
16100 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
16103 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
16106 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
16109 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
16110 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
16112 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
16114 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
16117 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
16122 Note how Net@acronym{BSD} @command{make} updates @file{../bar.x} in its
16123 VPATH location, and how Free@acronym{BSD}, Open@acronym{BSD}, and Tru64
16124 @command{make} always
16125 update @file{bar.x}, even when @file{../bar.x} is up to date.
16127 Another point worth mentioning is that once @acronym{GNU} @command{make} has
16128 decided to ignore a @code{VPATH} file name (e.g., it ignored
16129 @file{../bar.x} in the above example) it continues to ignore it when
16130 the target occurs as a prerequisite of another rule.
16132 The following example shows that @acronym{GNU} @command{make} does not look up
16133 @file{bar.x} in @code{VPATH} before performing the @code{.x.y} rule,
16134 because it ignored the @code{VPATH} result of @file{bar.x} while running
16135 the @code{bar.x: newer.x} rule.
16138 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
16142 @@echo Building $@@
16146 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
16147 $ @kbd{touch ../newer.x}
16148 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
16151 cp: cannot stat `bar.x': No such file or directory
16152 make: *** [bar.y] Error 1
16153 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
16157 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
16158 echo Building bar.x
16160 cp: cannot stat `bar.x': No such file or directory
16162 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
16164 cp: bar.x: No such file or directory
16168 Note that if you drop away the command from the @code{bar.x: newer.x}
16169 rule, @acronym{GNU} @command{make} magically starts to work: it
16170 knows that @code{bar.x} hasn't been updated, therefore it doesn't
16171 discard the result from @code{VPATH} (@file{../bar.x}) in succeeding
16172 uses. Tru64 also works, but Free@acronym{BSD} and Open@acronym{BSD}
16176 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
16183 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
16184 $ @kbd{touch ../newer.x}
16185 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
16188 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
16191 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
16193 cp: cannot stat `bar.x': No such file or directory
16195 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
16199 It seems the sole solution that would please every @command{make}
16200 implementation is to never rely on @code{VPATH} searches for targets.
16201 In other words, @code{VPATH} should be reserved to unbuilt sources.
16204 @node Single Suffix Rules
16205 @section Single Suffix Rules and Separated Dependencies
16206 @cindex Single Suffix Inference Rule
16207 @cindex Rule, Single Suffix Inference
16208 A @dfn{Single Suffix Rule} is basically a usual suffix (inference) rule
16209 (@samp{.from.to:}), but which @emph{destination} suffix is empty
16212 @cindex Separated Dependencies
16213 @dfn{Separated dependencies} simply refers to listing the prerequisite
16214 of a target, without defining a rule. Usually one can list on the one
16215 hand side, the rules, and on the other hand side, the dependencies.
16217 Solaris @command{make} does not support separated dependencies for
16218 targets defined by single suffix rules:
16221 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
16226 $ @kbd{touch foo.in}
16233 while @acronym{GNU} Make does:
16239 Makefile foo foo.in
16242 Note it works without the @samp{foo: foo.in} dependency.
16245 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
16254 and it works with double suffix inference rules:
16257 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
16259 .SUFFIXES: .in .out
16266 As a result, in such a case, you have to write target rules.
16268 @node Timestamps and Make
16269 @section Timestamp Resolution and Make
16270 @cindex timestamp resolution
16271 Traditionally, file timestamps had 1-second resolution, and
16272 @command{make} used those timestamps to determine whether one file was
16273 newer than the other. However, many modern file systems have
16274 timestamps with 1-nanosecond resolution. Some @command{make}
16275 implementations look at the entire timestamp; others ignore the
16276 fractional part, which can lead to incorrect results. Normally this
16277 is not a problem, but in some extreme cases you may need to use tricks
16278 like @samp{sleep 1} to work around timestamp truncation bugs.
16280 Commands like @samp{cp -p} and @samp{touch -r} typically do not copy
16281 file timestamps to their full resolutions (@pxref{Limitations of Usual
16282 Tools}). Hence you should be wary of rules like this:
16289 as @file{dest} often appears to be older than @file{src} after the
16290 timestamp is truncated, and this can cause @command{make} to do
16291 needless rework the next time it is invoked. To work around this
16292 problem, you can use a timestamp file, e.g.:
16303 @c ======================================== Portable C and C++ Programming
16305 @node Portable C and C++
16306 @chapter Portable C and C++ Programming
16307 @cindex Portable C and C++ programming
16309 C and C++ programs often use low-level features of the underlying
16310 system, and therefore are often more difficult to make portable to other
16313 Several standards have been developed to help make your programs more
16314 portable. If you write programs with these standards in mind, you can
16315 have greater confidence that your programs work on a wide variety
16316 of systems. @xref{Standards, , Language Standards Supported by
16317 @acronym{GCC}, gcc, Using the @acronym{GNU} Compiler Collection
16318 (@acronym{GCC})}, for a list of C-related
16319 standards. Many programs also assume the
16320 @uref{http://www.opengroup.org/susv3, Posix standard}.
16322 Some old code is written to be portable to K&R C, which predates any C
16323 standard. K&R C compilers are no longer of practical interest, though,
16324 and the rest of section assumes at least C89, the first C standard.
16326 Program portability is a huge topic, and this section can only briefly
16327 introduce common pitfalls. @xref{System Portability, , Portability
16328 between System Types, standards, @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards}, for
16332 * Varieties of Unportability:: How to make your programs unportable
16333 * Integer Overflow:: When integers get too large
16334 * Preprocessor Arithmetic:: @code{#if} expression problems
16335 * Null Pointers:: Properties of null pointers
16336 * Buffer Overruns:: Subscript errors and the like
16337 * Volatile Objects:: @code{volatile} and signals
16338 * Floating Point Portability:: Portable floating-point arithmetic
16339 * Exiting Portably:: Exiting and the exit status
16342 @node Varieties of Unportability
16343 @section Varieties of Unportability
16344 @cindex portability
16346 Autoconf tests and ordinary programs often need to test what is allowed
16347 on a system, and therefore they may need to deliberately exceed the
16348 boundaries of what the standards allow, if only to see whether an
16349 optional feature is present. When you write such a program, you should
16350 keep in mind the difference between constraints, unspecified behavior,
16351 and undefined behavior.
16353 In C, a @dfn{constraint} is a rule that the compiler must enforce. An
16354 example constraint is that C programs must not declare a bit-field with
16355 negative width. Tests can therefore reliably assume that programs with
16356 negative-width bit-fields are rejected by a compiler that conforms
16359 @dfn{Unspecified behavior} is valid behavior, where the standard allows
16360 multiple possibilities. For example, the order of evaluation of
16361 function arguments is unspecified. Some unspecified behavior is
16362 @dfn{implementation-defined}, i.e., documented by the implementation,
16363 but since Autoconf tests cannot read the documentation they cannot
16364 distinguish between implementation-defined and other unspecified
16365 behavior. It is common for Autoconf tests to probe implementations to
16366 determine otherwise-unspecified behavior.
16368 @dfn{Undefined behavior} is invalid behavior, where the standard allows
16369 the implementation to do anything it pleases. For example,
16370 dereferencing a null pointer leads to undefined behavior. If possible,
16371 test programs should avoid undefined behavior, since a program with
16372 undefined behavior might succeed on a test that should fail.
16374 The above rules apply to programs that are intended to conform to the
16375 standard. However, strictly-conforming programs are quite rare, since
16376 the standards are so limiting. A major goal of Autoconf is to support
16377 programs that use implementation features not described by the standard,
16378 and it is fairly common for test programs to violate the above rules, if
16379 the programs work well enough in practice.
16381 @node Integer Overflow
16382 @section Integer Overflow
16383 @cindex integer overflow
16384 @cindex overflow, signed integer
16385 @cindex signed integer overflow
16386 @cindex wraparound arithmetic
16388 In practice many portable C programs assume that signed integer overflow wraps
16389 around reliably using two's complement arithmetic. Yet the C standard
16390 says that program behavior is undefined on overflow, and in a few cases
16391 C programs do not work on some modern implementations because their
16392 overflows do not wrap around as their authors expected. Conversely, in
16393 signed integer remainder, the C standard requires overflow
16394 behavior that is commonly not implemented.
16397 * Integer Overflow Basics:: Why integer overflow is a problem
16398 * Signed Overflow Examples:: Examples of code assuming wraparound
16399 * Optimization and Wraparound:: Optimizations that break uses of wraparound
16400 * Signed Overflow Advice:: Practical advice for signed overflow issues
16401 * Signed Integer Division:: @code{INT_MIN / -1} and @code{INT_MIN % -1}
16404 @node Integer Overflow Basics
16405 @subsection Basics of Integer Overflow
16406 @cindex integer overflow
16407 @cindex overflow, signed integer
16408 @cindex signed integer overflow
16409 @cindex wraparound arithmetic
16411 In languages like C, unsigned integer overflow reliably wraps around;
16412 e.g., @code{UINT_MAX + 1} yields zero.
16413 This is guaranteed by the C standard and is
16414 portable in practice, unless you specify aggressive,
16415 nonstandard optimization options
16416 suitable only for special applications.
16418 In contrast, the C standard says that signed integer overflow leads to
16419 undefined behavior where a program can do anything, including dumping
16420 core or overrunning a buffer. The misbehavior can even precede the
16421 overflow. Such an overflow can occur during addition, subtraction,
16422 multiplication, division, and left shift.
16424 Despite this requirement of the standard, many C programs and Autoconf
16425 tests assume that signed integer overflow silently wraps around modulo a
16426 power of two, using two's complement arithmetic, so long as you cast the
16427 resulting value to a signed integer type or store it into a signed
16428 integer variable. If you use conservative optimization flags, such
16429 programs are generally portable to the vast majority of modern
16430 platforms, with a few exceptions discussed later.
16432 For historical reasons the C standard also allows implementations with
16433 ones' complement or signed magnitude arithmetic, but it is safe to
16434 assume two's complement nowadays.
16436 Also, overflow can occur when converting an out-of-range value to a
16437 signed integer type. Here a standard implementation must define what
16438 happens, but this might include raising an exception. In practice all
16439 known implementations support silent wraparound in this case, so you need
16440 not worry about other possibilities.
16442 @node Signed Overflow Examples
16443 @subsection Examples of Code Assuming Wraparound Overflow
16444 @cindex integer overflow
16445 @cindex overflow, signed integer
16446 @cindex signed integer overflow
16447 @cindex wraparound arithmetic
16449 There has long been a tension between what the C standard requires for
16450 signed integer overflow, and what C programs commonly assume. The
16451 standard allows aggressive optimizations based on assumptions that
16452 overflow never occurs, but many practical C programs rely on overflow
16453 wrapping around. These programs do not conform to the standard, but
16454 they commonly work in practice because compiler writers are
16455 understandably reluctant to implement optimizations that would break
16456 many programs, unless perhaps a user specifies aggressive optimization.
16458 The C Standard says that if a program has signed integer overflow its
16459 behavior is undefined, and the undefined behavior can even precede the
16460 overflow. To take an extreme example:
16462 @c Inspired by Robert Dewar's example in
16463 @c <http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc/2007-01/msg00038.html> (2007-01-01).
16465 if (password == expected_password)
16466 allow_superuser_privileges ();
16467 else if (counter++ == INT_MAX)
16470 printf ("%d password mismatches\n", counter);
16474 If the @code{int} variable @code{counter} equals @code{INT_MAX},
16475 @code{counter++} must overflow and the behavior is undefined, so the C
16476 standard allows the compiler to optimize away the test against
16477 @code{INT_MAX} and the @code{abort} call.
16478 Worse, if an earlier bug in the program lets the compiler deduce that
16479 @code{counter == INT_MAX} or that @code{counter} previously overflowed,
16480 the C standard allows the compiler to optimize away the password test
16481 and generate code that allows superuser privileges unconditionally.
16483 Despite this requirement by the standard, it has long been common for C
16484 code to assume wraparound arithmetic after signed overflow, and all
16485 known practical C implementations support some C idioms that assume
16486 wraparound signed arithmetic, even if the idioms do not conform
16487 strictly to the standard. If your code looks like the following
16488 examples it will almost surely work with real-world compilers.
16490 Here is an example derived from the 7th Edition Unix implementation of
16491 @code{atoi} (1979-01-10):
16497 while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
16498 n = n * 10 + *p++ - '0';
16499 return (f ? -n : n);
16503 Even if the input string is in range, on most modern machines this has
16504 signed overflow when computing the most negative integer (the @code{-n}
16505 overflows) or a value near an extreme integer (the first @code{+}
16508 Here is another example, derived from the 7th Edition implementation of
16509 @code{rand} (1979-01-10). Here the programmer expects both
16510 multiplication and addition to wrap on overflow:
16513 static long int randx = 1;
16515 randx = randx * 1103515245 + 12345;
16516 return (randx >> 16) & 077777;
16519 In the following example, derived from the @acronym{GNU} C Library 2.5
16520 implementation of @code{mktime} (2006-09-09), the code assumes
16521 wraparound arithmetic in @code{+} to detect signed overflow:
16525 int sec_requested, sec_adjustment;
16527 t1 = t + sec_requested;
16528 t2 = t1 + sec_adjustment;
16529 if (((t1 < t) != (sec_requested < 0))
16530 | ((t2 < t1) != (sec_adjustment < 0)))
16534 If your code looks like these examples, it is probably safe even though
16535 it does not strictly conform to the C standard. This might lead one to
16536 believe that one can generally assume wraparound on overflow, but that
16537 is not always true, as can be seen in the next section.
16539 @node Optimization and Wraparound
16540 @subsection Optimizations That Break Wraparound Arithmetic
16541 @cindex loop induction
16543 Compilers sometimes generate code that is incompatible with wraparound
16544 integer arithmetic. A simple example is an algebraic simplification: a
16545 compiler might translate @code{(i * 2000) / 1000} to @code{i * 2}
16546 because it assumes that @code{i * 2000} does not overflow. The
16547 translation is not equivalent to the original when overflow occurs:
16548 e.g., in the typical case of 32-bit signed two's complement wraparound
16549 @code{int}, if @code{i} has type @code{int} and value @code{1073742},
16550 the original expression returns @minus{}2147483 but the optimized
16551 version returns the mathematically correct value 2147484.
16553 More subtly, loop induction optimizations often exploit the undefined
16554 behavior of signed overflow. Consider the following contrived function
16559 sumc (int lo, int hi)
16563 for (i = lo; i <= hi; i++)
16570 To avoid multiplying by 53 each time through the loop, an optimizing
16571 compiler might internally transform @code{sumc} to the equivalent of the
16576 transformed_sumc (int lo, int hi)
16581 for (ic = lo * 53; ic <= hic; ic += 53)
16588 This transformation is allowed by the C standard, but it is invalid for
16589 wraparound arithmetic when @code{INT_MAX / 53 < hi}, because then the
16590 overflow in computing expressions like @code{hi * 53} can cause the
16591 expression @code{i <= hi} to yield a different value from the
16592 transformed expression @code{ic <= hic}.
16594 For this reason, compilers that use loop induction and similar
16595 techniques often do not support reliable wraparound arithmetic when a
16596 loop induction variable like @code{ic} is involved. Since loop
16597 induction variables are generated by the compiler, and are not visible
16598 in the source code, it is not always trivial to say whether the problem
16601 Hardly any code actually depends on wraparound arithmetic in cases like
16602 these, so in practice these loop induction optimizations are almost
16603 always useful. However, edge cases in this area can cause problems.
16608 for (j = 1; 0 < j; j *= 2)
16613 Here, the loop attempts to iterate through all powers of 2 that
16614 @code{int} can represent, but the C standard allows a compiler to
16615 optimize away the comparison and generate an infinite loop,
16616 under the argument that behavior is undefined on overflow. As of this
16617 writing this optimization is not done by any production version of
16618 @acronym{GCC} with @option{-O2}, but it might be performed by other
16619 compilers, or by more aggressive @acronym{GCC} optimization options,
16620 and the @acronym{GCC} developers have not decided whether it will
16621 continue to work with @acronym{GCC} and @option{-O2}.
16623 @node Signed Overflow Advice
16624 @subsection Practical Advice for Signed Overflow Issues
16625 @cindex integer overflow
16626 @cindex overflow, signed integer
16627 @cindex signed integer overflow
16628 @cindex wraparound arithmetic
16630 Ideally the safest approach is to avoid signed integer overflow
16631 entirely. For example, instead of multiplying two signed integers, you
16632 can convert them to unsigned integers, multiply the unsigned values,
16633 then test whether the result is in signed range.
16635 Rewriting code in this way will be inconvenient, though, particularly if
16636 the signed values might be negative. Also, it may hurt
16637 performance. Using unsigned arithmetic to check for overflow is
16638 particularly painful to do portably and efficiently when dealing with an
16639 integer type like @code{uid_t} whose width and signedness vary from
16640 platform to platform.
16642 Furthermore, many C applications pervasively assume wraparound behavior
16643 and typically it is not easy to find and remove all these assumptions.
16644 Hence it is often useful to maintain nonstandard code that assumes
16645 wraparound on overflow, instead of rewriting the code. The rest of this
16646 section attempts to give practical advice for this situation.
16648 If your code wants to detect signed integer overflow in @code{sum = a +
16649 b}, it is generally safe to use an expression like @code{(sum < a) != (b
16652 If your code uses a signed loop index, make sure that the index cannot
16653 overflow, along with all signed expressions derived from the index.
16654 Here is a contrived example of problematic code with two instances of
16658 for (i = INT_MAX - 10; i <= INT_MAX; i++)
16661 report_overflow ();
16667 Because of the two overflows, a compiler might optimize away or
16668 transform the two comparisons in a way that is incompatible with the
16669 wraparound assumption.
16671 If your code uses an expression like @code{(i * 2000) / 1000} and you
16672 actually want the multiplication to wrap around on overflow, use
16673 unsigned arithmetic
16674 to do it, e.g., @code{((int) (i * 2000u)) / 1000}.
16676 If your code assumes wraparound behavior and you want to insulate it
16677 against any @acronym{GCC} optimizations that would fail to support that
16678 behavior, you should use @acronym{GCC}'s @option{-fwrapv} option, which
16679 causes signed overflow to wrap around reliably (except for division and
16680 remainder, as discussed in the next section).
16682 If you need to port to platforms where signed integer overflow does not
16683 reliably wrap around (e.g., due to hardware overflow checking, or to
16684 highly aggressive optimizations), you should consider debugging with
16685 @acronym{GCC}'s @option{-ftrapv} option, which causes signed overflow to
16686 raise an exception.
16688 @node Signed Integer Division
16689 @subsection Signed Integer Division and Integer Overflow
16690 @cindex division, integer
16693 integer division is not always harmless: for example, on CPUs of the
16694 i386 family, dividing @code{INT_MIN} by @code{-1} yields a SIGFPE signal
16695 which by default terminates the program. Worse, taking the remainder
16696 of these two values typically yields the same signal on these CPUs,
16697 even though the C standard requires @code{INT_MIN % -1} to yield zero
16698 because the expression does not overflow.
16700 @node Preprocessor Arithmetic
16701 @section Preprocessor Arithmetic
16702 @cindex preprocessor arithmetic
16704 In C99, preprocessor arithmetic, used for @code{#if} expressions, must
16705 be evaluated as if all signed values are of type @code{intmax_t} and all
16706 unsigned values of type @code{uintmax_t}. Many compilers are buggy in
16707 this area, though. For example, as of 2007, Sun C mishandles @code{#if
16708 LLONG_MIN < 0} on a platform with 32-bit @code{long int} and 64-bit
16709 @code{long long int}. Also, some older preprocessors mishandle
16710 constants ending in @code{LL}. To work around these problems, you can
16711 compute the value of expressions like @code{LONG_MAX < LLONG_MAX} at
16712 @code{configure}-time rather than at @code{#if}-time.
16714 @node Null Pointers
16715 @section Properties of Null Pointers
16716 @cindex null pointers
16718 Most modern hosts reliably fail when you attempt to dereference a null
16721 On almost all modern hosts, null pointers use an all-bits-zero internal
16722 representation, so you can reliably use @code{memset} with 0 to set all
16723 the pointers in an array to null values.
16725 If @code{p} is a null pointer to an object type, the C expression
16726 @code{p + 0} always evaluates to @code{p} on modern hosts, even though
16727 the standard says that it has undefined behavior.
16729 @node Buffer Overruns
16730 @section Buffer Overruns and Subscript Errors
16731 @cindex buffer overruns
16733 Buffer overruns and subscript errors are the most common dangerous
16734 errors in C programs. They result in undefined behavior because storing
16735 outside an array typically modifies storage that is used by some other
16736 object, and most modern systems lack runtime checks to catch these
16737 errors. Programs should not rely on buffer overruns being caught.
16739 There is one exception to the usual rule that a portable program cannot
16740 address outside an array. In C, it is valid to compute the address just
16741 past an object, e.g., @code{&a[N]} where @code{a} has @code{N} elements,
16742 so long as you do not dereference the resulting pointer. But it is not
16743 valid to compute the address just before an object, e.g., @code{&a[-1]};
16744 nor is it valid to compute two past the end, e.g., @code{&a[N+1]}. On
16745 most platforms @code{&a[-1] < &a[0] && &a[N] < &a[N+1]}, but this is not
16746 reliable in general, and it is usually easy enough to avoid the
16747 potential portability problem, e.g., by allocating an extra unused array
16748 element at the start or end.
16750 @uref{http://valgrind.org/, Valgrind} can catch many overruns.
16752 users might also consider using the @option{-fmudflap} option to catch
16755 Buffer overruns are usually caused by off-by-one errors, but there are
16756 more subtle ways to get them.
16758 Using @code{int} values to index into an array or compute array sizes
16759 causes problems on typical 64-bit hosts where an array index might
16760 be @math{2^31} or larger. Index values of type @code{size_t} avoid this
16761 problem, but cannot be negative. Index values of type @code{ptrdiff_t}
16762 are signed, and are wide enough in practice.
16764 If you add or multiply two numbers to calculate an array size, e.g.,
16765 @code{malloc (x * sizeof y + z)}, havoc ensues if the addition or
16766 multiplication overflows.
16768 Many implementations of the @code{alloca} function silently misbehave
16769 and can generate buffer overflows if given sizes that are too large.
16770 The size limits are implementation dependent, but are at least 4000
16771 bytes on all platforms that we know about.
16773 The standard functions @code{asctime}, @code{asctime_r}, @code{ctime},
16774 @code{ctime_r}, and @code{gets} are prone to buffer overflows, and
16775 portable code should not use them unless the inputs are known to be
16776 within certain limits. The time-related functions can overflow their
16777 buffers if given timestamps out of range (e.g., a year less than -999
16778 or greater than 9999). Time-related buffer overflows cannot happen with
16779 recent-enough versions of the @acronym{GNU} C library, but are possible
16781 implementations. The @code{gets} function is the worst, since it almost
16782 invariably overflows its buffer when presented with an input line larger
16785 @node Volatile Objects
16786 @section Volatile Objects
16787 @cindex volatile objects
16789 The keyword @code{volatile} is often misunderstood in portable code.
16790 Its use inhibits some memory-access optimizations, but programmers often
16791 wish that it had a different meaning than it actually does.
16793 @code{volatile} was designed for code that accesses special objects like
16794 memory-mapped device registers whose contents spontaneously change.
16795 Such code is inherently low-level, and it is difficult to specify
16796 portably what @code{volatile} means in these cases. The C standard
16797 says, ``What constitutes an access to an object that has
16798 volatile-qualified type is implementation-defined,'' so in theory each
16799 implementation is supposed to fill in the gap by documenting what
16800 @code{volatile} means for that implementation. In practice, though,
16801 this documentation is usually absent or incomplete.
16803 One area of confusion is the distinction between objects defined with
16804 volatile types, and volatile lvalues. From the C standard's point of
16805 view, an object defined with a volatile type has externally visible
16806 behavior. You can think of such objects as having little oscilloscope
16807 probes attached to them, so that the user can observe some properties of
16808 accesses to them, just as the user can observe data written to output
16809 files. However, the standard does not make it clear whether users can
16810 observe accesses by volatile lvalues to ordinary objects. For example:
16813 /* Declare and access a volatile object.
16814 Accesses to X are "visible" to users. */
16815 static int volatile x;
16818 /* Access two ordinary objects via a volatile lvalue.
16819 It's not clear whether accesses to *P are "visible". */
16821 int *z = malloc (sizeof (int));
16829 Programmers often wish that @code{volatile} meant ``Perform the memory
16830 access here and now, without merging several memory accesses, without
16831 changing the memory word size, and without reordering.'' But the C
16832 standard does not require this. For objects defined with a volatile
16833 type, accesses must be done before the next sequence point; but
16834 otherwise merging, reordering, and word-size change is allowed. Worse,
16835 it is not clear from the standard whether volatile lvalues provide more
16836 guarantees in general than nonvolatile lvalues, if the underlying
16837 objects are ordinary.
16839 Even when accessing objects defined with a volatile type,
16840 the C standard allows only
16841 extremely limited signal handlers: the behavior is undefined if a signal
16842 handler reads any nonlocal object, or writes to any nonlocal object
16843 whose type is not @code{sig_atomic_t volatile}, or calls any standard
16844 library function other than @code{abort}, @code{signal}, and (if C99)
16845 @code{_Exit}. Hence C compilers need not worry about a signal handler
16846 disturbing ordinary computation, unless the computation accesses a
16847 @code{sig_atomic_t volatile} lvalue that is not a local variable.
16848 (There is an obscure exception for accesses via a pointer to a volatile
16849 character, since it may point into part of a @code{sig_atomic_t
16850 volatile} object.) Posix
16851 adds to the list of library functions callable from a portable signal
16852 handler, but otherwise is like the C standard in this area.
16854 Some C implementations allow memory-access optimizations within each
16855 translation unit, such that actual behavior agrees with the behavior
16856 required by the standard only when calling a function in some other
16857 translation unit, and a signal handler acts like it was called from a
16858 different translation unit. The C standard hints that in these
16859 implementations, objects referred to by signal handlers ``would require
16860 explicit specification of @code{volatile} storage, as well as other
16861 implementation-defined restrictions.'' But unfortunately even for this
16862 special case these other restrictions are often not documented well.
16863 @xref{Volatiles, , When is a Volatile Object Accessed?, gcc, Using the
16864 @acronym{GNU} Compiler Collection (@acronym{GCC})}, for some
16865 restrictions imposed by @acronym{GCC}. @xref{Defining Handlers, ,
16866 Defining Signal Handlers, libc, The @acronym{GNU} C Library}, for some
16867 restrictions imposed by the @acronym{GNU} C library. Restrictions
16868 differ on other platforms.
16870 If possible, it is best to use a signal handler that fits within the
16871 limits imposed by the C and Posix standards.
16873 If this is not practical, you can try the following rules of thumb. A
16874 signal handler should access only volatile lvalues, preferably lvalues
16875 that refer to objects defined with a volatile type, and should not
16876 assume that the accessed objects have an internally consistent state
16877 if they are larger than a machine word. Furthermore, installers
16878 should employ compilers and compiler options that are commonly used
16879 for building operating system kernels, because kernels often need more
16880 from @code{volatile} than the C Standard requires, and installers who
16881 compile an application in a similar environment can sometimes benefit
16882 from the extra constraints imposed by kernels on compilers.
16883 Admittedly we are handwaving somewhat here, as there are few
16884 guarantees in this area; the rules of thumb may help to fix some bugs
16885 but there is a good chance that they will not fix them all.
16887 For @code{volatile}, C++ has the same problems that C does.
16888 Multithreaded applications have even more problems with @code{volatile},
16889 but they are beyond the scope of this section.
16891 The bottom line is that using @code{volatile} typically hurts
16892 performance but should not hurt correctness. In some cases its use
16893 does help correctness, but these cases are often so poorly understood
16894 that all too often adding @code{volatile} to a data structure merely
16895 alleviates some symptoms of a bug while not fixing the bug in general.
16897 @node Floating Point Portability
16898 @section Floating Point Portability
16899 @cindex floating point
16901 Almost all modern systems use IEEE-754 floating point, and it is safe to
16902 assume IEEE-754 in most portable code these days. For more information,
16903 please see David Goldberg's classic paper
16904 @uref{http://www.validlab.com/goldberg/paper.pdf, What Every Computer
16905 Scientist Should Know About Floating-Point Arithmetic}.
16907 @node Exiting Portably
16908 @section Exiting Portably
16909 @cindex exiting portably
16911 A C or C++ program can exit with status @var{N} by returning
16912 @var{N} from the @code{main} function. Portable programs are supposed
16913 to exit either with status 0 or @code{EXIT_SUCCESS} to succeed, or with
16914 status @code{EXIT_FAILURE} to fail, but in practice it is portable to
16915 fail by exiting with status 1, and test programs that assume Posix can
16916 fail by exiting with status values from 1 through 255. Programs on
16917 SunOS 2.0 (1985) through 3.5.2 (1988) incorrectly exited with zero
16918 status when @code{main} returned nonzero, but ancient systems like these
16919 are no longer of practical concern.
16921 A program can also exit with status @var{N} by passing @var{N} to the
16922 @code{exit} function, and a program can fail by calling the @code{abort}
16923 function. If a program is specialized to just some platforms, it can fail
16924 by calling functions specific to those platforms, e.g., @code{_exit}
16925 (Posix) and @code{_Exit} (C99). However, like other functions, an exit
16926 function should be declared, typically by including a header. For
16927 example, if a C program calls @code{exit}, it should include @file{stdlib.h}
16928 either directly or via the default includes (@pxref{Default Includes}).
16930 A program can fail due to undefined behavior such as dereferencing a null
16931 pointer, but this is not recommended as undefined behavior allows an
16932 implementation to do whatever it pleases and this includes exiting
16936 @c ================================================== Manual Configuration
16938 @node Manual Configuration
16939 @chapter Manual Configuration
16941 A few kinds of features can't be guessed automatically by running test
16942 programs. For example, the details of the object-file format, or
16943 special options that need to be passed to the compiler or linker. You
16944 can check for such features using ad-hoc means, such as having
16945 @command{configure} check the output of the @code{uname} program, or
16946 looking for libraries that are unique to particular systems. However,
16947 Autoconf provides a uniform method for handling unguessable features.
16950 * Specifying Names:: Specifying the system type
16951 * Canonicalizing:: Getting the canonical system type
16952 * Using System Type:: What to do with the system type
16955 @node Specifying Names
16956 @section Specifying the System Type
16957 @cindex System type
16960 @command{configure} scripts can make decisions based on a canonical name
16961 for the system type, which has the form:
16962 @samp{@var{cpu}-@var{vendor}-@var{os}}, where @var{os} can be
16963 @samp{@var{system}} or @samp{@var{kernel}-@var{system}}
16965 @command{configure} can usually guess the canonical name for the type of
16966 system it's running on. To do so it runs a script called
16967 @command{config.guess}, which infers the name using the @code{uname}
16968 command or symbols predefined by the C preprocessor.
16970 Alternately, the user can specify the system type with command line
16971 arguments to @command{configure}. Doing so is necessary when
16972 cross-compiling. In the most complex case of cross-compiling, three
16973 system types are involved. The options to specify them are:
16976 @item --build=@var{build-type}
16977 the type of system on which the package is being configured and
16978 compiled. It defaults to the result of running @command{config.guess}.
16980 @item --host=@var{host-type}
16981 the type of system on which the package runs. By default it is the
16982 same as the build machine. Specifying it enables the cross-compilation
16985 @item --target=@var{target-type}
16986 the type of system for which any compiler tools in the package
16987 produce code (rarely needed). By default, it is the same as host.
16990 If you mean to override the result of @command{config.guess}, use
16991 @option{--build}, not @option{--host}, since the latter enables
16992 cross-compilation. For historical reasons,
16993 whenever you specify @option{--host},
16994 be sure to specify @option{--build} too; this will be fixed in the
16995 future. So, to enter cross-compilation mode, use a command like this
16998 ./configure --build=i686-pc-linux-gnu --host=m68k-coff
17002 Note that if you do not specify @option{--host}, @command{configure}
17003 fails if it can't run the code generated by the specified compiler. For
17004 example, configuring as follows fails:
17007 ./configure CC=m68k-coff-gcc
17010 In the future, when cross-compiling Autoconf will @emph{not}
17011 accept tools (compilers, linkers, assemblers) whose name is not
17012 prefixed with the host type. The only case when this may be
17013 useful is when you really are not cross-compiling, but only
17014 building for a least-common-denominator architecture: an example
17015 is building for @code{i386-pc-linux-gnu} while running on an
17016 @code{i686-pc-linux-gnu} architecture. In this case, some particular
17017 pairs might be similar enough to let you get away with the system
17018 compilers, but in general the compiler might make bogus assumptions
17019 on the host: if you know what you are doing, please create symbolic
17020 links from the host compiler to the build compiler.
17022 @cindex @command{config.sub}
17023 @command{configure} recognizes short aliases for many system types; for
17024 example, @samp{decstation} can be used instead of
17025 @samp{mips-dec-ultrix4.2}. @command{configure} runs a script called
17026 @command{config.sub} to canonicalize system type aliases.
17028 This section deliberately omits the description of the obsolete
17029 interface; see @ref{Hosts and Cross-Compilation}.
17032 @node Canonicalizing
17033 @section Getting the Canonical System Type
17034 @cindex System type
17035 @cindex Canonical system type
17037 The following macros make the system type available to @command{configure}
17040 @ovindex build_alias
17041 @ovindex host_alias
17042 @ovindex target_alias
17044 The variables @samp{build_alias}, @samp{host_alias}, and
17045 @samp{target_alias} are always exactly the arguments of @option{--build},
17046 @option{--host}, and @option{--target}; in particular, they are left empty
17047 if the user did not use them, even if the corresponding
17048 @code{AC_CANONICAL} macro was run. Any configure script may use these
17049 variables anywhere. These are the variables that should be used when in
17050 interaction with the user.
17052 If you need to recognize some special environments based on their system
17053 type, run the following macros to get canonical system names. These
17054 variables are not set before the macro call.
17056 If you use these macros, you must distribute @command{config.guess} and
17057 @command{config.sub} along with your source code. @xref{Output}, for
17058 information about the @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR} macro which you can use
17059 to control in which directory @command{configure} looks for those scripts.
17062 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_BUILD
17063 @acindex{CANONICAL_BUILD}
17066 @ovindex build_vendor
17068 Compute the canonical build-system type variable, @code{build}, and its
17069 three individual parts @code{build_cpu}, @code{build_vendor}, and
17072 If @option{--build} was specified, then @code{build} is the
17073 canonicalization of @code{build_alias} by @command{config.sub},
17074 otherwise it is determined by the shell script @command{config.guess}.
17077 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_HOST
17078 @acindex{CANONICAL_HOST}
17081 @ovindex host_vendor
17083 Compute the canonical host-system type variable, @code{host}, and its
17084 three individual parts @code{host_cpu}, @code{host_vendor}, and
17087 If @option{--host} was specified, then @code{host} is the
17088 canonicalization of @code{host_alias} by @command{config.sub},
17089 otherwise it defaults to @code{build}.
17092 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_TARGET
17093 @acindex{CANONICAL_TARGET}
17095 @ovindex target_cpu
17096 @ovindex target_vendor
17098 Compute the canonical target-system type variable, @code{target}, and its
17099 three individual parts @code{target_cpu}, @code{target_vendor}, and
17102 If @option{--target} was specified, then @code{target} is the
17103 canonicalization of @code{target_alias} by @command{config.sub},
17104 otherwise it defaults to @code{host}.
17107 Note that there can be artifacts due to the backward compatibility
17108 code. See @xref{Hosts and Cross-Compilation}, for more.
17110 @node Using System Type
17111 @section Using the System Type
17113 In @file{configure.ac} the system type is generally used by one or more
17114 @code{case} statements to select system-specifics. Shell wildcards can
17115 be used to match a group of system types.
17117 For example, an extra assembler code object file could be chosen, giving
17118 access to a CPU cycle counter register. @code{$(CYCLE_OBJ)} in the
17119 following would be used in a makefile to add the object to a
17120 program or library.
17124 alpha*-*-*) CYCLE_OBJ=rpcc.o ;;
17125 i?86-*-*) CYCLE_OBJ=rdtsc.o ;;
17128 AC_SUBST([CYCLE_OBJ])
17131 @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS} (@pxref{Configuration Links}) is another good way
17132 to select variant source files, for example optimized code for some
17133 CPUs. The configured CPU type doesn't always indicate exact CPU types,
17134 so some runtime capability checks may be necessary too.
17138 alpha*-*-*) AC_CONFIG_LINKS([dither.c:alpha/dither.c]) ;;
17139 powerpc*-*-*) AC_CONFIG_LINKS([dither.c:powerpc/dither.c]) ;;
17140 *-*-*) AC_CONFIG_LINKS([dither.c:generic/dither.c]) ;;
17144 The host system type can also be used to find cross-compilation tools
17145 with @code{AC_CHECK_TOOL} (@pxref{Generic Programs}).
17147 The above examples all show @samp{$host}, since this is where the code
17148 is going to run. Only rarely is it necessary to test @samp{$build}
17149 (which is where the build is being done).
17151 Whenever you're tempted to use @samp{$host} it's worth considering
17152 whether some sort of probe would be better. New system types come along
17153 periodically or previously missing features are added. Well-written
17154 probes can adapt themselves to such things, but hard-coded lists of
17155 names can't. Here are some guidelines,
17159 Availability of libraries and library functions should always be checked
17162 Variant behavior of system calls is best identified with runtime tests
17163 if possible, but bug workarounds or obscure difficulties might have to
17164 be driven from @samp{$host}.
17166 Assembler code is inevitably highly CPU-specific and is best selected
17167 according to @samp{$host_cpu}.
17169 Assembler variations like underscore prefix on globals or ELF versus
17170 COFF type directives are however best determined by probing, perhaps
17171 even examining the compiler output.
17174 @samp{$target} is for use by a package creating a compiler or similar.
17175 For ordinary packages it's meaningless and should not be used. It
17176 indicates what the created compiler should generate code for, if it can
17177 cross-compile. @samp{$target} generally selects various hard-coded CPU
17178 and system conventions, since usually the compiler or tools under
17179 construction themselves determine how the target works.
17182 @c ===================================================== Site Configuration.
17184 @node Site Configuration
17185 @chapter Site Configuration
17187 @command{configure} scripts support several kinds of local configuration
17188 decisions. There are ways for users to specify where external software
17189 packages are, include or exclude optional features, install programs
17190 under modified names, and set default values for @command{configure}
17194 * Help Formatting:: Customizing @samp{configure --help}
17195 * External Software:: Working with other optional software
17196 * Package Options:: Selecting optional features
17197 * Pretty Help Strings:: Formatting help string
17198 * Option Checking:: Controlling checking of @command{configure} options
17199 * Site Details:: Configuring site details
17200 * Transforming Names:: Changing program names when installing
17201 * Site Defaults:: Giving @command{configure} local defaults
17204 @node Help Formatting
17205 @section Controlling Help Output
17207 Users consult @samp{configure --help} to learn of configuration
17208 decisions specific to your package. By default, @command{configure}
17209 breaks this output into sections for each type of option; within each
17210 section, help strings appear in the order @file{configure.ac} defines
17216 --enable-bar include bar
17223 @defmac AC_PRESERVE_HELP_ORDER
17224 @acindex{PRESERVE_HELP_ORDER}
17226 Request an alternate @option{--help} format, in which options of all
17227 types appear together, in the order defined. Call this macro before any
17228 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} or @code{AC_ARG_WITH}.
17231 Optional Features and Packages:
17233 --enable-bar include bar
17239 @node External Software
17240 @section Working With External Software
17241 @cindex External software
17243 Some packages require, or can optionally use, other software packages
17244 that are already installed. The user can give @command{configure}
17245 command line options to specify which such external software to use.
17246 The options have one of these forms:
17248 @c FIXME: Can't use @ovar here, Texinfo 4.0 goes lunatic and emits something
17251 --with-@var{package}[=@var{arg}]
17252 --without-@var{package}
17255 For example, @option{--with-gnu-ld} means work with the @acronym{GNU} linker
17256 instead of some other linker. @option{--with-x} means work with The X
17259 The user can give an argument by following the package name with
17260 @samp{=} and the argument. Giving an argument of @samp{no} is for
17261 packages that are used by default; it says to @emph{not} use the
17262 package. An argument that is neither @samp{yes} nor @samp{no} could
17263 include a name or number of a version of the other package, to specify
17264 more precisely which other package this program is supposed to work
17265 with. If no argument is given, it defaults to @samp{yes}.
17266 @option{--without-@var{package}} is equivalent to
17267 @option{--with-@var{package}=no}.
17269 Normally @command{configure} scripts complain about
17270 @option{--with-@var{package}} options that they do not support.
17271 @xref{Option Checking}, for details, and for how to override the
17274 For each external software package that may be used, @file{configure.ac}
17275 should call @code{AC_ARG_WITH} to detect whether the @command{configure}
17276 user asked to use it. Whether each package is used or not by default,
17277 and which arguments are valid, is up to you.
17279 @anchor{AC_ARG_WITH}
17280 @defmac AC_ARG_WITH (@var{package}, @var{help-string}, @
17281 @ovar{action-if-given}, @ovar{action-if-not-given})
17283 If the user gave @command{configure} the option @option{--with-@var{package}}
17284 or @option{--without-@var{package}}, run shell commands
17285 @var{action-if-given}. If neither option was given, run shell commands
17286 @var{action-if-not-given}. The name @var{package} indicates another
17287 software package that this program should work with. It should consist
17288 only of alphanumeric characters, dashes, and dots.
17290 The option's argument is available to the shell commands
17291 @var{action-if-given} in the shell variable @code{withval}, which is
17292 actually just the value of the shell variable named
17293 @code{with_@var{package}}, with any non-alphanumeric characters in
17294 @var{package} changed into @samp{_}. You may use that variable instead,
17297 The argument @var{help-string} is a description of the option that
17300 --with-readline support fancy command line editing
17304 @var{help-string} may be more than one line long, if more detail is
17305 needed. Just make sure the columns line up in @samp{configure
17306 --help}. Avoid tabs in the help string. You'll need to enclose the
17307 help string in @samp{[} and @samp{]} in order to produce the leading
17310 You should format your @var{help-string} with the macro
17311 @code{AS_HELP_STRING} (@pxref{Pretty Help Strings}).
17313 The following example shows how to use the @code{AC_ARG_WITH} macro in
17314 a common situation. You want to let the user decide whether to enable
17315 support for an external library (e.g., the readline library); if the user
17316 specified neither @option{--with-readline} nor @option{--without-readline},
17317 you want to enable support for readline only if the library is available
17320 @c FIXME: Remove AS_IF when the problem of AC_REQUIRE within `if' is solved.
17322 AC_ARG_WITH([readline],
17323 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-readline],
17324 [support fancy command line editing @@<:@@default=check@@:>@@])],
17326 [with_readline=check])
17329 AS_IF([test "x$with_readline" != xno],
17330 [AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [main],
17331 [AC_SUBST([LIBREADLINE], ["-lreadline -lncurses"])
17332 AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [1],
17333 [Define if you have libreadline])
17335 [if test "x$with_readline" != xcheck; then
17337 [--with-readline was given, but test for readline failed])
17342 The next example shows how to use @code{AC_ARG_WITH} to give the user the
17343 possibility to enable support for the readline library, in case it is still
17344 experimental and not well tested, and is therefore disabled by default.
17346 @c FIXME: Remove AS_IF when the problem of AC_REQUIRE within `if' is solved.
17348 AC_ARG_WITH([readline],
17349 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-readline],
17350 [enable experimental support for readline])],
17352 [with_readline=no])
17355 AS_IF([test "x$with_readline" != xno],
17356 [AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [main],
17357 [AC_SUBST([LIBREADLINE], ["-lreadline -lncurses"])
17358 AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [1],
17359 [Define if you have libreadline])
17362 [--with-readline was given, but test for readline failed])],
17366 The last example shows how to use @code{AC_ARG_WITH} to give the user the
17367 possibility to disable support for the readline library, given that it is
17368 an important feature and that it should be enabled by default.
17370 @c FIXME: Remove AS_IF when the problem of AC_REQUIRE within `if' is solved.
17372 AC_ARG_WITH([readline],
17373 [AS_HELP_STRING([--without-readline],
17374 [disable support for readline])],
17376 [with_readline=yes])
17379 AS_IF([test "x$with_readline" != xno],
17380 [AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [main],
17381 [AC_SUBST([LIBREADLINE], ["-lreadline -lncurses"])
17382 AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [1],
17383 [Define if you have libreadline])
17386 [readline test failed (--without-readline to disable)])],
17390 These three examples can be easily adapted to the case where
17391 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} should be preferred to @code{AC_ARG_WITH} (see
17392 @ref{Package Options}).
17395 @node Package Options
17396 @section Choosing Package Options
17397 @cindex Package options
17398 @cindex Options, package
17400 If a software package has optional compile-time features, the user can
17401 give @command{configure} command line options to specify whether to
17402 compile them. The options have one of these forms:
17404 @c FIXME: Can't use @ovar here, Texinfo 4.0 goes lunatic and emits something
17407 --enable-@var{feature}[=@var{arg}]
17408 --disable-@var{feature}
17411 These options allow users to choose which optional features to build and
17412 install. @option{--enable-@var{feature}} options should never make a
17413 feature behave differently or cause one feature to replace another.
17414 They should only cause parts of the program to be built rather than left
17417 The user can give an argument by following the feature name with
17418 @samp{=} and the argument. Giving an argument of @samp{no} requests
17419 that the feature @emph{not} be made available. A feature with an
17420 argument looks like @option{--enable-debug=stabs}. If no argument is
17421 given, it defaults to @samp{yes}. @option{--disable-@var{feature}} is
17422 equivalent to @option{--enable-@var{feature}=no}.
17424 Normally @command{configure} scripts complain about
17425 @option{--enable-@var{package}} options that they do not support.
17426 @xref{Option Checking}, for details, and for how to override the
17429 For each optional feature, @file{configure.ac} should call
17430 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} to detect whether the @command{configure} user asked
17431 to include it. Whether each feature is included or not by default, and
17432 which arguments are valid, is up to you.
17434 @anchor{AC_ARG_ENABLE}
17435 @defmac AC_ARG_ENABLE (@var{feature}, @var{help-string}, @
17436 @ovar{action-if-given}, @ovar{action-if-not-given})
17437 @acindex{ARG_ENABLE}
17438 If the user gave @command{configure} the option
17439 @option{--enable-@var{feature}} or @option{--disable-@var{feature}}, run
17440 shell commands @var{action-if-given}. If neither option was given, run
17441 shell commands @var{action-if-not-given}. The name @var{feature}
17442 indicates an optional user-level facility. It should consist only of
17443 alphanumeric characters, dashes, and dots.
17445 The option's argument is available to the shell commands
17446 @var{action-if-given} in the shell variable @code{enableval}, which is
17447 actually just the value of the shell variable named
17448 @code{enable_@var{feature}}, with any non-alphanumeric characters in
17449 @var{feature} changed into @samp{_}. You may use that variable instead,
17450 if you wish. The @var{help-string} argument is like that of
17451 @code{AC_ARG_WITH} (@pxref{External Software}).
17453 You should format your @var{help-string} with the macro
17454 @code{AS_HELP_STRING} (@pxref{Pretty Help Strings}).
17456 See the examples suggested with the definition of @code{AC_ARG_WITH}
17457 (@pxref{External Software}) to get an idea of possible applications of
17458 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE}.
17461 @node Pretty Help Strings
17462 @section Making Your Help Strings Look Pretty
17463 @cindex Help strings
17465 Properly formatting the @samp{help strings} which are used in
17466 @code{AC_ARG_WITH} (@pxref{External Software}) and @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE}
17467 (@pxref{Package Options}) can be challenging. Specifically, you want
17468 your own @samp{help strings} to line up in the appropriate columns of
17469 @samp{configure --help} just like the standard Autoconf @samp{help
17470 strings} do. This is the purpose of the @code{AS_HELP_STRING} macro.
17472 @anchor{AS_HELP_STRING}
17473 @defmac AS_HELP_STRING (@var{left-hand-side}, @var{right-hand-side} @
17474 @dvar{indent-column, 26}, @dvar{wrap-column, 79})
17475 @asindex{HELP_STRING}
17477 Expands into an help string that looks pretty when the user executes
17478 @samp{configure --help}. It is typically used in @code{AC_ARG_WITH}
17479 (@pxref{External Software}) or @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} (@pxref{Package
17480 Options}). The following example makes this clearer.
17484 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-foo],
17485 [use foo (default is no)])],
17486 [use_foo=$withval],
17490 Then the last few lines of @samp{configure --help} appear like
17494 --enable and --with options recognized:
17495 --with-foo use foo (default is no)
17498 Macro expansion is performed on the first argument. However, the second
17499 argument of @code{AS_HELP_STRING} is treated as a whitespace separated
17500 list of text to be reformatted, and is not subject to macro expansion.
17501 Since it is not expanded, it should not be double quoted.
17502 @xref{Autoconf Language}, for a more detailed explanation.
17504 The @code{AS_HELP_STRING} macro is particularly helpful when the
17505 @var{left-hand-side} and/or @var{right-hand-side} are composed of macro
17506 arguments, as shown in the following example. Be aware that
17507 @var{left-hand-side} may not contain unbalanced quotes or parentheses.
17510 AC_DEFUN([MY_ARG_WITH],
17511 [AC_ARG_WITH(m4_translit([[$1]], [_], [-]),
17512 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-m4_translit([$1], [_], [-])],
17513 [use $1 (default is $2)])],
17514 [use_[]$1=$withval],
17516 MY_ARG_WITH([a_b], [no])
17519 Here, the last few lines of @samp{configure --help} will include:
17522 --enable and --with options recognized:
17523 --with-a-b use a_b (default is no)
17526 The parameters @var{indent-column} and @var{wrap-column} were introduced
17527 in Autoconf 2.62. Generally, they should not be specified; they exist
17528 for fine-tuning of the wrapping.
17530 AS_HELP_STRING([--option], [description of option])
17531 @result{} --option description of option
17532 AS_HELP_STRING([--option], [description of option], [15], [30])
17533 @result{} --option description of
17539 @node Option Checking
17540 @section Controlling Checking of @command{configure} Options
17541 @cindex Options, Package
17543 The @command{configure} script checks its command-line options against a
17544 list of known options, like @option{--help} or @option{--config-cache}.
17545 An unknown option ordinarily indicates a mistake by the user and
17546 @command{configure} halts with an error. However, by default unknown
17547 @option{--with-@var{package}} and @option{--enable-@var{feature}}
17548 options elicit only a warning, to support configuring entire source
17551 Source trees often contain multiple packages with a top-level
17552 @command{configure} script that uses the @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS} macro
17553 (@pxref{Subdirectories}). Because the packages generally support
17554 different @option{--with-@var{package}} and
17555 @option{--enable-@var{feature}} options, the @acronym{GNU} Coding
17556 Standards say they must accept unrecognized options without halting.
17557 Even a warning message is undesirable here, so @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS}
17558 automatically disables the warnings.
17560 This default behavior may be modified in two ways. First, the installer
17561 can invoke @command{configure --disable-option-checking} to disable
17562 these warnings, or invoke @command{configure --enable-option-checking=fatal}
17563 options to turn them into fatal errors, respectively. Second, the
17564 maintainer can use @code{AC_DISABLE_OPTION_CHECKING}.
17566 @defmac AC_DISABLE_OPTION_CHECKING
17567 @acindex{DISABLE_OPTION_CHECKING}
17569 By default, disable warnings related to any unrecognized
17570 @option{--with-@var{package}} or @option{--enable-@var{feature}}
17571 options. This is implied by @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS}.
17573 The installer can override this behavior by passing
17574 @option{--enable-option-checking} (enable warnings) or
17575 @option{--enable-option-checking=fatal} (enable errors) to
17576 @command{configure}.
17581 @section Configuring Site Details
17582 @cindex Site details
17584 Some software packages require complex site-specific information. Some
17585 examples are host names to use for certain services, company names, and
17586 email addresses to contact. Since some configuration scripts generated
17587 by Metaconfig ask for such information interactively, people sometimes
17588 wonder how to get that information in Autoconf-generated configuration
17589 scripts, which aren't interactive.
17591 Such site configuration information should be put in a file that is
17592 edited @emph{only by users}, not by programs. The location of the file
17593 can either be based on the @code{prefix} variable, or be a standard
17594 location such as the user's home directory. It could even be specified
17595 by an environment variable. The programs should examine that file at
17596 runtime, rather than at compile time. Runtime configuration is more
17597 convenient for users and makes the configuration process simpler than
17598 getting the information while configuring. @xref{Directory Variables, ,
17599 Variables for Installation Directories, standards, @acronym{GNU} Coding
17600 Standards}, for more information on where to put data files.
17602 @node Transforming Names
17603 @section Transforming Program Names When Installing
17604 @cindex Transforming program names
17605 @cindex Program names, transforming
17607 Autoconf supports changing the names of programs when installing them.
17608 In order to use these transformations, @file{configure.ac} must call the
17609 macro @code{AC_ARG_PROGRAM}.
17611 @defmac AC_ARG_PROGRAM
17612 @acindex{ARG_PROGRAM}
17613 @ovindex program_transform_name
17614 Place in output variable @code{program_transform_name} a sequence of
17615 @code{sed} commands for changing the names of installed programs.
17617 If any of the options described below are given to @command{configure},
17618 program names are transformed accordingly. Otherwise, if
17619 @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET} has been called and a @option{--target} value
17620 is given, the target type followed by a dash is used as a prefix.
17621 Otherwise, no program name transformation is done.
17625 * Transformation Options:: @command{configure} options to transform names
17626 * Transformation Examples:: Sample uses of transforming names
17627 * Transformation Rules:: Makefile uses of transforming names
17630 @node Transformation Options
17631 @subsection Transformation Options
17633 You can specify name transformations by giving @command{configure} these
17634 command line options:
17637 @item --program-prefix=@var{prefix}
17638 prepend @var{prefix} to the names;
17640 @item --program-suffix=@var{suffix}
17641 append @var{suffix} to the names;
17643 @item --program-transform-name=@var{expression}
17644 perform @code{sed} substitution @var{expression} on the names.
17647 @node Transformation Examples
17648 @subsection Transformation Examples
17650 These transformations are useful with programs that can be part of a
17651 cross-compilation development environment. For example, a
17652 cross-assembler running on a Sun 4 configured with
17653 @option{--target=i960-vxworks} is normally installed as
17654 @file{i960-vxworks-as}, rather than @file{as}, which could be confused
17655 with a native Sun 4 assembler.
17657 You can force a program name to begin with @file{g}, if you don't want
17658 @acronym{GNU} programs installed on your system to shadow other programs with
17659 the same name. For example, if you configure @acronym{GNU} @code{diff} with
17660 @option{--program-prefix=g}, then when you run @samp{make install} it is
17661 installed as @file{/usr/local/bin/gdiff}.
17663 As a more sophisticated example, you could use
17666 --program-transform-name='s/^/g/; s/^gg/g/; s/^gless/less/'
17670 to prepend @samp{g} to most of the program names in a source tree,
17671 excepting those like @code{gdb} that already have one and those like
17672 @code{less} and @code{lesskey} that aren't @acronym{GNU} programs. (That is
17673 assuming that you have a source tree containing those programs that is
17674 set up to use this feature.)
17676 One way to install multiple versions of some programs simultaneously is
17677 to append a version number to the name of one or both. For example, if
17678 you want to keep Autoconf version 1 around for awhile, you can configure
17679 Autoconf version 2 using @option{--program-suffix=2} to install the
17680 programs as @file{/usr/local/bin/autoconf2},
17681 @file{/usr/local/bin/autoheader2}, etc. Nevertheless, pay attention
17682 that only the binaries are renamed, therefore you'd have problems with
17683 the library files which might overlap.
17685 @node Transformation Rules
17686 @subsection Transformation Rules
17688 Here is how to use the variable @code{program_transform_name} in a
17689 @file{Makefile.in}:
17692 PROGRAMS = cp ls rm
17693 transform = @@program_transform_name@@
17695 for p in $(PROGRAMS); do \
17696 $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p | \
17697 sed '$(transform)'`; \
17701 for p in $(PROGRAMS); do \
17702 rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p | sed '$(transform)'`; \
17706 It is guaranteed that @code{program_transform_name} is never empty, and
17707 that there are no useless separators. Therefore you may safely embed
17708 @code{program_transform_name} within a sed program using @samp{;}:
17711 transform = @@program_transform_name@@
17712 transform_exe = s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/
17715 Whether to do the transformations on documentation files (Texinfo or
17716 @code{man}) is a tricky question; there seems to be no perfect answer,
17717 due to the several reasons for name transforming. Documentation is not
17718 usually particular to a specific architecture, and Texinfo files do not
17719 conflict with system documentation. But they might conflict with
17720 earlier versions of the same files, and @code{man} pages sometimes do
17721 conflict with system documentation. As a compromise, it is probably
17722 best to do name transformations on @code{man} pages but not on Texinfo
17725 @node Site Defaults
17726 @section Setting Site Defaults
17727 @cindex Site defaults
17729 Autoconf-generated @command{configure} scripts allow your site to provide
17730 default values for some configuration values. You do this by creating
17731 site- and system-wide initialization files.
17733 @evindex CONFIG_SITE
17734 If the environment variable @code{CONFIG_SITE} is set, @command{configure}
17735 uses its value as the name of a shell script to read. Otherwise, it
17736 reads the shell script @file{@var{prefix}/share/config.site} if it exists,
17737 then @file{@var{prefix}/etc/config.site} if it exists. Thus,
17738 settings in machine-specific files override those in machine-independent
17739 ones in case of conflict.
17741 Site files can be arbitrary shell scripts, but only certain kinds of
17742 code are really appropriate to be in them. Because @command{configure}
17743 reads any cache file after it has read any site files, a site file can
17744 define a default cache file to be shared between all Autoconf-generated
17745 @command{configure} scripts run on that system (@pxref{Cache Files}). If
17746 you set a default cache file in a site file, it is a good idea to also
17747 set the output variable @code{CC} in that site file, because the cache
17748 file is only valid for a particular compiler, but many systems have
17751 You can examine or override the value set by a command line option to
17752 @command{configure} in a site file; options set shell variables that have
17753 the same names as the options, with any dashes turned into underscores.
17754 The exceptions are that @option{--without-} and @option{--disable-} options
17755 are like giving the corresponding @option{--with-} or @option{--enable-}
17756 option and the value @samp{no}. Thus, @option{--cache-file=localcache}
17757 sets the variable @code{cache_file} to the value @samp{localcache};
17758 @option{--enable-warnings=no} or @option{--disable-warnings} sets the variable
17759 @code{enable_warnings} to the value @samp{no}; @option{--prefix=/usr} sets the
17760 variable @code{prefix} to the value @samp{/usr}; etc.
17762 Site files are also good places to set default values for other output
17763 variables, such as @code{CFLAGS}, if you need to give them non-default
17764 values: anything you would normally do, repetitively, on the command
17765 line. If you use non-default values for @var{prefix} or
17766 @var{exec_prefix} (wherever you locate the site file), you can set them
17767 in the site file if you specify it with the @code{CONFIG_SITE}
17768 environment variable.
17770 You can set some cache values in the site file itself. Doing this is
17771 useful if you are cross-compiling, where it is impossible to check features
17772 that require running a test program. You could ``prime the cache'' by
17773 setting those values correctly for that system in
17774 @file{@var{prefix}/etc/config.site}. To find out the names of the cache
17775 variables you need to set, look for shell variables with @samp{_cv_} in
17776 their names in the affected @command{configure} scripts, or in the Autoconf
17777 M4 source code for those macros.
17779 The cache file is careful to not override any variables set in the site
17780 files. Similarly, you should not override command-line options in the
17781 site files. Your code should check that variables such as @code{prefix}
17782 and @code{cache_file} have their default values (as set near the top of
17783 @command{configure}) before changing them.
17785 Here is a sample file @file{/usr/share/local/gnu/share/config.site}. The
17786 command @samp{configure --prefix=/usr/share/local/gnu} would read this
17787 file (if @code{CONFIG_SITE} is not set to a different file).
17790 # config.site for configure
17792 # Change some defaults.
17793 test "$prefix" = NONE && prefix=/usr/share/local/gnu
17794 test "$exec_prefix" = NONE && exec_prefix=/usr/local/gnu
17795 test "$sharedstatedir" = '$prefix/com' && sharedstatedir=/var
17796 test "$localstatedir" = '$prefix/var' && localstatedir=/var
17798 # Give Autoconf 2.x generated configure scripts a shared default
17799 # cache file for feature test results, architecture-specific.
17800 if test "$cache_file" = /dev/null; then
17801 cache_file="$prefix/var/config.cache"
17802 # A cache file is only valid for one C compiler.
17808 @c ============================================== Running configure Scripts.
17810 @node Running configure Scripts
17811 @chapter Running @command{configure} Scripts
17812 @cindex @command{configure}
17814 Below are instructions on how to configure a package that uses a
17815 @command{configure} script, suitable for inclusion as an @file{INSTALL}
17816 file in the package. A plain-text version of @file{INSTALL} which you
17817 may use comes with Autoconf.
17820 * Basic Installation:: Instructions for typical cases
17821 * Compilers and Options:: Selecting compilers and optimization
17822 * Multiple Architectures:: Compiling for multiple architectures at once
17823 * Installation Names:: Installing in different directories
17824 * Optional Features:: Selecting optional features
17825 * System Type:: Specifying the system type
17826 * Sharing Defaults:: Setting site-wide defaults for @command{configure}
17827 * Defining Variables:: Specifying the compiler etc.
17828 * configure Invocation:: Changing how @command{configure} runs
17832 @include install.texi
17835 @c ============================================== config.status Invocation
17837 @node config.status Invocation
17838 @chapter config.status Invocation
17839 @cindex @command{config.status}
17841 The @command{configure} script creates a file named @file{config.status},
17842 which actually configures, @dfn{instantiates}, the template files. It
17843 also records the configuration options that were specified when the
17844 package was last configured in case reconfiguring is needed.
17848 ./config.status @var{option}@dots{} [@var{file}@dots{}]
17851 It configures the @var{files}; if none are specified, all the templates
17852 are instantiated. The files must be specified without their
17853 dependencies, as in
17856 ./config.status foobar
17863 ./config.status foobar:foo.in:bar.in
17866 The supported options are:
17871 Print a summary of the command line options, the list of the template
17876 Print the version number of Autoconf and the configuration settings,
17882 Do not print progress messages.
17886 Don't remove the temporary files.
17888 @item --file=@var{file}[:@var{template}]
17889 Require that @var{file} be instantiated as if
17890 @samp{AC_CONFIG_FILES(@var{file}:@var{template})} was used. Both
17891 @var{file} and @var{template} may be @samp{-} in which case the standard
17892 output and/or standard input, respectively, is used. If a
17893 @var{template} file name is relative, it is first looked for in the build
17894 tree, and then in the source tree. @xref{Configuration Actions}, for
17897 This option and the following ones provide one way for separately
17898 distributed packages to share the values computed by @command{configure}.
17899 Doing so can be useful if some of the packages need a superset of the
17900 features that one of them, perhaps a common library, does. These
17901 options allow a @file{config.status} file to create files other than the
17902 ones that its @file{configure.ac} specifies, so it can be used for a
17905 @item --header=@var{file}[:@var{template}]
17906 Same as @option{--file} above, but with @samp{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}.
17909 Ask @file{config.status} to update itself and exit (no instantiation).
17910 This option is useful if you change @command{configure}, so that the
17911 results of some tests might be different from the previous run. The
17912 @option{--recheck} option reruns @command{configure} with the same arguments
17913 you used before, plus the @option{--no-create} option, which prevents
17914 @command{configure} from running @file{config.status} and creating
17915 @file{Makefile} and other files, and the @option{--no-recursion} option,
17916 which prevents @command{configure} from running other @command{configure}
17917 scripts in subdirectories. (This is so other Make rules can
17918 run @file{config.status} when it changes; @pxref{Automatic Remaking},
17922 @file{config.status} checks several optional environment variables that
17923 can alter its behavior:
17925 @defvar CONFIG_SHELL
17926 @evindex CONFIG_SHELL
17927 The shell with which to run @command{configure} for the @option{--recheck}
17928 option. It must be Bourne-compatible. The default is a shell that
17929 supports @code{LINENO} if available, and @file{/bin/sh} otherwise.
17930 Invoking @command{configure} by hand bypasses this setting, so you may
17931 need to use a command like @samp{CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure}
17932 to insure that the same shell is used everywhere. The absolute name of the
17933 shell should be passed.
17936 @defvar CONFIG_STATUS
17937 @evindex CONFIG_STATUS
17938 The file name to use for the shell script that records the
17939 configuration. The default is @file{./config.status}. This variable is
17940 useful when one package uses parts of another and the @command{configure}
17941 scripts shouldn't be merged because they are maintained separately.
17944 You can use @file{./config.status} in your makefiles. For example, in
17945 the dependencies given above (@pxref{Automatic Remaking}),
17946 @file{config.status} is run twice when @file{configure.ac} has changed.
17947 If that bothers you, you can make each run only regenerate the files for
17952 stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
17953 ./config.status config.h
17956 Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
17957 ./config.status Makefile
17961 The calling convention of @file{config.status} has changed; see
17962 @ref{Obsolete config.status Use}, for details.
17965 @c =================================================== Obsolete Constructs
17967 @node Obsolete Constructs
17968 @chapter Obsolete Constructs
17969 @cindex Obsolete constructs
17971 Autoconf changes, and throughout the years some constructs have been
17972 obsoleted. Most of the changes involve the macros, but in some cases
17973 the tools themselves, or even some concepts, are now considered
17976 You may completely skip this chapter if you are new to Autoconf. Its
17977 intention is mainly to help maintainers updating their packages by
17978 understanding how to move to more modern constructs.
17981 * Obsolete config.status Use:: Obsolete convention for @command{config.status}
17982 * acconfig Header:: Additional entries in @file{config.h.in}
17983 * autoupdate Invocation:: Automatic update of @file{configure.ac}
17984 * Obsolete Macros:: Backward compatibility macros
17985 * Autoconf 1:: Tips for upgrading your files
17986 * Autoconf 2.13:: Some fresher tips
17989 @node Obsolete config.status Use
17990 @section Obsolete @file{config.status} Invocation
17992 @file{config.status} now supports arguments to specify the files to
17993 instantiate; see @ref{config.status Invocation}, for more details.
17994 Before, environment variables had to be used.
17996 @defvar CONFIG_COMMANDS
17997 @evindex CONFIG_COMMANDS
17998 The tags of the commands to execute. The default is the arguments given
17999 to @code{AC_OUTPUT} and @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} in
18000 @file{configure.ac}.
18003 @defvar CONFIG_FILES
18004 @evindex CONFIG_FILES
18005 The files in which to perform @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} substitutions.
18006 The default is the arguments given to @code{AC_OUTPUT} and
18007 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} in @file{configure.ac}.
18010 @defvar CONFIG_HEADERS
18011 @evindex CONFIG_HEADERS
18012 The files in which to substitute C @code{#define} statements. The
18013 default is the arguments given to @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}; if that
18014 macro was not called, @file{config.status} ignores this variable.
18017 @defvar CONFIG_LINKS
18018 @evindex CONFIG_LINKS
18019 The symbolic links to establish. The default is the arguments given to
18020 @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}; if that macro was not called,
18021 @file{config.status} ignores this variable.
18024 In @ref{config.status Invocation}, using this old interface, the example
18030 stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
18031 CONFIG_COMMANDS= CONFIG_LINKS= CONFIG_FILES= \
18032 CONFIG_HEADERS=config.h ./config.status
18035 Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
18036 CONFIG_COMMANDS= CONFIG_LINKS= CONFIG_HEADERS= \
18037 CONFIG_FILES=Makefile ./config.status
18042 (If @file{configure.ac} does not call @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}, there is
18043 no need to set @code{CONFIG_HEADERS} in the @code{make} rules. Equally
18044 for @code{CONFIG_COMMANDS}, etc.)
18047 @node acconfig Header
18048 @section @file{acconfig.h}
18050 @cindex @file{acconfig.h}
18051 @cindex @file{config.h.top}
18052 @cindex @file{config.h.bot}
18054 In order to produce @file{config.h.in}, @command{autoheader} needs to
18055 build or to find templates for each symbol. Modern releases of Autoconf
18056 use @code{AH_VERBATIM} and @code{AH_TEMPLATE} (@pxref{Autoheader
18057 Macros}), but in older releases a file, @file{acconfig.h}, contained the
18058 list of needed templates. @command{autoheader} copied comments and
18059 @code{#define} and @code{#undef} statements from @file{acconfig.h} in
18060 the current directory, if present. This file used to be mandatory if
18061 you @code{AC_DEFINE} any additional symbols.
18063 Modern releases of Autoconf also provide @code{AH_TOP} and
18064 @code{AH_BOTTOM} if you need to prepend/append some information to
18065 @file{config.h.in}. Ancient versions of Autoconf had a similar feature:
18066 if @file{./acconfig.h} contains the string @samp{@@TOP@@},
18067 @command{autoheader} copies the lines before the line containing
18068 @samp{@@TOP@@} into the top of the file that it generates. Similarly,
18069 if @file{./acconfig.h} contains the string @samp{@@BOTTOM@@},
18070 @command{autoheader} copies the lines after that line to the end of the
18071 file it generates. Either or both of those strings may be omitted. An
18072 even older alternate way to produce the same effect in ancient versions
18073 of Autoconf is to create the files @file{@var{file}.top} (typically
18074 @file{config.h.top}) and/or @file{@var{file}.bot} in the current
18075 directory. If they exist, @command{autoheader} copies them to the
18076 beginning and end, respectively, of its output.
18078 In former versions of Autoconf, the files used in preparing a software
18079 package for distribution were:
18082 configure.ac --. .------> autoconf* -----> configure
18084 [aclocal.m4] --+ `---.
18086 +--> [autoheader*] -> [config.h.in]
18087 [acconfig.h] ----. |
18094 Using only the @code{AH_} macros, @file{configure.ac} should be
18095 self-contained, and should not depend upon @file{acconfig.h} etc.
18098 @node autoupdate Invocation
18099 @section Using @command{autoupdate} to Modernize @file{configure.ac}
18100 @cindex @command{autoupdate}
18102 The @command{autoupdate} program updates a @file{configure.ac} file that
18103 calls Autoconf macros by their old names to use the current macro names.
18104 In version 2 of Autoconf, most of the macros were renamed to use a more
18105 uniform and descriptive naming scheme. @xref{Macro Names}, for a
18106 description of the new scheme. Although the old names still work
18107 (@pxref{Obsolete Macros}, for a list of the old macros and the corresponding
18108 new names), you can make your @file{configure.ac} files more readable
18109 and make it easier to use the current Autoconf documentation if you
18110 update them to use the new macro names.
18112 @evindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
18113 If given no arguments, @command{autoupdate} updates @file{configure.ac},
18114 backing up the original version with the suffix @file{~} (or the value
18115 of the environment variable @code{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}, if that is
18116 set). If you give @command{autoupdate} an argument, it reads that file
18117 instead of @file{configure.ac} and writes the updated file to the
18121 @command{autoupdate} accepts the following options:
18126 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
18130 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
18134 Report processing steps.
18138 Don't remove the temporary files.
18142 Force the update even if the file has not changed. Disregard the cache.
18144 @item --include=@var{dir}
18145 @itemx -I @var{dir}
18146 Also look for input files in @var{dir}. Multiple invocations accumulate.
18147 Directories are browsed from last to first.
18150 @node Obsolete Macros
18151 @section Obsolete Macros
18153 Several macros are obsoleted in Autoconf, for various reasons (typically
18154 they failed to quote properly, couldn't be extended for more recent
18155 issues, etc.). They are still supported, but deprecated: their use
18158 During the jump from Autoconf version 1 to version 2, most of the
18159 macros were renamed to use a more uniform and descriptive naming scheme,
18160 but their signature did not change. @xref{Macro Names}, for a
18161 description of the new naming scheme. Below, if there is just the mapping
18162 from old names to new names for these macros, the reader is invited to
18163 refer to the definition of the new macro for the signature and the
18168 @cvindex _ALL_SOURCE
18169 This macro is a platform-specific subset of
18170 @code{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS} (@pxref{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}).
18175 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA}).
18178 @defmac AC_ARG_ARRAY
18179 @acindex{ARG_ARRAY}
18180 Removed because of limited usefulness.
18185 This macro is obsolete; it does nothing.
18188 @defmac AC_C_LONG_DOUBLE
18189 @acindex{C_LONG_DOUBLE}
18190 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
18191 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type with more
18192 range or precision than the @code{double} type, define
18193 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE}.
18195 You should use @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE} or
18196 @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER} instead. @xref{Particular Types}.
18199 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM
18200 @acindex{CANONICAL_SYSTEM}
18201 Determine the system type and set output variables to the names of the
18202 canonical system types. @xref{Canonicalizing}, for details about the
18203 variables this macro sets.
18205 The user is encouraged to use either @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD}, or
18206 @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}, or @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET}, depending on
18207 the needs. Using @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET} is enough to run the two
18208 other macros (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
18211 @defmac AC_CHAR_UNSIGNED
18212 @acindex{CHAR_UNSIGNED}
18213 Replaced by @code{AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED} (@pxref{AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED}).
18216 @defmac AC_CHECK_TYPE (@var{type}, @var{default})
18217 @acindex{CHECK_TYPE}
18218 Autoconf, up to 2.13, used to provide this version of
18219 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}, deprecated because of its flaws. First, although
18220 it is a member of the @code{CHECK} clan, it does
18221 more than just checking. Secondly, missing types are defined
18222 using @code{#define}, not @code{typedef}, and this can lead to
18223 problems in the case of pointer types.
18225 This use of @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE} is obsolete and discouraged; see
18226 @ref{Generic Types}, for the description of the current macro.
18228 If the type @var{type} is not defined, define it to be the C (or C++)
18229 builtin type @var{default}, e.g., @samp{short int} or @samp{unsigned int}.
18231 This macro is equivalent to:
18234 AC_CHECK_TYPE([@var{type}], [],
18235 [AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([@var{type}], [@var{default}],
18236 [Define to `@var{default}'
18237 if <sys/types.h> does not define.])])
18240 In order to keep backward compatibility, the two versions of
18241 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE} are implemented, selected using these heuristics:
18245 If there are three or four arguments, the modern version is used.
18248 If the second argument appears to be a C or C++ type, then the
18249 obsolete version is used. This happens if the argument is a C or C++
18250 @emph{builtin} type or a C identifier ending in @samp{_t}, optionally
18251 followed by one of @samp{[(* } and then by a string of zero or more
18252 characters taken from the set @samp{[]()* _a-zA-Z0-9}.
18255 If the second argument is spelled with the alphabet of valid C and C++
18256 types, the user is warned and the modern version is used.
18259 Otherwise, the modern version is used.
18263 You are encouraged either to use a valid builtin type, or to use the
18264 equivalent modern code (see above), or better yet, to use
18265 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPES} together with
18268 #ifndef HAVE_LOFF_T
18269 typedef loff_t off_t;
18273 @c end of AC_CHECK_TYPE
18275 @defmac AC_CHECKING (@var{feature-description})
18280 AC_MSG_NOTICE([checking @var{feature-description}@dots{}]
18284 @xref{AC_MSG_NOTICE}.
18287 @defmac AC_COMPILE_CHECK (@var{echo-text}, @var{includes}, @
18288 @var{function-body}, @var{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
18289 @acindex{COMPILE_CHECK}
18290 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_TRY_COMPILE} itself replaced by
18291 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}), with the
18292 addition that it prints @samp{checking for @var{echo-text}} to the
18293 standard output first, if @var{echo-text} is non-empty. Use
18294 @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING} and @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} instead to print
18295 messages (@pxref{Printing Messages}).
18300 Replaced by @code{AC_C_CONST} (@pxref{AC_C_CONST}).
18303 @defmac AC_CROSS_CHECK
18304 @acindex{CROSS_CHECK}
18305 Same as @code{AC_C_CROSS}, which is obsolete too, and does nothing
18312 Check for the Cygwin environment in which case the shell variable
18313 @code{CYGWIN} is set to @samp{yes}. Don't use this macro, the dignified
18314 means to check the nature of the host is using @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}
18315 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}). As a matter of fact this macro is defined as:
18318 AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])[]dnl
18320 *cygwin* ) CYGWIN=yes;;
18325 Beware that the variable @env{CYGWIN} has a special meaning when
18326 running Cygwin, and should not be changed. That's yet another reason
18327 not to use this macro.
18330 @defmac AC_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST
18331 @acindex{DECL_SYS_SIGLIST}
18332 @cvindex SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED
18336 AC_CHECK_DECLS([sys_siglist], [], [],
18337 [#include <signal.h>
18338 /* NetBSD declares sys_siglist in unistd.h. */
18339 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
18340 # include <unistd.h>
18346 @xref{AC_CHECK_DECLS}.
18349 @defmac AC_DECL_YYTEXT
18350 @acindex{DECL_YYTEXT}
18351 Does nothing, now integrated in @code{AC_PROG_LEX} (@pxref{AC_PROG_LEX}).
18354 @defmac AC_DIR_HEADER
18355 @acindex{DIR_HEADER}
18360 Like calling @code{AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID}
18361 (@pxref{AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID}) and @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT}
18362 (@pxref{AC_HEADER_DIRENT}),
18363 but defines a different set of C preprocessor macros to indicate which
18364 header file is found:
18366 @multitable {@file{sys/ndir.h}} {Old Symbol} {@code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}}
18367 @item Header @tab Old Symbol @tab New Symbol
18368 @item @file{dirent.h} @tab @code{DIRENT} @tab @code{HAVE_DIRENT_H}
18369 @item @file{sys/ndir.h} @tab @code{SYSNDIR} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}
18370 @item @file{sys/dir.h} @tab @code{SYSDIR} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_DIR_H}
18371 @item @file{ndir.h} @tab @code{NDIR} @tab @code{HAVE_NDIR_H}
18375 @defmac AC_DYNIX_SEQ
18376 @acindex{DYNIX_SEQ}
18377 If on DYNIX/ptx, add @option{-lseq} to output variable
18378 @code{LIBS}. This macro used to be defined as
18381 AC_CHECK_LIB([seq], [getmntent], [LIBS="-lseq $LIBS"])
18385 now it is just @code{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT}).
18391 Defined the output variable @code{EXEEXT} based on the output of the
18392 compiler, which is now done automatically. Typically set to empty
18393 string if Posix and @samp{.exe} if a @acronym{DOS} variant.
18398 Similar to @code{AC_CYGWIN} but checks for the EMX environment on OS/2
18399 and sets @code{EMXOS2}. Don't use this macro, the dignified means to
18400 check the nature of the host is using @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}
18401 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
18404 @defmac AC_ENABLE (@var{feature}, @var{action-if-given}, @
18405 @ovar{action-if-not-given})
18407 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} that does not
18408 support providing a help string (@pxref{AC_ARG_ENABLE}).
18413 Replaced by @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} (@pxref{AC_MSG_ERROR}).
18418 Replaced by @code{AC_PATH_X} (@pxref{AC_PATH_X}).
18421 @defmac AC_FIND_XTRA
18422 @acindex{FIND_XTRA}
18423 Replaced by @code{AC_PATH_XTRA} (@pxref{AC_PATH_XTRA}).
18428 Replaced by @code{m4_foreach_w} (@pxref{m4_foreach_w}).
18431 @defmac AC_FUNC_CHECK
18432 @acindex{FUNC_CHECK}
18433 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_FUNC} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_FUNC}).
18436 @anchor{AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED}
18437 @defmac AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED
18438 @acindex{FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED}
18439 @cvindex SETVBUF_REVERSED
18440 @c @fuindex setvbuf
18441 @prindex @code{setvbuf}
18442 Do nothing. Formerly, this macro checked whether @code{setvbuf} takes
18443 the buffering type as its second argument and the buffer pointer as the
18444 third, instead of the other way around, and defined
18445 @code{SETVBUF_REVERSED}. However, the last systems to have the problem
18446 were those based on SVR2, which became obsolete in 1987, and the macro
18447 is no longer needed.
18450 @defmac AC_FUNC_WAIT3
18451 @acindex{FUNC_WAIT3}
18452 @cvindex HAVE_WAIT3
18453 If @code{wait3} is found and fills in the contents of its third argument
18454 (a @samp{struct rusage *}), which @acronym{HP-UX} does not do, define
18457 These days portable programs should use @code{waitpid}, not
18458 @code{wait3}, as @code{wait3} has been removed from Posix.
18461 @defmac AC_GCC_TRADITIONAL
18462 @acindex{GCC_TRADITIONAL}
18463 Replaced by @code{AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL} (@pxref{AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL}).
18466 @defmac AC_GETGROUPS_T
18467 @acindex{GETGROUPS_T}
18468 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS}).
18471 @defmac AC_GETLOADAVG
18472 @acindex{GETLOADAVG}
18473 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG}).
18476 @defmac AC_GNU_SOURCE
18477 @acindex{GNU_SOURCE}
18478 @cvindex _GNU_SOURCE
18479 This macro is a platform-specific subset of
18480 @code{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS} (@pxref{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}).
18483 @defmac AC_HAVE_FUNCS
18484 @acindex{HAVE_FUNCS}
18485 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}).
18488 @defmac AC_HAVE_HEADERS
18489 @acindex{HAVE_HEADERS}
18490 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}).
18493 @defmac AC_HAVE_LIBRARY (@var{library}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
18494 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @ovar{other-libraries})
18495 @acindex{HAVE_LIBRARY}
18496 This macro is equivalent to calling @code{AC_CHECK_LIB} with a
18497 @var{function} argument of @code{main}. In addition, @var{library} can
18498 be written as any of @samp{foo}, @option{-lfoo}, or @samp{libfoo.a}. In
18499 all of those cases, the compiler is passed @option{-lfoo}. However,
18500 @var{library} cannot be a shell variable; it must be a literal name.
18501 @xref{AC_CHECK_LIB}.
18504 @defmac AC_HAVE_POUNDBANG
18505 @acindex{HAVE_POUNDBANG}
18506 Replaced by @code{AC_SYS_INTERPRETER} (@pxref{AC_SYS_INTERPRETER}).
18509 @defmac AC_HEADER_CHECK
18510 @acindex{HEADER_CHECK}
18511 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_HEADER} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_HEADER}).
18514 @defmac AC_HEADER_EGREP
18515 @acindex{HEADER_EGREP}
18516 Replaced by @code{AC_EGREP_HEADER} (@pxref{AC_EGREP_HEADER}).
18519 @defmac AC_HELP_STRING
18520 @acindex{HELP_STRING}
18521 Replaced by @code{AS_HELP_STRING} (@pxref{AS_HELP_STRING}).
18524 @defmac AC_INIT (@var{unique-file-in-source-dir})
18526 Formerly @code{AC_INIT} used to have a single argument, and was
18531 AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR(@var{unique-file-in-source-dir})
18533 See @ref{AC_INIT} and @ref{AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR}.
18538 Replaced by @code{AC_C_INLINE} (@pxref{AC_C_INLINE}).
18541 @defmac AC_INT_16_BITS
18542 @acindex{INT_16_BITS}
18543 @cvindex INT_16_BITS
18544 If the C type @code{int} is 16 bits wide, define @code{INT_16_BITS}.
18545 Use @samp{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int)} instead (@pxref{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF}).
18548 @defmac AC_IRIX_SUN
18550 If on @sc{irix} (Silicon Graphics Unix), add @option{-lsun} to output
18551 @code{LIBS}. If you were using it to get @code{getmntent}, use
18552 @code{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT} instead. If you used it for the NIS versions
18553 of the password and group functions, use @samp{AC_CHECK_LIB(sun,
18554 getpwnam)}. Up to Autoconf 2.13, it used to be
18557 AC_CHECK_LIB([sun], [getmntent], [LIBS="-lsun $LIBS"])
18561 now it is defined as
18565 AC_CHECK_LIB([sun], [getpwnam])
18569 See @ref{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT} and @ref{AC_CHECK_LIB}.
18572 @defmac AC_ISC_POSIX
18573 @acindex{ISC_POSIX}
18575 This macro adds @option{-lcposix} to output variable @code{LIBS} if
18576 necessary for Posix facilities. Sun dropped support for the obsolete
18577 @sc{interactive} Systems Corporation Unix on 2006-07-23. New programs
18578 need not use this macro. It is implemented as
18579 @code{AC_SEARCH_LIBS([strerror], [cposix])} (@pxref{AC_SEARCH_LIBS}).
18584 Same as @samp{AC_LANG([C])} (@pxref{AC_LANG}).
18587 @defmac AC_LANG_CPLUSPLUS
18588 @acindex{LANG_CPLUSPLUS}
18589 Same as @samp{AC_LANG([C++])} (@pxref{AC_LANG}).
18592 @defmac AC_LANG_FORTRAN77
18593 @acindex{LANG_FORTRAN77}
18594 Same as @samp{AC_LANG([Fortran 77])} (@pxref{AC_LANG}).
18597 @defmac AC_LANG_RESTORE
18598 @acindex{LANG_RESTORE}
18599 Select the @var{language} that is saved on the top of the stack, as set
18600 by @code{AC_LANG_SAVE}, remove it from the stack, and call
18601 @code{AC_LANG(@var{language})}. @xref{Language Choice}, for the
18602 preferred way to change languages.
18605 @defmac AC_LANG_SAVE
18606 @acindex{LANG_SAVE}
18607 Remember the current language (as set by @code{AC_LANG}) on a stack.
18608 The current language does not change. @code{AC_LANG_PUSH} is preferred
18609 (@pxref{AC_LANG_PUSH}).
18612 @defmac AC_LINK_FILES (@var{source}@dots{}, @var{dest}@dots{})
18613 @acindex{LINK_FILES}
18614 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}
18615 (@pxref{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}. An updated version of:
18618 AC_LINK_FILES(config/$machine.h config/$obj_format.h,
18626 AC_CONFIG_LINKS([host.h:config/$machine.h
18627 object.h:config/$obj_format.h])
18633 Replaced by @code{AC_PROG_LN_S} (@pxref{AC_PROG_LN_S}).
18636 @defmac AC_LONG_64_BITS
18637 @acindex{LONG_64_BITS}
18638 @cvindex LONG_64_BITS
18639 Define @code{LONG_64_BITS} if the C type @code{long int} is 64 bits wide.
18640 Use the generic macro @samp{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([long int])} instead
18641 (@pxref{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF}).
18644 @defmac AC_LONG_DOUBLE
18645 @acindex{LONG_DOUBLE}
18646 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type with more
18647 range or precision than the @code{double} type, define
18648 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE}.
18650 You should use @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE} or
18651 @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER} instead. @xref{Particular Types}.
18654 @defmac AC_LONG_FILE_NAMES
18655 @acindex{LONG_FILE_NAMES}
18658 AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES
18661 @xref{AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES}.
18664 @defmac AC_MAJOR_HEADER
18665 @acindex{MAJOR_HEADER}
18666 Replaced by @code{AC_HEADER_MAJOR} (@pxref{AC_HEADER_MAJOR}).
18669 @defmac AC_MEMORY_H
18671 @cvindex NEED_MEMORY_H
18672 Used to define @code{NEED_MEMORY_H} if the @code{mem} functions were
18673 defined in @file{memory.h}. Today it is equivalent to
18674 @samp{AC_CHECK_HEADERS([memory.h])} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}). Adjust
18675 your code to depend upon
18676 @code{HAVE_MEMORY_H}, not @code{NEED_MEMORY_H}; see @ref{Standard
18682 Similar to @code{AC_CYGWIN} but checks for the MinGW compiler
18683 environment and sets @code{MINGW32}. Don't use this macro, the
18684 dignified means to check the nature of the host is using
18685 @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST} (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
18691 @cvindex _POSIX_SOURCE
18692 @cvindex _POSIX_1_SOURCE
18693 This macro is a platform-specific subset of
18694 @code{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS} (@pxref{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}).
18697 @defmac AC_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
18698 @acindex{MINUS_C_MINUS_O}
18699 Replaced by @code{AC_PROG_CC_C_O} (@pxref{AC_PROG_CC_C_O}).
18704 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_MMAP} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_MMAP}).
18709 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_MODE_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_MODE_T}).
18715 Defined the output variable @code{OBJEXT} based on the output of the
18716 compiler, after .c files have been excluded. Typically set to @samp{o}
18717 if Posix, @samp{obj} if a @acronym{DOS} variant.
18718 Now the compiler checking macros handle
18719 this automatically.
18722 @defmac AC_OBSOLETE (@var{this-macro-name}, @ovar{suggestion})
18724 Make M4 print a message to the standard error output warning that
18725 @var{this-macro-name} is obsolete, and giving the file and line number
18726 where it was called. @var{this-macro-name} should be the name of the
18727 macro that is calling @code{AC_OBSOLETE}. If @var{suggestion} is given,
18728 it is printed at the end of the warning message; for example, it can be
18729 a suggestion for what to use instead of @var{this-macro-name}.
18734 AC_OBSOLETE([$0], [; use AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h) instead])dnl
18738 You are encouraged to use @code{AU_DEFUN} instead, since it gives better
18739 services to the user (@pxref{AU_DEFUN}).
18744 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_OFF_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_OFF_T}).
18747 @defmac AC_OUTPUT (@ovar{file}@dots{}, @ovar{extra-cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
18749 The use of @code{AC_OUTPUT} with arguments is deprecated. This obsoleted
18750 interface is equivalent to:
18754 AC_CONFIG_FILES(@var{file}@dots{})
18755 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([default],
18756 @var{extra-cmds}, @var{init-cmds})
18762 See @ref{AC_CONFIG_FILES}, @ref{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}, and @ref{AC_OUTPUT}.
18765 @defmac AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS (@var{extra-cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
18766 @acindex{OUTPUT_COMMANDS}
18767 Specify additional shell commands to run at the end of
18768 @file{config.status}, and shell commands to initialize any variables
18769 from @command{configure}. This macro may be called multiple times. It is
18770 obsolete, replaced by @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} (@pxref{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}).
18772 Here is an unrealistic example:
18776 AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([echo this is extra $fubar, and so on.],
18778 AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([echo this is another, extra, bit],
18782 Aside from the fact that @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} requires an
18783 additional key, an important difference is that
18784 @code{AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS} is quoting its arguments twice, unlike
18785 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}. This means that @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}
18786 can safely be given macro calls as arguments:
18789 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS(foo, [my_FOO()])
18793 Conversely, where one level of quoting was enough for literal strings
18794 with @code{AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS}, you need two with
18795 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}. The following lines are equivalent:
18799 AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([echo "Square brackets: []"])
18800 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([default], [[echo "Square brackets: []"]])
18807 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_PID_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_PID_T}).
18812 Replaced by @code{AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM} (@pxref{AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM}).
18815 @defmac AC_PROGRAMS_CHECK
18816 @acindex{PROGRAMS_CHECK}
18817 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_PROGS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_PROGS}).
18820 @defmac AC_PROGRAMS_PATH
18821 @acindex{PROGRAMS_PATH}
18822 Replaced by @code{AC_PATH_PROGS} (@pxref{AC_PATH_PROGS}).
18825 @defmac AC_PROGRAM_CHECK
18826 @acindex{PROGRAM_CHECK}
18827 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_PROG} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_PROG}).
18830 @defmac AC_PROGRAM_EGREP
18831 @acindex{PROGRAM_EGREP}
18832 Replaced by @code{AC_EGREP_CPP} (@pxref{AC_EGREP_CPP}).
18835 @defmac AC_PROGRAM_PATH
18836 @acindex{PROGRAM_PATH}
18837 Replaced by @code{AC_PATH_PROG} (@pxref{AC_PATH_PROG}).
18840 @defmac AC_REMOTE_TAPE
18841 @acindex{REMOTE_TAPE}
18842 Removed because of limited usefulness.
18845 @defmac AC_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
18846 @acindex{RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}
18847 This macro was renamed @code{AC_SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}. However,
18848 these days portable programs should use @code{sigaction} with
18849 @code{SA_RESTART} if they want restartable system calls. They should
18850 not rely on @code{HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}, since nowadays whether a
18851 system call is restartable is a dynamic issue, not a configuration-time
18855 @defmac AC_RETSIGTYPE
18856 @acindex{RETSIGTYPE}
18857 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL}).
18862 Removed because of limited usefulness.
18865 @defmac AC_SCO_INTL
18868 If on SCO Unix, add @option{-lintl} to output variable @code{LIBS}. This
18869 macro used to do this:
18872 AC_CHECK_LIB([intl], [strftime], [LIBS="-lintl $LIBS"])
18876 Now it just calls @code{AC_FUNC_STRFTIME} instead (@pxref{AC_FUNC_STRFTIME}).
18879 @defmac AC_SETVBUF_REVERSED
18880 @acindex{SETVBUF_REVERSED}
18883 AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED
18886 @xref{AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED}.
18889 @defmac AC_SET_MAKE
18891 Replaced by @code{AC_PROG_MAKE_SET} (@pxref{AC_PROG_MAKE_SET}).
18894 @defmac AC_SIZEOF_TYPE
18895 @acindex{SIZEOF_TYPE}
18896 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF}).
18901 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_SIZE_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_SIZE_T}).
18904 @defmac AC_STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
18905 @acindex{STAT_MACROS_BROKEN}
18906 Replaced by @code{AC_HEADER_STAT} (@pxref{AC_HEADER_STAT}).
18909 @defmac AC_STDC_HEADERS
18910 @acindex{STDC_HEADERS}
18911 Replaced by @code{AC_HEADER_STDC} (@pxref{AC_HEADER_STDC}).
18916 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_STRCOLL} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_STRCOLL}).
18919 @defmac AC_STRUCT_ST_BLKSIZE
18920 @acindex{STRUCT_ST_BLKSIZE}
18921 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLKSIZE
18922 @cvindex HAVE_ST_BLKSIZE
18923 If @code{struct stat} contains an @code{st_blksize} member, define
18924 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLKSIZE}. The former name,
18925 @code{HAVE_ST_BLKSIZE} is to be avoided, as its support will cease in
18926 the future. This macro is obsoleted, and should be replaced by
18929 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_blksize])
18932 @xref{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}.
18935 @defmac AC_STRUCT_ST_RDEV
18936 @acindex{STRUCT_ST_RDEV}
18937 @cvindex HAVE_ST_RDEV
18938 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV
18939 If @code{struct stat} contains an @code{st_rdev} member, define
18940 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV}. The former name for this macro,
18941 @code{HAVE_ST_RDEV}, is to be avoided as it will cease to be supported
18942 in the future. Actually, even the new macro is obsolete and should be
18945 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev])
18948 @xref{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}.
18951 @defmac AC_ST_BLKSIZE
18952 @acindex{ST_BLKSIZE}
18953 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}).
18956 @defmac AC_ST_BLOCKS
18957 @acindex{ST_BLOCKS}
18958 Replaced by @code{AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS} (@pxref{AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS}).
18963 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}).
18966 @defmac AC_SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
18967 @acindex{SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}
18968 @cvindex HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
18969 If the system automatically restarts a system call that is interrupted
18970 by a signal, define @code{HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}. This macro does
18971 not check whether system calls are restarted in general---it checks whether a
18972 signal handler installed with @code{signal} (but not @code{sigaction})
18973 causes system calls to be restarted. It does not check whether system calls
18974 can be restarted when interrupted by signals that have no handler.
18976 These days portable programs should use @code{sigaction} with
18977 @code{SA_RESTART} if they want restartable system calls. They should
18978 not rely on @code{HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}, since nowadays whether a
18979 system call is restartable is a dynamic issue, not a configuration-time
18983 @defmac AC_SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED
18984 @acindex{SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED}
18985 This macro was renamed @code{AC_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST}. However, even that
18986 name is obsolete, as the same functionality is now acheived via
18987 @code{AC_CHECK_DECLS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_DECLS}).
18990 @defmac AC_TEST_CPP
18992 This macro was renamed @code{AC_TRY_CPP}, which in turn was replaced by
18993 @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE} (@pxref{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}).
18996 @defmac AC_TEST_PROGRAM
18997 @acindex{TEST_PROGRAM}
18998 This macro was renamed @code{AC_TRY_RUN}, which in turn was replaced by
18999 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} (@pxref{AC_RUN_IFELSE}).
19002 @defmac AC_TIMEZONE
19004 Replaced by @code{AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE} (@pxref{AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE}).
19007 @defmac AC_TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
19008 @acindex{TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME}
19009 Replaced by @code{AC_HEADER_TIME} (@pxref{AC_HEADER_TIME}).
19012 @defmac AC_TRY_COMPILE (@var{includes}, @var{function-body}, @
19013 @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
19014 @acindex{TRY_COMPILE}
19019 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[@var{includes}]],
19020 [[@var{function-body}]])],
19021 [@var{action-if-true}],
19022 [@var{action-if-false}])
19026 @xref{Running the Compiler}.
19028 This macro double quotes both @var{includes} and @var{function-body}.
19030 For C and C++, @var{includes} is any @code{#include} statements needed
19031 by the code in @var{function-body} (@var{includes} is ignored if
19032 the currently selected language is Fortran or Fortran 77). The compiler
19033 and compilation flags are determined by the current language
19034 (@pxref{Language Choice}).
19037 @defmac AC_TRY_CPP (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
19043 [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[@var{input}]])],
19044 [@var{action-if-true}],
19045 [@var{action-if-false}])
19049 @xref{Running the Preprocessor}.
19051 This macro double quotes the @var{input}.
19054 @defmac AC_TRY_LINK (@var{includes}, @var{function-body}, @
19055 @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
19061 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[@var{includes}]],
19062 [[@var{function-body}]])],
19063 [@var{action-if-true}],
19064 [@var{action-if-false}])
19068 @xref{Running the Compiler}.
19070 This macro double quotes both @var{includes} and @var{function-body}.
19072 Depending on the current language (@pxref{Language Choice}), create a
19073 test program to see whether a function whose body consists of
19074 @var{function-body} can be compiled and linked. If the file compiles
19075 and links successfully, run shell commands @var{action-if-found},
19076 otherwise run @var{action-if-not-found}.
19078 This macro double quotes both @var{includes} and @var{function-body}.
19080 For C and C++, @var{includes} is any @code{#include} statements needed
19081 by the code in @var{function-body} (@var{includes} is ignored if
19082 the currently selected language is Fortran or Fortran 77). The compiler
19083 and compilation flags are determined by the current language
19084 (@pxref{Language Choice}), and in addition @code{LDFLAGS} and
19085 @code{LIBS} are used for linking.
19088 @defmac AC_TRY_LINK_FUNC (@var{function}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
19089 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
19090 @acindex{TRY_LINK_FUNC}
19091 This macro is equivalent to
19093 AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_CALL([], [@var{function}])],
19094 [@var{action-if-found}], [@var{action-if-not-found}])
19097 @xref{AC_LINK_IFELSE}.
19100 @defmac AC_TRY_RUN (@var{program}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
19101 @ovar{action-if-false}, @ovar{action-if-cross-compiling})
19107 [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[@var{program}]])],
19108 [@var{action-if-true}],
19109 [@var{action-if-false}],
19110 [@var{action-if-cross-compiling}])
19119 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_UID_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_UID_T}).
19122 @defmac AC_UNISTD_H
19124 Same as @samp{AC_CHECK_HEADERS([unistd.h])} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}).
19130 Define @code{USG} if the @acronym{BSD} string functions are defined in
19131 @file{strings.h}. You should no longer depend upon @code{USG}, but on
19132 @code{HAVE_STRING_H}; see @ref{Standard Symbols}.
19135 @defmac AC_UTIME_NULL
19136 @acindex{UTIME_NULL}
19137 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL}).
19140 @defmac AC_VALIDATE_CACHED_SYSTEM_TUPLE (@ovar{cmd})
19141 @acindex{VALIDATE_CACHED_SYSTEM_TUPLE}
19142 If the cache file is inconsistent with the current host, target and
19143 build system types, it used to execute @var{cmd} or print a default
19144 error message. This is now handled by default.
19147 @defmac AC_VERBOSE (@var{result-description})
19149 Replaced by @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} (@pxref{AC_MSG_RESULT}).
19154 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_FORK} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_FORK}).
19159 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_VPRINTF} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_VPRINTF}).
19164 This macro was renamed @code{AC_FUNC_WAIT3}. However, these days
19165 portable programs should use @code{waitpid}, not @code{wait3}, as
19166 @code{wait3} has been removed from Posix.
19171 Replaced by @code{AC_MSG_WARN} (@pxref{AC_MSG_WARN}).
19174 @defmac AC_WITH (@var{package}, @var{action-if-given}, @
19175 @ovar{action-if-not-given})
19177 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_ARG_WITH} that does not
19178 support providing a help string (@pxref{AC_ARG_WITH}).
19181 @defmac AC_WORDS_BIGENDIAN
19182 @acindex{WORDS_BIGENDIAN}
19183 Replaced by @code{AC_C_BIGENDIAN} (@pxref{AC_C_BIGENDIAN}).
19186 @defmac AC_XENIX_DIR
19187 @acindex{XENIX_DIR}
19189 This macro used to add @option{-lx} to output variable @code{LIBS} if on
19190 Xenix. Also, if @file{dirent.h} is being checked for, added
19191 @option{-ldir} to @code{LIBS}. Now it is merely an alias of
19192 @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT} instead, plus some code to detect whether
19193 running @sc{xenix} on which you should not depend:
19196 AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Xenix])
19197 AC_EGREP_CPP([yes],
19198 [#if defined M_XENIX && !defined M_UNIX
19201 [AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]); XENIX=yes],
19202 [AC_MSG_RESULT([no]); XENIX=])
19205 Don't use this macro, the dignified means to check the nature of the
19206 host is using @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST} (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
19209 @defmac AC_YYTEXT_POINTER
19210 @acindex{YYTEXT_POINTER}
19211 This macro was renamed @code{AC_DECL_YYTEXT}, which in turn was
19212 integrated into @code{AC_PROG_LEX} (@pxref{AC_PROG_LEX}).
19216 @section Upgrading From Version 1
19217 @cindex Upgrading autoconf
19218 @cindex Autoconf upgrading
19220 Autoconf version 2 is mostly backward compatible with version 1.
19221 However, it introduces better ways to do some things, and doesn't
19222 support some of the ugly things in version 1. So, depending on how
19223 sophisticated your @file{configure.ac} files are, you might have to do
19224 some manual work in order to upgrade to version 2. This chapter points
19225 out some problems to watch for when upgrading. Also, perhaps your
19226 @command{configure} scripts could benefit from some of the new features in
19227 version 2; the changes are summarized in the file @file{NEWS} in the
19228 Autoconf distribution.
19231 * Changed File Names:: Files you might rename
19232 * Changed Makefiles:: New things to put in @file{Makefile.in}
19233 * Changed Macros:: Macro calls you might replace
19234 * Changed Results:: Changes in how to check test results
19235 * Changed Macro Writing:: Better ways to write your own macros
19238 @node Changed File Names
19239 @subsection Changed File Names
19241 If you have an @file{aclocal.m4} installed with Autoconf (as opposed to
19242 in a particular package's source directory), you must rename it to
19243 @file{acsite.m4}. @xref{autoconf Invocation}.
19245 If you distribute @file{install.sh} with your package, rename it to
19246 @file{install-sh} so @code{make} builtin rules don't inadvertently
19247 create a file called @file{install} from it. @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}
19248 looks for the script under both names, but it is best to use the new name.
19250 If you were using @file{config.h.top}, @file{config.h.bot}, or
19251 @file{acconfig.h}, you still can, but you have less clutter if you
19252 use the @code{AH_} macros. @xref{Autoheader Macros}.
19254 @node Changed Makefiles
19255 @subsection Changed Makefiles
19257 Add @samp{@@CFLAGS@@}, @samp{@@CPPFLAGS@@}, and @samp{@@LDFLAGS@@} in
19258 your @file{Makefile.in} files, so they can take advantage of the values
19259 of those variables in the environment when @command{configure} is run.
19260 Doing this isn't necessary, but it's a convenience for users.
19262 Also add @samp{@@configure_input@@} in a comment to each input file for
19263 @code{AC_OUTPUT}, so that the output files contain a comment saying
19264 they were produced by @command{configure}. Automatically selecting the
19265 right comment syntax for all the kinds of files that people call
19266 @code{AC_OUTPUT} on became too much work.
19268 Add @file{config.log} and @file{config.cache} to the list of files you
19269 remove in @code{distclean} targets.
19271 If you have the following in @file{Makefile.in}:
19274 prefix = /usr/local
19275 exec_prefix = $(prefix)
19279 you must change it to:
19282 prefix = @@prefix@@
19283 exec_prefix = @@exec_prefix@@
19287 The old behavior of replacing those variables without @samp{@@}
19288 characters around them has been removed.
19290 @node Changed Macros
19291 @subsection Changed Macros
19293 Many of the macros were renamed in Autoconf version 2. You can still
19294 use the old names, but the new ones are clearer, and it's easier to find
19295 the documentation for them. @xref{Obsolete Macros}, for a table showing the
19296 new names for the old macros. Use the @command{autoupdate} program to
19297 convert your @file{configure.ac} to using the new macro names.
19298 @xref{autoupdate Invocation}.
19300 Some macros have been superseded by similar ones that do the job better,
19301 but are not call-compatible. If you get warnings about calling obsolete
19302 macros while running @command{autoconf}, you may safely ignore them, but
19303 your @command{configure} script generally works better if you follow
19304 the advice that is printed about what to replace the obsolete macros with. In
19305 particular, the mechanism for reporting the results of tests has
19306 changed. If you were using @command{echo} or @code{AC_VERBOSE} (perhaps
19307 via @code{AC_COMPILE_CHECK}), your @command{configure} script's output
19308 looks better if you switch to @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING} and
19309 @code{AC_MSG_RESULT}. @xref{Printing Messages}. Those macros work best
19310 in conjunction with cache variables. @xref{Caching Results}.
19314 @node Changed Results
19315 @subsection Changed Results
19317 If you were checking the results of previous tests by examining the
19318 shell variable @code{DEFS}, you need to switch to checking the values of
19319 the cache variables for those tests. @code{DEFS} no longer exists while
19320 @command{configure} is running; it is only created when generating output
19321 files. This difference from version 1 is because properly quoting the
19322 contents of that variable turned out to be too cumbersome and
19323 inefficient to do every time @code{AC_DEFINE} is called. @xref{Cache
19326 For example, here is a @file{configure.ac} fragment written for Autoconf
19330 AC_HAVE_FUNCS(syslog)
19332 *-DHAVE_SYSLOG*) ;;
19333 *) # syslog is not in the default libraries. See if it's in some other.
19335 for lib in bsd socket inet; do
19336 AC_CHECKING(for syslog in -l$lib)
19337 LIBS="-l$lib $saved_LIBS"
19338 AC_HAVE_FUNCS(syslog)
19340 *-DHAVE_SYSLOG*) break ;;
19348 Here is a way to write it for version 2:
19351 AC_CHECK_FUNCS([syslog])
19352 if test $ac_cv_func_syslog = no; then
19353 # syslog is not in the default libraries. See if it's in some other.
19354 for lib in bsd socket inet; do
19355 AC_CHECK_LIB([$lib], [syslog], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SYSLOG])
19356 LIBS="-l$lib $LIBS"; break])
19361 If you were working around bugs in @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED} by adding
19362 backslashes before quotes, you need to remove them. It now works
19363 predictably, and does not treat quotes (except back quotes) specially.
19364 @xref{Setting Output Variables}.
19366 All of the Boolean shell variables set by Autoconf macros now use
19367 @samp{yes} for the true value. Most of them use @samp{no} for false,
19368 though for backward compatibility some use the empty string instead. If
19369 you were relying on a shell variable being set to something like 1 or
19370 @samp{t} for true, you need to change your tests.
19372 @node Changed Macro Writing
19373 @subsection Changed Macro Writing
19375 When defining your own macros, you should now use @code{AC_DEFUN}
19376 instead of @code{define}. @code{AC_DEFUN} automatically calls
19377 @code{AC_PROVIDE} and ensures that macros called via @code{AC_REQUIRE}
19378 do not interrupt other macros, to prevent nested @samp{checking@dots{}}
19379 messages on the screen. There's no actual harm in continuing to use the
19380 older way, but it's less convenient and attractive. @xref{Macro
19383 You probably looked at the macros that came with Autoconf as a guide for
19384 how to do things. It would be a good idea to take a look at the new
19385 versions of them, as the style is somewhat improved and they take
19386 advantage of some new features.
19388 If you were doing tricky things with undocumented Autoconf internals
19389 (macros, variables, diversions), check whether you need to change
19390 anything to account for changes that have been made. Perhaps you can
19391 even use an officially supported technique in version 2 instead of
19392 kludging. Or perhaps not.
19394 To speed up your locally written feature tests, add caching to them.
19395 See whether any of your tests are of general enough usefulness to
19396 encapsulate them into macros that you can share.
19399 @node Autoconf 2.13
19400 @section Upgrading From Version 2.13
19401 @cindex Upgrading autoconf
19402 @cindex Autoconf upgrading
19404 The introduction of the previous section (@pxref{Autoconf 1}) perfectly
19405 suits this section@enddots{}
19408 Autoconf version 2.50 is mostly backward compatible with version 2.13.
19409 However, it introduces better ways to do some things, and doesn't
19410 support some of the ugly things in version 2.13. So, depending on how
19411 sophisticated your @file{configure.ac} files are, you might have to do
19412 some manual work in order to upgrade to version 2.50. This chapter
19413 points out some problems to watch for when upgrading. Also, perhaps
19414 your @command{configure} scripts could benefit from some of the new
19415 features in version 2.50; the changes are summarized in the file
19416 @file{NEWS} in the Autoconf distribution.
19420 * Changed Quotation:: Broken code which used to work
19421 * New Macros:: Interaction with foreign macros
19422 * Hosts and Cross-Compilation:: Bugward compatibility kludges
19423 * AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS:: LIBOBJS is a forbidden token
19424 * AC_FOO_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_FOO:: A more generic scheme for testing sources
19427 @node Changed Quotation
19428 @subsection Changed Quotation
19430 The most important changes are invisible to you: the implementation of
19431 most macros have completely changed. This allowed more factorization of
19432 the code, better error messages, a higher uniformity of the user's
19433 interface etc. Unfortunately, as a side effect, some construct which
19434 used to (miraculously) work might break starting with Autoconf 2.50.
19435 The most common culprit is bad quotation.
19437 For instance, in the following example, the message is not properly
19442 AC_CHECK_HEADERS(foo.h, ,
19443 AC_MSG_ERROR(cannot find foo.h, bailing out))
19448 Autoconf 2.13 simply ignores it:
19451 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.13; ./configure --silent}
19452 creating cache ./config.cache
19453 configure: error: cannot find foo.h
19458 while Autoconf 2.50 produces a broken @file{configure}:
19461 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.50; ./configure --silent}
19462 configure: error: cannot find foo.h
19463 ./configure: exit: bad non-numeric arg `bailing'
19464 ./configure: exit: bad non-numeric arg `bailing'
19468 The message needs to be quoted, and the @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} invocation
19472 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
19473 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([foo.h], [],
19474 [AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot find foo.h, bailing out])])
19478 Many many (and many more) Autoconf macros were lacking proper quotation,
19479 including no less than@dots{} @code{AC_DEFUN} itself!
19482 $ @kbd{cat configure.in}
19483 AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_INSTALL],
19484 [# My own much better version
19489 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.13}
19490 autoconf: Undefined macros:
19491 ***BUG in Autoconf--please report*** AC_FD_MSG
19492 ***BUG in Autoconf--please report*** AC_EPI
19493 configure.in:1:AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_INSTALL],
19494 configure.in:5:AC_PROG_INSTALL
19495 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.50}
19501 @subsection New Macros
19503 @cindex undefined macro
19504 @cindex @code{_m4_divert_diversion}
19506 While Autoconf was relatively dormant in the late 1990s, Automake
19507 provided Autoconf-like macros for a while. Starting with Autoconf 2.50
19508 in 2001, Autoconf provided
19509 versions of these macros, integrated in the @code{AC_} namespace,
19510 instead of @code{AM_}. But in order to ease the upgrading via
19511 @command{autoupdate}, bindings to such @code{AM_} macros are provided.
19513 Unfortunately older versions of Automake (e.g., Automake 1.4)
19514 did not quote the names of these macros.
19515 Therefore, when @command{m4} finds something like
19516 @samp{AC_DEFUN(AM_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T, @dots{})} in @file{aclocal.m4},
19517 @code{AM_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T} is
19518 expanded, replaced with its Autoconf definition.
19520 Fortunately Autoconf catches pre-@code{AC_INIT} expansions, and
19521 complains, in its own words:
19524 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
19525 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
19527 $ @kbd{aclocal-1.4}
19529 aclocal.m4:17: error: m4_defn: undefined macro: _m4_divert_diversion
19530 aclocal.m4:17: the top level
19531 autom4te: m4 failed with exit status: 1
19535 Modern versions of Automake no longer define most of these
19536 macros, and properly quote the names of the remaining macros.
19537 If you must use an old Automake, do not depend upon macros from Automake
19538 as it is simply not its job
19539 to provide macros (but the one it requires itself):
19542 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
19543 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
19545 $ @kbd{rm aclocal.m4}
19547 autoupdate: `configure.ac' is updated
19548 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
19549 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
19550 AC_CHECK_TYPES([ptrdiff_t])
19551 $ @kbd{aclocal-1.4}
19557 @node Hosts and Cross-Compilation
19558 @subsection Hosts and Cross-Compilation
19559 @cindex Cross compilation
19561 Based on the experience of compiler writers, and after long public
19562 debates, many aspects of the cross-compilation chain have changed:
19566 the relationship between the build, host, and target architecture types,
19569 the command line interface for specifying them to @command{configure},
19572 the variables defined in @command{configure},
19575 the enabling of cross-compilation mode.
19580 The relationship between build, host, and target have been cleaned up:
19581 the chain of default is now simply: target defaults to host, host to
19582 build, and build to the result of @command{config.guess}. Nevertheless,
19583 in order to ease the transition from 2.13 to 2.50, the following
19584 transition scheme is implemented. @emph{Do not rely on it}, as it will
19585 be completely disabled in a couple of releases (we cannot keep it, as it
19586 proves to cause more problems than it cures).
19588 They all default to the result of running @command{config.guess}, unless
19589 you specify either @option{--build} or @option{--host}. In this case,
19590 the default becomes the system type you specified. If you specify both,
19591 and they're different, @command{configure} enters cross compilation
19592 mode, so it doesn't run any tests that require execution.
19594 Hint: if you mean to override the result of @command{config.guess},
19595 prefer @option{--build} over @option{--host}. In the future,
19596 @option{--host} will not override the name of the build system type.
19597 Whenever you specify @option{--host}, be sure to specify @option{--build}
19602 For backward compatibility, @command{configure} accepts a system
19603 type as an option by itself. Such an option overrides the
19604 defaults for build, host, and target system types. The following
19605 configure statement configures a cross toolchain that runs on
19606 Net@acronym{BSD}/alpha but generates code for @acronym{GNU} Hurd/sparc,
19607 which is also the build platform.
19610 ./configure --host=alpha-netbsd sparc-gnu
19615 In Autoconf 2.13 and before, the variables @code{build}, @code{host},
19616 and @code{target} had a different semantics before and after the
19617 invocation of @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD} etc. Now, the argument of
19618 @option{--build} is strictly copied into @code{build_alias}, and is left
19619 empty otherwise. After the @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD}, @code{build} is
19620 set to the canonicalized build type. To ease the transition, before,
19621 its contents is the same as that of @code{build_alias}. Do @emph{not}
19622 rely on this broken feature.
19624 For consistency with the backward compatibility scheme exposed above,
19625 when @option{--host} is specified but @option{--build} isn't, the build
19626 system is assumed to be the same as @option{--host}, and
19627 @samp{build_alias} is set to that value. Eventually, this
19628 historically incorrect behavior will go away.
19632 The former scheme to enable cross-compilation proved to cause more harm
19633 than good, in particular, it used to be triggered too easily, leaving
19634 regular end users puzzled in front of cryptic error messages.
19635 @command{configure} could even enter cross-compilation mode only
19636 because the compiler was not functional. This is mainly because
19637 @command{configure} used to try to detect cross-compilation, instead of
19638 waiting for an explicit flag from the user.
19640 Now, @command{configure} enters cross-compilation mode if and only if
19641 @option{--host} is passed.
19643 That's the short documentation. To ease the transition between 2.13 and
19644 its successors, a more complicated scheme is implemented. @emph{Do not
19645 rely on the following}, as it will be removed in the near future.
19647 If you specify @option{--host}, but not @option{--build}, when
19648 @command{configure} performs the first compiler test it tries to run
19649 an executable produced by the compiler. If the execution fails, it
19650 enters cross-compilation mode. This is fragile. Moreover, by the time
19651 the compiler test is performed, it may be too late to modify the
19652 build-system type: other tests may have already been performed.
19653 Therefore, whenever you specify @option{--host}, be sure to specify
19654 @option{--build} too.
19657 ./configure --build=i686-pc-linux-gnu --host=m68k-coff
19661 enters cross-compilation mode. The former interface, which
19662 consisted in setting the compiler to a cross-compiler without informing
19663 @command{configure} is obsolete. For instance, @command{configure}
19664 fails if it can't run the code generated by the specified compiler if you
19665 configure as follows:
19668 ./configure CC=m68k-coff-gcc
19672 @node AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS
19673 @subsection @code{AC_LIBOBJ} vs.@: @code{LIBOBJS}
19675 Up to Autoconf 2.13, the replacement of functions was triggered via the
19676 variable @code{LIBOBJS}. Since Autoconf 2.50, the macro
19677 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} should be used instead (@pxref{Generic Functions}).
19678 Starting at Autoconf 2.53, the use of @code{LIBOBJS} is an error.
19680 This change is mandated by the unification of the @acronym{GNU} Build System
19681 components. In particular, the various fragile techniques used to parse
19682 a @file{configure.ac} are all replaced with the use of traces. As a
19683 consequence, any action must be traceable, which obsoletes critical
19684 variable assignments. Fortunately, @code{LIBOBJS} was the only problem,
19685 and it can even be handled gracefully (read, ``without your having to
19686 change something'').
19688 There were two typical uses of @code{LIBOBJS}: asking for a replacement
19689 function, and adjusting @code{LIBOBJS} for Automake and/or Libtool.
19693 As for function replacement, the fix is immediate: use
19694 @code{AC_LIBOBJ}. For instance:
19697 LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS fnmatch.o"
19698 LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS malloc.$ac_objext"
19702 should be replaced with:
19705 AC_LIBOBJ([fnmatch])
19706 AC_LIBOBJ([malloc])
19712 When used with Automake 1.10 or newer, a suitable value for
19713 @code{LIBOBJDIR} is set so that the @code{LIBOBJS} and @code{LTLIBOBJS}
19714 can be referenced from any @file{Makefile.am}. Even without Automake,
19715 arranging for @code{LIBOBJDIR} to be set correctly enables
19716 referencing @code{LIBOBJS} and @code{LTLIBOBJS} in another directory.
19717 The @code{LIBOBJDIR} feature is experimental.
19720 @node AC_FOO_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_FOO
19721 @subsection @code{AC_FOO_IFELSE} vs.@: @code{AC_TRY_FOO}
19723 Since Autoconf 2.50, internal codes uses @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE},
19724 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE}, @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE}, and
19725 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} on one hand and @code{AC_LANG_SOURCES},
19726 and @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} on the other hand instead of the deprecated
19727 @code{AC_TRY_CPP}, @code{AC_TRY_COMPILE}, @code{AC_TRY_LINK}, and
19728 @code{AC_TRY_RUN}. The motivations where:
19731 a more consistent interface: @code{AC_TRY_COMPILE} etc.@: were double
19732 quoting their arguments;
19735 the combinatoric explosion is solved by decomposing on the one hand the
19736 generation of sources, and on the other hand executing the program;
19739 this scheme helps supporting more languages than plain C and C++.
19742 In addition to the change of syntax, the philosophy has changed too:
19743 while emphasis was put on speed at the expense of accuracy, today's
19744 Autoconf promotes accuracy of the testing framework at, ahem@dots{}, the
19748 As a perfect example of what is @emph{not} to be done, here is how to
19749 find out whether a header file contains a particular declaration, such
19750 as a typedef, a structure, a structure member, or a function. Use
19751 @code{AC_EGREP_HEADER} instead of running @code{grep} directly on the
19752 header file; on some systems the symbol might be defined in another
19753 header file that the file you are checking includes.
19755 As a (bad) example, here is how you should not check for C preprocessor
19756 symbols, either defined by header files or predefined by the C
19757 preprocessor: using @code{AC_EGREP_CPP}:
19765 ], is_aix=yes, is_aix=no)
19769 The above example, properly written would (i) use
19770 @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM}, and (ii) run the compiler:
19774 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
19776 error: This isn't AIX!
19785 @c ============================= Generating Test Suites with Autotest
19787 @node Using Autotest
19788 @chapter Generating Test Suites with Autotest
19793 @strong{N.B.: This section describes an experimental feature which will
19794 be part of Autoconf in a forthcoming release. Although we believe
19795 Autotest is stabilizing, this documentation describes an interface which
19796 might change in the future: do not depend upon Autotest without
19797 subscribing to the Autoconf mailing lists.}
19800 It is paradoxical that portable projects depend on nonportable tools
19801 to run their test suite. Autoconf by itself is the paragon of this
19802 problem: although it aims at perfectly portability, up to 2.13 its
19803 test suite was using Deja@acronym{GNU}, a rich and complex testing
19804 framework, but which is far from being standard on Posix systems.
19805 Worse yet, it was likely to be missing on the most fragile platforms,
19806 the very platforms that are most likely to torture Autoconf and
19807 exhibit deficiencies.
19809 To circumvent this problem, many package maintainers have developed their
19810 own testing framework, based on simple shell scripts whose sole outputs
19811 are exit status values describing whether the test succeeded. Most of
19812 these tests share common patterns, and this can result in lots of
19813 duplicated code and tedious maintenance.
19815 Following exactly the same reasoning that yielded to the inception of
19816 Autoconf, Autotest provides a test suite generation framework, based on
19817 M4 macros building a portable shell script. The suite itself is
19818 equipped with automatic logging and tracing facilities which greatly
19819 diminish the interaction with bug reporters, and simple timing reports.
19821 Autoconf itself has been using Autotest for years, and we do attest that
19822 it has considerably improved the strength of the test suite and the
19823 quality of bug reports. Other projects are known to use some generation
19824 of Autotest, such as Bison, Free Recode, Free Wdiff, @acronym{GNU} Tar, each of
19825 them with different needs, and this usage has validated Autotest as a general
19828 Nonetheless, compared to Deja@acronym{GNU}, Autotest is inadequate for
19829 interactive tool testing, which is probably its main limitation.
19832 * Using an Autotest Test Suite:: Autotest and the user
19833 * Writing Testsuites:: Autotest macros
19834 * testsuite Invocation:: Running @command{testsuite} scripts
19835 * Making testsuite Scripts:: Using autom4te to create @command{testsuite}
19838 @node Using an Autotest Test Suite
19839 @section Using an Autotest Test Suite
19842 * testsuite Scripts:: The concepts of Autotest
19843 * Autotest Logs:: Their contents
19846 @node testsuite Scripts
19847 @subsection @command{testsuite} Scripts
19849 @cindex @command{testsuite}
19851 Generating testing or validation suites using Autotest is rather easy.
19852 The whole validation suite is held in a file to be processed through
19853 @command{autom4te}, itself using @acronym{GNU} M4 under the scene, to
19854 produce a stand-alone Bourne shell script which then gets distributed.
19855 Neither @command{autom4te} nor @acronym{GNU} M4 are needed at
19856 the installer's end.
19859 Each test of the validation suite should be part of some test group. A
19860 @dfn{test group} is a sequence of interwoven tests that ought to be
19861 executed together, usually because one test in the group creates data
19862 files than a later test in the same group needs to read. Complex test
19863 groups make later debugging more tedious. It is much better to
19864 keep only a few tests per test group. Ideally there is only one test
19867 For all but the simplest packages, some file such as @file{testsuite.at}
19868 does not fully hold all test sources, as these are often easier to
19869 maintain in separate files. Each of these separate files holds a single
19870 test group, or a sequence of test groups all addressing some common
19871 functionality in the package. In such cases, @file{testsuite.at}
19872 merely initializes the validation suite, and sometimes does elementary
19873 health checking, before listing include statements for all other test
19874 files. The special file @file{package.m4}, containing the
19875 identification of the package, is automatically included if found.
19877 A convenient alternative consists in moving all the global issues
19878 (local Autotest macros, elementary health checking, and @code{AT_INIT}
19879 invocation) into the file @code{local.at}, and making
19880 @file{testsuite.at} be a simple list of @code{m4_include} of sub test
19881 suites. In such case, generating the whole test suite or pieces of it
19882 is only a matter of choosing the @command{autom4te} command line
19885 The validation scripts that Autotest produces are by convention called
19886 @command{testsuite}. When run, @command{testsuite} executes each test
19887 group in turn, producing only one summary line per test to say if that
19888 particular test succeeded or failed. At end of all tests, summarizing
19889 counters get printed. One debugging directory is left for each test
19890 group which failed, if any: such directories are named
19891 @file{testsuite.dir/@var{nn}}, where @var{nn} is the sequence number of
19892 the test group, and they include:
19895 @item a debugging script named @file{run} which reruns the test in
19896 @dfn{debug mode} (@pxref{testsuite Invocation}). The automatic generation
19897 of debugging scripts has the purpose of easing the chase for bugs.
19899 @item all the files created with @code{AT_DATA}
19901 @item a log of the run, named @file{testsuite.log}
19904 In the ideal situation, none of the tests fail, and consequently no
19905 debugging directory is left behind for validation.
19907 It often happens in practice that individual tests in the validation
19908 suite need to get information coming out of the configuration process.
19909 Some of this information, common for all validation suites, is provided
19910 through the file @file{atconfig}, automatically created by
19911 @code{AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR}. For configuration informations which your
19912 testing environment specifically needs, you might prepare an optional
19913 file named @file{atlocal.in}, instantiated by @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES}.
19914 The configuration process produces @file{atconfig} and @file{atlocal}
19915 out of these two input files, and these two produced files are
19916 automatically read by the @file{testsuite} script.
19918 Here is a diagram showing the relationship between files.
19921 Files used in preparing a software package for distribution:
19926 subfile-1.at ->. [local.at] ---->+
19928 subfile-i.at ---->-- testsuite.at -->-- autom4te* -->testsuite
19934 Files used in configuring a software package:
19939 [atlocal.in] --> config.status* --<
19945 Files created during the test suite execution:
19948 atconfig -->. .--> testsuite.log
19952 [atlocal] ->' `--> [testsuite.dir]
19956 @node Autotest Logs
19957 @subsection Autotest Logs
19959 When run, the test suite creates a log file named after itself, e.g., a
19960 test suite named @command{testsuite} creates @file{testsuite.log}. It
19961 contains a lot of information, usually more than maintainers actually
19962 need, but therefore most of the time it contains all that is needed:
19965 @item command line arguments
19966 @c akim s/to consist in/to consist of/
19967 A bad but unfortunately widespread habit consists of
19968 setting environment variables before the command, such as in
19969 @samp{CC=my-home-grown-cc ./testsuite}. The test suite does not
19970 know this change, hence (i) it cannot report it to you, and (ii)
19971 it cannot preserve the value of @code{CC} for subsequent runs.
19972 Autoconf faced exactly the same problem, and solved it by asking
19973 users to pass the variable definitions as command line arguments.
19974 Autotest requires this rule, too, but has no means to enforce it; the log
19975 then contains a trace of the variables that were changed by the user.
19977 @item @file{ChangeLog} excerpts
19978 The topmost lines of all the @file{ChangeLog} files found in the source
19979 hierarchy. This is especially useful when bugs are reported against
19980 development versions of the package, since the version string does not
19981 provide sufficient information to know the exact state of the sources
19982 the user compiled. Of course, this relies on the use of a
19985 @item build machine
19986 Running a test suite in a cross-compile environment is not an easy task,
19987 since it would mean having the test suite run on a machine @var{build},
19988 while running programs on a machine @var{host}. It is much simpler to
19989 run both the test suite and the programs on @var{host}, but then, from
19990 the point of view of the test suite, there remains a single environment,
19991 @var{host} = @var{build}. The log contains relevant information on the
19992 state of the build machine, including some important environment
19994 @c FIXME: How about having an M4sh macro to say `hey, log the value
19995 @c of `@dots{}'? This would help both Autoconf and Autotest.
19997 @item tested programs
19998 The absolute file name and answers to @option{--version} of the tested
19999 programs (see @ref{Writing Testsuites}, @code{AT_TESTED}).
20001 @item configuration log
20002 The contents of @file{config.log}, as created by @command{configure},
20003 are appended. It contains the configuration flags and a detailed report
20004 on the configuration itself.
20008 @node Writing Testsuites
20009 @section Writing @file{testsuite.at}
20011 The @file{testsuite.at} is a Bourne shell script making use of special
20012 Autotest M4 macros. It often contains a call to @code{AT_INIT} near
20013 its beginning followed by one call to @code{m4_include} per source file
20014 for tests. Each such included file, or the remainder of
20015 @file{testsuite.at} if include files are not used, contain a sequence of
20016 test groups. Each test group begins with a call to @code{AT_SETUP},
20017 then an arbitrary number of shell commands or calls to @code{AT_CHECK},
20018 and then completes with a call to @code{AT_CLEANUP}. Multiple test
20019 groups can be categorized by a call to @code{AT_BANNER}.
20021 @defmac AT_INIT (@ovar{name})
20023 @c FIXME: Not clear, plus duplication of the information.
20024 Initialize Autotest. Giving a @var{name} to the test suite is
20025 encouraged if your package includes several test suites. In any case,
20026 the test suite always displays the package name and version. It also
20027 inherits the package bug report address.
20030 @defmac AT_COPYRIGHT (@var{copyright-notice})
20031 @atindex{COPYRIGHT}
20032 @cindex Copyright Notice
20033 State that, in addition to the Free Software Foundation's copyright on
20034 the Autotest macros, parts of your test suite are covered by
20035 @var{copyright-notice}.
20037 The @var{copyright-notice} shows up in both the head of
20038 @command{testsuite} and in @samp{testsuite --version}.
20041 @defmac AT_TESTED (@var{executables})
20043 Log the file name and answer to @option{--version} of each program in
20044 space-separated list @var{executables}. Several invocations register
20045 new executables, in other words, don't fear registering one program
20049 Autotest test suites rely on @env{PATH} to find the tested program.
20050 This avoids the need to generate absolute names of the various tools, and
20051 makes it possible to test installed programs. Therefore, knowing which
20052 programs are being exercised is crucial to understanding problems in
20053 the test suite itself, or its occasional misuses. It is a good idea to
20054 also subscribe foreign programs you depend upon, to avoid incompatible
20059 @defmac AT_BANNER (@var{test-category-name})
20061 This macro identifies the start of a category of related test groups.
20062 When the resulting @file{testsuite} is invoked with more than one test
20063 group to run, its output will include a banner containing
20064 @var{test-category-name} prior to any tests run from that category. The
20065 banner should be no more than about 40 or 50 characters. A blank banner
20066 will not print, effectively ending a category and letting subsequent
20067 test groups behave as though they are uncategorized when run in
20071 @defmac AT_SETUP (@var{test-group-name})
20073 This macro starts a group of related tests, all to be executed in the
20074 same subshell. It accepts a single argument, which holds a few words
20075 (no more than about 30 or 40 characters) quickly describing the purpose
20076 of the test group being started. @var{test-group-name} must not contain
20077 unbalanced quotes or parentheses.
20080 @defmac AT_KEYWORDS (@var{keywords})
20082 Associate the space-separated list of @var{keywords} to the enclosing
20083 test group. This makes it possible to run ``slices'' of the test suite.
20084 For instance, if some of your test groups exercise some @samp{foo}
20085 feature, then using @samp{AT_KEYWORDS(foo)} lets you run
20086 @samp{./testsuite -k foo} to run exclusively these test groups. The
20087 @var{title} of the test group is automatically recorded to
20088 @code{AT_KEYWORDS}.
20090 Several invocations within a test group accumulate new keywords. In
20091 other words, don't fear registering the same keyword several times in a
20095 @defmac AT_CAPTURE_FILE (@var{file})
20096 @atindex{CAPTURE_FILE}
20097 If the current test group fails, log the contents of @var{file}.
20098 Several identical calls within one test group have no additional effect.
20101 @defmac AT_XFAIL_IF (@var{shell-condition})
20103 Determine whether the test is expected to fail because it is a known
20104 bug (for unsupported features, you should skip the test).
20105 @var{shell-condition} is a shell expression such as a @code{test}
20106 command; you can instantiate this macro many times from within the
20107 same test group, and one of the conditions is enough to turn
20108 the test into an expected failure.
20113 End the current test group.
20118 @defmac AT_DATA (@var{file}, @var{contents})
20120 Initialize an input data @var{file} with given @var{contents}. Of
20121 course, the @var{contents} have to be properly quoted between square
20122 brackets to protect against included commas or spurious M4
20123 expansion. The contents ought to end with an end of line.
20126 @defmac AT_CHECK (@var{commands}, @dvar{status, 0}, @dvar{stdout, }, @
20127 @dvar{stderr, }, @ovar{run-if-fail}, @ovar{run-if-pass})
20129 Execute a test by performing given shell @var{commands}. These commands
20130 should normally exit with @var{status}, while producing expected
20131 @var{stdout} and @var{stderr} contents. If @var{commands} exit with
20132 status 77, then the whole test group is skipped. Otherwise, if this test
20133 fails, run shell commands @var{run-if-fail} or, if this test passes, run shell
20134 commands @var{run-if-pass}.
20136 @c Previously, we had this:
20137 @c The @var{commands} @emph{must not} redirect the standard output, nor the
20139 @c to prevent trigerring the double redirect bug on Ultrix, see
20140 @c `File Descriptors'. This was too restricting, and Ultrix is pretty
20141 @c much dead, so we dropped the limitation; the obvious workaround on
20142 @c Ultrix is to use a working shell there.
20144 If @var{status}, or @var{stdout}, or @var{stderr} is @samp{ignore}, then
20145 the corresponding value is not checked.
20147 The special value @samp{expout} for @var{stdout} means the expected
20148 output of the @var{commands} is the content of the file @file{expout}.
20149 If @var{stdout} is @samp{stdout}, then the standard output of the
20150 @var{commands} is available for further tests in the file @file{stdout}.
20151 Similarly for @var{stderr} with @samp{experr} and @samp{stderr}.
20155 @node testsuite Invocation
20156 @section Running @command{testsuite} Scripts
20157 @cindex @command{testsuite}
20159 Autotest test suites support the following arguments:
20164 Display the list of options and exit successfully.
20168 Display the version of the test suite and exit successfully.
20172 Remove all the files the test suite might have created and exit. Meant
20173 for @code{clean} Make targets.
20177 List all the tests (or only the selection), including their possible
20183 By default all tests are performed (or described with
20184 @option{--list}) in the default environment first silently, then
20185 verbosely, but the environment, set of tests, and verbosity level can be
20189 @item @var{variable}=@var{value}
20190 Set the environment @var{variable} to @var{value}. Use this rather
20191 than @samp{FOO=foo ./testsuite} as debugging scripts would then run in a
20192 different environment.
20194 @cindex @code{AUTOTEST_PATH}
20195 The variable @code{AUTOTEST_PATH} specifies the testing path to prepend
20196 to @env{PATH}. Relative directory names (not starting with
20197 @samp{/}) are considered to be relative to the top level of the
20198 package being built. All directories are made absolute, first
20199 starting from the top level @emph{build} tree, then from the
20200 @emph{source} tree. For instance @samp{./testsuite
20201 AUTOTEST_PATH=tests:bin} for a @file{/src/foo-1.0} source package built
20202 in @file{/tmp/foo} results in @samp{/tmp/foo/tests:/tmp/foo/bin} and
20203 then @samp{/src/foo-1.0/tests:/src/foo-1.0/bin} being prepended to
20207 @itemx @var{number}-@var{number}
20208 @itemx @var{number}-
20209 @itemx -@var{number}
20210 Add the corresponding test groups, with obvious semantics, to the
20213 @item --keywords=@var{keywords}
20214 @itemx -k @var{keywords}
20215 Add to the selection the test groups with title or keywords (arguments
20216 to @code{AT_SETUP} or @code{AT_KEYWORDS}) that match @emph{all} keywords
20217 of the comma separated list @var{keywords}, case-insensitively. Use
20218 @samp{!} immediately before the keyword to invert the selection for this
20219 keyword. By default, the keywords match whole words; enclose them in
20220 @samp{.*} to also match parts of words.
20222 For example, running
20225 @kbd{./testsuite -k 'autoupdate,.*FUNC.*'}
20229 selects all tests tagged @samp{autoupdate} @emph{and} with tags
20230 containing @samp{FUNC} (as in @samp{AC_CHECK_FUNC}, @samp{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA},
20234 @kbd{./testsuite -k '!autoupdate' -k '.*FUNC.*'}
20238 selects all tests not tagged @samp{autoupdate} @emph{or} with tags
20239 containing @samp{FUNC}.
20243 If any test fails, immediately abort testing. It implies
20244 @option{--debug}: post test group clean up, and top-level logging
20245 are inhibited. This option is meant for the full test
20246 suite, it is not really useful for generated debugging scripts.
20250 Force more verbosity in the detailed output of what is being done. This
20251 is the default for debugging scripts.
20255 Do not remove the files after a test group was performed ---but they are
20256 still removed @emph{before}, therefore using this option is sane when
20257 running several test groups. Create debugging scripts. Do not
20258 overwrite the top-level
20259 log (in order to preserve supposedly existing full log file). This is
20260 the default for debugging scripts, but it can also be useful to debug
20261 the testsuite itself.
20265 Trigger shell tracing of the test groups.
20269 @node Making testsuite Scripts
20270 @section Making @command{testsuite} Scripts
20272 For putting Autotest into movement, you need some configuration and
20273 makefile machinery. We recommend, at least if your package uses deep or
20274 shallow hierarchies, that you use @file{tests/} as the name of the
20275 directory holding all your tests and their makefile. Here is a
20276 check list of things to do.
20281 @cindex @file{package.m4}
20282 Make sure to create the file @file{package.m4}, which defines the
20283 identity of the package. It must define @code{AT_PACKAGE_STRING}, the
20284 full signature of the package, and @code{AT_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}, the
20285 address to which bug reports should be sent. For sake of completeness,
20286 we suggest that you also define @code{AT_PACKAGE_NAME},
20287 @code{AT_PACKAGE_TARNAME}, and @code{AT_PACKAGE_VERSION}.
20288 @xref{Initializing configure}, for a description of these variables. We
20289 suggest the following makefile excerpt:
20292 # The `:;' works around a Bash 3.2 bug when the output is not writeable.
20293 $(srcdir)/package.m4: $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
20295 echo '# Signature of the current package.' && \
20296 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_NAME], [@@PACKAGE_NAME@@])' && \
20297 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_TARNAME], [@@PACKAGE_TARNAME@@])' && \
20298 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_VERSION], [@@PACKAGE_VERSION@@])' && \
20299 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_STRING], [@@PACKAGE_STRING@@])' && \
20300 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT], [@@PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@@])'; \
20301 @} >'$(srcdir)/package.m4'
20305 Be sure to distribute @file{package.m4} and to put it into the source
20306 hierarchy: the test suite ought to be shipped!
20309 Invoke @code{AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR}.
20311 @defmac AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR (@var{directory}, @dvar{test-path, directory})
20312 @acindex{CONFIG_TESTDIR}
20313 An Autotest test suite is to be configured in @var{directory}. This
20314 macro requires the instantiation of @file{@var{directory}/atconfig} from
20315 @file{@var{directory}/atconfig.in}, and sets the default
20316 @code{AUTOTEST_PATH} to @var{test-path} (@pxref{testsuite Invocation}).
20320 Still within @file{configure.ac}, as appropriate, ensure that some
20321 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} command includes substitution for
20322 @file{tests/atlocal}.
20325 The @file{tests/Makefile.in} should be modified so the validation in
20326 your package is triggered by @samp{make check}. An example is provided
20330 With Automake, here is a minimal example about how to link @samp{make
20331 check} with a validation suite.
20334 EXTRA_DIST = testsuite.at $(TESTSUITE) atlocal.in
20335 TESTSUITE = $(srcdir)/testsuite
20337 check-local: atconfig atlocal $(TESTSUITE)
20338 $(SHELL) '$(TESTSUITE)' $(TESTSUITEFLAGS)
20340 installcheck-local: atconfig atlocal $(TESTSUITE)
20341 $(SHELL) '$(TESTSUITE)' AUTOTEST_PATH='$(bindir)' \
20345 test ! -f '$(TESTSUITE)' || \
20346 $(SHELL) '$(TESTSUITE)' --clean
20348 AUTOTEST = $(AUTOM4TE) --language=autotest
20349 $(TESTSUITE): $(srcdir)/testsuite.at
20350 $(AUTOTEST) -I '$(srcdir)' -o $@@.tmp $@@.at
20354 You might want to list explicitly the dependencies, i.e., the list of
20355 the files @file{testsuite.at} includes.
20357 If you don't use Automake, you might need to add lines inspired from the
20363 atconfig: $(top_builddir)/config.status
20364 cd $(top_builddir) && \
20365 $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@@
20367 atlocal: $(srcdir)/atlocal.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
20368 cd $(top_builddir) && \
20369 $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@@
20373 and manage to have @code{$(EXTRA_DIST)} distributed.
20375 If you use Automake, however, you don't need to add a rule to generate
20378 With all this in place, and if you have not initialized @samp{TESTSUITEFLAGS}
20379 within your makefile, you can fine-tune test suite execution with this
20380 variable, for example:
20383 make check TESTSUITEFLAGS='-v -d -x 75 -k AC_PROG_CC CFLAGS=-g'
20388 @c =============================== Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
20391 @chapter Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
20393 Several questions about Autoconf come up occasionally. Here some of them
20397 * Distributing:: Distributing @command{configure} scripts
20398 * Why GNU M4:: Why not use the standard M4?
20399 * Bootstrapping:: Autoconf and @acronym{GNU} M4 require each other?
20400 * Why Not Imake:: Why @acronym{GNU} uses @command{configure} instead of Imake
20401 * Defining Directories:: Passing @code{datadir} to program
20402 * Autom4te Cache:: What is it? Can I remove it?
20403 * Present But Cannot Be Compiled:: Compiler and Preprocessor Disagree
20407 @section Distributing @command{configure} Scripts
20411 What are the restrictions on distributing @command{configure}
20412 scripts that Autoconf generates? How does that affect my
20413 programs that use them?
20416 There are no restrictions on how the configuration scripts that Autoconf
20417 produces may be distributed or used. In Autoconf version 1, they were
20418 covered by the @acronym{GNU} General Public License. We still encourage
20419 software authors to distribute their work under terms like those of the
20420 @acronym{GPL}, but doing so is not required to use Autoconf.
20422 Of the other files that might be used with @command{configure},
20423 @file{config.h.in} is under whatever copyright you use for your
20424 @file{configure.ac}. @file{config.sub} and @file{config.guess} have an
20425 exception to the @acronym{GPL} when they are used with an Autoconf-generated
20426 @command{configure} script, which permits you to distribute them under the
20427 same terms as the rest of your package. @file{install-sh} is from the X
20428 Consortium and is not copyrighted.
20431 @section Why Require @acronym{GNU} M4?
20434 Why does Autoconf require @acronym{GNU} M4?
20437 Many M4 implementations have hard-coded limitations on the size and
20438 number of macros that Autoconf exceeds. They also lack several
20439 builtin macros that it would be difficult to get along without in a
20440 sophisticated application like Autoconf, including:
20450 Autoconf requires version 1.4.5 or later of @acronym{GNU} M4.
20452 Since only software maintainers need to use Autoconf, and since @acronym{GNU}
20453 M4 is simple to configure and install, it seems reasonable to require
20454 @acronym{GNU} M4 to be installed also. Many maintainers of @acronym{GNU} and
20455 other free software already have most of the @acronym{GNU} utilities
20456 installed, since they prefer them.
20458 @node Bootstrapping
20459 @section How Can I Bootstrap?
20463 If Autoconf requires @acronym{GNU} M4 and @acronym{GNU} M4 has an Autoconf
20464 @command{configure} script, how do I bootstrap? It seems like a chicken
20468 This is a misunderstanding. Although @acronym{GNU} M4 does come with a
20469 @command{configure} script produced by Autoconf, Autoconf is not required
20470 in order to run the script and install @acronym{GNU} M4. Autoconf is only
20471 required if you want to change the M4 @command{configure} script, which few
20472 people have to do (mainly its maintainer).
20474 @node Why Not Imake
20475 @section Why Not Imake?
20479 Why not use Imake instead of @command{configure} scripts?
20482 Several people have written addressing this question, so I include
20483 adaptations of their explanations here.
20485 The following answer is based on one written by Richard Pixley:
20488 Autoconf generated scripts frequently work on machines that it has
20489 never been set up to handle before. That is, it does a good job of
20490 inferring a configuration for a new system. Imake cannot do this.
20492 Imake uses a common database of host specific data. For X11, this makes
20493 sense because the distribution is made as a collection of tools, by one
20494 central authority who has control over the database.
20496 @acronym{GNU} tools are not released this way. Each @acronym{GNU} tool has a
20497 maintainer; these maintainers are scattered across the world. Using a
20498 common database would be a maintenance nightmare. Autoconf may appear
20499 to be this kind of database, but in fact it is not. Instead of listing
20500 host dependencies, it lists program requirements.
20502 If you view the @acronym{GNU} suite as a collection of native tools, then the
20503 problems are similar. But the @acronym{GNU} development tools can be
20504 configured as cross tools in almost any host+target permutation. All of
20505 these configurations can be installed concurrently. They can even be
20506 configured to share host independent files across hosts. Imake doesn't
20507 address these issues.
20509 Imake templates are a form of standardization. The @acronym{GNU} coding
20510 standards address the same issues without necessarily imposing the same
20515 Here is some further explanation, written by Per Bothner:
20518 One of the advantages of Imake is that it easy to generate large
20519 makefiles using the @samp{#include} and macro mechanisms of @command{cpp}.
20520 However, @code{cpp} is not programmable: it has limited conditional
20521 facilities, and no looping. And @code{cpp} cannot inspect its
20524 All of these problems are solved by using @code{sh} instead of
20525 @code{cpp}. The shell is fully programmable, has macro substitution,
20526 can execute (or source) other shell scripts, and can inspect its
20531 Paul Eggert elaborates more:
20534 With Autoconf, installers need not assume that Imake itself is already
20535 installed and working well. This may not seem like much of an advantage
20536 to people who are accustomed to Imake. But on many hosts Imake is not
20537 installed or the default installation is not working well, and requiring
20538 Imake to install a package hinders the acceptance of that package on
20539 those hosts. For example, the Imake template and configuration files
20540 might not be installed properly on a host, or the Imake build procedure
20541 might wrongly assume that all source files are in one big directory
20542 tree, or the Imake configuration might assume one compiler whereas the
20543 package or the installer needs to use another, or there might be a
20544 version mismatch between the Imake expected by the package and the Imake
20545 supported by the host. These problems are much rarer with Autoconf,
20546 where each package comes with its own independent configuration
20549 Also, Imake often suffers from unexpected interactions between
20550 @command{make} and the installer's C preprocessor. The fundamental problem
20551 here is that the C preprocessor was designed to preprocess C programs,
20552 not makefiles. This is much less of a problem with Autoconf,
20553 which uses the general-purpose preprocessor M4, and where the
20554 package's author (rather than the installer) does the preprocessing in a
20559 Finally, Mark Eichin notes:
20562 Imake isn't all that extensible, either. In order to add new features to
20563 Imake, you need to provide your own project template, and duplicate most
20564 of the features of the existing one. This means that for a sophisticated
20565 project, using the vendor-provided Imake templates fails to provide any
20566 leverage---since they don't cover anything that your own project needs
20567 (unless it is an X11 program).
20569 On the other side, though:
20571 The one advantage that Imake has over @command{configure}:
20572 @file{Imakefile} files tend to be much shorter (likewise, less redundant)
20573 than @file{Makefile.in} files. There is a fix to this, however---at least
20574 for the Kerberos V5 tree, we've modified things to call in common
20575 @file{post.in} and @file{pre.in} makefile fragments for the
20576 entire tree. This means that a lot of common things don't have to be
20577 duplicated, even though they normally are in @command{configure} setups.
20581 @node Defining Directories
20582 @section How Do I @code{#define} Installation Directories?
20585 My program needs library files, installed in @code{datadir} and
20589 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([DATADIR], [$datadir],
20590 [Define to the read-only architecture-independent
20598 #define DATADIR "$@{prefix@}/share"
20602 As already explained, this behavior is on purpose, mandated by the
20603 @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards, see @ref{Installation Directory
20604 Variables}. There are several means to achieve a similar goal:
20608 Do not use @code{AC_DEFINE} but use your makefile to pass the
20609 actual value of @code{datadir} via compilation flags.
20610 @xref{Installation Directory Variables}, for the details.
20613 This solution can be simplified when compiling a program: you may either
20614 extend the @code{CPPFLAGS}:
20617 CPPFLAGS = -DDATADIR='"$(datadir)"' @@CPPFLAGS@@
20621 If you are using Automake, you should use @code{AM_CPPFLAGS} instead:
20624 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DDATADIR='"$(datadir)"'
20628 Alternatively, create a dedicated header file:
20631 DISTCLEANFILES = myprog-paths.h
20632 myprog-paths.h: Makefile
20633 echo '#define DATADIR "$(datadir)"' >$@@
20637 Use @code{AC_DEFINE} but have @command{configure} compute the literal
20638 value of @code{datadir} and others. Many people have wrapped macros to
20639 automate this task. For instance, the macro @code{AC_DEFINE_DIR} from
20640 the @uref{http://autoconf-archive.cryp.to/, Autoconf Macro
20643 This solution does not conform to the @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards.
20646 Note that all the previous solutions hard wire the absolute name of
20647 these directories in the executables, which is not a good property. You
20648 may try to compute the names relative to @code{prefix}, and try to
20649 find @code{prefix} at runtime, this way your package is relocatable.
20653 @node Autom4te Cache
20654 @section What is @file{autom4te.cache}?
20657 What is this directory @file{autom4te.cache}? Can I safely remove it?
20660 In the @acronym{GNU} Build System, @file{configure.ac} plays a central
20661 role and is read by many tools: @command{autoconf} to create
20662 @file{configure}, @command{autoheader} to create @file{config.h.in},
20663 @command{automake} to create @file{Makefile.in}, @command{autoscan} to
20664 check the completeness of @file{configure.ac}, @command{autoreconf} to
20665 check the @acronym{GNU} Build System components that are used. To
20666 ``read @file{configure.ac}'' actually means to compile it with M4,
20667 which can be a long process for complex @file{configure.ac}.
20669 This is why all these tools, instead of running directly M4, invoke
20670 @command{autom4te} (@pxref{autom4te Invocation}) which, while answering to
20671 a specific demand, stores additional information in
20672 @file{autom4te.cache} for future runs. For instance, if you run
20673 @command{autoconf}, behind the scenes, @command{autom4te} also
20674 stores information for the other tools, so that when you invoke
20675 @command{autoheader} or @command{automake} etc., reprocessing
20676 @file{configure.ac} is not needed. The speed up is frequently 30%,
20677 and is increasing with the size of @file{configure.ac}.
20679 But it is and remains being simply a cache: you can safely remove it.
20684 Can I permanently get rid of it?
20687 The creation of this cache can be disabled from
20688 @file{~/.autom4te.cfg}, see @ref{Customizing autom4te}, for more
20689 details. You should be aware that disabling the cache slows down the
20690 Autoconf test suite by 40%. The more @acronym{GNU} Build System
20691 components are used, the more the cache is useful; for instance
20692 running @samp{autoreconf -f} on the Core Utilities is twice slower without
20693 the cache @emph{although @option{--force} implies that the cache is
20694 not fully exploited}, and eight times slower than without
20698 @node Present But Cannot Be Compiled
20699 @section Header Present But Cannot Be Compiled
20701 The most important guideline to bear in mind when checking for
20702 features is to mimic as much as possible the intended use.
20703 Unfortunately, old versions of @code{AC_CHECK_HEADER} and
20704 @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS} failed to follow this idea, and called
20705 the preprocessor, instead of the compiler, to check for headers. As a
20706 result, incompatibilities between headers went unnoticed during
20707 configuration, and maintainers finally had to deal with this issue
20710 As of Autoconf 2.56 both checks are performed, and @code{configure}
20711 complains loudly if the compiler and the preprocessor do not agree.
20712 For the time being the result used is that of the preprocessor, to give
20713 maintainers time to adjust their @file{configure.ac}, but in the
20714 future, only the compiler will be considered.
20716 Consider the following example:
20719 $ @kbd{cat number.h}
20720 typedef int number;
20722 const number pi = 3;
20723 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
20724 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
20725 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([pi.h])
20726 $ @kbd{autoconf -Wall}
20727 $ @kbd{./configure}
20728 checking for gcc... gcc
20729 checking for C compiler default output file name... a.out
20730 checking whether the C compiler works... yes
20731 checking whether we are cross compiling... no
20732 checking for suffix of executables...
20733 checking for suffix of object files... o
20734 checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... yes
20735 checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes
20736 checking for gcc option to accept ISO C89... none needed
20737 checking how to run the C preprocessor... gcc -E
20738 checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... grep
20739 checking for egrep... grep -E
20740 checking for ANSI C header files... yes
20741 checking for sys/types.h... yes
20742 checking for sys/stat.h... yes
20743 checking for stdlib.h... yes
20744 checking for string.h... yes
20745 checking for memory.h... yes
20746 checking for strings.h... yes
20747 checking for inttypes.h... yes
20748 checking for stdint.h... yes
20749 checking for unistd.h... yes
20750 checking pi.h usability... no
20751 checking pi.h presence... yes
20752 configure: WARNING: pi.h: present but cannot be compiled
20753 configure: WARNING: pi.h: check for missing prerequisite headers?
20754 configure: WARNING: pi.h: see the Autoconf documentation
20755 configure: WARNING: pi.h: section "Present But Cannot Be Compiled"
20756 configure: WARNING: pi.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result
20757 configure: WARNING: pi.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence
20758 configure: WARNING: ## -------------------------------------- ##
20759 configure: WARNING: ## Report this to bug-example@@example.org ##
20760 configure: WARNING: ## -------------------------------------- ##
20761 checking for pi.h... yes
20765 The proper way the handle this case is using the fourth argument
20766 (@pxref{Generic Headers}):
20769 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
20770 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
20771 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([number.h pi.h], [], [],
20772 [[#ifdef HAVE_NUMBER_H
20773 # include <number.h>
20776 $ @kbd{autoconf -Wall}
20777 $ @kbd{./configure}
20778 checking for gcc... gcc
20779 checking for C compiler default output... a.out
20780 checking whether the C compiler works... yes
20781 checking whether we are cross compiling... no
20782 checking for suffix of executables...
20783 checking for suffix of object files... o
20784 checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... yes
20785 checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes
20786 checking for gcc option to accept ANSI C... none needed
20787 checking for number.h... yes
20788 checking for pi.h... yes
20791 See @ref{Particular Headers}, for a list of headers with their
20794 @c ===================================================== History of Autoconf.
20797 @chapter History of Autoconf
20798 @cindex History of autoconf
20800 You may be wondering, Why was Autoconf originally written? How did it
20801 get into its present form? (Why does it look like gorilla spit?) If
20802 you're not wondering, then this chapter contains no information useful
20803 to you, and you might as well skip it. If you @emph{are} wondering,
20804 then let there be light@enddots{}
20807 * Genesis:: Prehistory and naming of @command{configure}
20808 * Exodus:: The plagues of M4 and Perl
20809 * Leviticus:: The priestly code of portability arrives
20810 * Numbers:: Growth and contributors
20811 * Deuteronomy:: Approaching the promises of easy configuration
20817 In June 1991 I was maintaining many of the @acronym{GNU} utilities for the
20818 Free Software Foundation. As they were ported to more platforms and
20819 more programs were added, the number of @option{-D} options that users
20820 had to select in the makefile (around 20) became burdensome.
20821 Especially for me---I had to test each new release on a bunch of
20822 different systems. So I wrote a little shell script to guess some of
20823 the correct settings for the fileutils package, and released it as part
20824 of fileutils 2.0. That @command{configure} script worked well enough that
20825 the next month I adapted it (by hand) to create similar @command{configure}
20826 scripts for several other @acronym{GNU} utilities packages. Brian Berliner
20827 also adapted one of my scripts for his @acronym{CVS} revision control system.
20829 Later that summer, I learned that Richard Stallman and Richard Pixley
20830 were developing similar scripts to use in the @acronym{GNU} compiler tools;
20831 so I adapted my @command{configure} scripts to support their evolving
20832 interface: using the file name @file{Makefile.in} as the templates;
20833 adding @samp{+srcdir}, the first option (of many); and creating
20834 @file{config.status} files.
20839 As I got feedback from users, I incorporated many improvements, using
20840 Emacs to search and replace, cut and paste, similar changes in each of
20841 the scripts. As I adapted more @acronym{GNU} utilities packages to use
20842 @command{configure} scripts, updating them all by hand became impractical.
20843 Rich Murphey, the maintainer of the @acronym{GNU} graphics utilities, sent me
20844 mail saying that the @command{configure} scripts were great, and asking if
20845 I had a tool for generating them that I could send him. No, I thought,
20846 but I should! So I started to work out how to generate them. And the
20847 journey from the slavery of hand-written @command{configure} scripts to the
20848 abundance and ease of Autoconf began.
20850 Cygnus @command{configure}, which was being developed at around that time,
20851 is table driven; it is meant to deal mainly with a discrete number of
20852 system types with a small number of mainly unguessable features (such as
20853 details of the object file format). The automatic configuration system
20854 that Brian Fox had developed for Bash takes a similar approach. For
20855 general use, it seems to me a hopeless cause to try to maintain an
20856 up-to-date database of which features each variant of each operating
20857 system has. It's easier and more reliable to check for most features on
20858 the fly---especially on hybrid systems that people have hacked on
20859 locally or that have patches from vendors installed.
20861 I considered using an architecture similar to that of Cygnus
20862 @command{configure}, where there is a single @command{configure} script that
20863 reads pieces of @file{configure.in} when run. But I didn't want to have
20864 to distribute all of the feature tests with every package, so I settled
20865 on having a different @command{configure} made from each
20866 @file{configure.in} by a preprocessor. That approach also offered more
20867 control and flexibility.
20869 I looked briefly into using the Metaconfig package, by Larry Wall,
20870 Harlan Stenn, and Raphael Manfredi, but I decided not to for several
20871 reasons. The @command{Configure} scripts it produces are interactive,
20872 which I find quite inconvenient; I didn't like the ways it checked for
20873 some features (such as library functions); I didn't know that it was
20874 still being maintained, and the @command{Configure} scripts I had
20875 seen didn't work on many modern systems (such as System V R4 and NeXT);
20876 it wasn't flexible in what it could do in response to a feature's
20877 presence or absence; I found it confusing to learn; and it was too big
20878 and complex for my needs (I didn't realize then how much Autoconf would
20879 eventually have to grow).
20881 I considered using Perl to generate my style of @command{configure}
20882 scripts, but decided that M4 was better suited to the job of simple
20883 textual substitutions: it gets in the way less, because output is
20884 implicit. Plus, everyone already has it. (Initially I didn't rely on
20885 the @acronym{GNU} extensions to M4.) Also, some of my friends at the
20886 University of Maryland had recently been putting M4 front ends on
20887 several programs, including @code{tvtwm}, and I was interested in trying
20888 out a new language.
20893 Since my @command{configure} scripts determine the system's capabilities
20894 automatically, with no interactive user intervention, I decided to call
20895 the program that generates them Autoconfig. But with a version number
20896 tacked on, that name would be too long for old Unix file systems,
20897 so I shortened it to Autoconf.
20899 In the fall of 1991 I called together a group of fellow questers after
20900 the Holy Grail of portability (er, that is, alpha testers) to give me
20901 feedback as I encapsulated pieces of my handwritten scripts in M4 macros
20902 and continued to add features and improve the techniques used in the
20903 checks. Prominent among the testers were Fran@,{c}ois Pinard, who came up
20904 with the idea of making an Autoconf shell script to run M4
20905 and check for unresolved macro calls; Richard Pixley, who suggested
20906 running the compiler instead of searching the file system to find
20907 include files and symbols, for more accurate results; Karl Berry, who
20908 got Autoconf to configure @TeX{} and added the macro index to the
20909 documentation; and Ian Lance Taylor, who added support for creating a C
20910 header file as an alternative to putting @option{-D} options in a
20911 makefile, so he could use Autoconf for his @acronym{UUCP} package.
20912 The alpha testers cheerfully adjusted their files again and again as the
20913 names and calling conventions of the Autoconf macros changed from
20914 release to release. They all contributed many specific checks, great
20915 ideas, and bug fixes.
20920 In July 1992, after months of alpha testing, I released Autoconf 1.0,
20921 and converted many @acronym{GNU} packages to use it. I was surprised by how
20922 positive the reaction to it was. More people started using it than I
20923 could keep track of, including people working on software that wasn't
20924 part of the @acronym{GNU} Project (such as TCL, FSP, and Kerberos V5).
20925 Autoconf continued to improve rapidly, as many people using the
20926 @command{configure} scripts reported problems they encountered.
20928 Autoconf turned out to be a good torture test for M4 implementations.
20929 Unix M4 started to dump core because of the length of the
20930 macros that Autoconf defined, and several bugs showed up in @acronym{GNU}
20931 M4 as well. Eventually, we realized that we needed to use some
20932 features that only @acronym{GNU} M4 has. 4.3@acronym{BSD} M4, in
20933 particular, has an impoverished set of builtin macros; the System V
20934 version is better, but still doesn't provide everything we need.
20936 More development occurred as people put Autoconf under more stresses
20937 (and to uses I hadn't anticipated). Karl Berry added checks for X11.
20938 david zuhn contributed C++ support. Fran@,{c}ois Pinard made it diagnose
20939 invalid arguments. Jim Blandy bravely coerced it into configuring
20940 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, laying the groundwork for several later improvements.
20941 Roland McGrath got it to configure the @acronym{GNU} C Library, wrote the
20942 @command{autoheader} script to automate the creation of C header file
20943 templates, and added a @option{--verbose} option to @command{configure}.
20944 Noah Friedman added the @option{--autoconf-dir} option and
20945 @code{AC_MACRODIR} environment variable. (He also coined the term
20946 @dfn{autoconfiscate} to mean ``adapt a software package to use
20947 Autoconf''.) Roland and Noah improved the quoting protection in
20948 @code{AC_DEFINE} and fixed many bugs, especially when I got sick of
20949 dealing with portability problems from February through June, 1993.
20952 @section Deuteronomy
20954 A long wish list for major features had accumulated, and the effect of
20955 several years of patching by various people had left some residual
20956 cruft. In April 1994, while working for Cygnus Support, I began a major
20957 revision of Autoconf. I added most of the features of the Cygnus
20958 @command{configure} that Autoconf had lacked, largely by adapting the
20959 relevant parts of Cygnus @command{configure} with the help of david zuhn
20960 and Ken Raeburn. These features include support for using
20961 @file{config.sub}, @file{config.guess}, @option{--host}, and
20962 @option{--target}; making links to files; and running @command{configure}
20963 scripts in subdirectories. Adding these features enabled Ken to convert
20964 @acronym{GNU} @code{as}, and Rob Savoye to convert Deja@acronym{GNU}, to using
20967 I added more features in response to other peoples' requests. Many
20968 people had asked for @command{configure} scripts to share the results of
20969 the checks between runs, because (particularly when configuring a large
20970 source tree, like Cygnus does) they were frustratingly slow. Mike
20971 Haertel suggested adding site-specific initialization scripts. People
20972 distributing software that had to unpack on MS-DOS asked for a way to
20973 override the @file{.in} extension on the file names, which produced file
20974 names like @file{config.h.in} containing two dots. Jim Avera did an
20975 extensive examination of the problems with quoting in @code{AC_DEFINE}
20976 and @code{AC_SUBST}; his insights led to significant improvements.
20977 Richard Stallman asked that compiler output be sent to @file{config.log}
20978 instead of @file{/dev/null}, to help people debug the Emacs
20979 @command{configure} script.
20981 I made some other changes because of my dissatisfaction with the quality
20982 of the program. I made the messages showing results of the checks less
20983 ambiguous, always printing a result. I regularized the names of the
20984 macros and cleaned up coding style inconsistencies. I added some
20985 auxiliary utilities that I had developed to help convert source code
20986 packages to use Autoconf. With the help of Fran@,{c}ois Pinard, I made
20987 the macros not interrupt each others' messages. (That feature revealed
20988 some performance bottlenecks in @acronym{GNU} M4, which he hastily
20989 corrected!) I reorganized the documentation around problems people want
20990 to solve. And I began a test suite, because experience had shown that
20991 Autoconf has a pronounced tendency to regress when we change it.
20993 Again, several alpha testers gave invaluable feedback, especially
20994 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard, Jim Meyering, Karl Berry, Rob Savoye, Ken Raeburn,
20997 Finally, version 2.0 was ready. And there was much rejoicing. (And I
20998 have free time again. I think. Yeah, right.)
21001 @c ========================================================== Appendices
21004 @node GNU Free Documentation License
21005 @appendix GNU Free Documentation License
21013 * Environment Variable Index:: Index of environment variables used
21014 * Output Variable Index:: Index of variables set in output files
21015 * Preprocessor Symbol Index:: Index of C preprocessor symbols defined
21016 * Autoconf Macro Index:: Index of Autoconf macros
21017 * M4 Macro Index:: Index of M4, M4sugar, and M4sh macros
21018 * Autotest Macro Index:: Index of Autotest macros
21019 * Program & Function Index:: Index of those with portability problems
21020 * Concept Index:: General index
21023 @node Environment Variable Index
21024 @appendixsec Environment Variable Index
21026 This is an alphabetical list of the environment variables that Autoconf
21031 @node Output Variable Index
21032 @appendixsec Output Variable Index
21034 This is an alphabetical list of the variables that Autoconf can
21035 substitute into files that it creates, typically one or more
21036 makefiles. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for more information
21037 on how this is done.
21041 @node Preprocessor Symbol Index
21042 @appendixsec Preprocessor Symbol Index
21044 This is an alphabetical list of the C preprocessor symbols that the
21045 Autoconf macros define. To work with Autoconf, C source code needs to
21046 use these names in @code{#if} or @code{#ifdef} directives.
21050 @node Autoconf Macro Index
21051 @appendixsec Autoconf Macro Index
21053 This is an alphabetical list of the Autoconf macros.
21054 @ifset shortindexflag
21055 To make the list easier to use, the macros are listed without their
21056 preceding @samp{AC_}.
21061 @node M4 Macro Index
21062 @appendixsec M4 Macro Index
21064 This is an alphabetical list of the M4, M4sugar, and M4sh macros.
21065 @ifset shortindexflag
21066 To make the list easier to use, the macros are listed without their
21067 preceding @samp{m4_} or @samp{AS_}.
21072 @node Autotest Macro Index
21073 @appendixsec Autotest Macro Index
21075 This is an alphabetical list of the Autotest macros.
21076 @ifset shortindexflag
21077 To make the list easier to use, the macros are listed without their
21078 preceding @samp{AT_}.
21083 @node Program & Function Index
21084 @appendixsec Program and Function Index
21086 This is an alphabetical list of the programs and functions whose
21087 portability is discussed in this document.
21091 @node Concept Index
21092 @appendixsec Concept Index
21094 This is an alphabetical list of the files, tools, and concepts
21095 introduced in this document.
21101 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename autoconf texi settitle setchapternewpage
21102 @c LocalWords: setcontentsaftertitlepage finalout ARG ovar varname dvar acx
21103 @c LocalWords: makeinfo dvi defcodeindex ev ov CPP cv Autotest mv defindex fn
21104 @c LocalWords: shortindexflag iftex ifset acindex ACindex ifclear ahindex fu
21105 @c LocalWords: asindex MSindex atindex ATindex auindex hdrindex prindex FIXME
21106 @c LocalWords: msindex alloca fnindex Aaarg indices FSF's dircategory ifnames
21107 @c LocalWords: direntry autoscan autoreconf autoheader autoupdate config FDs
21108 @c LocalWords: testsuite titlepage Elliston Demaille vskip filll ifnottex hmm
21109 @c LocalWords: insertcopying Autoconf's detailmenu Automake Libtool Posix ois
21110 @c LocalWords: Systemology Checkpointing Changequote INTERCAL changequote dfn
21111 @c LocalWords: Quadrigraphs builtins Shellology acconfig Bugward LIBOBJ Imake
21112 @c LocalWords: LIBOBJS IFELSE cindex flushright Pinard Metaconfig uref Simons
21113 @c LocalWords: distclean uninstall noindent versioning Tromey dir
21114 @c LocalWords: SAMS samp aclocal acsite underquoted emph itemx prepend SUBST
21115 @c LocalWords: evindex automake Gettext autopoint gettext symlink libtoolize
21116 @c LocalWords: defmac INIT tarname ovindex cvindex BUGREPORT PREREQ asis PROG
21117 @c LocalWords: SRCDIR srcdir globbing afterwards cmds foos fooo foooo init cd
21118 @c LocalWords: builddir timestamp src Imakefile chmod defvar CFLAGS CPPFLAGS
21119 @c LocalWords: CXXFLAGS DEFS DHAVE defvarx FCFLAGS FFLAGS LDFLAGS bindir GCC
21120 @c LocalWords: datadir datarootdir docdir dvidir htmldir libdir ifnothtml kbd
21121 @c LocalWords: includedir infodir libexecdir localedir localstatedir mandir
21122 @c LocalWords: oldincludedir pdfdir PDF psdir PostScript sbindir sysconfdir
21123 @c LocalWords: sharedstatedir DDATADIR sed tmp pkgdatadir VPATH conf unistd
21124 @c LocalWords: undef endif builtin FUNCS ifndef STACKSEG getb GETB YMP fubar
21125 @c LocalWords: PRE dest SUBDIRS subdirs fi struct STDC stdlib stddef INTTYPES
21126 @c LocalWords: inttypes STDINT stdint AWK AIX Solaris NeXT env EGREP FGREP yy
21127 @c LocalWords: LEXLIB YYTEXT lfl nonportable Automake's LN RANLIB byacc INETD
21128 @c LocalWords: inetd prog PROGS progs ranlib lmp lXt lX nsl gethostbyname UX
21129 @c LocalWords: NextStep isinf isnan glibc IRIX sunmath lm lsunmath pre sizeof
21130 @c LocalWords: ld inline malloc putenv setenv FreeBSD realloc SunOS MinGW
21131 @c LocalWords: snprintf vsnprintf sprintf vsprintf sscanf gcc strerror ifdef
21132 @c LocalWords: strnlen sysconf PAGESIZE unsetenv va fallback memcpy dst FUNC
21133 @c LocalWords: PowerPC GNUC libPW pragma Olibcalls CHOWN chown CLOSEDIR VFORK
21134 @c LocalWords: closedir FNMATCH fnmatch vfork FSEEKO LARGEFILE fseeko SVR sc
21135 @c LocalWords: largefile GETGROUPS getgroups GETLOADAVG DGUX UMAX NLIST KMEM
21136 @c LocalWords: SETGID getloadavg nlist GETMNTENT irix
21137 @c LocalWords: getmntent UnixWare GETPGRP getpgid getpgrp Posix's pid LSTAT
21138 @c LocalWords: lstat rpl MEMCMP memcmp OpenStep MBRTOWC mbrtowc MKTIME mktime
21139 @c LocalWords: localtime MMAP mmap OBSTACK obstack obstacks ARGTYPES timeval
21140 @c LocalWords: SETPGRP setpgrp defmacx Hurd SETVBUF setvbuf STRCOLL strcoll
21141 @c LocalWords: STRTOD strtod DECL STRFTIME strftime SCO UTIME utime VPRINTF
21142 @c LocalWords: DOPRNT vprintf doprnt sp unfixable LIBSOURCE LIBSOURCES Eggert
21143 @c LocalWords: linux netinet ia Tru XFree DIRENT NDIR dirent ndir multitable
21144 @c LocalWords: NAMLEN strlen namlen MKDEV SYSMACROS makedev RESOLV resolv DNS
21145 @c LocalWords: inet structs NAMESER arpa NETDB netdb UTekV UTS GCC's kB
21146 @c LocalWords: STDBOOL BOOL stdbool conformant cplusplus bool Bool stdarg tm
21147 @c LocalWords: ctype strchr strrchr rindex bcopy memmove memchr WEXITSTATUS
21148 @c LocalWords: WIFEXITED TIOCGWINSZ GWINSZ termios preprocess preprocessable
21149 @c LocalWords: DECLS strdup calloc BLKSIZE blksize RDEV rdev TZNAME tzname pw
21150 @c LocalWords: passwd gecos pwd MBSTATE mbstate wchar RETSIGTYPE hup UID uid
21151 @c LocalWords: gid ptrdiff uintmax EXEEXT OBJEXT Ae conftest AXP str
21152 @c LocalWords: ALIGNOF WERROR Werror cpp HP's WorkShop egcs un fied stdc CXX
21153 @c LocalWords: varargs BIGENDIAN Endianness SPARC endianness grep'ed CONST FC
21154 @c LocalWords: const STRINGIZE stringizing PARAMS unprotoize protos KCC cxx
21155 @c LocalWords: xlC aCC CXXCPP FREEFORM xlf FLIBS FCLIBS ish SRCEXT XTRA LFS
21156 @c LocalWords: ISC lcposix MINIX Minix conditionalized inlines hw dD confdefs
21157 @c LocalWords: fputs stdout PREPROC ar UFS HFS QNX realtime fstype STATVFS se
21158 @c LocalWords: statvfs STATFS statfs func machfile hdr lelf raboof DEFUN GTK
21159 @c LocalWords: GTKMM Grmph ified ine defn baz EOF qar Ahhh changecom algol io
21160 @c LocalWords: changeword quadrigraphs quadrigraph dnl SGI atoi overquoting
21161 @c LocalWords: Aas Wcross sep args namespace undefine bpatsubst popdef dquote
21162 @c LocalWords: bregexp Overquote overquotation meisch maisch meische maische
21163 @c LocalWords: miscian DIRNAME dirname MKDIR CATFILE XMKMF TRAVOLTA celsius
21164 @c LocalWords: EMX emxos Emacsen Korn DYNIX subshell posix Ksh ksh Pdksh Zsh
21165 @c LocalWords: pdksh zsh Allbery Lipe Kubota UWS zorglub stderr eval esac lfn
21166 @c LocalWords: drivespec Posixy DJGPP doschk prettybird LPT pfew Zsh's yu yaa
21167 @c LocalWords: yM uM aM firebird IP subdir misparses ok Unpatched abc bc zA
21168 @c LocalWords: CDPATH DUALCASE LINENO prepass Subshells lineno NULLCMD cmp wc
21169 @c LocalWords: MAILPATH scanset arg NetBSD Almquist printf expr cp
21170 @c LocalWords: Oliva awk Aaaaarg cmd regex xfoo GNV OpenVMS VM
21171 @c LocalWords: sparc Proulx nbar nfoo maxdepth acdilrtu TWG mc
21172 @c LocalWords: mkdir exe uname OpenBSD Fileutils mktemp umask TMPDIR guid os
21173 @c LocalWords: fooXXXXXX Unicos utimes hpux hppa unescaped
21174 @c LocalWords: pmake DOS's gmake ifoo DESTDIR autoconfiscated pc coff mips gg
21175 @c LocalWords: dec ultrix cpu wildcards rpcc rdtsc powerpc readline
21176 @c LocalWords: withval vxworks gless localcache usr LOFF loff CYGWIN Cygwin
21177 @c LocalWords: cygwin SIGLIST siglist SYSNDIR SYSDIR ptx lseq rusage elif MSC
21178 @c LocalWords: lfoo POUNDBANG lsun NIS getpwnam SYSCALLS RSH INTL lintl aix
21179 @c LocalWords: intl lx ldir syslog bsd EPI toolchain netbsd objext de KNR nn
21180 @c LocalWords: fication LTLIBOBJS Wdiff TESTDIR atconfig atlocal akim XFAIL
21181 @c LocalWords: ChangeLog prepended errexit smallexample TESTSUITEFLAGS GPL er
21182 @c LocalWords: installcheck autotest indir Pixley Bothner Eichin Kerberos adl
21183 @c LocalWords: DISTCLEANFILES preprocessor's fileutils Stallman Murphey Stenn
21184 @c LocalWords: Manfredi Autoconfig TCL FSP david zuhn Blandy MACRODIR Raeburn
21185 @c LocalWords: autoconfiscate Savoye Haertel Avera Meyering fdl appendixsec
21186 @c LocalWords: printindex american LIBOBJDIR LibdirTest ERLCFLAGS OBJCFLAGS
21187 @c LocalWords: VER Gnulib online xyes strcpy TYPEOF typeof OBJC objcc objc ln
21188 @c LocalWords: GOBJC OTP ERLC erl valloc decr dumpdef errprint incr
21189 @c LocalWords: esyscmd len maketemp pushdef substr syscmd sysval translit txt
21190 @c LocalWords: sinclude foreach myvar tolower toupper uniq BASENAME STDIN
21191 @c LocalWords: Dynix descrips basename aname cname macroexpands xno xcheck
21192 @c LocalWords: LIBREADLINE lreadline lncurses libreadline
21194 @c Local Variables:
21196 @c ispell-local-dictionary: "american"
21197 @c indent-tabs-mode: nil
21198 @c whitespace-check-buffer-indent: nil